Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 1-4482
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
New York   11-1806155
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification Number)
     
50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York   11747
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
(631) 847-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1 par value
  New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Share Purchase Rights
  New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [X] No [  ]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes [  ] No [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [X] No [  ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [  ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer [X] Accelerated filer [  ] Non-accelerated filer [  ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes [  ] No [X]
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $3,841,026,588.
There were 122,901,974 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 16, 2007.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The definitive proxy statement related to the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be held May 8, 2007, is incorporated by reference in Part III to the extent described therein.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
PART I
       
 
           
  Business     3  
  Risk Factors     7  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     12  
  Properties     13  
  Legal Proceedings     13  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     14  
 
           
PART II
       
 
           
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters     15  
  Selected Financial Data     17  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     19  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     34  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     36  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     75  
  Controls and Procedures     75  
  Other Information     77  
 
           
PART III
       
 
           
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant     78  
  Executive Compensation     78  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     78  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     78  
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services     78  
 
           
PART IV
       
 
           
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     79  
 
           
SIGNATURES     88  
  EX-2.E: ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.A: SAVINGS PLAN
  EX-10.N: AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
  EX-10.O.XV: AMENDMENT NO. 14 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
  EX-10.O.XVI: AMENDMENT NO. 15 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
  EX-21: SUBSIDIARY LISTING
  EX-23: CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
  EX-31.I: CERTIFICATION
  EX-31.II: CERTIFICATION
  EX-32.I: CERTIFICATION
  EX-32.II: CERTIFICATION

 


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Business .
Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the “company” or “Arrow”) is a global provider of products, services, and solutions to industrial and commercial users of electronic components and computer products. The company believes it is one of the electronics distribution industry’s leaders in operating systems, employee productivity, value-added programs, and total quality assurance. Arrow, which was incorporated in New York in 1946, serves as a supply channel partner for more than 600 suppliers and more than 140,000 original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), contract manufacturers (“CMs”), and commercial customers.
Serving its industrial and commercial customers as a supply channel partner, the company offers both a wide spectrum of products and a broad range of services and solutions, including materials planning, design services, programming and assembly services, inventory management, and a comprehensive suite of online supply chain tools.
Arrow’s diverse worldwide customer base consists of OEMs, CMs, and commercial customers. Customers include manufacturers of consumer and industrial equipment (including machine tools, factory automation, and robotic equipment), telecommunications products, automotive and transportation, aircraft and aerospace equipment, scientific and medical devices, and computer and office products. Customers also include value-added resellers (“VARs”) of computer products.
The company maintains nearly 240 sales facilities and 21 distribution and value-added centers in 55 countries and territories, serving over 70 countries and territories. Through this network, Arrow provides one of the broadest product offerings in the electronics distribution industry and a wide range of value-added services to help customers reduce their time to market, lower their total cost of ownership, and enhance their overall competitiveness.
The company has two business segments: electronic components and computer products. Approximately 80% of the company’s sales consist of electronic components, and approximately 20% of the company’s sales consist of computer products. The financial information about the company’s business segments and geographic operations can be found in Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Electronic Components
The company’s global electronic components business, one of the largest distributors of electronic components and related services in the world, spans the world’s three largest electronics markets — North America, EMEASA (Europe, Middle East, Africa, and South America), and the Asia Pacific region. The North American Components (“NAC”) group includes sales and marketing organizations in the United States, Canada, and Mexico. The EMEASA components group is divided into the following three regions and also has operations in the Republic of South Africa, Argentina, and Brazil:
-  
Northern Europe, which includes Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Ireland, Latvia, Lithuania, Norway, Sweden, and the United Kingdom.
 
-  
Central Europe, which includes Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Czech Republic, Germany, Hungary, Netherlands, Poland, Russian Federation, Slovakia, Switzerland, and Ukraine.
 
-  
Southern Europe, which includes Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Egypt, France, Greece, Israel, Italy, Portugal, Romania, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia, Spain, and Turkey.
In the Asia Pacific region, Arrow operates in Australia, China, Hong Kong, India, Korea, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, and Thailand.
Within electronics components, approximately 76% of the company’s sales primarily consist of semiconductor products and related services, and approximately 24% of the company’s sales are of passive, electromechanical, and interconnect products, consisting primarily of capacitors, resistors, potentiometers, power supplies, relays, switches, and connectors.
Most of the company’s customers require delivery of the products they have ordered on schedules that are generally not available on direct purchases from manufacturers, and frequently, their orders are of insufficient size to be placed directly with manufacturers.

3


Table of Contents

Most manufacturers of electronic components rely on authorized distributors, such as the company, to augment their sales and marketing operations. As a marketing, stocking, and financial intermediary, the distributor relieves manufacturers of a portion of the costs and personnel associated with selling and stocking their products (including otherwise sizable investments in finished goods inventories, accounts receivable systems, and distribution networks), while providing geographically dispersed selling, order processing, and delivery capabilities. At the same time, the distributor offers a broad range of customers the convenience of accessing, from a single source, multiple products from multiple suppliers and rapid or scheduled deliveries, as well as other value-added services, such as materials management, memory programming capabilities, and financing solutions. The growth of the electronics distribution industry has been fostered by the many manufacturers who recognize their authorized distributors as essential extensions of their marketing organizations.
Computer Products
The company’s global computer products business includes Arrow’s Enterprise Computing Solutions (“ECS”) business, which is a leading distributor of enterprise and embedded computing systems and storage, software, and services to resellers in North America, as well as the Nordic region and Central and Eastern Europe. The company began its global expansion of its ECS business into the European marketplace with the acquisition of DNSint.com AG (“DNS”), based in Munich, Germany, in December 2005 and expanded into the United Kingdom with the December 2006 acquisition of InTechnology plc’s storage and security distribution business (“InTechnology”), based in Harrogate, England. ECS increased its presence in the storage and security markets with the InTechnology acquisition and in value-added software through the November 2005 acquisition of Alternative Technology, Inc. (“Alternative Technology”), which is headquartered in Englewood Colorado, and supports VARs in delivering software solutions that optimize, accelerate, monitor, and secure an end-user’s network. The company also has dedicated computer products businesses in France, Spain, and the United Kingdom.
Within computer products, approximately 49% of the company’s sales consist of enterprise and embedded computing systems and related services, 26% consist of storage, and 15% consist of software. The remaining 10% of the company’s computer products sales consist of industrial computer products.
The distribution of computer products has evolved in recent years from a business dominated by inventory, integration, and supply chain efficiency to a business focused on sales management, business partner enablement, and demand generation. Manufacturers of computer products are rationalizing supply chain and channel strategies as they seek to maximize selling opportunities while extracting efficiencies from routes to market. Increasingly, they look to the distribution channel as an out-sourced selling entity that helps them achieve growth goals but under a variable cost model that allows them to be more competitive in the market. In better serving the needs of the manufacturers, the company’s business focus is to be an extension of the manufacturer’s sales and marketing organizations, as well as to support traditional supply chain management for vendors with those requirements.
A key component of the channel strategies of computer products manufacturers is a segmentation of product offerings into open-sourced and closed-sourced distribution channels. Under open-sourced distribution, a broad population of the manufacturer’s distribution partners is able to sell the products in this category. Products subject to closed-sourced distribution are sold by a limited number of distribution partners. The company sells products in both distribution channels with a higher weighting on closed-sourced products.
The company primarily goes to market through a large population of VARs authorized to sell a manufacturer’s products. VARs range in size from small to medium-sized businesses and are typically structured as sales organizations and service providers. They purchase computer products from distributors and manufacturers and resell them to end-users. The company provides sales enablement, back-office, and integration support to its VAR partners in order to help them profitably grow their businesses.
Customers and Suppliers
The company and its affiliates serve more than 140,000 industrial and commercial customers. Industrial customers range from major OEMs and CMs to small engineering firms, while commercial customers include primarily VARs and OEMs. No single customer accounted for more than 2% of the company’s 2006 consolidated sales.
The products offered by the company are sold by both field sales representatives, who regularly call on customers in assigned market areas, and by inside sales personnel, who call on customers by telephone from the company’s selling locations. The company also has sales teams that focus on small and emerging

4


Table of Contents

customers where sales representatives regularly call on customers by telephone from centralized selling locations, and inbound sales agents serve customers that call into the company. Each of the company’s North American electronic components selling locations, warehouses, and primary distribution centers are electronically linked to the company’s central computer system, which provides fully integrated, online, real-time data with respect to nationwide inventory levels and facilitates control of purchasing, shipping, and billing. The company’s international electronic components operations have similar online, real-time computer systems, and they can also access the company’s Worldwide Stock Check System, which provides access to the company’s online, real-time inventory system.
The company sells the products of more than 600 manufacturers. No single supplier accounted for more than 7% of the company’s 2006 consolidated sales. The company does not regard any one supplier of products to be essential to its consolidated results of operations and believes that many of the products currently sold by the company are available from other sources at competitive prices. However, certain parts of the company’s business, such as the company’s ECS business, rely on a limited number of suppliers. Most of the company’s purchases are pursuant to authorized distributor agreements, which are typically cancelable by either party at any time or on short notice.
Distribution Agreements
It is the policy of most manufacturers to protect authorized distributors, such as the company, against the potential write-down of inventories due to technological change or manufacturers’ price reductions. Write-downs of inventories to market value are based upon contractual provisions, which typically provide certain protections to the company for product obsolescence and price erosion in the form of return privileges and price protection. Under the terms of the related distributor agreements and assuming the distributor complies with certain conditions, such suppliers are required to credit the distributor for reductions in manufacturers’ list prices. In addition, under the terms of many such agreements, the distributor has the right to return to the manufacturer, for credit, a defined portion of those inventory items purchased within a designated period of time.
A manufacturer, which elects to terminate a distribution agreement, is generally required to purchase from the distributor the total amount of its products carried in inventory. As of December 31, 2006, this type of repurchase arrangement covered approximately 83% of the company’s consolidated inventories.
While these industry practices do not wholly protect the company from inventory losses, the company believes that they currently provide substantial protection from such losses.
Competition
The company’s business is extremely competitive, particularly with respect to prices, franchises, and, in certain instances, product availability. The company competes with several other large multinational and national distributors, as well as numerous regional and local distributors. As one of the world’s largest electronics distributors, the company’s financial resources and sales are greater than most of its competitors.
Employees
The company and its affiliates employed nearly 12,000 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2006.
Available Information
The company makes the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, any current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to any of these reports available through its website ( http://www.arrow.com ) as soon as reasonably practicable after the company files such material with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The information posted on the company’s website is not incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K. In addition, the SEC maintains a website ( http://www.sec.gov ) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, includes the certifications of the company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as Exhibits 31 (i) and 31 (ii), respectively, which were filed with the SEC as required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and certify the quality of the company’s public disclosure. The company’s Chief Executive Officer has also submitted a certification to the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) certifying that he is not aware of any violations by the company of NYSE corporate governance listing standards.

5


Table of Contents

Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the names, ages, and the positions held by each of the executive officers of the company as of February 23, 2007:
                 
Name
    Age
  Position
 
William E. Mitchell
    62     Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer
Peter S. Brown
    56     Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
Kevin J. Gilroy
    51     Senior Vice President and President of Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions
Michael J. Long
    48     Senior Vice President and President of Arrow Global Components
M. Catherine Morris
    48     Senior Vice President and President of Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions
Paul J. Reilly
    50     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Vincent T. Melvin
    43     Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Set forth below is a brief account of the business experience during the past five years of each executive officer of the company.
William E. Mitchell was appointed Chairman of the company in May 2006. He has been President and Chief Executive Officer of the company since February 2003. Prior to joining the company, he served as Executive Vice President of Solectron Corporation and President of Solectron Global Services, Inc. since March 1999.
Peter S. Brown has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary of the company for more than five years.
Kevin J. Gilroy was appointed Senior Vice President of the company and President of Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions in January 2007. Prior to joining the company, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of OnForce, Inc. from May 2006 to December 2006 and Executive Vice President and General Manager of OnForce, Inc. from November 2005 to May 2006. He also was an independent consultant from October 2005 to November 2005. Prior thereto, he spent over twenty-four years at Hewlett-Packard Company, most recently as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Worldwide SMB Operations Segment from May 2004 to October 2005, and Vice President and General Manager of Americas Commercial Channels from January 2002 to May 2004.
Michael J. Long was appointed Senior Vice President of the company in January 2006 and, prior thereto, he served as Vice President of the company for more than five years. He was appointed President of Arrow Global Components in September 2006. Prior thereto, he served as President of North America and Asia/Pacific Components from January 2006 until September 2006, President of North America from May 2005 to December 2005, and President and Chief Operating Officer of Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions from July 1999 to April 2005.
M. Catherine Morris was appointed Senior Vice President of the company and President of Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions in January 2007. Prior thereto, she served as Acting President, Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions from September 2006 to December 2006; Vice President, Support Services, North America from October 2005 to August 2006; Vice President, Finance and Support Services, Enterprise Computing Solutions from September 2002 to September 2005; and Vice President, Corporate Development of the company from January 1999 to August 2002.
Paul J. Reilly was appointed Senior Vice President of the company in May 2005 and, prior thereto, he served as Vice President of the company for more than five years. He has been Chief Financial Officer of the company for more than five years.
Vincent T. Melvin was appointed Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the company in September 2006. Prior to joining the company, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Sanmina-SCI, Inc. from December 2001 to September 2006.

6


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors .
Described below and throughout this report are certain risks that the company’s management believes are applicable to the company’s business and the industry in which it operates. There may be additional risks that are not presently material or known. There are also risks within the economy, the industry and the capital markets that affect business generally, and the company as well, which have not been described.
If any of the described events occur, the company’s business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, or access to the capital markets could be materially adversely affected. When stated below that a risk may have a material adverse effect on the company’s business, it means that such risk may have one or more of these effects.
A large portion of the company’s revenues comes from the sale of semiconductors, which is a highly cyclical industry, and an industry down-cycle could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business.
The semiconductor industry historically has experienced fluctuations in product supply and demand, often associated with changes in technology and manufacturing capacity, and is generally considered to be highly cyclical. Sales of semiconductor products and related services represented approximately 56% of the company’s consolidated sales in 2006 and 53% in both 2005 and 2004, and the company’s revenues, particularly in its electronic components businesses, tend to closely follow the strength or weakness of the semiconductor market. While the semiconductor industry has strengthened in recent years, it is uncertain whether this improvement will continue, and future downturns in the technology industry, particularly in the semiconductor sector, could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business and negatively impact its ability to maintain current profitability levels.
If the company is unable to maintain its relationships with its suppliers, its business could be materially adversely affected.
Substantially all of the company’s inventory is purchased from suppliers with which the company has entered into non-exclusive distribution agreements. These agreements are typically cancelable on short notice (generally 30 to 90 days). Certain parts of the company’s business, such as the company’s ECS business, rely on a limited number of suppliers. To the extent that the company’s significant suppliers are unwilling to continue to do business with the company, the company’s business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, to the extent that the company’s suppliers modify the terms of their contracts with the company (including, without limitation, the terms regarding price protection, rights of return, rebates, or other terms that are favorable to the company), or extend lead times, limit supplies due to capacity constraints, or other factors, there could be a material adverse effect on the company’s business.
The company operates in a competitive industry and continues to be under the pressure of eroding gross profit margins, which could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business.
The market for the company’s products and services is very competitive and subject to rapid technological change. Not only does the company compete with other distributors, it also competes for customers with many of its own suppliers. Additional competition has emerged from third-party logistics providers, fulfillment companies, catalogue distributors and online distributors and brokers.
Additionally, prices for the company’s products tend to decrease over their life cycle, which can result in decreased gross profit margins for the company. There is also substantial and continuing pressure from customers to reduce their total cost for products. Suppliers may also seek to increase their own profitability by reducing the company’s gross profit margin on products they sell to the company. The company expends substantial amounts on the value creation services required to remain competitive, retain existing business, and gain new customers, and the company must evaluate the expense of those efforts against the impact of price and margin reductions.
Further, our margins are lower in certain geographic markets and certain parts of our business than in others. For example, the components we sell in the Asian markets tend to have lower profit margins than in North America and Europe. Additionally, our ECS products typically have lower profit margins than our components businesses. As our ECS sales and sales in lower margin jurisdictions have increased as a percentage of overall sales, our profit margins have fallen. Thus, the company’s consolidated gross profit margins have eroded over time, from 16.2% in 2004 to 15.0% in 2006. If the company is unable to effectively compete in its

7


Table of Contents

industry or is unable to maintain acceptable gross profit margins, its business could be materially adversely affected.
Products sold by the company may be found to be defective and, as a result, warranty and/or product liability claims may be asserted against the company, which may have a material adverse effect on the company.
The company sells its components at prices that are significantly lower than the cost of the equipment or other goods in which they are incorporated. Since a defect or failure in a product could give rise to failures in the end products that incorporate them (and claims for consequential damages against the company from its customers), the company may face claims for damages that are disproportionate to the revenues and profits it receives from the products involved in the claims. While the company and its suppliers generally exclude consequential damages in their standard terms and conditions, the company’s ability to avoid such liabilities may be limited as a result of differing factors, such as the inability to exclude such damages due to the laws of some of the countries where it does business. The company’s business could be materially adversely affected as a result of a significant quality or performance issue in the products sold by the company, if it is required to pay for the damages that result. Although the company currently has product liability insurance, such insurance is limited in coverage and amount.
Declines in value and other factors pertaining to the company’s inventory could materially adversely affect its business.
The electronic components and computer products industries are subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, changes in end-market demand, and regulatory requirements, which can contribute to the decline in value or obsolescence of inventory. During an economic downturn, prices could decline due to an oversupply of product and, therefore, there may be greater risk of declines in inventory value. Although most of the company’s suppliers provide the company with certain protections from the loss in value of inventory (such as price protection and certain rights of return), the company cannot be sure that such protections will fully compensate it for the loss in value, or that the suppliers will choose to, or be able to, honor such agreements. For example, many of the company’s suppliers will not allow it to return products after they have been held in inventory beyond a certain amount of time, and, in most instances, the return rights are limited to a certain percentage of the amount of product the company purchased in a particular time frame. In addition, as discussed below, the company historically has sold and continues to sell products that contain substances that are regulated, or may be regulated, by various environmental laws. Some of the company’s inventory may become obsolete as a result of these or other existing or new regulations. All of these factors pertaining to inventory could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business.
The company is subject to environmental laws and regulations that could materially adversely affect its business.
The company is subject to a wide and ever-changing variety of foreign and U.S. federal, state, and local laws and regulations, compliance with which may require substantial expense. Of particular note are two European Union (“EU”) directives known as the Restriction of Certain Hazardous Substances Directive (“RoHS”) and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive. These directives restrict the distribution of products within the EU containing certain substances and require a manufacturer or importer to recycle products containing those substances. In addition, China has recently passed the Management Methods on Control of Pollution from Electronic Information Products, which will eventually prohibit the import of products for use in China that contain the same substances banned by the RoHS directive. Failure to comply with these directives or any other applicable environmental regulations could result in fines or suspension of sales. Additionally, these directives and regulations may result in the company having non-compliant inventory that may be less readily salable or have to be written off.
In addition, some environmental laws impose liability, sometimes without fault, for investigating or cleaning up contamination on or emanating from the company’s currently or formerly owned, leased, or operated property, as well as for damages to property or natural resources and for personal injury arising out of such contamination. As the distribution business, in general, does not involve the manufacture of products, it is typically not subject to significant liability in this area. However, there may be occasions, including through acquisitions, where environmental liability arises. Such liability may be joint and several, meaning that the company could be held responsible for more than its share of the liability involved, or even the entire share. In addition, the presence of environmental contamination could also interfere with ongoing operations or adversely affect the company’s ability to sell or lease its properties. The discovery of contamination for which the company is responsible, or the enactment of new laws and regulations, or changes in how existing

8


Table of Contents

requirements are enforced, could require the company to incur costs for compliance or subject it to unexpected liabilities.
The foregoing matters could materially adversely affect the company’s business.
The company is currently involved in the investigation and remediation of environmental problems at two sites and has been named as a defendant with regard to a third site as a result of its Wyle Electronics acquisition, and the company is in litigation related to those sites.
As a result of its acquisition of Wyle Electronics (“Wyle”) from the VEBA Group (“VEBA”) in 2000, the company assumed Wyle’s outstanding liabilities, including the responsibility for certain environmental contamination at sites formerly owned by Wyle. The agreement pursuant to which the company bought Wyle from VEBA contains an indemnification from VEBA to the company for all of the costs associated with the Wyle environmental obligations. Three sites are known to have such contamination, one at Norco, California, one at El Segundo, California, and the third at Huntsville, Alabama, and the company has thus far borne most of the cost of the investigation and remediation of the Norco and Huntsville sites, under the direction of the cognizant state agencies. The company has expended more than $17 million to date in connection with these sites. With regard to the El Segundo site, the company has also been named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in connection with alleged contamination at a small industrial building formerly leased by Wyle Laboratories. The outcome of the lawsuit, the nature of any contamination, and the amount of any associated liability are as yet unknown.
VEBA’s successor-in-interest, E.ON AG, acknowledged liability under the VEBA contractual indemnities with respect to the Norco and Huntsville sites and made a small initial payment, but has subsequently refused to make further payments. As a result, the company has initiated litigation against E.ON AG and certain others in the United States District Court for the Central District of California and in the Frankfurt am Main Regional Court in Germany. The company believes strongly in the merits of its cases and the probability of recovery from E.ON AG, but there can be no guaranty of the outcome of litigation, and, should the company lose on all of its claims in both cases, it would bear all of the cost of the Wyle environmental obligations. Because characterization and remedial design is not yet complete at any of these sites, the future costs in excess of accrued costs associated there with are as yet undetermined and could have a material adverse effect on the company.
In addition, the company is, along with other parties, a defendant in three suits, all of which have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes, by plaintiff landowners and residents in Riverside County Court in California for personal injury and property damages allegedly caused by the contaminated groundwater and related soil-vapor found in certain residential areas adjacent to the Norco site. Wyle Laboratories, formerly a division of Wyle Electronics, has demanded defense and indemnification from the company in connection with the litigation, and the company has, in turn demanded defense and indemnification from E.ON AG. The claims for indemnification are at issue in the U.S. District Court and Frankfurt Regional Court proceedings.
While the company believes strongly in the merits of its claim for indemnification against E.ON AG and has no reason to believe that the plaintiff’s allegations of damages in the Norco matter pending in Riverside County have merit, there can be no guaranty regarding the outcome of any of the matters, and should the company be found to be liable for damages and E.ON AG found not to be liable to indemnify the company for those damages and those costs that will be incurred in the future, it could have a material adverse effect on the company.
The company may not have adequate or cost-effective liquidity or capital resources.
The company needs cash or committed liquidity facilities to make interest payments on and to refinance indebtedness, and for general corporate purposes, such as funding its ongoing working capital, acquisition, and capital expenditure needs. At December 31, 2006, the company had cash and cash equivalents of $337.7 million. In addition, the company currently has access to credit lines in excess of $1.3 billion. The company’s ability to satisfy its cash needs depends on its ability to generate cash from operations and to access the financial markets, both of which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors that are beyond its control.
The company may, in the future, need to access the financial markets to satisfy its cash needs. The company’s ability to obtain external financing is affected by its debt ratings. Any increase in the company’s level of debt, change in status of its debt from unsecured to secured debt, or deterioration of its operating results may cause a reduction in its current debt ratings. Any downgrade in the company’s current debt rating

9


Table of Contents

could impair the company’s ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms. Under the terms of any external financing, the company may incur higher than expected financing expenses and become subject to additional restrictions and covenants. For example, the company’s existing debt agreements contain restrictive covenants, including covenants requiring compliance with specified financial ratios, and a failure to comply with these or any other covenants may result in an event of default. An increase in the company’s financing costs or a breach of debt instrument covenants could have a material adverse effect on the company.
The agreements governing some of the company’s financing arrangements contain various covenants and restrictions that limit the discretion of management in operating the business and could prevent the company from engaging in some activities that may be beneficial to its business.
The agreements governing the company’s financings contain various covenants and restrictions that, in certain circumstances, could limit its ability to:
   
grant liens on assets;
 
   
make restricted payments (including paying dividends on capital stock or redeeming or repurchasing capital stock);
 
   
make investments;
 
   
merge, consolidate, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets;
 
   
incur additional debt; or
 
   
engage in certain transactions with affiliates.
As a result of these covenants and restrictions, the company may be limited in how it conducts its business and may be unable to raise additional debt, compete effectively, or make investments.
The company’s failure to have long-term sales contracts may have a material adverse effect on its business.
Most of the company’s sales are made on an order-by-order basis, rather than through long-term sales contracts. The company generally works with its customers to develop non-binding forecasts for future volume of orders. Based on such non-binding forecasts, the company makes commitments regarding the level of business that it will seek and accept, the inventory that it purchases, the timing of production schedules, and the levels of utilization of personnel and other resources. A variety of conditions, both specific to each customer and generally affecting each customer’s industry, may cause customers to cancel, reduce, or delay orders that were either previously made or anticipated. Generally, customers cancel, reduce, or delay purchase orders and commitments without penalty. The company seeks to mitigate these risks, in some cases, by entering into noncancelable/nonreturnable sales agreements, but there is no guaranty that such agreements will adequately protect the company. Significant or numerous cancellations, reductions, or delays in orders by customers could materially adversely affect the company’s business.
The company’s non-U.S. locations represent a significant and growing portion of its sales, and consequently, the company is increasingly exposed to risks associated with operating internationally.
In 2006, 2005, and 2004, approximately 53%, 47%, and 46%, respectively, of the company’s sales came from its operations outside the United States. As a result of the company’s foreign sales and locations, its operations are subject to a variety of risks that are specific to international operations, including the following:
   
import and export regulations that could erode profit margins or restrict exports;
 
   
the burden and cost of compliance with foreign laws, treaties, and technical standards and changes in those regulations;
 
   
potential restrictions on transfers of funds;
 
   
foreign currency fluctuations;
 
   
import and export duties and value-added taxes;
 
   
transportation delays and interruptions;
 
   
uncertainties arising from local business practices and cultural considerations; and
 
   
potential military conflicts and political risks.
While the company has and will continue to adopt measures to reduce the potential impact of losses resulting from the risks of doing business abroad, it cannot ensure that such measures will be adequate.

10


Table of Contents

When the company makes acquisitions, it may not be able to successfully integrate them or attain the anticipated benefits.
If the company is unsuccessful in integrating its acquisitions, or if integration is more difficult than anticipated, the company may experience disruptions that could have a material adverse effect on its business. In addition, the company may not realize all of the anticipated benefits from its acquisitions, which could result in an impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets.
If the company fails to maintain an effective system of internal controls or discovers material weaknesses in its internal controls over financial reporting, it may not be able to report its financial results accurately or timely or detect fraud, which could have a material adverse effect on its business.
An effective internal control environment is necessary for the company to produce reliable financial reports and is an important part of its effort to prevent financial fraud. The company is required to periodically evaluate the effectiveness of the design and operation of its internal controls over financial reporting. Based on these evaluations, the company may conclude that enhancements, modifications or changes to internal controls are necessary or desirable. While management evaluates the effectiveness of the company’s internal controls on a regular basis, these controls may not always be effective. There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of internal controls, including collusion, management override, and failure of human judgment. In addition, control procedures are designed to reduce rather than eliminate business risks. If the company fails to maintain an effective system of internal controls, or if management or the company’s independent registered public accounting firm discovers material weaknesses in the company’s internal controls, it may be unable to produce reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, which could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business. In addition, the company may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC or the NYSE. Any such actions could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of the company’s financial statements, which could cause the market price of its common stock to decline or limit the company’s access to capital.
The regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions for which the company ships product could levy substantial fines on the company or limit its ability to export and re-export products if the company ships product in violation of applicable export regulations.
A significant percentage of the company’s sales are made outside of the United States through the exporting and re-exporting of product. Many of the products the company sells are either manufactured in the United States or based on U.S. technology (“U.S. Products”). As a result, in addition to the local jurisdictions’ export regulations applicable to individual shipments, U.S. Products are subject to the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”) when exported and re-exported to and from all international jurisdictions. Licenses or proper license exceptions may be required by local jurisdictions’ export regulations, including EAR, for the shipment of certain U.S. Products to certain countries, including China, India, Russia, and other countries in which the company operates. Non-compliance with the EAR or other applicable export regulations can result in a wide range of penalties including the denial of export privileges, fines, criminal penalties, and the seizure of commodities. In the event that any export regulatory body determines that any shipments made by the company violate the applicable export regulations, the company could be fined significant sums and/or its export capabilities could be restricted, which could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business.
The company relies heavily on its internal information systems, which, if not properly functioning, could materially adversely affect the company’s business.
The company’s current global operations reside on multiple technology platforms. These platforms are subject to electrical or telecommunications outages, computer hacking, or other general system failure, which could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business. Because most of the company’s systems consist of a number of legacy, internally developed applications, it can be harder to upgrade and may not be adaptable to commercially available software. Additionally, the company recently completed the process of installing certain modules in North America as part of a phased implementation schedule associated with the design of a new global financial system. The company is about to undergo the same process in Asia and parts of Europe. There is no guarantee that the implementation will be successful or that there will not be integration difficulties that will adversely affect the company’s operations or the accurate recording and

11


Table of Contents

reporting of financial data. Failure of the company’s internal information systems or material difficulties in upgrading its global financial system could have material adverse effects on its business.
Further, the company is converting its various business information systems worldwide to a single Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system. The company has committed significant resources to this conversion, which started in late 2006 and is expected to be phased in over the next four years. This conversion is extremely complex, in part, because of the wide range of processes and the multiple legacy systems that must be integrated globally. The company will be using a controlled project plan that it believes will provide for the adequate allocation of resources. However, such a plan, or a divergence from it, may result in cost overruns, project delays, or business interruptions. During the conversion process, the company may be limited in its ability to integrate any business that it may want to acquire. Failure to properly or adequately address these issues could impact the company’s ability to perform necessary business operations, which could materially adversely affect the company’s business.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments .
None.

12


Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties .
The company owns and leases sales offices, distribution centers, and administrative facilities worldwide. The company’s executive office is located in Melville, New York and occupies a 163,000 square foot facility under a long-term lease. The company owns 15 locations throughout North America, EMEASA, and the Asia Pacific region. The company occupies over 280 additional locations under leases due to expire on various dates through 2053. The company believes its facilities are well maintained and suitable for company operations.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings .
Tekelec Matters
In 2000, the company purchased Tekelec Europe SA (“Tekelec”) from Tekelec Airtronic SA (“Airtronic”) and certain other selling shareholders. Subsequent to the closing of the acquisition, Tekelec received a product liability claim in the amount of 11.3 million. The product liability claim was the subject of a French legal proceeding started by the claimant in 2002, under which separate determinations were made as to whether the products that are subject to the claim were defective and the amount of damages sustained by the purchaser. The manufacturer of the products also participated in this proceeding. The claimant has commenced legal proceedings against Tekelec and its insurers to recover damages in the amount of 3.7 million and expenses of .3 million plus interest.
Wyle Matters
As discussed in Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (“Note 15”), in 2000, when the company purchased Wyle from VEBA, the company assumed Wyle’s then outstanding obligations. Among the obligations the company assumed was Wyle’s 1994 indemnification of the purchasers of one of its divisions, Wyle Laboratories, for costs associated with then existing contamination or violation of environmental regulations. Under the terms of the company’s purchase of Wyle, VEBA agreed to indemnify the company for, among other things, costs related to environmental pollution associated with Wyle, including those associated with its prior sale of Wyle Laboratories. VEBA has since merged with E.ON AG, a German-based multinational conglomerate.
The company is aware of two Wyle Laboratories facilities (in Huntsville, Alabama and Norco, California) at which contaminated groundwater has been identified. Each site will require remediation, the final form and cost of which is as yet undetermined. As further discussed in Note 15, the Alabama site is being investigated by the company under the supervision of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management. The Norco site is subject to a consent decree, entered in October 2003, between the company, Wyle Laboratories, and the California Department of Toxic Substance Control (“DTSC”).
The company has also been named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in September 2006 in the United States District Court for the Central District of California (Apollo Associates, L.P., a California Limited Partnership; Murray Neidorf, an individual, v. Arrow Electronics, Inc. et al.) in connection with alleged contamination at a third site, a small industrial building formerly leased by Wyle Laboratories, in El Segundo, California. The outcome of the proceedings, as well as the nature of any contamination and the amount of any associated liability, is all as yet unknown.
Arrow has been named as a defendant in three suits related to the Norco facility, all of which have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes. In January 2005, an action was filed in the California Superior Court in Riverside County, California (Gloria Austin, et al. v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al.) in which 91 plaintiff landowners and residents have sued a number of defendants under a variety of theories for unquantified damages allegedly caused by environmental contamination at and around the Norco site. Contaminated groundwater and related soil-vapor have been found in certain residential areas adjacent to the site. Also filed in the Superior Court in Riverside County were Jimmy Gandara, et al. v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al. in January 2006, and Lisa Briones et al. v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al. in May 2006, both of which contain allegations similar to those in the Austin case on behalf of approximately 20 additional plaintiffs. The outcome of the cases and the amount of any associated liability are all as yet unknown.
The company believes that any cost which it may incur in connection with environmental conditions at the Norco, Huntsville, and El Segundo sites and the related litigation is covered by the contractual

13


Table of Contents

indemnifications (except, under the terms of the environmental indemnification, for the first $.45 million), which arose out of the company’s purchase of Wyle from VEBA.
Despite E.ON AG’s acknowledgment of liability under the VEBA contractual indemnities, and a single, partial payment, neither the company’s demand for subsequent payments nor its demand for defense and indemnification in the Riverside County litigation and other costs associated with the Norco site has been met. In September 2004, the company filed suit against E.ON AG and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama seeking further payments of indemnified amounts and additional related damages. The case has since been transferred to the United States District Court for the Central District of California, where it has been consolidated with a case commenced by the company and Wyle Laboratories in May 2005 against E.ON AG seeking indemnification, contribution, and a declaration of the parties’ respective rights and obligations in connection with the Riverside County litigation and other costs associated with the Norco site. The court has ruled that the enforcement and interpretation of E.ON AG’s contractual obligations are matters for a court in Germany, a ruling with which the company disagrees and which it is appealing. Nevertheless, in October 2005, the company filed a related action against E.ON AG in the Frankfurt am Main Regional Court in Germany.
Also included in the proceedings against E.ON AG is a claim for the reimbursement of pre-acquisition tax liabilities of Wyle in the amount of $8.7 million for which E.ON AG is also contractually liable to indemnify the company. E.ON AG has specifically acknowledged owing the company not less than $6.3 million of such amounts, but its promises to make payments of at least that amount have not been kept.
Based on an opinion of counsel received by the company in the fourth quarter of 2006 that recovery from E.ON AG of costs incurred to date that are covered under the contractual indemnifications associated with the environmental clean-up related to the Wyle sites is probable, the company increased the receivable for amounts due from E.ON AG by $7.4 million during 2006 to $17.7 million. The company’s net costs for such indemnified matters may vary from period to period as estimates of recoveries are not always recognized in the same period as the accrual of estimated expenses. In 2006, the company recorded a charge of $1.4 million ($.9 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to the environmental matters arising out of the company’s purchase of Wyle.
In connection with the acquisition of Wyle, the company acquired a $4.5 million tax receivable due from E.ON AG (as successor to VEBA) in respect of certain tax payments made by Wyle prior to the effective date of the acquisition, the recovery of which the company also believes is probable.
Other
From time to time, in the normal course of business, the company may become liable with respect to other pending and threatened litigation, environmental, regulatory, and tax matters. While such matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, it is not currently anticipated that any such other matters will have a material adverse impact on the company’s financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders .
None.

14


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters .
Market Information
The company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE (trading symbol: “ARW”). The high and low sales prices during each quarter of 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
                   
Year
    High
    Low
 
 
               
2006:
               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 32.90     $ 26.90  
Third Quarter
    33.14       25.93  
Second Quarter
    36.95       30.35  
First Quarter
    36.48       31.18  
 
               
2005:
               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 33.39     $ 28.19  
Third Quarter
    32.07       27.35  
Second Quarter
    28.56       21.98  
First Quarter
    27.79       21.71  
Holders
On February 16, 2007, there were approximately 2,500 shareholders of record of the company’s common stock.
Dividend History
The company did not pay cash dividends on its common stock during 2006 or 2005. While the board of directors considers the payment of dividends on the common stock from time to time, the declaration of future dividends will be dependent upon the company’s earnings, financial condition, and other relevant factors, including debt covenants.

15


Table of Contents

Performance Graph
The following graph compares the performance of the company’s common stock for the periods indicated with the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500 Stock Index”) and the average performance of a group consisting of the company’s peer companies on a line-of-business basis. The peers included in the Electronic Distributor Index are Avnet, Inc., Agilysys, Inc., All American Semiconductor, Inc., Bell Microproducts, Inc., Jaco Electronics, Inc., and Nu Horizons Electronics Corp. The graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2001 in the company, the S&P 500 Stock Index, and the Electronics Distributor Index. Total return indices reflect reinvestment dividends and are weighted on the basis of market capitalization at the time of each reported data point.
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
                                                 
    2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
Arrow Electronics
    100       43       77       81       107       106  
 
                                               
Electronics Distributor Index
    100       48       86       84       99       102  
 
                                               
S&P 500 Stock Index
    100       78       100       111       117       135  

16


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data .
The following table sets forth certain selected consolidated financial data and should be read in conjunction with the company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K (dollars in thousands except per share data):
                                         
For the years ended                              
December 31:   2006 (a)
    2005 (b)
    2004 (c)
    2003 (d)
    2002 (e)(f)
 
Sales
  $ 13,577,112     $ 11,164,196     $ 10,646,113     $ 8,528,331     $ 7,269,799  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income
  $ 606,225     $ 480,258     $ 439,338     $ 184,045     $ 167,530  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 388,331     $ 253,609     $ 207,504     $ 25,700     $ (862 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) per share from continuing operations
                                       
Basic
  $ 3.19     $ 2.15     $ 1.83     $ .26     $ (.01 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted
  $ 3.16     $ 2.09     $ 1.75     $ .25     $ (.01 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
At December 31:
                                       
Accounts receivable and inventories
  $ 4,401,857     $ 3,811,914     $ 3,470,600     $ 3,098,213     $ 2,579,833  
Total assets
    6,669,572       6,044,917       5,509,101       5,343,690       4,667,605  
Long-term debt
    976,774       1,138,981       1,465,880       2,016,627       1,807,113  
Shareholders’ equity
    2,996,559       2,372,886       2,194,186       1,505,331       1,235,249  
(a)  
Operating income and income from continuing operations include restructuring charges of $11.8 million ($9.0 million net of related taxes or $.07 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), a charge related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim of $2.8 million ($1.9 million net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), a charge related to pre-acquisition environmental matters arising out of the company’s purchase of Wyle of $1.4 million ($.9 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), and stock option expense of $13.0 million ($8.5 million net of related taxes or $.07 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) resulting from the company’s adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment”, and the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (collectively, “Statement No. 123(R)”). Income from continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) and the reduction of the provision for income taxes of $46.2 million ($.38 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) and the reduction of interest expense of $6.9 million ($4.2 million net of related taxes or $.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to the settlement of certain tax matters.
 
(b)  
Operating income and income from continuing operations include restructuring charges of $12.7 million ($7.3 million net of related taxes or $.06 and $.05 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively) and an acquisition indemnification credit of $1.7 million ($1.3 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on a basic basis). Income from continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $4.3 million ($2.6 million net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively) and a loss of $3.0 million ($.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) on the write-down of an investment.
 
(c)  
Operating income and income from continuing operations include restructuring charges of $11.4 million ($6.9 million net of related taxes or $.07 and $.06 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), an acquisition indemnification credit, due to a change in estimate, of $9.7 million ($.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), an impairment charge of $10.0 million ($.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), and an integration credit, due to a change in estimate, of $2.3 million ($1.4 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis). Income from continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $33.9 million ($20.3 million net of related taxes or $.18 and $.16 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively) and a loss of $1.3 million ($.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) on the write-down of an investment.

17


Table of Contents

(d)  
Operating income and income from continuing operations include restructuring charges of $38.0 million ($27.1 million net of related taxes or $.27 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), an acquisition indemnification charge, due to a change in estimate, of $13.0 million ($.13 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), and an integration charge associated with the acquisition of the Industrial Electronics Division of Agilysys, Inc. of $6.9 million ($4.8 million net of related taxes or $.05 per share on both a basic and diluted basis). Income from continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $6.6 million ($3.9 million net of related taxes or $.04 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
 
(e)  
Operating income and loss from continuing operations include a severance charge of $5.4 million ($3.2 million net of related taxes or $.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis). Loss from continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $20.9 million ($12.9 million net of related taxes or $.13 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
 
(f)  
The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operation in May 2002 was reflected as a discontinued operation.

18


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .
Overview
The company has two business segments: electronic components and computer products. Consolidated sales grew by 21.6%, compared with the year-earlier period, primarily as a result of continued sales growth in the worldwide components businesses and the impact of acquisitions. The acquisitions of DNS and Ultra Source Technology Corp. (“Ultra Source”), which were completed in December 2005, contributed sales of $1.21 billion in 2006. Consolidated sales for 2006 increased 12.2%, on a pro forma basis, including DNS and Ultra Source for full year 2005. The sales increase of 12.0% in the NAC businesses for 2006, compared with the year-earlier period, was primarily driven by the strength of demand for semiconductors and passive, electromechanical and connector products from the company’s broad customer base, as well as the company’s focus on sales-related initiatives for passive, electromechanical and connector products. The sales growth of 18.5% in the EMEASA components businesses, compared with the year-earlier period, was primarily due to increased end-market demand in this region as well as the company’s increased focus on sales-related initiatives. Sales grew by 20.0% in the Asia/Pacific components businesses on a pro forma basis, including Ultra Source for full year 2005, due to the region’s strong market growth coupled with the company’s initiative to expand its product offerings and customer base. The sales growth of 18.0% in the worldwide computer products business was primarily due to the acquisition of DNS and growth in storage and industry standard servers offset, in part, by lower sales in North America due to a decline in lower-margin software and the loss of a large reseller customer at the end of 2005 due to mergers and acquisitions activity, lower market demand for proprietary servers, and lower computer product sales in Europe.
During the fourth quarter of 2006, the company settled certain tax matters covering multiple years. As a result of the tax settlements, the company recorded a reduction of the provision for income taxes of $46.2 million, of which $40.4 million related to tax years prior to 2006. In connection with the settlement of these tax matters an accrual of $6.9 million ($4.2 million net of related taxes) for related interest costs was reversed.
On November 30, 2006, the company acquired Alternative Technology, which is headquartered in Englewood, Colorado, and supports VARs in delivering software solutions that optimize, accelerate, monitor, and secure an end-user’s network. Total Alternative Technology sales for 2006 were approximately $320 million, of which $48.7 million were included in the company’s consolidated results of operations from the acquisition date. The Alternative Technology acquisition will enable the company to further expand the breadth of its ECS business and create significant opportunities for the company in the growing value-added software market.
On December 29, 2006, the company acquired InTechnology, which is headquartered in Harrogate, England, and delivers storage and security solutions to VARs in the United Kingdom. Total InTechnology sales for 2006 were approximately $365 million. The InTechnology acquisition will further expand the company’s ECS business into the United Kingdom.
On January 2, 2007, the company announced that it signed a definitive agreement with Agilysys, Inc. (“Agilysys”) pursuant to which the company will acquire substantially all of the assets and operations of the Agilysys KeyLink Systems Group (“KeyLink”), a leading enterprise computing solutions distributor, for $485 million in cash. The company will also enter into a long-term procurement agreement with the Agilysys Enterprise Solutions Group, Agilysys’ value-added reseller business. KeyLink, which is based in Cleveland, Ohio, has approximately 500 employees and provides complex solutions from industry leading manufacturers to more than 800 reseller partners. Total KeyLink sales for 2006, including revenues associated with the above-mentioned procurement agreement, were approximately $1.6 billion. The KeyLink acquisition is expected to be $.18 to $.22 accretive in the first twelve months post closing, excluding any potential integration costs. This transaction, which will be funded with cash-on-hand plus borrowings under the company’s existing committed liquidity facilities, is subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining necessary government approvals, and is expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2007.
Net income increased to $388.3 million in 2006, compared with net income of $253.6 million in 2005. The increase in net income was due to increased sales, the impact of efficiency initiatives reducing operating expenses, and, to a lesser extent, the acquisitions of DNS, Ultra Source, and Alternative Technology. The acquisitions of DNS, Ultra Source, and Alternative Technology generated net income of $11.5 million in 2006.

19


Table of Contents

The following items also impact the comparability of the company’s results for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
   
restructuring charges of $11.8 million ($9.0 million net of related taxes) in 2006 and $12.7 million ($7.3 million net of related taxes) in 2005;
 
   
a charge related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim of $2.8 million ($1.9 million net of related taxes) in 2006;
 
   
a charge related to pre-acquisition environmental matters arising from the company’s purchase of Wyle of $1.4 million ($.9 million net of related taxes) in 2006;
 
   
stock option expense of $13.0 million ($8.5 million net of related taxes) in 2006 resulting from the company’s adoption of Statement No. 123(R);
 
   
an acquisition indemnification credit of $1.7 million ($1.3 million net of related taxes) in 2005;
 
   
a loss on prepayment of debt of $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of related taxes) in 2006 and $4.3 million ($2.6 million net of related taxes) in 2005;
 
   
a loss of $3.0 million on the write-down of an investment in 2005; and
 
   
a reduction of the provision for income taxes of $46.2 million, of which $40.4 million related to tax years prior to 2006, and the reduction of interest expense of $6.9 million ($4.2 million net of related taxes), of which $4.0 million ($2.4 million net of related taxes) related to tax years prior to 2006, related to the settlement of certain tax matters in 2006.
Sales
Consolidated sales for 2006 increased $2.41 billion, or 21.6%, compared with the year-earlier period. The increase was driven by an increase in the worldwide electronic components business of $1.99 billion, or 22.6%, and an increase in the worldwide computer products business of $420.3 million, or 18.0%, compared with the year-earlier period.
The growth in the worldwide electronic components business for 2006 was primarily driven by the sales increase in the NAC businesses of 12.0%, the sales increase in the EMEASA components businesses of 18.5%, and the sales increase in the Asia/Pacific components businesses of 20.0%, on a pro forma basis, including Ultra Source for the full year 2005. The sales increase in the NAC businesses of 12.0%, compared with the year-earlier period, was primarily driven by the strength of demand for semiconductors and passive electromechanical and connector products from the company’s broad customer base, as well as the company’s focus on sales-related initiatives for passive, electromechanical and connector products. The sales increase in the EMEASA components businesses of 18.5%, compared with the year-earlier period, was primarily due to the increased end-market demand in this region as well as the company’s increased focus on sales-related initiatives. The increase in the Asia/Pacific components businesses of 20.0%, on a pro forma basis including Ultra Source, compared with the year-earlier period, was due to the region’s strong market growth coupled with the company’s initiative to expand its product offerings and customer base.
The growth in the worldwide computer products business of 18.0% for 2006, compared with the year-earlier period, was primarily due to the acquisition of DNS in December 2005 and the growth in storage and industry standard servers offset, in part, by lower sales in North America due to a decline in low-margin software and the loss of a large reseller customer at the end of 2005 due to mergers and acquisitions activity, lower market demand for proprietary servers, and lower computer product sales in Europe.
The translation of the company’s international financial statements into U.S. dollars resulted in increased sales of $44.6 million for 2006, compared with the year-earlier period, due to a weaker U.S. dollar. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, the company’s sales would have increased by 21.2% in 2006.
Consolidated sales for 2005 increased $518.1 million, or 4.9%, compared with 2004. The increase was driven by an increase in the worldwide electronic components business of $348.3 million, or 4.1%, and an increase in the worldwide computer products business of $169.7 million, or 7.8%, compared with the year-earlier period.
The growth in the worldwide electronic components business for 2005 was primarily driven by the sales increase in the Asia/Pacific components businesses of 25.3% and the sales increase in the EMEASA

20


Table of Contents

components businesses of 2.0%, compared with the year-earlier period. The sales increase in the Asia/Pacific components businesses for 2005, compared with the year-earlier period, was due to the region’s strong market growth coupled with the company’s initiative to expand its product offerings and customer base. The sales increase in the EMEASA components businesses for 2005, compared with the year-earlier period, was primarily due to the acquisition of Disway during 2004. Sales in the NAC businesses remained flat in 2005, when compared with the year-earlier period. End-market demand in North America remained stable throughout 2005, while in Europe the market experienced a relatively small decline.
The growth in the worldwide computer products business for 2005 was primarily due to increased sales in North America’s server, storage, software, and manufacturer services group of 12.6% for 2005, compared with the year-earlier period. The increase in sales was partially offset by a decrease in sales of industrial-related computer products to OEMs in North America of 9.9% for 2005, compared with the year-earlier period, primarily due to the company’s decision in early 2005 to terminate certain low-margin customer engagements and lower computer product sales in France.
The translation of the company’s international financial statements into U.S. dollars resulted in increased sales of $6.8 million for 2005, compared with the year-earlier period, due to a weaker U.S. dollar. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, the company’s sales would have increased by 4.8% in 2005.
Gross Profit
The company recorded gross profit of $2.03 billion and $1.74 billion for 2006 and 2005, respectively. The gross profit margin for 2006 decreased by approximately 60 basis points when compared with the year-earlier period. The decrease in gross profit margin was primarily the result of the acquisitions of DNS and Ultra Source, which have lower gross profit margins (as well as lower operating expense structures). Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, the gross profit margin would have increased by approximately 10 basis points when compared with the year-earlier period.
The company recorded gross profit of $1.74 billion and $1.72 billion for 2005 and 2004, respectively. The gross profit margin for 2005 decreased by approximately 60 basis points when compared with the year-earlier period. The decrease in gross profit margin was primarily the result of pricing pressures in the marketplace relating to the worldwide electronic components business and a larger portion of sales mix from the Asia/Pacific components businesses and the ECS businesses that have lower gross profit margins.
Restructuring, Integration, and Other Charges (Credits)
The company recorded total restructuring charges of $11.8 million ($9.0 million net of related taxes or $.07 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), $12.7 million ($7.3 million net of related taxes or $.06 and $.05 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), and $11.4 million ($6.9 million net of related taxes or $.07 and $.06 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively) in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. These items are discussed below.
Restructurings
Included in the total restructuring charges for 2006 is $12.3 million related to initiatives by the company to improve operating efficiencies. These initiatives, in the aggregate, are expected to generate annual cost savings of approximately $9.0 million beginning in 2007.
During 2005, 2004, and 2003, the company announced a series of steps to make its organizational structure more efficient. The cumulative restructuring charges associated with these actions total $61.8 million, which include restructuring charges of $.2 million, $13.8 million, and $9.8 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The restructuring charges for 2005 and 2004 are net of a gain of $2.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively, on the sale of facilities. Included in the restructuring charge for 2005 was a $1.3 million loss resulting from the sale of the company’s Cable Assembly business. Approximately 85% of the total charge was spent in cash.
At December 31, 2006, $4.3 million of the previously discussed charges were accrued but unused of which $2.6 million are for personnel costs and $1.7 million are to address remaining facilities commitments.

21


Table of Contents

Also during 2006, the company recorded a restructuring credit against the accrual related to the 2001 restructuring of $.7 million. During 2005, the company recorded a restructuring credit against the accrual of $1.0 million related to the 2001 restructuring. At December 31, 2006, $4.2 million related to the 2001 restructuring was accrued but unused of which $1.4 million is to address remaining real estate lease commitments and $2.8 million primarily relates to the termination of certain customer programs.
Integration
During 2005, the company recorded $2.3 million as additional cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired associated with the Disway acquisition.
During 2004, the company recorded an integration credit, due to a change in estimate, of $2.3 million ($1.4 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), which primarily related to the final negotiation of facilities related obligations for numerous acquisitions made prior to 2001.
At December 31, 2006, the integration accrual of $3.4 million related to the acquisition of Disway in 2004 and certain acquisitions made prior to 2004 and is for remaining contractual obligations.
Restructuring and Integration Summary
The remaining balances of the restructuring and integration accruals aggregate $11.9 million at December 31, 2006, of which $9.0 million is expected to be spent in cash, will be utilized as follows:
-  
The personnel costs accruals of $2.6 million will be utilized to cover costs associated with the termination of personnel, which are primarily expected to be spent through 2007.
 
-  
The facilities accruals totaling $5.8 million relate to vacated leases with expiration dates through 2010, of which $2.4 million will be paid in 2007, $1.4 million in 2008, $1.2 million in 2009, and $.8 million in 2010.
 
-  
The customer termination accrual of $2.8 million relates to costs associated with the termination of certain customer programs, primarily related to services not traditionally provided by the company, and is expected to be utilized over several years.
 
-  
Other of $.7 million primarily relates to certain terminated contracts and is expected to be utilized over several years.
Acquisition Indemnification
During the first quarter of 2005, Tekelec, a French subsidiary of the company, entered into a settlement agreement with Airtronic pursuant to which Airtronic paid 1.5 million (approximately $2.0 million) to Tekelec in full settlement of all of Tekelec’s claims for indemnification under the purchase agreement. The company recorded the net amount of the settlement of $1.7 million ($1.3 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on a basic basis) as an acquisition indemnification credit.
In August 2004, an agreement was reached with the French tax authorities pursuant to which Tekelec agreed to pay 3.4 million in full settlement of a claim asserted by the French tax authorities related to alleged fraudulent activities concerning value-added tax by Tekelec. The alleged fraudulent activities occurred prior to the company’s purchase of Tekelec from Airtronic. The company recorded an acquisition indemnification credit of 7.9 million ($9.7 million at the exchange rate prevailing on August 12, 2004 or $.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), in 2004, to reduce the liability previously recorded ( 11.3 million) to the required level ( 3.4 million). In December 2004, Tekelec paid 3.4 million in full settlement of this claim.
Impairment
In 2004, the company recorded an impairment charge related to cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired of $10.0 million ($.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). This non-cash charge principally related to the company’s electronic components operations in Latin America. In calculating the impairment charge, the fair value of the reporting units was estimated using a weighted average multiple of earnings before interest and taxes from comparable businesses.

22


Table of Contents

Pre-Acquisition Warranty Claim
During the fourth quarter of 2006, the company recorded a charge of $2.8 million ($1.9 million net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim.
Pre-Acquisition Environmental Matters
As discussed in Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in 2000, when the company purchased Wyle from VEBA, the company assumed Wyle’s then outstanding obligations. Among the obligations the company assumed was Wyle’s 1994 indemnification of the purchasers of one of its divisions, Wyle Laboratories, for costs associated with then existing contamination or violation of environmental regulations. Under the terms of the company’s purchase of Wyle, VEBA agreed to indemnify the company for, among other things, costs related to environmental pollution associated with Wyle, including those associated with its prior sale of Wyle Laboratories. VEBA has since merged with E.ON AG, a German-based multinational conglomerate. The company’s net costs for such indemnified matters may vary from period to period as estimates of recoveries are not always recognized in the same period as the accrual of estimated expenses. During the fourth quarter of 2006, the company recorded a charge of $1.4 million ($.9 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to the environmental matters arising out of the company’s purchase of Wyle.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Effective January 1, 2006, the company adopted the provisions of Statement No. 123(R), which requires share-based payment (“SBP”) awards exchanged for employee services to be measured at fair value and expensed in the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite employee service period. The company adopted the modified prospective transition method provided for under Statement No. 123(R) and, accordingly, did not restate prior period amounts.
As a result of adopting Statement No. 123(R), the company recorded, as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses, a charge of $13.0 million ($8.5 million net of related taxes or $.07 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) for 2006 relating to the expensing of stock options. Upon adoption of Statement No. 123(R), the company evaluated the need to record a cumulative effect adjustment relating to estimated forfeitures for unvested previously issued awards and concluded the impact was not material. See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (“Note 1”) for a further discussion on stock-based compensation.
Operating Income
The company recorded operating income of $606.2 million in 2006 as compared with operating income of $480.3 million in 2005.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $161.3 million, or 13.4%, in 2006, on a sales increase of 21.6% compared with 2005. The dollar increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2006, as compared with the year-earlier period, was due to selling, general and administrative expense incurred by DNS and Ultra Source of $66.0 million and $13.0 million for the expensing of stock options as a result of the company adopting Statement No. 123(R), with the difference attributable to higher variable selling expenses

23


Table of Contents

due to increased sales. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of sales, was 10.0% and 10.8% for 2006 and 2005, respectively. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales, compared with the year-earlier period, was primarily the result of the acquisitions of DNS and Ultra Source, which have lower operating expense structures, and due to the company’s ability to more effectively leverage its existing cost structure to support a higher level of sales.
The company recorded operating income of $480.3 million in 2005 as compared with operating income of $439.3 million in 2004.
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $19.1 million, or 1.6%, in 2005 on a sales increase of 4.9% compared with 2004. This decrease was primarily due to the cost savings resulting from the company’s initiatives to be more efficiently organized, offset, in part, by the impact of the acquisition of Disway in 2004.
Loss on Prepayment of Debt
The company recorded a loss on prepayment of debt of $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), $4.3 million ($2.6 million net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), and $33.9 million ($20.3 million net of related taxes or $.18 and $.16 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively) in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. These items are discussed below.
During 2006, the company redeemed the total amount outstanding of $283.2 million principal amount ($156.4 million accreted value) of its zero coupon convertible debentures due in 2021 (“convertible debentures”) and repurchased $4.1 million principal amount of its 7% senior notes due in January 2007. The related loss on the redemption and repurchase, including any related premium paid, write-off of deferred financing costs, and cost of terminating a portion of the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) and is recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $2.6 million from the dates of redemption and repurchase through the respective maturity dates, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the redemption and repurchase.
During 2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $151.8 million accreted value of its convertible debentures. The related loss on the repurchases, including the premium paid and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $3.2 million ($1.9 million net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also during 2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $26.8 million principal amount of its 7% senior notes due in January 2007. The premium paid, the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, and the loss for terminating the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $1.1 million ($.7 million net of related taxes). These charges totaled $4.3 million ($2.6 million net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), including $1.7 million in cash, and were recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $2.4 million from the dates of repurchase through the redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the repurchases.
During 2004, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $319.8 million accreted value of its convertible debentures. The related loss on the repurchases, including the premium paid and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $15.0 million ($9.0 million net of related taxes or $.08 and $.07 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also during 2004, the company repurchased and/or redeemed, through a series of transactions, $250.0 million principal amount of its 8.7% senior notes due in October 2005. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase and/or redemption of this debt, net of the gain recognized by terminating the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $18.9 million ($11.3 million net of related taxes or $.10 and $.09 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). These charges totaled $33.9 million ($20.3 million net of related taxes or $.18 and $.16 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), including $28.2 million in cash, and were recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $36.2 million from the dates of repurchase through the redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the repurchases.
Write-Down of Investments
During 2005, the company determined that an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of its investment in Marubun Corporation had occurred and, accordingly, recognized a loss of $3.0 million ($.03 per share on

24


Table of Contents

both a basic and diluted basis) on the write-down of this investment. During 2004, the company determined that an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of an investment had occurred and, accordingly, recognized a loss of $1.3 million ($.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) on the write-down of this investment.
Tax Items
During the fourth quarter of 2006, the company settled certain tax matters covering multiple years. As a result of the settlement of the tax matters, the company recorded a reduction of the provision for income taxes of $46.2 million ($.38 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), of which $40.4 million ($.33 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to tax years prior to 2006.
Interest Expense
Net interest expense decreased 1.4% in 2006 to $90.6 million, compared with $91.8 million in 2005, primarily as a result of the previously discussed resolution of certain tax matters, which resulted in a reduction of related interest expense of $6.9 million ($4.2 million net of related taxes or $.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), of which $4.0 million ($2.4 million net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to tax years prior to 2006, and lower debt balances, offset by higher variable-rate debt and reduced interest income. Interest income decreased $6.0 million in 2006 compared with the year-earlier period primarily due to the use of interest-bearing cash to redeem the convertible debentures and to fund acquisitions.
Net interest expense decreased 11.0% in 2005 to $91.8 million, compared with $103.2 million in 2004, primarily as a result of lower debt balances.
Income Taxes
The company recorded an income tax provision of $128.5 million on income before income taxes and minority interest of $518.3 million for 2006 (an effective tax rate of 24.8%) compared with an income tax provision of $131.2 million on income before income taxes and minority interest of $385.6 million (an effective tax rate of 34.0%) for 2005. The income taxes recorded in 2006 are impacted by the previously discussed resolution of certain tax matters, which resulted in a reduction in the provision for income taxes of $46.2 million, of which $40.4 million related to tax years prior to 2006, and the previously discussed restructuring charges, pre-acquisition warranty claim, and pre-acquisition environmental matters. Excluding the impact related to tax years prior to 2006 of the previously discussed resolution of certain tax matters, the company’s effective tax rate would have been 32.3%. The income taxes recorded in 2005 are impacted by the previously discussed restructuring charges, acquisition indemnification credit, and write-down of an investment. There was no tax benefit provided on the aforementioned write-down of investment in 2005 as this capital loss was not deductible for tax purposes. The company’s income tax provision and effective tax rate is primarily impacted by, among other factors, the statutory tax rates in the countries in which it operates and the related level of income generated by these operations.
The company recorded an income tax provision of $131.2 million on income before income taxes and minority interest of $385.6 million for 2005 (an effective tax rate of 34.0%) compared with an income tax provision of $96.4 million on income before income taxes and minority interest of $305.0 million (an effective tax rate of 31.6%) for 2004. The income taxes recorded in 2004 were impacted by the previously discussed restructuring charges, integration credit, impairment charge, and write-down of an investment. The acquisition indemnification credit in 2004 did not result in a tax charge. There was no tax benefit provided on the aforementioned write-down of investments in 2005 and 2004 as these capital losses are not currently deductible for tax purposes.
Net Income
The company recorded net income of $388.3 million for 2006, compared with $253.6 million in the year-earlier period. Included in the results for 2006 are the previously discussed restructuring charges of $9.0 million, a charge related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim of $1.9 million, a charge related to pre-acquisition environmental matters arising out of the company’s purchase of Wyle of $.9 million, stock option expense of $8.5 million,

25


Table of Contents

a loss on prepayment of debt of $1.6 million, and the reduction of the provision for income taxes of $46.2 million and the reduction of interest expense, net of related taxes, of $4.2 million related to the settlement of certain tax matters totaling $50.4 million. The acquisitions of DNS, Ultra Source, and Alternative Technology generated net income of $11.5 million in 2006. The company recorded net income of $253.6 million for 2005, compared with $207.5 million in the year-earlier period. Included in the results for 2005 are the previously discussed restructuring charges of $7.3 million, acquisition indemnification credit of $1.3 million, loss on prepayment of debt of $2.6 million, and loss of $3.0 million on the write-down of an investment. Included in the results for 2004 are the previously discussed restructuring charges of $6.9 million, acquisition indemnification credit of $9.7 million, impairment charge of $10.0 million, integration credit of $1.4 million, loss on prepayment of debt of $20.3 million, and loss of $1.3 million on the write-down of an investment.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the company had cash and cash equivalents of $337.7 million and $580.7 million, respectively. The net amount of cash provided by the company’s operating activities during 2006 was $120.8 million, primarily due to earnings from operations, adjusted for non-cash items, offset, in part, by increased inventory purchases, and increased accounts receivable supporting increased sales in the worldwide electronic components businesses. The net amount of cash used for investing activities during 2006 was $238.7 million, primarily reflecting $66.1 million for various capital expenditures and $176.2 million for consideration paid for acquired businesses. The net amount of cash used for financing activities during 2006 was $132.7 million, including $160.6 million used to repurchase convertible debentures and senior notes, $15.7 million in other long-term debt repayments, and net repayments of short-term borrowings of $22.3 million, offset by $59.2 million for proceeds from the exercise of stock options and $6.7 million relating to excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements. The effect of exchange rate changes on cash was an increase of $7.6 million.
The net amount of cash generated by the company’s operating activities during 2005 was $402.5 million, primarily from earnings from operations adjusted for non-cash items, and the company’s ability to reduce the amount of net working capital required to support sales. The net amount of cash used for investing activities during 2005 was $32.8 million, including $179.0 million for consideration paid for acquired businesses, $33.2 million for various capital expenditures offset, in part, by $158.6 million for net proceeds from the sale of short-term investments and $18.4 million from the sale of facilities. The net amount of cash used for financing activities during 2005 was $88.4 million, primarily reflecting $152.4 million used to repurchase convertible debentures and $27.8 million used to repay senior notes offset by $82.2 million for proceeds from the exercise of stock options and a change in short-term borrowings of $12.0 million. The effect of exchange rate changes on cash was a decrease of $5.9 million.
The net amount of cash provided by operating activities in 2004 was $187.5 million, primarily from earnings from operations, adjusted for non-cash items and the net impact of the charges, credits, and losses, partially offset by investments in working capital to support increased sales. The net amount of cash used for investing activities during 2004 was $196.4 million, including $158.6 million for net purchases of short-term investments, $35.0 million for consideration paid for acquired businesses, and $23.5 million for various capital expenditures offset, in part, by proceeds of $10.5 million from the sale of facilities. The net amount of cash used for financing activities during 2004 was $300.6 million, primarily reflecting $329.6 million used to repurchase convertible debentures, $268.4 million used to repay senior notes, and a change in short-term borrowings of $39.9 million offset by the net proceeds of $312.5 million from the sale of common stock in February 2004 and $27.9 million from the exercise of stock options. The effect of exchange rate changes on cash was an increase of $2.4 million.
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
The company historically has maintained a significant investment in accounts receivable and inventories. As a percentage of total assets, accounts receivable and inventories were approximately 66.0% and 63.1% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Net cash provided by the company’s operating activities decreased by $281.7 million in 2006, as compared with the year-earlier period, primarily due to investments in working capital to support increased sales offset by earnings from operations adjusted for non-cash items. Working capital as a percentage of sales was 19.2% in 2006 compared with 19.6% in 2005.

26


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $215.0 million in 2005, as compared with the year-earlier period, primarily reflecting the company’s initiatives to manage working capital more efficiently and earnings from operations. Working capital as a percentage of sales was 19.6% in 2005 compared with 20.7% in 2004.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
In December 2006, the company acquired InTechnology, a distributor of storage and security solutions to VARs based in the United Kingdom, for a purchase price of $80.5 million, which included acquisition costs. The cash consideration paid was $80.5 million.
In November 2006, the company acquired Alternative Technology, a leading specialty distributor of access infrastructure and security solutions based in Englewood, Colorado, for a purchase price of $77.3 million, which included $17.5 million of debt paid at closing, cash acquired of $2.3 million, and acquisition costs. Additional cash consideration ranging from zero to a maximum of $4.8 million may be due if Alternative Technology achieves certain specified financial performance targets over a three-year period from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2009. The cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired, was $75.0 million.
In February 2006, the company acquired SKYDATA Corporation (“SKYDATA”), a value-added distributor of data storage solutions with sales in 2005 of approximately $43.0 million. The cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired of $3.2 million, was $9.8 million. The impact of the SKYDATA acquisition was not deemed to be material to the company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In December 2005, the company acquired DNS, a distributor of mid-range computer products in Central, Northern, and Eastern Europe, for a purchase price of $116.2 million, which included cash acquired as well as acquisition costs. In addition, there was the assumption of $30.6 million in debt. Additional cash consideration ranging from zero to a maximum of 12.8 million (approximately $16.9 million at the December 31, 2006 exchange rate) may be due if DNS achieves certain specified financial performance targets over a two-year period from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2007. The cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired of $7.5 million, was $108.7 million.
In December 2005, through a series of transactions, the company acquired 70.7% of the common shares of Ultra Source, one of the leading electronic components distributors in Taiwan, for a purchase price of $64.6 million, which included cash acquired as well as acquisition costs. In addition, Ultra Source had $78.9 million in debt and $19.5 million in cash. The cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired, was $45.2 million.
In July 2005, the company acquired the component distribution business of Connektron Pty. Ltd (“Connektron”), a passive, electromechanical, and connectors distributor in Australia and New Zealand. The cash consideration paid was $2.5 million. The impact of the Connektron acquisition was not deemed to be material to the company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In July 2004, the company acquired Disway, an electronic components distributor in Italy, Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. The company made a final payment of $20.1 million during 2005 related to this acquisition. The impact of the Disway acquisition was not deemed to be material to the company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
During 2006, 2005, and 2004, the company made payments of $4.7 million, $2.5 million, and $.8 million, respectively, which were capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, partially offset by the carrying value of the related minority interest, to increase its ownership interest in majority-owned subsidiaries.
During 2005, the net proceeds from the sale of short-term investments were $158.6 million. During 2004, the net purchases of short-term investments were $158.6 million.
Capital expenditures were $66.1 million, $33.2 million, and $23.5 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. During 2006, the company initiated a global ERP effort to standardize processes worldwide and adopt best-in-class capabilities. Implementation is expected to be phased-in over the next four years. For 2007, the estimated cash flow impact of this initiative is expected to be in the $70 to $80 million range. The company expects to finance these costs from cash flow from operations.
The company received proceeds of $18.4 million and $10.5 million during 2005 and 2004, respectively, on the sale of facilities.

27


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net payments of short-term debt were $22.3 million in 2006, net borrowings of short-term debt were $12.0 million in 2005, and net payments of short-term debt were $39.9 million in 2004. Repayments of long-term debt were $15.7 million, $2.4 million, and $3.1 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $59.2 million, $82.2 million, and $27.9 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
During 2006, the company redeemed the total amount outstanding of $283.2 million principal amount ($156.4 million accreted value) of its convertible debentures and repurchased $4.1 million principal amount of its 7% senior notes due in January 2007. The related loss on the redemption and repurchase, including any related premium paid, write-off of deferred financing costs, and cost of terminating a portion of the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis). As a result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $2.6 million from the dates of redemption and repurchase through the respective maturity dates, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the redemption and repurchase.
During 2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $151.8 million accreted value of its convertible debentures. The related loss on the repurchases, including the premium paid and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $3.2 million ($1.9 million net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also during 2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $26.8 million principal amount of its 7% senior notes due in January 2007. The premium paid, the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, and the loss for terminating the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $1.1 million ($.7 million net of related taxes). These charges totaled $4.3 million ($2.6 million net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), including $1.7 million in cash. As a result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $2.4 million from the dates of repurchase through the redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the repurchases.
During 2004, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $319.8 million accreted value of its convertible debentures. The related loss on the repurchases, including the premium paid and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $15.0 million ($9.0 million net of related taxes or $.08 and $.07 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also during 2004, the company repurchased and/or redeemed, through a series of transactions, $250.0 million principal amount of its 8.7% senior notes due in October 2005. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase and/or redemption of this debt, net of the gain recognized by terminating the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $18.9 million ($11.3 million net of related taxes or $.10 and $.09 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). These charges totaled $33.9 million ($20.3 million net of related taxes or $.18 and $.16 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), including $28.2 million in cash. As a result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $36.2 million from the dates of repurchase through the redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the repurchases.
In June 2004, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the “2004 swaps”), with an aggregate notional amount of $300.0 million. The 2004 swaps modify the company’s interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 9.15% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.73% and 8.57% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), and a portion of the fixed 6.875% senior notes to a floating rate also based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 7.50% and 5.55% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), through their maturities. The 2004 swaps are classified as fair value hedges and had a negative fair value of $3.2 million and a fair value of $.4 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
In November 2003, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the “2003 swaps”), with an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million. The 2003 swaps modify the company’s interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 7% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.55% and 7.77% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively) through their maturities. The 2003 swaps are classified as fair value hedges and had a negative fair value of $.2 million and $4.1 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The 2003 swaps related to the 7% senior notes were terminated in January 2007 upon the repayment of the 7% senior notes.
In January 2007, the company amended and restated its bank credit agreement and, among other things, increased the revolving credit facility size from $600.0 million to $800.0 million and entered into a term loan of $200.0 million. Interest on borrowings under the revolving credit facility is based on a base rate or a euro

28


Table of Contents

currency rate plus a spread based on the company’s credit ratings (.425% at January 11, 2007). The company had no outstanding borrowings under the credit facility at December 31, 2006 and 2005. The credit facility matures in January 2012. The facility fee related to the credit facility is .125%. In January 2007, the company borrowed $200.0 million under the term loan facility. The $200.0 million term loan is repayable in full in January 2012. Interest on the term loan is based on a base rate or euro currency rate plus a spread based on the company’s credit ratings (.60% at January 11, 2007).
The company has a $550.0 million asset securitization program (the “program”). At December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were no receivables sold to and held by third parties under the program, and, as such, the company had no obligations outstanding under the program. The program expires in February 2008. The program agreement requires annual renewals of the banks’ underlying liquidity facilities, and the next renewal date is May 2007. The facility fee related to the program agreement is .175%.
In February 2004, the company issued 13.8 million shares of common stock with net proceeds of $312.5 million. The proceeds were used to redeem $208.5 million of the company’s outstanding 8.7% senior notes due in October 2005, as described above, and for the repurchase of a portion of the company’s outstanding convertible debentures ($91.9 million accreted value).
Restructuring and Integration Activities
Based on the previously discussed restructuring and integration charges at December 31, 2006, the company has a remaining accrual of $11.9 million, of which $9.0 million is expected to be spent in cash. The expected cash payments are approximately $5.2 million in 2007, $1.6 million in 2008, $1.4 million in 2009, and $.8 million in 2010.
Contractual Obligations
Payments due under contractual obligations at December 31, 2006 were as follows (in thousands):
                                         
    Within     1-3     4-5     After        
    1 Year
    Years
    Years
    5 Years
    Total
 
Debt (a)
  $ 262,063     $ 408     $ 219,297     $ 753,538     $ 1,235,306  
Interest on long-term debt
    68,017       134,844       115,049       349,480       667,390  
Capital leases
    720       1,687       1,563       281       4,251  
Operating leases
    50,399       77,431       42,708       53,116       223,654  
Purchase obligations (b)
    1,575,111       12,872       1,771       226       1,589,980  
Other (c)
    5,464       15,447       6,585       2,727       30,223  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
  $ 1,961,774     $ 242,689     $ 386,973     $ 1,159,368     $ 3,750,804  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
(a)  
Includes 7% senior notes of $169.1 million. The company repaid these senior notes in January 2007 in accordance with their terms.
 
(b)  
Amounts represent an estimate of non-cancelable inventory purchase orders and other contractual obligations related to information technology and facilities as of December 31, 2006. Most of the company’s inventory purchases are pursuant to authorized distributor agreements, which are typically cancelable by either party at any time or on short notice, usually within a few months.
 
(c)  
Includes estimates of contributions required to meet the requirements of several defined benefit plans. Amounts are subject to change based upon the performance of plan assets, as well as the discount rate used to determine the obligation. The company is unable to estimate the projected contributions beyond 2012. Also included are amounts relating to personnel, facilities, customer termination, and certain other costs resulting from restructuring and integration activities.
As previously discussed, in January 2007, the company borrowed $200.0 million under the term loan facility.
On January 2, 2007, the company announced that it signed a definitive agreement with Agilysys pursuant to which the company will acquire substantially all of the assets and operations of the Agilysys KeyLink Systems

29


Table of Contents

Group, a leading enterprise computing solutions distributor, for $485 million in cash. The company expects to fund this transaction with cash-on-hand plus borrowings under its existing committed liquidity facilities.
Under the terms of various joint venture agreements, the company would be required to pay its pro-rata share, based upon its ownership interests, of the third party debt of the joint ventures in the event that the joint ventures are unable to meet their obligations. At December 31, 2006, there was no third party debt outstanding.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The company does not have off-balance sheet financing or unconsolidated special-purpose entities.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires the company to make significant estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The company evaluates its estimates, including those related to uncollectible receivables, inventories, intangible assets, income taxes, restructuring and integration costs, and contingencies and litigation, on an ongoing basis. The company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances; the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The company believes the following critical accounting policies, among others, involve the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements:
-  
The company recognizes revenue in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 104”). Under SAB 104, revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the sales price is determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue typically is recognized at time of shipment. Sales are recorded net of discounts, rebates, and returns.
     
A portion of the company’s business involves shipments directly from its suppliers to its customers. In these transactions, the company is responsible for negotiating price both with the supplier and customer, payment to the supplier, establishing payment terms with the customer, product returns, and has risk of loss if the customer does not make payment. As the principal with the customer, the company recognizes the sale and cost of sale of the product upon receiving notification from the supplier that the product has been shipped.
 
     
In addition, the company has certain business with select customers and suppliers that is accounted for on an agency basis (that is, the company recognizes the fees associated with serving as an agent in sales with no associated cost of sales) in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent”.
-  
The company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The allowances for doubtful accounts are determined using a combination of factors, including the length of time the receivables are outstanding, the current business environment, and historical experience.
 
-  
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Write-downs of inventories to market value are based upon contractual provisions governing price protection, stock rotation, and obsolescence, as well as assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If assumptions about future demand change and/or actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the company, additional write-downs of inventories may be required. Due to the large number of transactions and the complexity of managing the process around price protections and stock rotations, estimates are made regarding adjustments to the book cost of inventories. Actual amounts could be different from those estimated.
 
-  
The company assesses its long-term investments accounted for as available-for-sale on a quarterly basis to determine whether declines in market value below cost are other-than-temporary. When the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis for the individual security is reduced and a loss is

30


Table of Contents

   
realized in the period in which it occurs. The company makes such determination based upon the quoted market price, financial condition, operating results of the investee, and the company’s intent and ability to retain the investment over a period of time, which would be sufficient to allow for any recovery in market value. In addition, the company assesses the following factors:
  -  
broad economic factors impacting the investee’s industry,
 
  -  
publicly available forecasts for sales and earnings growth for the industry and investee, and
 
  -  
the cyclical nature of the investee’s industry.
 
 
The company could potentially have an impairment charge in future periods if, among other factors, the investee’s future earnings differ from currently available forecasts.
-  
The carrying value of the company’s deferred tax assets is dependent upon the company’s ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions. Should the company determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its deferred tax assets in the future, a valuation allowance to the deferred tax assets would be established in the period such determination was made.
 
-  
It is the company’s policy to establish accruals for taxes that may become payable in future years as a result of examinations by tax authorities. The company establishes the accruals based upon management’s assessment of probable contingencies. At December 31, 2006, the company believes it has appropriately accrued for probable contingencies. To the extent the company prevails in matters for which accruals are established or is required to pay amounts in excess of the accruals, the company’s effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be affected.
 
-  
The company uses various financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for purposes other than trading. Derivatives used as part of the company’s risk management strategy are designated at inception as hedges and measured for effectiveness both at inception and on an ongoing basis. The company also entered into interest rate swap transactions that convert certain fixed-rate debt to variable-rate debt, effectively hedging the change in fair value of the fixed-rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. The fair value hedges and the hedged debt are adjusted to current market values through interest expense.
 
-  
The effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative designated as a net investment hedge is recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustment, which is included in the shareholders’ equity section, and any ineffective portion would be recorded in earnings. The company uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess the effectiveness of its net investment hedge on a quarterly basis.
 
-  
The company is subject to proceedings, lawsuits, and other claims related to environmental, labor, product, tax, and other matters. The company assesses the likelihood of an adverse judgment or outcomes for these matters, as well as the range of potential losses. A determination of the reserves required, if any, is made after careful analysis. The required reserves may change in the future due to new developments impacting the probability of a loss, the estimate of such loss, and the probability of recovery of such loss from third parties.
 
-  
The company has recorded charges in connection with restructuring its businesses, as well as the integration of acquired businesses. These items primarily include employee separation costs and estimates related to the consolidation of facilities (net of sub-lease income), contractual obligations, and the valuation of certain assets. Actual amounts could be different from those estimated.
 
-  
Effective January 1, 2006, the company adopted the provisions of Statement No. 123(R), which requires SBP awards exchanged for employee services to be measured at fair value and expensed in the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite employee service period.
     
Prior to January 1, 2006, the company accounted for SBP awards under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, which utilized the intrinsic value method and did not require any expense to be recorded in the consolidated financial statements if the exercise price of the award was not less than the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The company elected to adopt, for periods prior to January 1, 2006, the disclosure requirements of FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, as amended by FASB Statement No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure”, which used a fair value based method of accounting for SBP awards.

31


Table of Contents

     
The company adopted the modified prospective transition method provided for under Statement No. 123(R) and, accordingly, has not restated prior period amounts. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the assumptions shown in Note 1. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of SBP awards represent management’s best estimates. The company’s estimates may be impacted by certain variables including, but not limited to, stock price volatility, employee stock option exercise behaviors, additional stock option grants, estimates of forfeitures, and related tax impacts. See Note 1 for a further discussion on stock-based compensation.
-  
The costs and obligations of the company’s defined benefit pension plan are dependent on actuarial assumptions. The two critical assumptions used, which impact the net periodic pension cost (income) and the benefit obligation, are the discount rate and expected return on plan assets. The discount rate represents the market rate for a high quality corporate bond, and the expected return on plan assets is based on current and expected asset allocations, historical trends, and expected returns on plan assets. These key assumptions are evaluated annually. Changes in these assumptions can result in different expense and liability amounts.
 
-  
The company performs an annual impairment test as of the first day of the fourth quarter, or earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist, to evaluate goodwill. Goodwill is considered impaired if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. In assessing the recoverability of goodwill, the company reviews both quantitative and qualitative factors to support its assumptions with regard to fair value. The fair value of a reporting unit is estimated using a weighted average multiple of earnings before interest and taxes from comparable companies. In determining the fair value, the company makes certain judgments, including the identification of reporting units and the selection of comparable companies. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future as a result of changes in strategy and/or market conditions, the company may be required to record an impairment charge.
 
-  
Shipping and handling costs may be reported as either a component of cost of products sold or selling, general and administrative expenses. The company reports shipping and handling costs, primarily related to outbound freight, in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. If the company included such costs in cost of products sold, gross profit margin as a percentage of sales for 2006 would decrease from 15.0% to 14.5% with no impact on reported earnings.
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In June 2006, the FASB ratified the provisions of EITF Issue No. 06-2, “Accounting for Sabbatical Leave and Other Similar Benefits Pursuant to FASB Statement No. 43, Accounting for Compensated Absences” (“EITF Issue No. 06-2”). EITF Issue No. 06-2 requires that compensation expense associated with a sabbatical leave, or other similar benefit arrangement, be accrued over the requisite service period during which an employee earns the benefit. EITF Issue No. 06-2 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and should be recognized as either a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption or a change in accounting principle through retrospective application to all prior periods. The adoption of the provisions of EITF Issue No. 06-2 is not anticipated to have a material impact on the company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”) which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute, as well as criteria for subsequently recognizing, derecognizing, and measuring uncertain tax positions for financial statement purposes. FIN 48 also requires expanded disclosure with respect to the uncertainty in income tax assets and liabilities. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and is required to be recognized as a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. The adoption of the provisions of FIN 48 is not anticipated to have a material impact on the company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“Statement No. 157”) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Statement No. 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any new fair value measurements. Statement No. 

32


Table of Contents

157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and should be applied prospectively, except for the provisions for certain financial instruments that should be applied retrospectively as of the beginning of the year of adoption. The transition adjustment of the difference between the carrying amounts and the fair values of those financial instruments should be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption . The company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the provisions of Statement No. 157.
Information Relating to Forward-Looking Statements
This report includes forward-looking statements that are subject to numerous assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, which could cause actual results or facts to differ materially from such statements for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to: industry conditions, the company’s planned implementation of its new global financial system and new enterprise resource planning system, changes in product supply, pricing and customer demand, competition, other vagaries in the electronic components and computer products markets, changes in relationships with key suppliers, increased profit margin pressure, the effects of additional actions taken to become more efficient or lower costs, and the company’s ability to generate additional cash flow. Shareholders and other readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. The company undertakes no obligation to update publicly or revise any of the forward-looking statements.

33


Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .
The company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
The company, as a large global organization, faces exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material impact on the company’s financial results in the future. The company’s primary exposure relates to transactions in which the currency collected from customers is different from the currency utilized to purchase the product sold in Europe, the Asia Pacific region, Canada, and Latin America. The company’s policy is to hedge substantially all such currency exposures for which natural hedges do not exist. Natural hedges exist when purchases and sales within a specific country are both denominated in the same currency and, therefore, no exposure exists to hedge with a foreign exchange forward, option, or swap contracts (collectively, the “foreign exchange contracts”). In many regions in Asia, for example, sales and purchases are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, resulting in a “natural hedge”. Natural hedges exist in most countries in which the company operates, although the percentage of natural offsets, as compared with offsets, which need to be hedged by foreign exchange contracts, will vary from country to country. The company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. The risk of loss on a foreign exchange contract is the risk of nonperformance by the counterparties, which the company minimizes by limiting its counterparties to major financial institutions. The fair value of the foreign exchange contracts is estimated using market quotes. The notional amount of the foreign exchange contracts at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $298.0 million and $228.4 million, respectively. The carrying amounts, which are nominal, approximated fair value at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
The translation of the financial statements of the non-United States operations is impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The increase in consolidated sales and operating income was impacted by the translation of the company’s international financial statements into U.S. dollars, which resulted in increased sales of $44.6 million and increased operating income of $2.3 million for 2006, compared with the year-earlier periods, based on 2005 sales at the average rate for 2006. Sales and operating income would have decreased by approximately $385.8 million and $13.8 million, respectively, if average foreign exchange rates had declined by 10% against the U.S. dollar in 2006. This amount was determined by considering the impact of a hypothetical foreign exchange rate on the sales and operating income of the company’s international operations.
In May 2006, the company entered into a cross-currency swap, which has a maturity date of July 2011, for approximately $100.0 million or 78.3 million (the “2006 cross-currency swap”) to hedge a portion of its net investment in euro-denominated net assets and which has been designated as a net investment hedge. The 2006 cross-currency swap will also effectively convert the interest expense on $100.0 million of long-term debt from U.S. dollars to euros. Based on the foreign exchange rate at December 31, 2006, the company would expect reduced interest expense of approximately $.7 million for the period from January 2007 through July 2007 (date that interest will reset). As the notional amount of the 2006 cross-currency swap is expected to equal a comparable amount of hedged net assets, no material ineffectiveness is expected. The 2006 cross-currency swap had a negative fair value of $3.2 million at December 31, 2006.
In October 2005, the company entered into a cross-currency swap, which has a maturity date of October 2010, for approximately $200.0 million or 168.4 million (the “2005 cross-currency swap”) to hedge a portion of its net investment in euro-denominated net assets and which has been designated as a net investment hedge. The 2005 cross-currency swap will also effectively convert the interest expense on $200.0 million of long-term debt from U.S. dollars to euros. Based on the foreign exchange rate at December 31, 2006, the company would expect reduced interest expense of approximately $1.4 million for the period from October 2006 through April 2007 (date that interest will reset). As the notional amount of the 2005 cross-currency swap is expected to equal a comparable amount of hedged net assets, no material ineffectiveness is expected. The 2005 cross-currency swap had a negative fair value of $21.7 million and a fair value of $.5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Interest Rate Risk
The company’s interest expense, in part, is sensitive to the general level of interest rates in North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region. The company historically has managed its exposure to interest rate risk through the proportion of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt in its total debt portfolio. Additionally, the company also utilizes interest rate swaps in order to manage its targeted mix of fixed- and floating-rate debt.

34


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2006, approximately 52% of the company’s debt was subject to fixed rates, and 48% of its debt was subject to floating rates. A one percentage point change in average interest rates would not have had a material impact on interest expense, net of interest income, in 2006. This was determined by considering the impact of a hypothetical interest rate on the company’s average floating rate on investments and outstanding debt. This analysis does not consider the effect of the level of overall economic activity that could exist. In the event of a change in the level of economic activity, which may adversely impact interest rates, the company could likely take actions to further mitigate any potential negative exposure to the change. However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions that might be taken and their possible effects, the sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in the company’s financial structure.
In June 2004, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps, with an aggregate notional amount of $300.0 million. The 2004 swaps modify the company’s interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 9.15% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.73% and 8.57% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), and a portion of the fixed 6.875% senior notes to a floating rate, also based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 7.50% and 5.55% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), through their maturities. The 2004 swaps are classified as fair value hedges and had a negative fair value of $3.2 million and a fair value of $.4 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
In November 2003, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps, with an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million. The 2003 swaps modify the company’s interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 7% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.55% and 7.77% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), through their maturities. The 2003 swaps are classified as fair value hedges and had a negative fair value of $.2 million and $4.1 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The 2003 swaps related to the 7% senior notes were terminated in January 2007 upon the repayment of the 7% senior notes.

35


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Arrow Electronics, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the “company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and the schedule are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Arrow Electronics, Inc. at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”, as revised, effective January 1, 2006. In addition, as discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)”, effective December 31, 2006.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Arrow Electronics, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 22, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
New York, New York
February 22, 2007

36


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands except per share data)
                         
    Years Ended December 31,
 
    2006
    2005
    2004
 
Sales
  $ 13,577,112     $ 11,164,196     $ 10,646,113  
 
   
     
     
 
 
                       
Costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of products sold
    11,545,719       9,424,586       8,922,962  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,362,149       1,200,826       1,219,888  
Depreciation and amortization
    46,904       47,482       54,538  
Restructuring charges
    11,829       12,716       11,391  
Pre-acquisition warranty claim
    2,837       -       -  
Pre-acquisition environmental matters
    1,449       -       -  
Acquisition indemnification credit
    -       (1,672 )     (9,676 )
Impairment charge
    -       -       9,995  
Integration credit
    -       -       (2,323 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
    12,970,887       10,683,938       10,206,775  
 
   
     
     
 
Operating income
    606,225       480,258       439,338  
 
                       
Equity in earnings of affiliated companies
    5,221       4,492       4,106  
 
                       
Loss on prepayment of debt
    2,605       4,342       33,942  
 
                       
Write-down of investments
    -       3,019       1,318  
 
                       
Interest expense, net
    90,564       91,828       103,201  
 
   
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    518,277       385,561       304,983  
 
                       
Provision for income taxes
    128,457       131,248       96,436  
 
   
     
     
 
Income before minority interest
    389,820       254,313       208,547  
 
                       
Minority interest
    1,489       704       1,043  
 
   
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 388,331     $ 253,609     $ 207,504  
 
   
     
     
 
 
                       
Net income per share:
                       
Basic
  $ 3.19     $ 2.15     $ 1.83  
 
   
     
     
 
Diluted
  $ 3.16     $ 2.09     $ 1.75  
 
   
     
     
 
 
                       
Average number of shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    121,667       117,819       113,109  
Diluted
    123,181       124,080       124,561  
See accompanying notes.

37


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands except par value)
                 
    December 31,
 
    2006
    2005
 
ASSETS
               
 
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 337,730     $ 580,661  
Accounts receivable, net
    2,710,321       2,316,932  
Inventories
    1,691,536       1,494,982  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    156,034       124,899  
 
   
     
 
Total current assets
    4,895,621       4,517,474  
 
   
     
 
 
               
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
               
Land
    41,810       41,855  
Buildings and improvements
    167,157       160,012  
Machinery and equipment
    481,689       426,239  
 
   
     
 
 
    690,656       628,106  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (428,283 )     (392,641 )
 
   
     
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
    262,373       235,465  
 
   
     
 
Investments in affiliated companies
    41,960       38,959  
Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired
    1,231,281       1,053,266  
Other assets
    238,337       199,753  
 
   
     
 
Total assets
  $ 6,669,572     $ 6,044,917  
 
   
     
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 1,795,089     $ 1,628,568  
Accrued expenses
    446,238       434,644  
Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term debt
    262,783       268,666  
 
   
     
 
Total current liabilities
    2,504,110       2,331,878  
 
   
     
 
Long-term debt
    976,774       1,138,981  
Other liabilities
    192,129       201,172  
 
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, par value $1:
               
Authorized – 160,000 shares in 2006 and 2005
               
Issued – 122,626 and 120,286 shares in 2006 and 2005, respectively
    122,626       120,286  
Capital in excess of par value
    943,958       861,880  
Retained earnings
    1,787,746       1,399,415  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    155,166       13,308  
 
   
     
 
 
    3,009,496       2,394,889  
Less: Treasury stock (207 and 272 shares in 2006 and 2005, respectively), at cost
    (5,530 )     (7,278 )
Unamortized employee stock awards
    -       (2,395 )
Other
    (7,407 )     (12,330 )
 
   
     
 
Total shareholders’ equity
    2,996,559       2,372,886  
 
   
     
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 6,669,572     $ 6,044,917  
 
   
     
 
See accompanying notes.

38


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
                         
    Years Ended December 31,
 
    2006
    2005
    2004
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 388,331     $ 253,609     $ 207,504  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    46,904       47,482       54,538  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and discount on notes
    2,808       3,589       4,796  
Amortization of restricted stock and performance awards
    8,289       6,953       6,341  
Amortization of employee stock options
    12,979       -       -  
Accretion of discount on zero coupon convertible debentures
    876       8,698       16,827  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements
    (6,661 )     -       -  
Deferred income taxes
    (9,433 )     21,920       44,732  
Restructuring charges
    8,977       7,310       6,943  
Pre-acquisition warranty claim and environmental matters
    2,728       -       -  
Acquisition indemnification credit
    -       (1,267 )     (9,676 )
Impairment charge
    -       -       9,995  
Integration credit
    -       -       (1,389 )
Equity in earnings of affiliated companies
    (5,221 )     (4,492 )     (4,106 )
Loss on prepayment of debt
    1,558       2,596       20,297  
Write-down of investments
    -       3,019       1,318  
Impact of settlement of tax matters
    (50,376 )     -       -  
Minority interest
    1,489       704       1,043  
Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquired businesses:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (202,135 )     (188,235 )     (122,882 )
Inventories
    (119,612 )     11,707       (97,083 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (25,131 )     (17,300 )     1,843  
Accounts payable
    52,561       258,485       11,588  
Accrued expenses
    13,784       (11,738 )     23,423  
Other
    (1,875 )     (492 )     11,454  
 
   
     
     
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    120,840       402,548       187,506  
 
   
     
     
 
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
    (66,078 )     (33,179 )     (23,516 )
Proceeds from sale of facilities
    -       18,353       10,507  
Cash consideration paid for acquired businesses
    (176,235 )     (178,998 )     (34,979 )
Purchase of short-term investments
    -       (230,456 )     (452,587 )
Proceeds from sale of short-term investments
    -       389,056       293,987  
Other
    3,652       2,429       10,151  
 
   
     
     
 
Net cash used for investing activities
    (238,661 )     (32,795 )     (196,437 )
 
   
     
     
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Change in short-term borrowings
    (22,298 )     11,994       (39,875 )
Change in long-term debt
    (15,687 )     (2,400 )     (3,144 )
Repurchase of senior notes
    (4,268 )     (27,762 )     (268,399 )
Repurchase of zero coupon convertible debentures
    (156,330 )     (152,449 )     (329,639 )
Proceeds from common stock offering
    -       -       312,507  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    59,194       82,176       27,925  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements
    6,661       -       -  
 
   
     
     
 
Net cash used for financing activities
    (132,728 )     (88,441 )     (300,625 )
 
   
     
     
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    7,618       (5,945 )     2,446  
 
   
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (242,931 )     275,367       (307,110 )
 
   
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    580,661       305,294       612,404  
 
   
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 337,730     $ 580,661     $ 305,294  
 
   
     
     
 
See accompanying notes.

39


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)
                                                                 
    Common     Capital             Foreign             Unamortized              
    Stock     in Excess             Currency             Employee     Other        
    at Par     of Par     Retained     Translation     Treasury     Stock     Comprehensive        
    Value
    Value
    Earnings
    Adjustment
    Stock
    Awards
    Income (Loss)
    Total
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
  $ 103,878     $ 503,320     $ 938,302     $ 67,046     $ (74,816 )   $ (8,074 )   $ (24,325 )   $ 1,505,331  
 
                                                               
Net income
    -       -       207,504       -       -       -       -       207,504  
Translation adjustments
    -       -       -       123,549       -       -       -       123,549  
Unrealized gain on securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       6,654       6,654  
Unrealized loss on options
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (612 )     (612 )
Minimum pension liability adjustments
    -       -       -       -       -       -       1,038       1,038  
 
                                                           
 
Comprehensive income
                                                            338,133  
 
                                                           
 
Issuance of common stock
    13,800       298,707       -       -       -       -       -       312,507  
Amortization of restricted stock and performance awards
    -       1,772       -       -       -       4,569       -       6,341  
Exercise of stock options
    -       (10,173 )     -       -       38,098       -       -       27,925  
Tax benefits related to exercise of stock options
    -       2,890       -       -       -       -       -       2,890  
Restricted stock awards, net
    -       119       -       -       -       (119 )     -       -  
Other
    (3 )     1,193       -       -       (17 )     (114 )     -       1,059  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2004
  $ 117,675     $ 797,828     $ 1,145,806     $ 190,595     $ (36,735 )   $ (3,738 )   $ (17,245 )   $ 2,194,186  
 
                                                               
Net income
    -       -       253,609       -       -       -       -       253,609  
Translation adjustments
    -       -       -       (177,287 )     -       -       -       (177,287 )
Unrealized gain on securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       8,457       8,457  
Unrealized loss on employee benefit plan assets
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (585 )     (585 )
Minimum pension liability adjustments
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (2,957 )     (2,957 )
 
                                                           
 
Comprehensive income
                                                            81,237  
 
                                                           
 
Amortization of restricted stock and performance awards
    -       4,706       -       -       -       2,247       -       6,953  
Exercise of stock options
    2,612       51,190       -       -       28,888       -       -       82,690  
Tax benefits related to exercise of stock options
    -       7,315       -       -       -       -       -       7,315  
Restricted stock awards, net
    -       333       -       -       600       (933 )     -       -  
Other
    (1 )     508       -       -       (31 )     29       -       505  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 120,286     $ 861,880     $ 1,399,415     $ 13,308     $ (7,278 )   $ (2,395 )   $ (12,330 )   $ 2,372,886  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

40


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (continued)
(In thousands)
                                                                 
    Common     Capital             Foreign             Unamortized              
    Stock     in Excess             Currency             Employee     Other        
    at Par     of Par     Retained     Translation     Treasury     Stock     Comprehensive        
    Value
    Value
    Earnings
    Adjustment
    Stock
    Awards
    Income (Loss)
    Total
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 120,286     $ 861,880     $ 1,399,415     $ 13,308     $ (7,278 )   $ (2,395 )   $ (12,330 )   $ 2,372,886  
 
                                                               
Net income
    -       -       388,331       -       -       -       -       388,331  
 
Translation adjustments
    -       -       -       141,858       -       -       -       141,858  
Unrealized gain on securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       3,386       3,386  
Unrealized loss on employee benefit plan assets
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (1,703 )     (1,703 )
Minimum pension liability adjustments
    -       -       -       -       -       -       5,810       5,810  
 
                                                           
 
Comprehensive income
                                                            537,682  
 
                                                           
 
Reclassification of employee stock awards upon adoption of FASB Statement No. 123(R)
    -       (2,395 )     -       -       -       2,395       -       -  
Amortization of restricted stock and performance awards
    -       8,289       -       -       -       -       -       8,289  
Amortization of employee stock options
    -       12,979       -       -       -       -       -       12,979  
Exercise of stock options
    2,339       56,529       -       -       -       -       -       58,868  
Tax benefits related to exercise of stock options
    -       6,661       -       -       -       -       -       6,661  
Restricted stock awards, net
    -       (1,790 )     -       -       1,790       -       -       -  
Adjustment to initially apply FASB Statement No. 158
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (2,570 )     (2,570 )
Other
    1       1,805       -       -       (42 )     -       -       1,764  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $ 122,626     $ 943,958     $ 1,787,746     $ 155,166     $ (5,530 )   $ -     $ (7,407 )   $ 2,996,559  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
See accompanying notes.

41


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires the company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments, which are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less.
Net Investment Hedge
The effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative designated as a net investment hedge is recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustment, which is included in the shareholders’ equity section, and any ineffective portion would be recorded in earnings. The company uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess the effectiveness of its net investment hedge on a quarterly basis.
Financial Instruments
The company uses various financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for purposes other than trading. Derivatives used as part of the company’s risk management strategy are designated at inception as hedges and measured for effectiveness both at inception and on an ongoing basis. The company has also entered into interest rate swap transactions that convert certain fixed-rate debt to variable-rate debt, effectively hedging the change in fair value of the fixed-rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. The fair value hedges and the hedged debt are adjusted to current market values through interest expense.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost approximates the first-in, first-out method.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives for depreciation of buildings is generally 20 to 30 years, and the estimated useful lives of machinery and equipment is generally three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the related lease or the life of the improvement. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever changes in circumstances or events may indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference.
Software Development Costs
The company capitalizes qualifying costs under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs to Develop or Obtain Software for Internal Use”, including certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining software for internal use.

42


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three to seven years.
Investments
Investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting if the investment provides the company the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over an investee. Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the company has an ownership interest in the voting stock of the investee between 20% and 50%, although other factors, such as representation on the investee’s Board of Directors, are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. The company records its investments in equity method investees meeting these characteristics as “Investments in affiliated companies” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
All other equity investments, which consist of investments for which the company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the cost method, if private, or as available-for-sale, if public, and are included in “Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Under the cost method of accounting, investments are carried at cost and are adjusted only for other-than-temporary declines in realizable value, and additional investments. If classified as available-for-sale, the company accounts for the changes in the fair value with unrealized gains or losses reflected in the shareholders’ equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in “Other”. The company assesses its long-term investments accounted for as available-for-sale on a quarterly basis to determine whether declines in market value below cost are other-than-temporary. When the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis for the individual security is reduced and a loss is realized in the period in which it occurs. When the decline is determined to be temporary, the unrealized losses are included in the shareholders’ equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in “Other”. The company makes such determination based upon the quoted market price, financial condition, operating results of the investee, and the company’s intent and ability to retain the investment over a period of time, which would be sufficient to allow for any recovery in market value. In addition, the company assesses the following factors:
  -  
broad economic factors impacting the investee’s industry,
  -  
publicly available forecasts for sales and earnings growth for the industry and investee, and
  -  
the cyclical nature of the investee’s industry.
The company could potentially have an impairment charge in future periods if, among other factors, the investee’s future earnings differ from currently available forecasts.
Cost in Excess of Net Assets of Companies Acquired
The company performs an annual impairment test as of the first day of the fourth quarter, or earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist, to evaluate goodwill. Goodwill is considered impaired if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. In assessing the recoverability of goodwill, the company reviews both quantitative and qualitative factors to support its assumptions with regard to fair value. The fair value of a reporting unit is estimated using a weighted average multiple of earnings before interest and taxes from comparable companies. In determining the fair value, the company makes certain judgments, including the identification of reporting units and the selection of comparable companies. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future as a result of changes in strategy and/or market conditions, the company may be required to record an impairment charge.
Foreign Currency Translation
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, with the related translation gains or losses reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The results of foreign operations are translated at the monthly average exchange rates.

43


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method. Deferred taxes reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts. The carrying value of the company’s deferred tax assets is dependent upon the company’s ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions. Should the company determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its deferred tax assets in the future, a valuation allowance to the deferred tax assets would be established in the period such determination was made.
It is the company’s policy to establish accruals for taxes that may become payable in future years as a result of examinations by tax authorities. The company establishes the accruals based upon management’s assessment of probable contingencies. At December 31, 2006, the company believes it has appropriately accrued for probable contingencies. To the extent the company prevails in matters for which accruals are established or is required to pay amounts in excess of the accruals, the company’s effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be affected.
Net Income Per Share
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gain on securities, unrealized loss on employee benefit plan assets, unrealized gain (loss) on foreign exchange options, and minimum pension liability adjustments. The unrealized gain on securities are net of any reclassification adjustments for realized loss included in net income. The foreign currency translation adjustments included in comprehensive income have not been tax effected as investments in foreign affiliates are deemed to be permanent.
Stock-based Compensation
Effective January 1, 2006, the company adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” and the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (collectively, “Statement No. 123(R)”), which requires share-based payment (“SBP”) awards exchanged for employee services to be measured at fair value and expensed in the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite employee service period.
Prior to January 1, 2006, the company accounted for SBP awards under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, which utilized the intrinsic value method and did not require any expense to be recorded in the consolidated financial statements if the exercise price of the award was not less than the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The company elected to adopt, for periods prior to January 1, 2006, the disclosure requirements of FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, as amended by FASB Statement No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure” (collectively, “Statement No. 123”) which used a fair value based method of accounting for SBP awards.
Statement No. 123(R) requires companies to record compensation expense for stock options measured at fair value, on the date of grant, using an option-pricing model. The fair value of the company’s stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model, which is consistent with the company’s valuation techniques previously utilized under Statement No. 123.
The company adopted the modified prospective transition method provided for under Statement No. 123(R) and, accordingly, did not restate prior period amounts. Under this transition method,

44


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes compensation expense for all SBP awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of Statement No. 123. Stock-based compensation expense for all SBP awards granted after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 123(R). Stock-based compensation expense includes an estimate for forfeitures and is recognized over the expected term of the award on a straight-line basis upon adoption of Statement No. 123(R). Upon adoption of Statement No. 123(R), the company evaluated the need to record a cumulative effect adjustment relating to estimated forfeitures for unvested previously issued awards and concluded the impact was not material.
As a result of adopting Statement No. 123(R), the company recorded, as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses, a charge of $12,979 ($8,543 net of related taxes or $.07 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) for the year ended December 31, 2006, relating to the expensing of stock options.
Statement No. 123(R) requires that the realized tax benefit related to the excess of the deductible amount over the compensation expense recognized be reported as a financing cash flow rather than as an operating cash flow, as required under previous accounting guidance. As a result, the related excess tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2006 of $6,661 is classified as a reduction in cash flows from operating activities and as a cash inflow from financing activities. The actual tax benefit realized from SBP awards for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $7,297.
The following table presents the company’s pro forma net income and basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 had compensation expense been determined in accordance with the fair value method of accounting at the grant dates for awards under the company’s various stock-based compensation plans:
                 
    2005
    2004
 
Net income, as reported
  $ 253,609     $ 207,504  
Impact of stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of related taxes
    (9,100 )     (11,073 )
 
   
     
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 244,509     $ 196,431  
 
   
     
 
Net income per share:
               
Basic-as reported
  $ 2.15     $ 1.83  
 
   
     
 
Basic-pro forma
  $ 2.08     $ 1.74  
 
   
     
 
 
Diluted-as reported
  $ 2.09     $ 1.75  
 
   
     
 
Diluted-pro forma
  $ 2.01     $ 1.66  
 
   
     
 
The fair value of SBP awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions for the years ended December 31:
                         
    2006
    2005
    2004
 
Volatility (percent) *
    35       39       47  
Expected term (in years) **
    4.4       4.3       4.3  
Risk-free interest rate (percent) ***
    4.7       4.4       3.3  
*  
Volatility is measured using historical daily price changes of the company’s common stock over the expected term of the option.
 
**  
The expected term represents the weighted average period the option is expected to be outstanding and is based primarily on the historical exercise behavior of employees.
***  
The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield with a maturity that approximates the expected term of the option.

45


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
There is no expected dividend yield.
The weighted-average fair value per option granted was $11.11, $11.90, and $11.34 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
Segment Reporting
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The company’s operations are classified into two reportable business segments, the distribution of electronic components and the distribution of computer products.
Revenue Recognition
The company recognizes revenue in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 104”). Under SAB 104, revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the sales price is determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue typically is recognized at time of shipment. Sales are recorded net of discounts, rebates, and returns.
A portion of the company’s business involves shipments directly from its suppliers to its customers. In these transactions, the company is responsible for negotiating price both with the supplier and customer, payment to the supplier, establishing payment terms with the customer, product returns, and has risk of loss if the customer does not make payment. As the principal with the customer, the company recognizes the sale and cost of sale of the product upon receiving notification from the supplier that the product was shipped.
In addition, the company has certain business with select customers and suppliers that is accounted for on an agency basis (that is, the company recognizes the fees associated with serving as an agent in sales with no associated cost of sales) in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent”.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses totaled $65,599, $56,629, and $57,296 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In June 2006, the FASB ratified the provisions of EITF Issue No. 06-2, “Accounting for Sabbatical Leave and Other Similar Benefits Pursuant to FASB Statement No. 43, Accounting for Compensated Absences” (“EITF Issue No. 06-2”). EITF Issue No. 06-2 requires that compensation expense associated with a sabbatical leave, or other similar benefit arrangement, be accrued over the requisite service period during which an employee earns the benefit. EITF Issue No. 06-2 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and should be recognized as either a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption or a change in accounting principle through retrospective application to all prior periods. The adoption of the provisions of EITF Issue No. 06-2 is not anticipated to have a material impact on the company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”) which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute, as well as criteria for subsequently recognizing, derecognizing, and measuring uncertain tax positions for financial statement purposes. FIN 48 also requires expanded disclosure with

46


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
respect to the uncertainty in income tax assets and liabilities. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and is required to be recognized as a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. The adoption of the provisions of FIN 48 is not anticipated to have a material impact on the company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“Statement No. 157”) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Statement No. 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any new fair value measurements. Statement No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and should be applied prospectively, except for the provisions for certain financial instruments that should be applied retrospectively as of the beginning of the year of adoption. The transition adjustment of the difference between the carrying amounts and the fair values of those financial instruments should be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. The company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the provisions of Statement No. 157.
Reclassification
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with current year presentation.
2. Acquisitions
The following acquisitions were accounted for as purchase transactions and, accordingly, results of operations were included in the consolidated results of the company from the dates of acquisition.
2006
On November 30, 2006, the company acquired Alternative Technology, Inc. (“Alternative Technology”) for a purchase price of $77,346, which included $17,483 of debt paid at closing, cash acquired of $2,315, and acquisition costs. Additional cash consideration ranging from zero to a maximum of $4,800 may be due if Alternative Technology achieves certain specified financial performance targets over a three-year period from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2009. Alternative Technology, which is headquartered in Englewood, Colorado, has approximately 150 employees and supports value-added resellers (“VARs”) in delivering solutions that optimize, accelerate, monitor, and secure end-user’s networks. Total Alternative Technology sales for 2006 were approximately $320,000, of which $48,699 were included in the company’s consolidated results of operations from the acquisition date. The cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired, was $75,031.
On December 29, 2006, the company acquired InTechnology plc’s storage and security distribution business (“InTechnology”) for a purchase price of $80,457, which included acquisition costs. InTechnology, which is headquartered in Harrogate, England, has approximately 200 employees and delivers storage and security solutions to VARs in the United Kingdom. Total InTechnology sales for 2006 were approximately $365,000. The cash consideration paid was $80,457.
The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the net consideration paid to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the Alternative Technology and InTechnology acquisitions (“2006 acquisitions”):
         
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 107,771  
Inventories
    28,621  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    10,076  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    1,954  
Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired
    105,414  
Accounts payable
    (69,067 )
Accrued expenses
    (29,281 )
 
   
 
Net consideration paid
  $ 155,488  
 
   
 

47


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
The preliminary allocation is subject to refinement as the company has not yet completed its evaluation of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including the valuation of any potential intangible assets created through these acquisitions.
The following unaudited summary of consolidated operations has been prepared on a pro forma basis as though the 2006 acquisitions occurred on January 1:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
Sales
  $ 14,163,783     $ 11,718,265  
Net income
    392,578       260,551  
 
               
Net income per share:
               
Basic
  $ 3.23     $ 2.21  
Diluted
  $ 3.19     $ 2.14  
The unaudited summary of consolidated operations does not purport to be indicative of the results, which would have been obtained if the above acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of 2006 and 2005 or of those results, which may be obtained in the future.
In February 2006, the company acquired SKYDATA Corporation (“SKYDATA”), a value-added distributor of data storage solutions in Mississauga, Ottawa, and Calgary, as well as Laval, Quebec. Total SKYDATA sales for 2005 were approximately $43,000. The impact of the SKYDATA acquisition was not deemed to be material to the company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
2005
On December 30, 2005, the company acquired DNSint.com AG (“DNS”) for a purchase price of $116,224, which included cash acquired as well as acquisition costs. In addition, there was the assumption of $30,638 in debt. Additional cash consideration ranging from zero to a maximum of €12,800 (approximately $16,900 at the December 31, 2006 exchange rate) may be due if DNS achieves certain specified financial performance targets over a two-year period from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2007. DNS is a distributor of mid-range computer products in Central, Northern, and Eastern Europe and is one of the largest suppliers of Sun Microsystems, Inc. products in Europe. In 2005, DNS had sales in excess of $400,000. The cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired of $7,500, was $108,724.
In December 2005, through a series of transactions, the company acquired 70.7% of the common shares of Ultra Source Technology Corp. (“Ultra Source”) for a purchase price of $64,647, which included cash acquired as well as acquisition costs. In addition, Ultra Source had $78,850 in debt and $19,497 in cash. Ultra Source is one of the leading electronic components distributors in Taiwan with sales offices and distribution centers in Taiwan, Hong Kong, and the People’s Republic of China. In 2005, Ultra Source had sales in excess of $500,000. The cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired, was $45,150.

48


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
The following table summarizes the allocation of the net consideration paid to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the DNS and Ultra Source acquisitions (“2005 acquisitions”):
         
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 196,916  
Inventories
    70,438  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    25,501  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    13,087  
Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired
    125,819  
Identifiable intangible assets
    19,668  
Accounts payable
    (140,789 )
Accrued expenses
    (31,941 )
Debt (including short-term borrowings of $94,416)
    (109,489 )
Minority interest
    (14,956 )
Other liabilities
    (380 )
 
   
 
Net consideration paid
  $ 153,874  
 
   
 
During the fourth quarter of 2006, the company completed its valuation of identifiable intangible assets and, accordingly, recorded, as a component of depreciation and amortization expense, $1,609 of amortization expense, which represents a full year of intangible asset amortization. The company allocated $17,891 of the purchase price to intangible assets relating to customer relationships, with a useful life of 20 years, and other intangible assets (consisting of non-competition agreements, customer databases, and sales backlog) of $1,777, with useful lives ranging from one to five years. Amortization expense for the next five years is estimated to be approximately $1,393 in 2007, $1,393 in 2008, $1,261 in 2009, $1,261 in 2010, and $997 in 2011. These identifiable intangible assets are included in “Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
The following unaudited summary of consolidated operations has been prepared on a pro forma basis as though the 2005 acquisitions occurred on January 1:
                 
    2005
    2004
 
Sales
  $ 12,138,880     $ 11,398,095  
Net income
    257,784       211,078  
 
               
Net income per share:
               
Basic
  $ 2.19     $ 1.87  
Diluted
  $ 2.12     $ 1.78  
The unaudited summary of consolidated operations does not purport to be indicative of the results, which would have been obtained if the above acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of 2005 and 2004 or of those results, which may be obtained in the future.
On July 1, 2005, the company acquired the component distribution business of Connektron Pty. Ltd. (“Connektron”), a passive, electromechanical, and connectors distributor in Australia and New Zealand. The impact of the Connektron acquisition was not deemed to be material to the company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
2004
In July 2004, the company acquired Disway AG (“Disway”), an electronic components distributor in Italy, Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. The impact of the Disway acquisition was not deemed to be material to the company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

49


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Other
During 2006, 2005, and 2004, the company made payments of $4,666, $2,527, and $805, respectively, which were capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, partially offset by the carrying value of the related minority interest, to increase its ownership interest in majority-owned subsidiaries.
3. Investments
Affiliated Companies
The company has a 50% interest in several joint ventures with Marubun Corporation (collectively “Marubun/Arrow”) and a 50% interest in Altech Industries (Pty.) Ltd. (“Altech Industries”), a joint venture with Allied Technologies Limited. These investments are accounted for using the equity method.
The following table presents the company’s investment in Marubun/Arrow, the company’s investment and long-term note receivable in Altech Industries, and the company’s other equity investments at December 31:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
Marubun/Arrow
  $ 27,283     $ 23,352  
Altech Industries
    14,419       14,675  
Other
    258       932  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 41,960     $ 38,959  
 
   
     
 
The equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies for the years ended December 31 consist of the following:
                         
    2006
    2005
    2004
 
Marubun/Arrow
  $ 4,024     $ 4,027     $ 4,290  
Altech Industries
    1,244       500       (184 )
Other
    (47 )     (35 )     -  
 
   
     
     
 
 
  $ 5,221     $ 4,492     $ 4,106  
 
   
     
     
 
Under the terms of various joint venture agreements, the company would be required to pay its pro-rata share, based upon its ownership interests, of the third party debt of the joint ventures in the event that the joint ventures were unable to meet their obligations. At December 31, 2006 there was no third party debt outstanding.
Investment Securities
The company has a 3.2% ownership interest in WPG Holdings Co., Ltd. (“WPG”) and an 8.4% ownership interest in Marubun Corporation (“Marubun”), which are accounted for as available-for-sale securities.
The company accounts for these investments in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“Statement No. 115”) and EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” (“EITF Issue No. 03-1”). Under Statement No. 115 and EITF Issue No. 03-1, if the fair value of an investment is less than the cost basis, the company must determine if an other-than-temporary decline has occurred based on its intent and ability to hold the investment until the cost is recovered and the assessment of evidence indicates that the cost of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable period of time. If the company determines that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred, the cost basis of the investment must be written down to fair value as the new cost basis and the amount of the write-down is recognized as a loss in the consolidated results of operations.

50


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
The fair value of the company’s available-for-sale securities are as follows at December 31:
                                 
    2006
    2005
 
    Marubun
    WPG
    Marubun
    WPG
 
Cost basis
  $ 20,046     $ 10,798     $ 20,046     $ 10,798  
Unrealized holding gain (loss)
    12,173       1,496       12,008       (2,978 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Fair value
  $ 32,219     $ 12,294     $ 32,054     $ 7,820  
 
   
     
     
     
 
During 2005, in accordance with Statement No. 115 and EITF Issue No. 03-1, the company determined that an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of its investment in Marubun had occurred and, accordingly, recognized a loss of $3,019 ($.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) on the write-down of this investment. The new cost basis of the company’s investment in Marubun is $20,046.
During 2004, the company determined that an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of an investment had occurred and, accordingly, recognized a loss of $1,318 ($.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) on the write-down of this investment.
The fair value of these investments are included in “Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related net unrealized holding gains and losses are included in “Other” in the shareholders’ equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
4. Accounts Receivable
The company has a $550,000 asset securitization program (the “program”), which is conducted through Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation (“AFC”), a wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote, special purpose subsidiary. Any receivables held by AFC would likely not be available to creditors of the company in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were no receivables sold to and held by third parties under the program, and, as such, the company had no obligations outstanding under the program. The program expires in February 2008. The program agreement requires annual renewals of the banks’ underlying liquidity facilities, and the next renewal date is May 2007. The facility fee related to the program is .175%.
Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following at December 31:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
Accounts receivable
  $ 2,785,725     $ 2,364,008  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (75,404 )     (47,076 )
 
   
     
 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 2,710,321     $ 2,316,932  
 
   
     
 
The company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The allowances for doubtful accounts are determined using a combination of factors, including the length of time the receivables are outstanding, the current business environment, and historical experience.

51


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
5. Cost in Excess of Net Assets of Companies Acquired
Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired allocated to the company’s business segments are as follows:
                         
    Electronic     Computer        
    Components
    Products
    Total
 
December 31, 2004
  $ 974,285     $ -     $ 974,285  
Acquisitions
    27,654       106,909       134,563  
Other (primarily foreign currency translation)
    (55,582 )     -       (55,582 )
 
   
     
     
 
December 31, 2005
    946,357       106,909       1,053,266  
Acquisitions
    14,746       97,884       112,630  
Other (primarily foreign currency translation)
    53,204       12,181       65,385  
 
   
     
     
 
December 31, 2006
  $ 1,014,307     $ 216,974     $ 1,231,281  
 
   
     
     
 
In 2004, the company recorded an impairment charge related to cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired of $9,995 ($.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). This non-cash charge principally related to the company’s electronic components operations in Latin America. In calculating the impairment charge, the fair value of the reporting units was estimated using a weighted-average multiple of earnings before interest and taxes from comparable businesses.
All existing and future cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired are subject to an annual impairment test as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each year, or earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist.
The company has not completed its valuation of any potential intangible assets created as a result of its 2006 acquisitions and, as a result, is currently undergoing further review of this valuation process.
6. Debt
Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term debt, consist of the following at December 31:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
7% senior notes, due 2007
  $ 169,136     $ -  
Interest rate swaps
    (185 )     -  
Zero coupon convertible debentures
    -       155,479  
Short-term borrowings in various countries
    93,832       113,187  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 262,783     $ 268,666  
 
   
     
 
Short-term borrowings in various countries are primarily utilized to support the working capital requirements of certain foreign operations. The weighted average interest rates on these borrowings at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were 5.5% and 4.4%, respectively.

52


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
7% senior notes, due 2007
  $ -     $ 173,016  
9.15% senior notes, due 2010
    199,987       199,984  
6.875% senior notes, due 2013
    349,559       349,491  
6.875% senior debentures, due 2018
    197,613       197,404  
7.5% senior debentures, due 2027
    197,191       197,051  
Cross-currency swap, due 2010
    21,729       (517 )
Cross-currency swap, due 2011
    3,218       -  
Interest rate swaps
    (3,245 )     (3,608 )
Other obligations with various interest rates and due dates
    10,722       26,160  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 976,774     $ 1,138,981  
 
   
     
 
The 7.5% senior debentures are not redeemable prior to their maturity. The 9.15% senior notes, 6.875% senior notes, and 6.875% senior debentures may be called at the option of the company subject to “make whole” clauses.
The estimated fair market value at December 31, as a percentage of par value, is as follows:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
7% senior notes, due 2007
    100 %     102 %
9.15% senior notes, due 2010
    112 %     114 %
6.875% senior notes, due 2013
    105 %     107 %
6.875% senior debentures, due 2018
    103 %     106 %
7.5% senior debentures, due 2027
    108 %     112 %
Zero coupon convertible debentures
    -       55 %
The company’s cross-currency swaps, interest rate swaps, and other obligations approximate their fair value.
Annual payments of borrowings during each of the years 2007 through 2011 are $262,783, $1,175, $920, $220,162, and $698, respectively, and $753,819 for all years thereafter. Included in payments for 2007 is $169,136 related to the 7% senior notes due in 2007 that were repaid in January 2007 in accordance with their terms.
In January 2007, the company amended and restated its bank credit agreement and, among other things, increased the revolving credit facility size from $600,000 to $800,000 and entered into a term loan of $200,000. Interest on borrowings under the revolving credit facility is based on a base rate or a euro currency rate plus a spread based on the company’s credit ratings (.425% at January 11, 2007). The company had no outstanding borrowings under the credit facility at December 31, 2006 and 2005. The credit facility matures in January 2012. The facility fee related to the credit facility is .125%. In January 2007, the company borrowed $200,000 under the term loan facility. The $200,000 term loan is repayable in full in January 2012. Interest on the term loan is based on a base rate or a euro currency rate plus a spread based on the company’s credit ratings (.60% at January 11, 2007).
The five-year credit agreement and the asset securitization program include terms and conditions, which limit the incurrence of additional borrowings, limit the company’s ability to issue cash dividends or repurchase stock, and require that certain financial ratios be maintained at designated levels. The company was in compliance with all of the covenants as of December 31, 2006. The company is currently not aware of any events, which would cause non-compliance in the future.

53


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
During 2006, the company redeemed the total amount outstanding of $283,184 principal amount ($156,354 accreted value) of its zero coupon convertible debentures due in 2021 (“convertible debentures”) and repurchased $4,125 principal amount of its 7% senior notes due in January 2007. The related loss on the redemption and repurchase, including any related premium paid, write-off of deferred financing costs, and cost of terminating a portion of the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $2,605 ($1,558 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) and is recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $2,600 from the dates of redemption and repurchase through the respective maturity dates, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the redemption and repurchase.
During 2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $151,845 accreted value of its convertible debentures. The related loss on the repurchases, including the premium paid and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $3,209 ($1,919 net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also during 2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $26,750 principal amount of its 7% senior notes due in January 2007. The premium paid, the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, and the loss for terminating the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $1,133 ($677 net of related taxes). These charges totaled $4,342 ($2,596 net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), including $1,697 in cash, and were recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $2,381 from the dates of repurchase through the redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the repurchases.
During 2004, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $319,849 accreted value of its convertible debentures. The related loss on the repurchases, including the premium paid and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $15,021 ($8,982 net of related taxes or $.08 and $.07 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also during 2004, the company repurchased and/or redeemed, through a series of transactions, $250,000 principal amount of its 8.7% senior notes due in October 2005. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase and/or redemption of this debt, net of the gain recognized by terminating the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $18,921 ($11,315 net of related taxes or $.10 and $.09 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). These charges totaled $33,942 ($20,297 net of related taxes or $.18 and $.16 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), including $28,194 in cash, and were recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $36,200 from the dates of repurchase through the redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the repurchases.
Interest expense, net, includes interest income of $7,817, $13,789, and $9,660 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Interest paid, net of interest income, amounted to $105,078, $81,689, and $97,367 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
7. Financial Instruments
Cross-Currency Swaps
In May 2006, the company entered into a cross-currency swap, which has a maturity date of July 2011, for approximately $100,000 or €78,281 (the “2006 cross-currency swap”) to hedge a portion of its net investment in euro-denominated net assets and which has been designated as a net investment hedge. The 2006 cross-currency swap will also effectively convert the interest expense on $100,000 of long-term debt from U.S. dollars to euros. Based on the foreign exchange rate at December 31, 2006, the company would expect reduced interest expense of approximately $700 for the period from January 2007 through July 2007 (date that interest will reset). As the notional amount of the 2006 cross-currency swap is expected to equal a comparable amount of hedged net assets, no material ineffectiveness is expected. The 2006 cross-currency swap had a negative fair value of $3,218 at December 31, 2006.
In October 2005, the company entered into a cross-currency swap, which has a maturity date of October 2010, for approximately $200,000 or €168,384 (the “2005 cross-currency swap”) to hedge a portion of its net investment in euro-denominated net assets and which has been designated as a net investment

54


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
hedge. The 2005 cross-currency swap will also effectively convert the interest expense on $200,000 of long-term debt from U.S. dollars to euros. Based on the foreign exchange rate at December 31, 2006, the company would expect reduced interest expense of approximately $1,400 for the period from October 2006 through April 2007 (date that interest will reset). As the notional amount of the 2005 cross-currency swap is expected to equal a comparable amount of hedged net assets, no material ineffectiveness is expected. The 2005 cross-currency swap had a negative fair value of $21,729 and a fair value of $517 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Foreign Exchange Contracts
The company enters into foreign exchange forward, option, or swap contracts (collectively, the “foreign exchange contracts”) to mitigate the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the euro. These contracts are executed to facilitate the hedging of foreign currency exposures resulting from inventory purchases and sales and generally have terms of no more than six months. Gains or losses on these contracts are deferred and recognized when the underlying future purchase or sale is recognized or when the corresponding asset or liability is revalued. The company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. The risk of loss on a foreign exchange contract is the risk of nonperformance by the counterparties, which the company minimizes by limiting its counterparties to major financial institutions. The fair value of the foreign exchange contracts is estimated using market quotes. The notional amount of the foreign exchange contracts at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $297,950 and $228,422, respectively. The carrying amounts, which are nominal, approximated fair value at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
Interest Rate Swaps
The company utilizes interest rate swaps in order to manage its targeted mix of fixed and floating rate debt. The fair value of the interest rate swaps are included in “Other liabilities”, and the offsetting adjustment to the carrying value of the debt is included in “Long-term debt” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
In June 2004, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the “2004 swaps”), with an aggregate notional amount of $300,000. The 2004 swaps modify the company’s interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 9.15% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.73% and 8.57% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), and a portion of the fixed 6.875% senior notes to a floating rate, also based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 7.50% and 5.55% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), through their maturities. The 2004 swaps are classified as fair value hedges and had a negative fair value of $3,245 and a fair value of $445 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
In November 2003, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the “2003 swaps”), with an aggregate notional amount of $200,000. The 2003 swaps modify the company’s interest rate exposure by effectively converting the fixed 7% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.55% and 7.77% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), through their maturities. The 2003 swaps are classified as fair value hedges and had a negative fair value of $185 and $4,053 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The 2003 swaps related to the 7% senior notes were terminated in January 2007 upon the repayment of the 7% senior notes.

55


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
8. Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 consists of the following:
                         
    2006
    2005
    2004
 
Current
                       
Federal
  $ 92,842     $ 68,759     $ 3,528  
State
    19,159       6,894       3,349  
Foreign
    25,889       33,675       44,827  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    137,890       109,328       51,704  
 
   
     
     
 
 
                       
Deferred
                       
Federal
    (11,892 )     73       32,738  
State
    953       10,974       6,053  
Foreign
    1,506       10,873       5,941  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    (9,433 )     21,920       44,732  
 
   
     
     
 
 
  $ 128,457     $ 131,248     $ 96,436  
 
   
     
     
 
The principal causes of the difference between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35% and effective income tax rates for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
                         
    2006
    2005
    2004
 
United States
  $ 252,334     $ 230,624     $ 109,221  
Foreign
    265,943       154,937       195,762  
 
   
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and minority interest
  $ 518,277     $ 385,561     $ 304,983  
 
   
     
     
 
 
                       
Provision at statutory rate
  $ 181,397     $ 134,946     $ 106,744  
State taxes, net of federal benefit
    13,073       11,614       6,111  
Foreign effective tax rate differential
    (24,492 )     (11,839 )     (18,912 )
Capital loss valuation allowance
    (1,027 )     601       1,966  
Other non-deductible expenses
    2,280       2,808       650  
Settlement of tax matters
    (40,426 )     -       -  
Other
    (2,348 )     (6,882 )     (123 )
 
   
     
     
 
Provision for income taxes
  $ 128,457     $ 131,248     $ 96,436  
 
   
     
     
 
It is the company’s policy to establish accruals for taxes that may become payable in future years as a result of examinations by tax authorities. The company establishes tax accruals based upon management’s assessment of probable contingencies, which for a global organization is complex and subject to change in regulations and interpretations by government regulators. At December 31, 2006, the company believes it has appropriately accrued for probable tax contingencies in accordance with professional standards. During the fourth quarter of 2006, the company settled certain tax matters covering multiple years. As a result of the settlement of the tax matters, the company recorded a reduction of $46,176 in the “Provision for income taxes”, of which $40,426 related to tax years prior to 2006, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In connection with the settlement of the tax matters, an accrual of $6,900 ($4,200 net of related taxes) for related interest costs, of which $3,994 related to tax years prior to 2006, was reversed and, accordingly, the company recorded a reduction in “Interest expense, net” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Deferred income taxes are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated balance sheets. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years.

56


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
The significant components of the company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities, included primarily in “Prepaid expenses and other assets”, “Other assets”, and “Other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, consist of the following at December 31:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 52,981     $ 54,991  
Capital loss carryforwards
    15,971       16,998  
Inventory adjustments
    37,122       33,962  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    20,447       10,274  
Accrued expenses
    42,230       36,394  
Pension costs
    5,112       8,671  
Integration and restructuring reserves
    1,154       2,769  
Other
    12,947       10,496  
 
   
     
 
 
    187,964       174,555  
Valuation allowance
    (50,466 )     (45,081 )
 
   
     
 
Total deferred tax assets
  $ 137,498     $ 129,474  
 
   
     
 
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Goodwill
  $ (61,754 )   $ (53,815 )
Other
    (21 )     (2,647 )
 
   
     
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
  $ (61,775 )   $ (56,462 )
 
   
     
 
Total net deferred tax assets
  $ 75,723     $ 73,012  
 
   
     
 
At December 31, 2006, certain international subsidiaries had tax loss carryforwards of approximately $190,000 expiring in various years after 2007. Deferred tax assets related to the tax loss carryforwards of the international subsidiaries in the amount of $44,492 as of December 31, 2006 have been recorded with a corresponding valuation allowance of $31,197. In addition, a valuation allowance of $3,298 has been provided against the other deferred tax assets for certain international subsidiaries. The impact of the change in this valuation allowance on the effective rate reconciliation is included in the foreign effective tax rate differential.
At December 31, 2006, the company had a capital loss carryforward of approximately $40,000. This loss will expire through 2010. A full valuation allowance of $15,971 has been provided against the deferred tax asset relating to the capital loss carryforward.
Valuation allowances reflect the deferred tax benefits that management is uncertain of the ability to utilize in the future.
Cumulative undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries were $1,145,858 at December 31, 2006. No deferred U.S. federal income taxes were provided for the undistributed earnings as they are permanently reinvested in the company’s international operations.
Income taxes paid, net of income taxes refunded, amounted to $163,889, $97,916, and $44,545 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
9. Restructuring, Integration, and Other Charges (Credits)
The company recorded total restructuring charges of $11,829 ($8,977 net of related taxes or $.07 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), $12,716 ($7,310 net of related taxes or $.06 and $.05 per share

57


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), and $11,391 ($6,943 net of related taxes or $.07 and $.06 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively) in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
Restructurings
Included in the total restructuring charges for 2006 is $12,280 related to initiatives by the company to improve operating efficiencies. These initiatives, in the aggregate, are expected to generate annual cost savings of approximately $9,000 beginning in 2007.
During 2005, 2004, and 2003, the company announced a series of steps to make its organizational structure more efficient. The cumulative restructuring charges associated with these actions total $61,770, which include restructuring charges of $218, $13,757, and $9,830 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The restructuring charges for 2005 and 2004 are net of a gain of $2,914 and $1,463, respectively, on the sale of facilities. Included in the restructuring charge for 2005 was a $1,300 loss resulting from the sale of the company’s Cable Assembly business. Approximately 85% of the total charge was spent in cash.
At December 31, 2006, the restructuring accrual related to the aforementioned restructurings was $4,283 and was comprised of the following:
                                         
                    Asset              
    Personnel             Write-              
    Costs
    Facilities
    Downs
    Other
    Total
 
December 31, 2004
  $ 2,828     $ 2,573     $ 346     $ 25     $ 5,772  
Additions (a)
    13,562       (910 )     1,087       18       13,757  
Payments
    (11,217 )     424       (913 )     (41 )     (11,747 )
Non-cash usage
    (407 )     -       (240 )     -       (647 )
Foreign currency translation
    (85 )     (133 )     -       -       (218 )
Reclassification
    (41 )     (25 )     -       66       -  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
December 31, 2005
    4,640       1,929       280       68       6,917  
Additions (a)
    6,306       2,001       4,259       (68 )     12,498  
Payments
    (8,238 )     (2,110 )     (55 )     (26 )     (10,429 )
Non-cash usage
    -       -       (4,484 )     -       (4,484 )
Foreign currency translation
    (107 )     (138 )     -       26       (219 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
December 31, 2006
  $ 2,601     $ 1,682     $ -     $ -     $ 4,283  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
(a)  
Personnel costs associated with the elimination of 300 positions in 2006, primarily within multiple functions in North America, and approximately 425 positions in 2005 across multiple locations, primarily within the company’s electronic components business segment and shared services function.
In mid-2001, the company took a number of significant steps related to cost containment and cost reduction actions. The cumulative restructuring charges recorded as of 2006 related to the 2001 restructuring total $229,525, which include restructuring credits of $669 and $1,041 recorded in 2006 and 2005, respectively, and a restructuring charge of $1,561 recorded in 2004. At December 31, 2006, cumulative cash payments of $34,471 ($2,225 in 2006) and non-cash usage of $190,879 were recorded against the accrual. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the company had $4,175 and $7,069, respectively, of unused accruals of which $1,369 and $3,596, respectively, are required to address remaining real estate lease

58


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
commitments. In addition, accruals of $2,806 and $3,473 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, primarily relate to the termination of certain customer programs.
Integration
During 2005, the company recorded $2,271 as additional cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired associated with the Disway acquisition.
During 2004, the company recorded an integration credit, due to a change in estimate, of $2,323 ($1,389 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), which primarily related to the final negotiation of facilities related obligations for numerous acquisitions made prior to 2001.
At December 31, 2006, the integration accrual of $3,393 related to the acquisition of Disway in 2004 and certain acquisitions made prior to 2004 was comprised of the following:
                                 
    Personnel                    
    Costs
    Facilities
    Other
    Total
 
December 31, 2004
  $ -     $ 4,474     $ 1,019     $ 5,493  
Additions
    1,144       984       143       2,271  
Payments
    (1,105 )     (143 )     (350 )     (1,598 )
Reclassification
    -       (482 )     482       -  
Foreign currency translation
    (15 )     (459 )     76       (398 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
December 31, 2005
    24       4,374       1,370       5,768  
Payments
    (295 )     (1,682 )     (838 )     (2,815 )
Reclassification
    271       (346 )     75       -  
Non-cash usage
    -       (59 )     -       (59 )
Foreign currency translation
    -       448       51       499  
 
   
     
     
     
 
December 31, 2006
  $ -     $ 2,735     $ 658     $ 3,393  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Restructuring and Integration Summary
The remaining balances of the restructuring and integration accruals aggregate $11,851 at December 31, 2006, of which $9,045 is expected to be spent in cash, will be utilized as follows:
-  
The personnel costs accruals of $2,601 will be utilized to cover costs associated with the termination of personnel, which are primarily expected to be spent through 2007.
 
-  
The facilities accruals totaling $5,786 relate to vacated leases with expiration dates through 2010, of which $2,396 will be paid in 2007, $1,354 in 2008, $1,212 in 2009, and $824 in 2010.
 
-  
The customer termination accrual of $2,806 relates to costs associated with the termination of certain customer programs, primarily related to services not traditionally provided by the company, and is expected to be utilized over several years.
 
-  
Other of $658 primarily relates to certain terminated contracts and is expected to be utilized over several years.
The company’s restructuring and integration programs primarily impacted its electronic components business segment, shared services function and multiple functions in North America.
Acquisition Indemnification
During the first quarter of 2005, Tekelec Europe SA (“Tekelec”), a French subsidiary of the company, entered into a settlement agreement with Tekelec Airtronic SA (“Airtronic”) pursuant to which Airtronic paid €1,510 (approximately $2,000) to Tekelec in full settlement of all of Tekelec’s claims for

59


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
indemnification under the purchase agreement. The company recorded the net amount of the settlement of $1,672 ($1,267 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on a basic basis) as an acquisition indemnification credit.
In August 2004, an agreement was reached with the French tax authorities pursuant to which Tekelec agreed to pay €3,429 in full settlement of a claim asserted by the French tax authorities related to alleged fraudulent activities concerning value-added tax by Tekelec. The alleged fraudulent activities occurred prior to the company’s purchase of Tekelec from Airtronic. The company recorded an acquisition indemnification credit of €7,898 ($9,676 at the exchange rate prevailing on August 12, 2004 or $.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), in 2004, to reduce the liability previously recorded (€11,327) to the required level (€3,429). In December 2004, Tekelec paid €3,429 in full settlement of this claim.
10. Shareholders’ Equity
The activity in the number of shares outstanding is as follows (in thousands):
                         
    Common             Common  
    Stock     Treasury     Stock  
    Issued
    Stock
    Outstanding
 
Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2003
    103,878       2,798       101,080  
Issuance of common stock
    13,800       -       13,800  
Exercise of stock options
    -       (1,424 )     1,424  
Other
    (3 )     -       (3 )
 
   
     
     
 
Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2004
    117,675       1,374       116,301  
Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures
    -       (22 )     22  
Exercise of stock options
    2,612       (1,080 )     3,692  
Other
    (1 )     -       (1 )
 
   
     
     
 
Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2005
    120,286       272       120,014  
Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures
    -       (65 )     65  
Exercise of stock options
    2,339       -       2,339  
Other
    1       -       1  
 
   
     
     
 
Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2006
    122,626       207       122,419  
 
   
     
     
 
In February 2004, the company issued 13,800,000 shares of common stock with net proceeds of $312,507. The proceeds were used to redeem $208,500 of the company’s outstanding 8.7% senior notes due in October 2005 and for the repurchase of a portion of the company’s outstanding convertible debentures ($91,873 accreted value).
The company has 2,000,000 authorized shares of serial preferred stock with a par value of one dollar. There were no shares of serial preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
In 1988, the company paid a dividend of one preferred share purchase right on each outstanding share of common stock. Each right, as amended, entitles a shareholder to purchase one one-hundredth of a share of a new series of preferred stock at an exercise price of fifty dollars (the “exercise price”). The rights are exercisable only if a person or group acquires 20% or more of the company’s common stock or announces a tender or exchange offer that will result in such person or group acquiring 30% or more of the company’s common stock. Rights owned by the person acquiring such stock or transferees thereof will automatically be void. Each other right will become a right to buy, at the exercise price, that number of shares of common stock having a market value of twice the exercise price. The rights, which do not have voting rights, may be redeemed by the company at a price of one cent per right at any time until ten days after a 20% ownership position has been acquired. In the event that the company merges with, or transfers 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earnings power to, any person or group after the rights become exercisable, holders of the rights may purchase, at the exercise price, a number of shares of common stock of the acquiring entity having a market value equal to twice the exercise price. The rights, as amended, expire on March 1, 2008.

60


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
11. Net Income Per Share
The following table sets forth the calculation of net income per share on a basic and diluted basis for the years ended December 31 (shares in thousands):
                         
    2006
    2005
    2004
 
Net income, as reported
  $ 388,331     $ 253,609     $ 207,504  
Adjustment for interest expense on convertible debentures, net of tax
    524       5,201       10,063  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net income, as adjusted
  $ 388,855     $ 258,810     $ 217,567  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding-basic
    121,667       117,819       113,109  
Net effect of various dilutive stock-based compensation awards
    1,047       1,355       1,595  
Net effect of dilutive convertible debentures
    467       4,906       9,857  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted
    123,181       124,080       124,561  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
                       
Net income per share:
                       
Basic
  $ 3.19     $ 2.15     $ 1.83  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Diluted (a)
  $ 3.16     $ 2.09     $ 1.75  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
(a)  
The effect of options to purchase 1,620, 1,040, and 5,887 shares for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of net income per share on a diluted basis as their effect is anti-dilutive.
12. Employee Stock Plans
Omnibus Plan
The company maintains the Arrow Electronics, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which replaced the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Stock Option Plan, the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan, the 2002 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, the Non-Employee Directors Deferral Plan, and the 1999 CEO Bonus Plan (collectively, the “Prior Plans”). The Plan broadens the array of equity alternatives available to the company when designing compensation incentives. The Plan permits the grant of cash-based awards, non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options (“ISOs”), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, covered employee annual incentive awards, and other stock-based awards. The Compensation Committee of the company’s Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) determines the vesting requirements, termination provision, and the terms of the award for any awards under the Plan when such awards are issued.
Under the terms of the Plan, a maximum of 8,300,000 shares of common stock may be awarded, subject to adjustment. There were 5,200,702 and 5,592,657 shares available for grant under the Plan as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Shares currently subject to awards granted under the Prior Plans, which cease to be subject to such awards for any reason other than exercise for, or settlement in, shares will also be available under the Plan. Generally, shares are counted against the authorization only to the extent that they are issued. Restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance shares count against the authorization at a rate of 1.69 to 1.
After adoption of the Plan, there were no additional awards made under any of the Prior Plans, though awards previously granted under the Prior Plans will survive according to their terms.
Stock Options
Under the Plan, the company may grant both ISOs and non-qualified stock options. ISOs may only be granted to employees, subsidiaries, and affiliates. The exercise price for options cannot be less than the fair market value of Arrow’s common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the Prior Plans

61


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
become exercisable in equal installments over a four-year period, except for stock options authorized for grant to directors, which become exercisable in equal installments over a two-year period. Options currently outstanding have terms of ten years.
The following information relates to the stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2006:
                                 
                    Weighted        
            Weighted     Average        
            Average     Remaining     Aggregate  
            Exercise     Contractual     Intrinsic  
Options
  Shares
    Price
    Life
    Value
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    7,986,752     $ 26.31                  
Granted
    194,350       32.32                  
Exercised
    (2,339,057 )     25.17                  
Forfeited
    (316,780 )     28.07                  
 
 
 
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    5,525,265       26.90     77 months   $ 31,000  
 
 
 
                   
 
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2006
    2,536,231       24.44     52 months   $ 18,370  
 
 
 
                   
 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2006 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2006. This amount changes based on the market value of the company’s stock.
The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $21,158.
Cash received from option exercises during 2006 was $59,194 and is included within the financing activities section in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.
Performance Shares
The Compensation Committee, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, may grant performance unit and/or performance share awards. The fair value of a performance unit award is the fair market value of the company’s common stock on the date of grant. Such awards will be earned only if performance goals over performance periods established by or under the direction of the Compensation Committee are met. The performance goals and periods may vary from participant-to-participant, group-to-group, and time-to-time. The performance shares will be delivered in common stock at the end of the service period based on the company’s actual performance compared to the target metric and may be from 0% to 200% of the initial award. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line method over the service period, which is generally three years and is adjusted each period based on the current estimate of performance compared to the target metric.
Restricted Stock
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Compensation Committee may grant shares of restricted stock and/or restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are similar to restricted stock except that no shares are actually awarded to the participant on the date of grant. Shares of restricted stock and/or restricted stock units awarded under the Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable period of restriction established by the Compensation Committee and specified in the award agreement (and in the case of restricted stock units until the date of delivery or other payment). Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis as shares become free of forfeiture restrictions (i.e., vest) generally over a four-year period.

62


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Non-Employee Director Awards
The company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) shall set the amounts and types of equity awards that shall be granted to all non-employee directors on a periodic, nondiscriminatory basis pursuant to the Plan, as well as any additional amounts, if any, to be awarded, also on a periodic, nondiscriminatory basis, based on each of the following: the number of committees of the Board on which a non-employee director serves, service of a non-employee director as the chair of a Committee of the Board, service of a non-employee director as Chairman of the Board or Lead Director, or the first selection or appointment of an individual to the Board as a non-employee director. Non-employee directors currently receive annual awards of restricted stock units valued at $60. The restricted stock units will vest one year from date of grant and are subject to further restrictions until one year from the director’s separation from the Board. All restricted stock units are settled in common stock after the restriction period.
Unless a non-employee director gives notice setting forth a different percentage, 50% of each directors annual retainer fee will be deferred and converted into units based on the fair market value of the company’s stock as of the date it would have been payable. Upon a non-employee director’s retirement from the Board, each unit in their deferral account will be converted into a share of company stock and distributed to the non-employee director as soon as practicable following such date.
Summary of Non-Vested Shares
The following information summarizes the changes in non-vested performance shares, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and non-employee director awards for 2006:
                 
            Weighted  
            Average  
            Grant Date  
    Shares
    Fair Value
 
Non-vested shares at December 31, 2005
    708,824     $ 23.68  
Granted
    394,863       31.22  
Vested
    (141,160 )     20.13  
Forfeited
    (90,493 )     29.48  
 
 
 
         
Non-vested shares at December 31, 2006
    872,034       27.06  
 
 
 
         
As of December 31, 2006, there was $10,692 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested shares which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years. The total fair value of shares vested for 2006 was $4,841.
Stock Ownership Plan
The company maintains a noncontributory employee stock ownership plan, which enables most North American employees to acquire shares of the company’s common stock. Contributions, which are determined by the Board, are in the form of common stock or cash, which is used to purchase the company’s common stock for the benefit of participating employees. Contributions to the plan for 2006, 2005, and 2004 amounted to $9,668, $9,462, and $10,446, respectively.
Share-Repurchase Program
On February 28, 2006, the Board authorized the company to repurchase up to $100,000 of the company’s outstanding common stock through a share repurchase program. The purpose of this program is to partially offset the dilutive effect of the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options. Purchases under the stock repurchase program may be made from time to time, as market and business conditions warrant, in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. As of December 31, 2006, no shares were repurchased under this plan.

63


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
13. Employee Benefit Plans
On December 31, 2006, the company adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 158 “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“Statement No. 158”), which required the company to recognize the funded status of its defined benefit plans in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006, with the corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income upon adoption represents the net unrecognized actuarial losses, unrecognized prior service costs, and unrecognized transition obligation remaining from the initial adoption of FASB Statement No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” (“Statement No. 87”), which were previously netted against the funded status in the company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 87. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as net periodic pension cost. Actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods and are not recognized as net periodic pension cost in the same periods will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income and will be subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost on the same basis as the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income upon adoption of Statement No. 158.
The incremental effects of adopting the provisions of Statement No. 158 on the company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006 is as follows:
                         
    Prior to     Effect of        
    Adopting     Adopting        
    Statement     Statement        
    No. 158
    No. 158
    As Reported
 
Pension assets
  $ 6,617     $ (6,617 )   $ -  
Intangible assets
    817       (817 )     -  
Net deferred tax assets
  74,179       1,544     75,723  
Pension liabilities
    73,198       (3,320 )     69,878  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (4,837 )     (2,570 )     (7,407 )
Pension assets and intangible assets are included in “Other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Net deferred tax assets are included primarily in “Prepaid expenses and other assets”, “Other assets”, and “Other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Pension liabilities are included in “Other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Accumulated other comprehensive income is included in “Other” in the shareholders’ equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2006 are the following amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic pension cost: unrecognized transition obligation of $2,054 ($1,349 net of related taxes), unrecognized prior service costs of $1,551 ($927 net of related taxes), and unrecognized actuarial losses of $27,389 ($16,369 net of related taxes). The transition obligation, prior service cost, and actuarial loss included in accumulated other comprehensive loss and expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost for the year ended December 31, 2007 is $475 ($294 net of related taxes), $538 ($322 net of related taxes), and $1,382 ($826 net of related taxes), respectively.
Prior to the adoption of Statement No. 158, minimum pension liability adjustments were required to recognize a liability equal to the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation. At December 31, 2006, prior to adopting Statement No. 158, and at December 31, 2005, the company had accumulated additional minimum pension liabilities of $26,662 and $36,377, respectively, related to the company’s employee benefit plans, which were recorded in “Other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2005, the accumulated additional minimum pension liabilities are offset by an intangible asset included in “Other assets” of $3,578 and an accumulated other comprehensive loss of $32,799 included in “Other” in the shareholders’ equity section in the accompanying 2005 consolidated balance sheet. In addition, the

64


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
company recognized deferred tax assets of $13,185 at December 31, 2005 related to the accumulated other comprehensive loss included in “Other” in the shareholders’ equity section in the accompanying 2005 consolidated balance sheet.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (“SERP”)
The company maintains an unfunded Arrow SERP under which the company will pay supplemental pension benefits to certain employees upon retirement. There are 26 current and former corporate officers participating in this plan. The Board determines those employees who are eligible to participate in the Arrow SERP.
The Arrow SERP, as amended in 2002, provides for the pension benefits to be based on a percentage of average final compensation, based on years of participation in the Arrow SERP. The Arrow SERP permits early retirement, with payments at a reduced rate, based on age and years of service subject to a minimum retirement age of 55. Participants whose accrued rights under the Arrow SERP, prior to the 2002 amendment, which would have been adversely affected by the amendment, will continue to be entitled to such greater rights.
The company acquired Wyle Electronics (“Wyle”) in 2000. Wyle also sponsored an unfunded SERP for certain of its executives. Benefit accruals for the Wyle SERP were frozen as of December 31, 2000. There are 19 participants in this plan.
The company uses a December 31 measurement date for the Arrow SERP and the Wyle SERP. Pension information for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 44,589     $ 44,609  
 
               
Changes in projected benefit obligation:
               
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 48,452     $ 46,633  
Service cost (Arrow SERP)
    2,292       1,800  
Interest cost
    2,697       2,602  
Actuarial (gain)/loss
    (1,602 )     220  
Benefits paid
    (2,736 )     (2,803 )
 
 
 
   
 
 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 49,103     $ 48,452  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
               
Funded status
  $ (49,103 )   $ (48,452 )
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
               
Components of net periodic pension cost:
               
Service cost
  $ 2,292     $ 1,800  
Interest cost
    2,697       2,602  
Amortization of net loss
    499       597  
Amortization of prior service cost (Arrow SERP)
    549       549  
Amortization of transition obligation (Arrow SERP)
    411       411  
 
 
 
   
 
 
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 6,448     $ 5,959  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
               
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation:
               
Discount rate
    5.75 %     5.50 %
Rate of compensation increase (Arrow SERP)
    5.00 %     5.00 %
 
               
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost:
               
Discount rate
    5.50 %     5.75 %
Rate of compensation increase (Arrow SERP)
    5.00 %     5.00 %

65


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
At December 31, 2005, the net amount of $39,126, which represents the funded status of $48,452, offset by the unamortized net loss, unamortized prior service cost, and unamortized transition obligation, which totaled $9,326, was recognized as a pension liability.
The amounts reported for net periodic pension cost and the respective benefit obligation amounts are dependent upon the actuarial assumptions used. The company reviews historical trends, future expectations, current market conditions, and external data to determine the assumptions. The discount rate represents the market rate for a high quality corporate bond. For purposes of calculating the 2006 net periodic benefit cost, the company used a discount rate of 5.5%. For purposes of calculating the 2006 benefit obligation, the company used a discount rate of 5.75%, which was increased 25 basis points higher from the 2005 rate to reflect overall market conditions. The rate of compensation increase is determined by the company, based upon its long-term plans for such increases. The actuarial assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost are based upon the prior year’s assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation.
The company makes contributions to the plan so that minimum contribution requirements, as determined by government regulations, are met. Based upon the performance of plan assets, the company does not anticipate a contribution to this plan in 2007.
Benefit payments are expected to be paid as follows:
         
2007
  $ 2,721  
2008
    2,809  
2009
    3,335  
2010
    3,539  
2011
    3,586  
2012 - 2016
    18,562  

66


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Defined Benefit Plan
Wyle provided retirement benefits for certain employees under a defined benefit plan. Benefits under this plan were frozen as of December 31, 2000 and former participants may now participate in the company’s employee stock ownership and 401(k) plans. The company uses a December 31 measurement date for this plan. Pension information for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 98,168     $ 100,717  
 
               
Changes in projected benefit obligation:
               
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 100,717     $ 95,218  
Interest cost
    5,401       5,375  
Actuarial (gain)/loss
    (2,959 )     5,012  
Benefits paid
    (4,991 )     (4,888 )
 
 
 
   
 
 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 98,168     $ 100,717  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
               
Changes in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 77,107     $ 77,649  
Actual return on plan assets
    7,759       4,346  
Benefits paid
    (4,991 )     (4,888 )
 
 
 
   
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 79,875     $ 77,107  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
               
Funded status
  $ (18,293 )   $ (23,610 )
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
               
Components of net periodic pension cost:
               
Interest cost
  $ 5,401     $ 5,375  
Expected return on plan assets
    (6,326 )     (6,404 )
Amortization of net loss
    1,761       1,363  
 
 
 
   
 
 
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 836     $ 334  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
               
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation:
               
Discount rate
    5.75 %     5.50 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.50 %     8.50 %
 
               
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost:
               
Discount rate
    5.50 %     5.75 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.50 %     8.50 %
At December 31, 2005, the net amount of $7,453, which represents the funded status of $23,610, offset by the unamortized net loss of $31,063, was recognized as a pension asset.
The amounts reported for net periodic pension cost and the respective benefit obligation amounts are dependent upon the actuarial assumptions used. The company reviews historical trends, future expectations, current market conditions, and external data to determine the assumptions. The discount rate represents the market rate for a high quality corporate bond. For purposes of calculating the 2006 net periodic benefit cost, the company used a discount rate of 5.5%. For purposes of calculating the 2006 benefit obligation, the company used a discount rate of 5.75%, which was increased 25 basis points higher from the 2005 rate to reflect overall market conditions. The expected return on plan assets is based on current and expected asset allocations, historical trends, and expected returns on plan assets. Based upon the above factors and the long-term nature of the returns, the company did not change the 2006 assumption

67


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
from prior year. The actuarial assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost are based upon the prior year’s assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation.
The company makes contributions to the plan so that minimum contribution requirements, as determined by government regulations, are met. Based upon the performance of plan assets, the company does not anticipate a contribution to this plan in 2007.
Benefit payments are expected to be paid as follows:
     
2007
$ 5,466
2008
  5,636
2009
  5,776
2010
  5,890
2011
  5,915
2012 - 2016
  31,338
The plan asset allocations at December 31 are as follows:
                 
    2006     2005  
Equities
    63 %     54 %
Fixed income
    35       44  
Cash
    2       2  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    100 %     100 %
 
 
 
   
 
 
The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of common stocks, bonds, cash equivalents and other investments, which may reflect varying rates of return. The investments are further diversified within each asset classification. The portfolio diversification provides protection against a single security or class of securities having a disproportionate impact on aggregate performance. The target allocations for plan assets are 65% in equities and 35% in fixed income, although the actual plan asset allocations may be within a range around these targets. The actual asset allocations are reviewed and rebalanced on a regular basis to maintain the target allocations.
Defined Contribution Plan
The company has a defined contribution plan for eligible employees, which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The company’s contribution to the plan, which is based on a specified percentage of employee contributions, amounted to $7,967, $8,174, and $8,690 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Certain foreign subsidiaries maintain separate defined contribution plans for their employees and made contributions hereunder, which amounted to $4,333, $3,422, and $3,210 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
14. Lease Commitments
The company leases certain office, distribution, and other property under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2053. Rental expense under non-cancelable operating leases, net of sublease income, amounted to $54,790, $54,286, and $65,942 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

68


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Aggregate minimum rental commitments under all non-cancelable operating leases, exclusive of real estate taxes, insurance, and leases related to facilities closed as a result of the integration of acquired businesses and the restructuring of the company, are as follows:
         
2007
  $   50,399  
2008
    43,052  
2009
    34,379  
2010
    24,269  
2011
    18,439  
Thereafter
    53,116  
15. Contingencies
Tekelec Matters
In 2000, the company purchased Tekelec from Airtronic and certain other selling shareholders. Subsequent to the closing of the acquisition, Tekelec received a product liability claim in the amount of 11,333. The product liability claim was the subject of a French legal proceeding started by the claimant in 2002, under which separate determinations were made as to whether the products that are subject to the claim were defective and the amount of damages sustained by the purchaser. The manufacturer of the products also participated in this proceeding. The claimant has commenced legal proceedings against Tekelec and its insurers to recover damages in the amount of 3,742 and expenses of 312 plus interest.
Environmental and Related Matters
In connection with the purchase of Wyle from the VEBA Group (“VEBA”) in 2000, the company assumed certain of the then outstanding obligations of Wyle. In 1994, Wyle sold one of its divisions, Wyle Laboratories, an engineering unit specializing in the testing of military, aerospace, and commercial products. As a result, among the Wyle obligations the company assumed was Wyle’s indemnification of the purchasers of Wyle Laboratories for environmental clean-up costs associated with any then existing contamination or violation of environmental regulations. Under the terms of the company’s purchase of Wyle from VEBA, VEBA agreed to indemnify the company for, among other things, costs related to environmental pollution associated with Wyle, including those associated with Wyle’s sale of its laboratory division.
The company is aware of two Wyle Laboratories facilities (in Huntsville, Alabama and Norco, California) at which contaminated groundwater has been identified. Each site will require remediation, the final form and cost of which is as yet undetermined.
The company has also been named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in September 2006 in the United States District Court for the Central District of California (Apollo Associates, L.P., a California Limited Partnership; Murray Neidorf, an individual, v. Arrow Electronics, Inc. et al.) in connection with alleged contamination at a third site, a small industrial building formerly leased by Wyle Laboratories, in El Segundo, California. The outcome of the proceedings, as well as the nature of any contamination and the amount of any associated liability, is all as yet unknown.
Characterization of the extent of contaminated groundwater continues at the site in Huntsville, Alabama. Under the direction of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, approximately $1,400 has been spent to date. Though the complete scope of the characterization effort and the design of any remedial action are not yet known, the company currently estimates additional expenditures at the site of approximately $4,750.
Regarding the Norco site, in October 2003, the company entered into a consent decree among it, Wyle Laboratories and the California Department of Toxic Substance Control (the “DTSC”). In May 2004, a Removal Action Work Plan pertaining to the remediation of contaminated groundwater at certain previously identified areas of the Norco site was accepted by the DTSC. That remediation is under way. The company currently estimates that additional cost of interim remediation under the Removal Action

69


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Work Plan ranges from $226 to $475. The implementation of a second Removal Action Work Plan, pertaining to the interim remediation of certain areas immediately adjacent to the site, is also under way, the total completion cost of which is currently estimated at between $114 and $200. Additional onsite remediation-related activities are underway, with estimated additional implementation costs of $450.
Even as the above-referenced interim remedial activities are underway, investigation and characterization of the Norco site continue. A series of additional work plans and technical memoranda were submitted to the DTSC during late 2005 for additional onsite and offsite characterization activities and were approved. It is estimated that the cost of implementing the updated plans is $1,500 to $3,000. Expenses for activities such as onsite and offsite ground water monitoring, regulatory oversight, and project management during 2007 are expected to range from $1,500 to $3,500.
Preliminary removal action plans for source control related to offsite contamination were submitted to the DTSC early in 2006, and the review and discussion of such measures is ongoing. The costs of implementing these plans and the potential interim actions to address indoor air quality issues are estimated to be between $3,000 and $5,000.
Despite the amount of work undertaken and planned to date, the complete scope of work under the consent decree is not yet known, and, accordingly, the associated costs have not yet been determined.
In addition, the company has been named as a defendant in three suits related to the Norco facility, all of which have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes. In January 2005, an action was filed in the California Superior Court in Riverside County, California (Gloria Austin, et al. v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al.) in which 91 plaintiff landowners and residents have sued a number of defendants under a variety of theories for unquantified damages allegedly caused by environmental contamination at and around the Norco site. Also filed in the Superior Court in Riverside County were Jimmy Gandara, et al. v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al. in January 2006, and Lisa Briones et al. v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al. in May 2006, both of which contain allegations similar to those in the Austin case on behalf of approximately 20 additional plaintiffs. The outcome of the cases and the amount of any associated liability are all as yet unknown.
The company believes that any cost which it may incur in connection with environmental conditions at the Norco, Huntsville, and El Segundo sites and the related litigation is covered by the contractual indemnifications (except, under the terms of the environmental indemnification, for the first $450), which arose out of the company’s purchase of Wyle from VEBA.
Wyle Laboratories has demanded indemnification from the company with respect to the work at both sites and in connection with the litigation, and the company has, in turn, demanded indemnification from VEBA. VEBA merged with a publicly–traded, German conglomerate in June 2000 and the combined entity is now known as E.ON AG, which remains responsible for VEBA’s liabilities.
E.ON AG has acknowledged liability under the terms of the VEBA contract with the company in respect to the Norco and Huntsville sites and made an initial, partial payment. Neither the company’s demands for subsequent payments nor its demand for defense and indemnification in the Riverside County litigation and other costs associated with the Norco site has been met. In September 2004, the company filed suit against E.ON AG and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama seeking further payments related to those sites and additional damages. The case has since been transferred to the United States District Court for the Central District of California, where it has been consolidated with a case commenced by the company and Wyle Laboratories in May 2005 against E.ON AG seeking indemnification, contribution, and a declaration of the parties’ respective rights and obligations in connection with the Riverside County litigation and other costs associated with the Norco site. The court has ruled that the enforcement and interpretation of E.ON AG’s contractual obligations are matters for a court in Germany, a ruling with which the company disagrees and which it is appealing. Nevertheless, in October 2005, the company filed a related action with regard to such matters against E.ON AG in the Frankfurt am Main Regional Court in Germany.
Also included in the proceedings against E.ON AG is a claim for the reimbursement of pre-acquisition tax liabilities of Wyle in the amount of $8,729 for which E.ON AG is also contractually liable to indemnify the

70


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
company. E.ON AG has specifically acknowledged owing the company not less than $6,335 of such amounts, but its promises to make payments of at least that amount have not been kept.
The company has received an opinion of counsel that the recovery of costs incurred to date, which are covered under the contractual indemnifications associated with the environmental clean-up costs related to the Norco and Huntsville sites, is probable. Based on the opinion of counsel, the company increased the receivable for amounts due from E.ON AG by $7,362 during 2006 to $17,700. The company’s net costs for such indemnified matters may vary from period to period as estimates of recoveries are not always recognized in the same period as the accrual of estimated expenses. In 2006, the company recorded a charge of $1,449 ($867 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to the environmental matters arising out of the company’s purchase of Wyle.
In connection with the acquisition of Wyle, the company acquired a $4,495 tax receivable due from E.ON AG (as successor to VEBA) in respect of certain tax payments made by Wyle prior to the effective date of the acquisition, the recovery of which the company also believes is probable.
The company believes strongly in the merits of its actions against E.ON AG, and is pursuing them vigorously.
Other
From time to time, in the normal course of business, the company may become liable with respect to other pending and threatened litigation, environmental, regulatory, and tax matters. While such matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, it is not currently anticipated that any such other matters will have a material adverse impact on the company’s financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.
16. Segment and Geographic Information
The company is engaged in the distribution of electronic components to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and contract manufacturers and computer products to VARs. As a result of the company’s philosophy of maximizing operating efficiencies through the centralization of certain functions, selected fixed assets and related depreciation, as well as borrowings, are not directly attributable to the individual operating segments. Computer products includes the Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions businesses, UK Microtronica, ATD (in Spain), and Arrow Computer Products (in France).
Effective January 1, 2006, the OEM Computing Solutions business, which was previously included in the worldwide computer products business, was transitioned into the company’s worldwide electronic components business to further leverage customer overlap and to take advantage of greater opportunities for selling synergies. Prior period segment data was adjusted to conform with the current period presentation.
Sales and operating income (loss), by segment, for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
                         
    2006
    2005
    2004
 
Sales:
                       
Electronic components
  $ 10,818,421     $ 8,825,774     $ 8,477,428  
Computer products
    2,758,691       2,338,422       2,168,685  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Consolidated
  $ 13,577,112     $ 11,164,196     $ 10,646,113  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
                       
Operating income (loss):
                       
Electronic components
  $ 595,643     $ 457,832     $ 445,273  
Computer products
    126,638       124,381       99,341  
Corporate (a)
    (116,056 )     (101,955 )     (105,276 )
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Consolidated
  $ 606,225     $ 480,258     $ 439,338  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 

71


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
(a)  
Includes a charge related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim of $2,837, a charge related to pre-acquisition environmental matters arising out of the company’s purchase of Wyle of $1,449 and stock option expense of $12,979 resulting from the company’s adoption of Statement No. 123(R). Also includes restructuring charges of $11,829, $12,716, and $11,391 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, acquisition indemnification credits of $1,672 and $9,676 in 2005 and 2004, respectively, as well as an integration credit of $2,323 and an impairment charge of $9,995 in 2004.
Total assets, by segment, at December 31 are as follows:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
Electronic components
  $ 4,924,703     $ 4,584,378  
Computer products
    1,113,001       820,114  
Corporate
    631,868       640,425  
 
 
 
   
 
 
Consolidated
  $ 6,669,572     $ 6,044,917  
 
 
 
   
 
 
Sales, by geographic area, for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
                         
    2006
    2005
    2004
 
North America (b)
  $ 6,846,468     $ 6,337,613     $ 6,117,587  
EMEASA
    4,348,484       3,360,643       3,358,333  
Asia/Pacific
    2,382,160       1,465,940       1,170,193  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  $ 13,577,112     $ 11,164,196     $ 10,646,113  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
(b)   Includes sales related to the United States of $6,337,169, $5,879,863, and $5,734,890 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
Total assets, by geographic area, at December 31 are as follows:
                 
    2006
    2005
 
North America (c)
  $ 3,468,583     $ 3,417,448  
EMEASA
    2,407,074       1,973,731  
Asia/Pacific
    793,915       653,738  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  $ 6,669,572     $ 6,044,917  
 
 
 
   
 
 
(c)   Includes total assets related to the United States of $3,338,499 and $3,310,221 in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

72


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
17. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
A summary of the company’s consolidated quarterly results of operations are as follows:
                                                 
    First         Second         Third         Fourth      
    Quarter
        Quarter
        Quarter
        Quarter
     
2006
                                               
Sales
  $ 3,192,463         $ 3,437,032         $ 3,454,297         $ 3,493,320      
Gross profit
    487,543           524,424           508,083           511,343      
Net income
    81,579   (b )     92,763   (c )     85,918   (d )     128,071   (e )
 
                                               
Net income per share (a):
                                               
Basic
  $ .68   (b )   $ .76   (c )   $ .70   (d )   $ 1.05   (e )
Diluted
    .66   (b )     .76   (c )     .70   (d )     1.04   (e )
 
                                               
2005  
                                               
Sales
  $ 2,726,871         $ 2,767,547         $ 2,710,168         $ 2,959,610      
Gross profit
    432,229           441,333           419,256           446,792      
Net income
    57,191   (f )     58,449   (g )     63,523   (h )     74,446   (i )
 
                                               
Net income per share (a):
                                               
Basic
  $ .49   (f )   $ .50   (g )   $ .54   (h )   $ .62   (i )
Diluted
    .47   (f )     .48   (g )     .52   (h )     .60   (i )
(a)  
Quarterly net income per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each quarterly period, while net income per share for the full year is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Therefore, the sum of the net income per share for each of the four quarters may not equal the net income per share for the full year.
(b)  
Includes stock option expense ($1,805 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), a restructuring charge ($920 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), and a loss on prepayment of debt ($1,558 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
(c)  
Includes stock option expense ($2,131 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) and a restructuring charge ($1,894 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
(d)  
Includes stock option expense ($2,239 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) and a restructuring charge ($1,101 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
(e)  
Includes stock option expense ($2,368 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), a charge related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim ($1,861 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), a charge related to the pre-acquisition environmental matters arising out of the company’s purchase of Wyle ($867 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), and a restructuring charge ($5,062 net of related taxes or $.04 per share on both a basic and diluted basis). Also includes the reduction of the provision for income taxes of $46,176 and the reduction of interest expense of $6,900 ($4,200 net of related taxes) related to the settlement of certain tax matters.

73


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
(f)  
Includes a restructuring charge ($2,533 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), an acquisition indemnification credit ($1,267 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on a basic basis), and a loss on prepayment of debt ($212 net of related taxes).
 
(g)  
Includes a restructuring charge ($2,925 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), a loss on prepayment of debt ($1,035 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), and a loss on the write-down of an investment ($3,019 or $.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
 
(h)  
Includes a restructuring gain ($442 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) and a loss on prepayment of debt ($672 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
 
(i)  
Includes a restructuring charge ($2,294 net of related taxes or $.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) and a loss on prepayment of debt ($677 net of related taxes).
18. Subsequent Event (Unaudited)
On January 2, 2007, the company announced that it signed a definitive agreement with Agilysys, Inc. (“Agilysys”) pursuant to which the company will acquire substantially all of the assets and operations of the Agilysys KeyLink Systems Group (“KeyLink”), a leading enterprise computing solutions distributor, for $485,000 in cash. The company will also enter into a long-term procurement agreement with the Agilysys Enterprise Solutions Group, Agilysys’ value-added reseller business. KeyLink, which is based in Cleveland, Ohio, has approximately 500 employees and provides complex solutions from industry leading manufacturers to more than 800 reseller partners. Total KeyLink sales for 2006, including revenues associated with the above-mentioned procurement agreement, were approximately $1,600,000. The KeyLink acquisition is expected to be $.18 to $.22 accretive in the first twelve months post closing, excluding any potential integration costs. This transaction, which will be funded with cash-on-hand plus borrowings under the company’s existing committed liquidity facilities, is subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining necessary government approvals, and is expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2007.

74


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures .
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2006 (the “Evaluation”). Based upon the Evaluation, the company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to them by others within those entities as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, particularly during the period in which this annual report was being prepared.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). Management evaluates the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – Integrated Framework. Management, under the supervision and with the participation of the company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, and concluded that it is effective.
The company acquired Alternative Technology, Inc. (“Alternative Technology”) on November 30, 2006, and InTechnology plc’s storage and security distribution business (“InTechnology”) on December 29, 2006. The company has excluded Alternative Technology and InTechnology from its assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Alternative Technology and InTechnology accounted for 4.2 percent and 5.3 percent of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2006 and less than one percent of the company’s consolidated net sales and net income for the year ended December 31, 2006.
The company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has audited the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of such controls as of December 31, 2006, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

75


Table of Contents

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Arrow Electronics, Inc.
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Arrow Electronics, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). Arrow Electronics, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Alternative Technology, Inc. (“Alternative Technology”) and InTechnology plc’s storage and security distribution business (“InTechnology”), which are included in the 2006 consolidated financial statements of Arrow Electronics, Inc. and constituted 4.2 percent and 5.3 percent of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2006 and less than one percent of revenues and net income for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Arrow Electronics, Inc. also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Alternative Technology and InTechnology.
In our opinion, management’s assessment that Arrow Electronics, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Arrow Electronics, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the COSO criteria .
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Arrow Electronics, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 and our report dated February 22, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
New York, New York
February 22, 2007

76


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the company’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Transition of Business and Financial Systems
During the first quarter of 2007, the company completed the process of installing modules in Europe as part of a phased implementation schedule associated with the design of a new global financial system. Additional installations of these modules at other geographic locations are expected to be completed by the end of 2007. The implementation of the new global financial system involves changes to the company’s procedures for control over financial reporting. The company has followed a system implementation life cycle process that required significant pre-implementation planning, design, and testing. The company has also conducted extensive post-implementation monitoring and process modifications to ensure the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the company has not experienced any significant difficulties in results to date in connection with the implementation or operations of the new financial system. There were no other changes in the company’s internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this quarterly report.
Item 9B. Other Information .
None.

77


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant .
See “Executive Officers” in Part I of this annual report on Form 10-K. In addition, the information set forth under the headings “Election of Directors” and “Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the company’s Proxy Statement, filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 8, 2007, are incorporated herein by reference.
Information about the company’s audit committee financial experts set forth under the heading “The Board and its Committees” in the company’s Proxy Statement, filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 8, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference.
Information about the company’s code of ethics governing the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Corporate Controller, known as the “Finance Code of Ethics”, as well as a code of ethics governing all employees, known as the “Worldwide Code of Business Conduct and Ethics”, is available free-of-charge on the company’s website at http://www.arrow.com and is available in print to any shareholder upon request.
Information about the company’s “Corporate Governance Guidelines” and written committee charters for the company’s Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Corporate Governance Committee is available free-of-charge on the company’s website at http://www.arrow.com and is available in print to any shareholder upon request.
Item 11. Executive Compensation .
The information set forth under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in the company’s Proxy Statement, filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 8, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .
The information required by Item 12 is included in the company’s Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 8, 2007, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions .
The information required by Item 13 is included in the company’s Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 8, 2007, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services .
The information set forth under the heading “Principal Accounting Firm Fees” in the company’s Proxy Statement, filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 8, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference.

78


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules .
(a)   The following documents are filed as part of this report:
         
    Page  
1. Financial Statements.
       
 
       
    36  
 
       
    37  
 
       
    38  
 
       
    39  
 
       
    40  
 
       
    42  
 
       
2. Financial Statement Schedule.
       
 
       
    87  
 
       
All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present, or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.
       
 
       
3. Exhibits.
       
 
       
See Index of Exhibits included on pages 80 - 86.
       

79


Table of Contents

INDEX OF EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit    
Number
  Exhibit
2(a)
 
Shareholder’s Agreement, dated as of October 10, 1991, among EDI Electronics Distribution International B.V., Giorgio Ghezzi, Germano Fanelli, and Renzo Ghezzi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(f)(iii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
2(b)
 
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2000, by and between Arrow Electronics, Inc., Tekelec Airtronic, Zedtek, Investitech, and Natec (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(g) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
   
2(c)
 
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2000, among VEBA Electronics GmbH, EBV Verwaltungs GmbH i.L., Viterra Grundstucke Verwaltungs GmbH, VEBA Electronics LLC, VEBA Electronics Beteiligungs GmbH, VEBA Electronics (UK) Plc, Raab Karcher Electronics Systems Plc and E.ON AG and Arrow Electronics, Inc., Avnet, Inc., and Cherrybright Limited regarding the sale and purchase of the VEBA electronics distribution group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(i) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
2(d)
 
Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Shares of DNSint.com AG, dated as of October 26, 2005, by and between the company and the Sellers referred to therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
2(e)
 
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 2, 2007, for sale of certain assets of KeyLink Systems, a business of Agilysys, Inc., and Agilysys Canada Inc., to Arrow Electronics, Inc., Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd., and Support Net, Inc.
 
 
 
3(a)(i)
 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the company, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
3(a)(ii)
 
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Arrow Electronics, Inc., dated as of August 30, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
3(a)(iii)
 
Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the company, dated as of October 12, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(iii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
3(b)
 
Amended Corporate By-Laws, dated July 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).

80


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number
  Exhibit
4(a)(i)
 
Rights Agreement, dated as of March 2, 1988, between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, as Rights Agent, which includes, as Exhibit A, a Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation for Arrow Electronics, Inc. for the Participating Preferred Stock, as Exhibit B, a letter to shareholders describing the Rights and a summary of the provisions of the Rights Agreement, and, as Exhibit C, the forms of Rights Certificate and Election to Exercise (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 3, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
4(a)(ii)
 
First Amendment, dated June 30, 1989, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 30, 1989, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
4(a)(iii)
 
Second Amendment, dated June 8, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(iii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
4(a)(iv)
 
Third Amendment, dated July 19, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(iv) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
4(a)(v)
 
Fourth Amendment, dated August 26, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(v) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
4(a)(vi)
 
Fifth Amendment, dated February 25, 1998, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 7 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-A/A dated March 2, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
4(b)(i)
 
Indenture, dated as of January 15, 1997, between the company and the Bank of Montreal Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(i) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
4(b)(ii)
 
Officers’ Certificate, as defined by the Indenture in 4(b)(i) above, dated as of January 22, 1997, with respect to the company’s $200,000,000 7% Senior Notes due 2007 and $200,000,000 7 1/2% Senior Debentures due 2027 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(ii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
4(b)(iii)
 
Officers’ Certificate, as defined by the indenture in 4(b)(i) above, dated as of January 15, 1997, with respect to the $200,000,000 6 7/8% Senior Debentures due 2018, dated as of May 29, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(iii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
4(b)(iv)
 
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2001, between the company and The Bank of New York (as successor to the Bank of Montreal Trust Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 12, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
4(b)(v)
 
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2001, between the company and The Bank of New York (as successor to the Bank of Montreal Trust Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(vi) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

81


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number
  Exhibit
4(b)(vi)
 
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2005, between the company and The Bank of New York (as successor to the Bank of Montreal Trust Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(vii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(a)
 
Arrow Electronics Savings Plan, as amended and restated on January 1, 2007.
 
 
 
10(b)
 
Wyle Electronics Retirement Plan, as amended and restated on March 17, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(c)
 
Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated on March 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 1, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(d)(i)
 
Arrow Electronics, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan as of May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(d)(ii)
 
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (Senior Management) under 10(d)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-0 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 23, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(d)(iii)
 
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (Other) under 10(d)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-1 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated June 23, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(d)(iv)
 
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 10(d)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-0 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 23, 2006, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(d)(v)
 
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement under 10(d)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-0 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated August 31, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(d)(vi)
 
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 10(d)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-0 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 14, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(e)(i)
 
Arrow Electronics, Inc. Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated effective February 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(i) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(e)(ii)
 
Paying Agency Agreement, dated November 11, 2003, by and between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(iii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(f)
 
Restricted Stock Plan of Arrow Electronics, Inc., as amended and restated effective February 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(i) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(g)
 
2002 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan as of May 23, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).

82


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number
  Exhibit
10(h)
 
Non-Employee Directors Deferral Plan as of May 15, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99(d) to the company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-45631).
 
 
 
10(i)
 
Arrow Electronics, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended effective January 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(j)
 
Arrow Electronics, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan as of October 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(i)
 
Consulting Agreement dated as of June 3, 2002, between the company and Stephen P. Kaufman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(ii)
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2001, by and between the company and Michael J. Long (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(v) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(iii)
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2002, by and between the company and Peter S. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(vii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(iv)
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2003, by and between the company and Paul J. Reilly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(x) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(v)
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2003, by and between the company and William E. Mitchell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(xi) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(vi)
 
Amendment, dated as of March 16, 2005, to the Employment Agreement dated as of February 3, 2003, by and between the company and William E. Mitchell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 18, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(vii)
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2006, by and between the company and Vincent Melvin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 8, 2006, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(viii)
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2007, by and between the company and Kevin Gilroy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2006, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(ix)
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2007, by and between the Company and John P. McMahon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 9, 2007, Commission File No. 1-4482).

83


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number
  Exhibit
10(k)(x)
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2007, by and between the company and M. Catherine Morris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 22, 2007, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(xi)
 
Form of agreement between the company and all corporate officers, including the employees party to the Employment Agreements listed in 10(k)(ii)-(xv) above, providing extended separation benefits under certain circumstances (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(ix) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(xii)
 
Form of agreement between the company and non-corporate officers providing extended separation benefits under certain circumstances (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(x) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(xiii)
 
Grantor Trust Agreement, as amended and restated on November 11, 2003, by and between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(xvii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(k)(xiv)
 
First Amendment, dated September 17, 2004, to the amended and restated Grantor Trust Agreement in 10(k)(xii) above by and between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(l)
 
Commercial Paper Private Placement Agreement, dated as of November 9, 1999, among Arrow Electronics, Inc., as issuer; and Chase Securities Inc.; Bank of America Securities LLC; Goldman, Sachs & Co.; and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as placement agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(m)(i)
 
9.15% Senior Exchange Notes due October 1, 2010, dated as of October 6, 2000, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.; Chase Securities Inc.; Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated; Bank of America Securities LLC; Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation; BNY Capital Markets, Inc.; Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation; Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.; Fleet Securities, Inc.; and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-51100).
 
 
 
10(m)(ii)
 
6.875% Senior Exchange Notes due 2013, dated as of June 25, 2003, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.; JPMorgan; and Bank of America Securities LLC, as joint book-running managers; Credit Suisse First Boston, as lead manager; and Fleet Securities, Inc.; HSBC, Scotia Capital; and Wachovia Securities, as co-managers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(n)
 
Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2007, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries, as borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and Bank of America, N.A., The Bank of Nova Scotia, BNP Paribas and Wachovia Bank National Association, as syndication agents.
 
 
 
10(o)(i)
 
Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2001, by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, Arrow Electronics, Inc., individually and as Master Servicer, the several Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors and Funding Agents and Bank of America, National Association, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(i) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).

84


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number
  Exhibit
10(o)(ii)
 
Amendment No. 1 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2001, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(ii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(iii)
 
Amendment No. 2 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2001, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(iii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(iv)
 
Amendment No. 3 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(iv) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(v)
 
Amendment No. 4 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(v) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(vi)
 
Amendment No. 5 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(vi) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(vii)
 
Amendment No. 6 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(vii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(viii)
 
Amendment No. 7 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2003, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(ix)
 
Amendment No. 8 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2003, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(ix) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(x)
 
Amendment No. 9 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2003, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(x) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(xi)
 
Amendment No. 10 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2004, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(xi) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(xii)
 
Amendment No. 11 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2004, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).

85


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number
  Exhibit
10(o)(xiii)
 
Amendment No. 12 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2005, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o)(xiii) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(xiv)
 
Amendment No. 13 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2006, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o)(xiv) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
10(o)(xv)
 
Amendment No. 14 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in 10(o)(i) above.
 
 
 
10(o)(xvi)
 
Amendment No. 15 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2007, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in 10(o)(i) above.
 
 
 
10(p)
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the company and each director (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1986, Commission File No. 1-4482).
 
 
 
21
 
Subsidiary Listing.
 
 
 
23
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
 
31(i)
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
31(ii)
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
32(i)
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
32(ii)
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

86


Table of Contents

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In thousands)
                                         
    Balance at     Charged                     Balance  
For the three years ended   beginning     to             Write-     at end  
December 31, 
 
  of year
    income
    Other (a)
    down
    of year
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
                                       
 
2006
  $ 47,076     $ 13,023     $ 26,179     $ 10,874     $ 75,404  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
2005
  $ 42,476     $ 3,216     $ 11,168     $ 9,784     $ 47,076  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
2004
  $ 47,079     $ 15,262     $ 833     $ 20,698     $ 42,476  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
(a)   Represents the allowance for doubtful accounts of the businesses acquired by the company during 2006, 2005, and 2004.

87


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
    ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Peter S. Brown
 
      Peter S. Brown
 
      Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
 
      February 23, 2007
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 23, 2007:
         
By:
  /s/ William E. Mitchell    
 
 
 
   
 
 
William E. Mitchell, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
       
By:
  /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
 
 
 
   
 
 
Paul J. Reilly, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   
 
       
By:
  /s/ Michael A. Sauro    
 
 
 
   
 
 
Michael A. Sauro, Vice President and Corporate Controller
   
 
       
By:
  /s/ Daniel W. Duval    
 
 
 
   
 
  Daniel W. Duval, Lead Director    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John N. Hanson    
 
 
 
   
 
  John N. Hanson, Director    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Richard S. Hill    
 
 
 
   
 
  Richard S. Hill, Director    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Fran Keeth    
 
 
 
   
 
  Fran Keeth, Director    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
   
 
  Roger King, Director    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Karen Gordon Mills    
 
 
 
   
 
  Karen Gordon Mills, Director    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Stephen C. Patrick    
 
 
 
   
 
  Stephen C. Patrick, Director    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Barry W. Perry    
 
 
 
   
 
  Barry W. Perry, Director    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John C. Waddell    
 
 
 
   
 
  John C. Waddell, Director    

88

 

Exhibit 2 (e)
EXECUTION COPY
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
SALE OF CERTAIN ASSETS
OF
KEYLINK SYSTEMS, A BUSINESS
OF
AGILYSYS, INC.,
AND
AGILYSYS CANADA INC.
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.,
ARROW ELECTRONICS CANADA LTD.,
AND
SUPPORT NET, INC.
DATED: January 2, 2007

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    PAGE
ARTICLE 1 PURCHASE OF ASSETS
    1  
1.1 Assets to Be Purchased by Buyers
    1  
1.2 Assets to be Retained by Sellers
    3  
ARTICLE 2 ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
    5  
2.1 Assumed Liabilities
    5  
2.2 Liabilities to be Retained by Sellers
    6  
ARTICLE 3 CONSIDERATION
    7  
3.1 Purchase Price
    7  
3.2 Purchase Price Adjustment
    7  
3.3 Allocation of Purchase Price
    8  
3.4 Pre-Closing Lost Customers-Lost Oracle Sales Adjustment
    9  
ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS
    9  
4.1 Corporate Status
    9  
4.1.1 Organization and Power
    9  
4.1.2 Qualification
    9  
4.2 Sellers’ Enforceability
    9  
4.3 Governmental Approvals
    10  
4.4 Absence of Conflicts
    10  
4.5 Financial
    10  
4.6 Compliance with Laws
    11  
4.7 No Litigation
    11  
4.8 Title; Condition and Completeness of Assets
    11  
4.9 Inventories
    11  
4.10 No Changes
    12  
4.11 Intellectual Property
    13  
4.12 Environmental Matters
    14  
4.13 Employee Benefit Plans
    16  
4.14 Employees
    17  
4.15 Contracts
    18  
4.16 Sold Business Real Property
    19  
4.17 Taxes
    20  
4.18 Brokers and Finders
    21  
4.19 Sufficiency of the Assets
    21  
4.20 No Undisclosed Liabilities
    21  
4.21 No Affiliate Transactions
    21  
4.22 Accounts Receivable
    21  
4.23 Guarantees
    22  
4.24 Insurance
    22  
4.25 Warranties
    22  
ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYERS
    22  
5.1 Corporate Status
    22  
5.2 Buyers Enforceability
    22  
5.3 Consents
    22  
5.4 Absence of Conflicts
    23  

 


 

         
    PAGE
5.5 No Litigation
    23  
5.6 Available Funds
    23  
5.7 Brokers and Finders
    23  
ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
    23  
6.1 Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Closing
    23  
6.2 Sellers’ Deliveries
    24  
6.3 Buyers’ Deliveries
    26  
ARTICLE 7 CLOSING
    26  
7.1 Closing
    26  
ARTICLE 8 COVENANTS
    27  
8.1 Pre-Closing Covenants
    27  
8.1.1 Conduct of Sold Business
    27  
8.1.2 Access to Information
    27  
8.1.3 Reasonable Efforts
    27  
8.1.4 Supplemental Disclosure
    28  
8.1.5 Termination
    28  
8.1.6 Effect of Termination
    29  
8.1.7 Insurance; Letters of Credit; Surety Bonds
    30  
8.1.8 Approval of Agilysys Shareholders
    31  
8.1.9 Bulk Sales
    32  
8.1.10 No Solicitation
    33  
8.1.11 Canadian Clearance Certificates
    33  
8.1.12 Exclusivity
    33  
8.1.13 Employee Matters
    33  
8.1.14 Sellers’ Consents
    34  
8.2 Post Closing Covenants
    34  
8.2.1 Transfer of Assets
    34  
8.2.2 Employee and Related Matters
    35  
8.2.3 Use of Retained Intellectual Property
    39  
8.2.4 Tax Cooperation
    39  
8.2.5 GST
    40  
8.2.6 Section 22 Election
    40  
8.2.7 Payment of Certain Taxes
    40  
8.2.8 Assumed Liabilities
    40  
8.2.9 Noncompetition
    40  
8.2.10 Nonsolicitation
    41  
8.2.11 Investment Canada
    41  
8.2.13 Product Liability Claims
    41  
8.3 Miscellaneous Covenants
    42  
8.3.1 Publicity
    42  
8.3.2 Expenses
    42  
8.3.3 No Assignment
    42  
8.3.4 Further Assurances
    42  
ARTICLE 9 INDEMNIFICATION
    42  
9.1 Survival
    42  
9.2 Indemnification By Sellers
    43  

 


 

         
    PAGE
9.3 Indemnification By Buyers
    43  
9.4 Limitations on Indemnification by Sellers
    44  
9.5 Limitations on Indemnification by Buyers
    44  
9.6 Notice of Non-Third Party Claim
    45  
9.7 Third Party Claims
    46  
9.8 Disputes Involving Claims for Indemnification
    48  
9.9 Exclusive Remedy
    48  
ARTICLE 10 CONSTRUCTION
    48  
10.1 Notices
    48  
10.2 Binding Effect
    49  
10.3 Headings
    49  
10.4 Exhibits and Schedule
    49  
10.5 Counterparts
    49  
10.6 Consent to Jurisdiction and Governing Law
    50  
10.7 Waivers
    50  
10.8 Pronouns
    50  
10.9 Time Periods
    50  
10.10 No Strict Construction
    50  
10.11 Modification
    50  
10.12 Entire Agreement
    50  
10.13 No Third Party Beneficiary Rights
    50  
10.14 Definitions
    50  

 


 

     
SCHEDULES:
   
 
1.1(a)
  Sold Business Real Property Leases
1.1(b)
  Sold Business Owned Real Property
1.1(c)
  Tangible Personal Property
1.1(d)
  Sold Business Marks
1.1(f)
  Customer and Sales Information
1.1(g)
  Prepaid Expenses and Deposits
1.1(h)
  Assumed Contracts
1.1(k)
  Software
2.1(a)
  Accounts Payable
2.1(b)
  Material Contract Breaches
3.2
  Summary of Significant Reserve Policies
3.3
  Allocation of Purchase Price
4.4
  Conflicts
4.5
  Financial Statements
4.6
  Material Permits and Licenses
4.7
  Litigation
4.8
  Title
4.9
  Inventories
4.10
  No Changes
4.10(i)
  Changes to Benefit Plans
4.11(a)
  Registered Sold Business Marks
4.11(b)
  Sold Business Intellectual Property
4.11(d)
  Intellectual Property Infringement
4.12(g)
  Environmental
4.13(a)
  Benefit Plans
4.13(b)
  Acceleration
4.14(a)
  Sold Business Employees
4.14(b)
  Employees
4.15(c)
  Material Contracts
4.15(d)(i)
  Material Contracts delivered to Buyers
4.16(b)
  Sold Business Real Property
4.17
  Taxes
4.18
  Sellers’ Brokers and Finders
4.20
  No Undisclosed Liabilities
4.21(a)
  No Affiliate Transactions
4.21(b)
  Arm’s Length Basis
4.22
  Accounts Receivable
4.23
  Guarantees
4.24
  Insurance
4.25
  Warranties
5.7
  Buyers’ Brokers and Finders
8.1.7(c)
  Surety Bonds
8.1.13
  Employee Matters
8.2.2(i)
  Change of Control Agreements
10.14(a)
  Knowledge
10.14(b)
  Terminated Suppliers

 


 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 2nd day of January, 2007 by and among AGILYSYS, INC., an Ohio corporation (“Agilysys”), AGILYSYS CANADA INC., an Ontario corporation (“Agilysys Canada” and, together with Agilysys, “Sellers”), and Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation (“Buyer”), Support Net, Inc., an Indiana corporation (“US Buyer”), and Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd., a Canadian corporation (“Canadian Buyer”, and together with Buyer and US Buyer, “Buyers”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Buyers wish to acquire certain of the assets of Sellers relating to Sellers’ business, as presently conducted, of distributing enterprise computer technology products through their reseller channel, which is operated by Sellers as “Keylink Systems” (the “Sold Business”);
     WHEREAS, US Buyer is prepared to assume the “Assumed Liabilities” (as defined below) of Agilysys, and Canadian Buyer is prepared to assume the Assumed Liabilities of Agilysys Canada; and
     WHEREAS, on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agilysys desires to sell and US Buyer desires to purchase, the “Purchased Assets” (as defined below) of Agilysys, and Agilysys Canada desires to sell and Canadian Buyer desires to purchase, the Purchased Assets of Agilysys Canada.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1.
PURCHASE OF ASSETS
     SECTION 1.1. Assets to Be Purchased by Buyers . Subject to Section 1.2, Sellers hereby agree to sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyers, and Buyers agree to purchase as of the Closing, (i) all of the assets used in connection with the Sold Business other than the assets which are used by both the Sold Business and the other businesses of Sellers, as the same exist on the Closing Date, including those reflected in the unaudited balance sheet of the Sold Business as of September 30, 2006 (the “Balance Sheet”) (subject to any adjustments thereto contained in the Final Balance Sheet) and (ii) all of the related work papers, documents and records generated by Sellers and their accountants in connection therewith, including, without limitation, the following:
          (a) So long as Sellers shall have delivered to Buyers consents to assignment from the respective lessors with respect thereto, the rights, subject to the obligations, under the leases together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto (the “Sold Business Real Property Leases”), for the real property set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) (the “Sold Business Leased Real Property”), and all

1


 

leasehold interests therein and all rights of Sellers to leasehold improvements located thereon to the extent covered by the Sold Business Real Property Leases, and all fixtures, machinery, installations and equipment attached thereto and located thereon;
          (b) All right, title and interest in and to the real property, and all rights, title, privileges and appurtenances thereto (including, without limitation, all development rights, air rights, mineral rights and water rights related thereto), listed on Schedule 1.1(b) (the “Sold Business Owned Real Property” and, together with the Sold Business Leased Real Property, the “Sold Business Real Property”) and all fixtures, machinery, installations and equipment attached thereto and located thereon;
          (c) All right, title and interest in and to the furniture, fixtures, improvements, supplies, computers, machinery, equipment and other tangible personal property described, or of the type listed, on Schedule 1.1(c) , which schedule shall be updated as of two days prior to the Closing (“Tangible Personal Property”);
          (d) All right, title and interest in and to the Marks listed on Schedule 1.1(d) hereto and all other Marks used exclusively in connection with the Sold Business, together with the goodwill associated therewith (the “Sold Business Marks”), the Trade Secrets that are used exclusively in connection with the Sold Business (“Sold Business Trade Secrets”), the copyrights that are owned by Sellers that are used exclusively in connection with the Sold Business and any applications and registrations therefor (the “Sold Business Copyrights” and collectively with the Sold Business Marks and the Sold Business Trade Secrets, the “Sold Business Intellectual Property”), together with all rights of Sellers to recover damages for any past, present or future infringement, misappropriation or other violation of the Sold Business Intellectual Property;
          (e) All right, title and interest in the inventories of the Sold Business, including all products, supplies and packaging materials, on hand or in route to Sellers from suppliers (collectively, the “Inventory”);
          (f) Sellers’ customer lists (subject to applicable privacy Laws) as set forth on Schedule 1.1(f) , which schedule shall be updated as of two days prior to the Closing, customer files, sales literature and all related documentation as in effect at the Closing and used exclusively in connection with the Sold Business;
          (g) The prepaid expenses, prepaid deposits, retainers, customer deposits, credits, advances, and security deposits of Sellers in respect of the Sold Business including, without limitation, those set forth in Schedule 1.1(g) ; provided , however , that prepaid expenses shall not include any expenses associated with Terminated Suppliers;
          (h) All of Sellers’ rights and interests in and to all of the contracts which are utilized exclusively in connection with the Sold Business including, without limitation, Material Contracts and other contracts relating to suppliers and customers, open purchase orders and open sales orders, including without limitation

2


 

those contracts that are identified, or of the type listed, on Schedule 1.1(h) (collectively, the “Assumed Contracts”);
                    (i) All books, records, files and papers, whether in hard copy or computer format, of Sellers to the extent they contain information relating to the Sold Business or to any of the Transferred Employees. To the extent any such books, records, files and papers are (i) also used in connection with any of Sellers’ businesses other than the Sold Business, (ii) are required by Law to be retained by Sellers or (iii) relate to any income tax credit, bankruptcy or creditors’ rights claims or other credit, Sellers may deliver copies or other reproductions from which information solely concerning Sellers’ businesses other than the Sold Business has been deleted;
                    (j) Except as listed in Section 1.2(b), all accounts and notes receivable and other claims for money due Sellers in existence as of the close of business on the Closing Date which have been generated in the ordinary course of business by the Sold Business (collectively, the “Accounts Receivable”); provided , however , that the Accounts Receivable shall not include any accounts receivable (A) subject to any third party collection procedures or any other actions or proceedings which have been commenced in connection therewith or (B) related to the Pre-Closing Lost Customers;
                    (k) All software (including without limitation all web-based technology and software related to such web-based technology and customer-facing software used or held for use exclusively by the Sold Business) listed on Schedule 1.1(k) and other copyrightable subject matter that is used exclusively in the Sold Business, and all tangible materials that embody any Sold Business Intellectual Property; and
                    (l) All rights, title and interests, subject to the obligations, under any leases for Tangible Personal Property (the “Tangible Personal Property Leases”).
     The above-described assets to be purchased and sold pursuant to this Agreement are referred to as the “Purchased Assets.” Notwithstanding the forgoing, to the extent that Agilysys Canada has any right, title and interest in any of the Purchased Assets prior to the Closing, such assets shall be acquired by Canadian Buyer (the “Canadian Purchased Assets”).
     SECTION 1.2. Assets to be Retained by Sellers . Sellers shall retain and Buyers shall not purchase from Sellers any properties or assets of Sellers which are not included among the Purchased Assets including, but not limited to, the following properties and assets of Sellers:
               (a) All cash on hand and checks received pending collection as of the close of business on the Closing Date, notes, bank deposits, certificates of deposit, marketable securities and other cash equivalents, including, but not limited to, the consideration payable by Buyers to Sellers under this Agreement in respect of the Purchase Price;

3


 

               (b) All income and other tax credits, all tax refund claims (including any credits for deferred taxes) and all bankruptcy or creditors’ rights claims; provided , however , that with respect to any tax certiorari or other proceedings for the reduction of real estate taxes, Sellers shall only be entitled to that portion of any net tax refund, after deducting Buyers’ costs of prosecuting the same, attributable to the period prior to the Closing;
               (c) All rights of Sellers under this Agreement and the agreements and instruments delivered to Sellers by Buyers pursuant to this Agreement;
               (d) All rights to (i) all Marks, Trade Secrets, and copyrights and applications and registrations therefor, not specifically covered by Section 1.1(d), together with any and all goodwill associated therewith, and (ii) all software and other Intellectual Property not specifically covered by Section 1.1(k) (collectively, the “Retained Intellectual Property”);
               (e) All capital stock of, or ownership interest in, any entity owned by Sellers;
               (f) All books, records, files and papers, whether in hard copy or computer format, that (i) Sellers shall be required to retain pursuant to any statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, contract or agreement, (ii) contain information relating to any employee of Sellers other than a Transferred Employee or any business or activity of Sellers or their Affiliates not relating exclusively to the Sold Business or (iii) relate to any income tax credit, bankruptcy or creditors’ rights claims or other credit;
               (g) The minute books, stock transfer books and corporate seals of Sellers and any other books and records of Sellers relating to the Retained Assets or the Retained Liabilities;
               (h) Insurance policies carried by or covering Sellers and all credits or other amounts due or to become due on account of or with respect to such policies;
               (i) All accounts receivable of Sellers not generated by the Sold Business;
               (j) All rights and interests in and under the Retained Benefit Plans (as defined below) and related instruments and records;
               (k) All rights of Sellers under all contracts and agreements to which Sellers are a party that do not constitute Assumed Contracts;
               (l) All real property and leasehold interests of Sellers not listed on Schedules 1.1(a) or 1.1(b) (the “Retained Real Property”);
               (m) All inventory, machinery, equipment and tangible assets located at the Retained Real Property and not otherwise part of the Tangible Personal Property, Inventory or subject to the Tangible Personal Property Leases;

4


 

               (n) All claims, causes of action, choses in action, rights of recovery and rights of set off of any kind against any Person arising out of or relating to events prior to the Closing which do not arise out of the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities; and
               (o) All other assets of Sellers not specifically included among the Purchased Assets and transferred to Buyers pursuant to Section 1.1.
     The above-described assets to be retained by Sellers pursuant to this Agreement are referred to as the “Retained Assets.”
SECTION 2.
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
     SECTION 2.1. Assumed Liabilities . Buyers hereby agree to assume at the Closing and to pay, perform and discharge when due and indemnify and hold Sellers harmless against the following liabilities and obligations of Sellers incurred exclusively in connection with the Sold Business, as the same shall exist at the Closing (such liabilities and obligations are hereinafter referred to as the “Assumed Liabilities”):
               (a) All accounts payable and accrued expenses relating to the Sold Business incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice as of the Closing Date to the extent reflected or reserved against in the Audited Balance Sheet, including, without limitation, those listed on Schedule 2.1(a) hereto; provided , however , that such accounts payable and accrued expenses shall not include any liabilities associated with any of the Disputed Payables or any Retained Benefit Plan;
               (b) Sellers’ liabilities, obligations and duties under all Assumed Contracts, Sold Business Real Property Leases (so long as Sellers have delivered to Buyers consents to assignment from the respective lessors with respect thereto) and Tangible Personal Property Leases; provided , however , Buyers shall not assume any liabilities, obligations or duties under such Assumed Contracts, Sold Business Real Property Leases or Tangible Personal Property Leases for any material breach thereof by Sellers for any period prior to the Closing unless such breach is listed on Schedule 2.1(b) ;
               (c) (i) All liabilities and obligations that arise after the Closing with respect to or relating to the Purchased Assets, except for any liabilities or obligations otherwise retained by Sellers under Sections 2.2 or this Section 2.1, and (ii) Assumed Litigation subject to Section 9.2;
               (d) Any liability under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (“WARN”) or any similar Law to which Transferred Employees are entitled, either now or hereafter, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;
               (e) All liabilities and obligations specifically assumed by Buyers pursuant to Section 8.2.2; and

5


 

               (f) Product liability claims arising out of claims of third parties for damage or injury suffered as the result of defective products sold by Sellers prior to the Closing Date for which Buyers receive reimbursement or indemnification by a supplier of the Sold Business (the “Assumed Product Liabilities”).
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that prior to the Closing, any of the Assumed Liabilities are the liabilities or obligations of Agilysys Canada, such Assumed Liabilities shall be assumed by Canadian Buyer (“Canadian Liabilities”).
     SECTION 2.2. Liabilities to be Retained by Sellers . Sellers shall retain all liabilities and obligations of Sellers not expressly assumed by Buyers pursuant to Section 2.1, including, without limitation the following liabilities and obligations of Sellers (all such retained liabilities and obligations are hereinafter referred to as the “Retained Liabilities”):
               (a) All liabilities and obligations of Sellers under this Agreement and the agreements and instruments delivered by Sellers to Buyers pursuant to this Agreement;
               (b) Any obligation to pay Sellers’ fees or expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, fees and expenses of brokers, finders, investment bankers, attorneys, consultants, accountants or representatives (except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.2(d));
               (c) Sellers’ liability for any severance or termination pay under any Retained Benefit Plan, this Agreement, or any other policy or contract of Sellers (collectively “Severance”), to any individuals who are Sold Business Employees, either now or hereafter, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise;
               (d) All liabilities and obligations (i) under Sellers’ “change of control” agreements to which any individuals who are Sold Business Employees are entitled, either now or hereafter, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise, and (ii) relating to the vesting of participants and beneficiaries accounts under the retirement plan of Seller;
               (e) Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 8.2.2, any liabilities or obligations with respect to any Sold Business Employee that accrued or arose prior to the Closing, including without limitation with respect to any benefits under any Retained Benefit Plans (regardless of when such liabilities accrued or arose);
               (f) All liabilities and obligations for taxes relating to the Sold Business for all periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date, and all liabilities for deferred Taxes;
               (g) All actions or proceedings pending against Sellers or relating to the Sold Business prior to the Closing Date, other than Assumed Litigation subject to Section 9.2;

6


 

               (h) All Retained Environmental Liabilities (regardless of whether such liabilities are liabilities or obligations of Sellers);
               (i) All obligations with respect to the Sold Business for repair or replacement of, or refund for, damaged, defective or returned goods sold by Sellers prior to the Closing Date (the “Returned Goods”);
               (j) All liabilities with respect to the Sold Business arising out of claims of third parties for damage or injury suffered as the result of defective products sold by Sellers prior to the Closing Date other than Assumed Product Liabilities (the “Product Liabilities”); and
               (k) All liabilities with respect to the City of Solon, Enterprise Zone Agreement, dated April 20, 1998.
SECTION 3.
CONSIDERATION
     SECTION 3.1. Purchase Price . The aggregate purchase price for (i) the Purchased Assets and (ii) the Minimum Sales Amount under the Procurement Agreement, shall be an amount equal to Four Hundred Eighty Five Million Dollars ($485,000,000) (the “Purchase Price”), and the assumption by Buyers at the Closing of the Assumed Liabilities. At the Closing, Buyers shall pay the Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as Sellers may reasonably direct by written notice delivered to Buyers by Sellers at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. Buyers and Sellers acknowledge and agree that no amount of the Purchase Price is received, receivable or allocated explicitly to the covenants contained in Section 8.2.9.
     SECTION 3.2. Purchase Price Adjustment .
               (a) Audited Balance Sheet Preparation . No later than 60 days after the Closing Date, Sellers shall deliver to Buyers a balance sheet of the Sold Business dated as of the Closing Date audited by Ernst & Young (the “Independent Auditors”) in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “Audited Balance Sheet”). The Audited Balance Sheet will be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles using Sellers’ historical internal accounting practices and prepared in a manner consistent with the Balance Sheet. Audited Balance Sheet items listed on Schedule 3.2(a) will be estimated consistent with the methodology set forth in Schedule 3.2(a) which is consistent with the methodology used in preparation of the Financial Statements (as defined in Section 4.5). As part of the preparation of the Audited Balance Sheet, Buyers shall have the right to jointly conduct with Sellers a complete physical inventory of the Sold Business as of the Closing Date and the results thereof shall be reflected in the Audited Balance Sheet. The Audited Balance Sheet shall fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Sold Business as of the Closing Date. Buyers and Sellers shall equally share the cost of the preparation and audit of the Audited Balance Sheet.

7


 

               (b) Audited Balance Sheet Review . All work papers, documents and records used or generated by Sellers and the Independent Auditors in connection with the preparation of the Audited Balance Sheet, along with access to Sellers’ accountants and management personnel, will be made available to Buyers. Unless Buyers give Sellers written notice of their objection by the thirtieth (30th) day after Buyers’ receipt of the Audited Balance Sheet, the Audited Balance Sheet will become final and binding on the parties and will be deemed to be the “Final Balance Sheet.”
               (c) Audited Balance Sheet Dispute . If Buyers object (as provided in the last sentence of Section 3.2(b)) to the Audited Balance Sheet and Buyers and Sellers are able to resolve their dispute within fifteen (15) days after Sellers’ receipt of Buyers’ written objection, the Audited Balance Sheet (reflecting the resolution) will be final and binding on the parties and will be deemed to be the “Final Balance Sheet.” If Buyers object (as provided in the last sentence of Section 3.2(b)) to the Audited Balance Sheet and Buyers and Sellers are unable to resolve their dispute within fifteen (15) days after Sellers’ receipt of Buyers’ written objection, the dispute will be resolved by Price Waterhouse Coopers or any other mutually acceptable certified public accounting firm (the “Independent Accountants”). The Independent Accountants will be instructed to perform their services as expeditiously as possible. The resolution of the Independent Accountants shall be presented in an “Arbitrator’s Award Report,” prepared by the Independent Accountants, which shall be final and binding on the parties. Buyers and Sellers shall each be given the opportunity to submit any documents to the Independent Accountants, with a copy to the other party, which that party believes will assist the Independent Accountant in the production of the Arbitrator’s Award Report. The decision of the Independent Accountants as reflected in the Arbitrator’s Award Report shall be reflected in a Final Balance Sheet to be issued by Sellers as soon as possible thereafter.
               (d) Cost of Independent Accountants . The fees and expenses of the Independent Accountants for the resolution of the dispute shall be shared equally by Buyers and Sellers.
               (e) Working Capital Adjustment . The Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as follows (“Working Capital Adjustment”): If Working Capital is less than the Target Working Capital, the Purchase Price shall be decreased in amount equal to the difference between the Target Working Capital and the amount of the Working Capital. If the Working Capital is greater than the Target Working Capital, the Purchase Price shall be increased in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of the Working Capital and the Target Working Capital. As used herein, “Working Capital” is defined as current assets (included in Purchased Assets) less current liabilities (included in Assumed Liabilities), as reflected on the Final Balance Sheet. Payments owed to either Buyers or Sellers as a result of the Working Capital Adjustment shall be made within 5 days after issuance of the Final Balance Sheet, by wire transfer of immediately available funds. Any such payments shall be an adjustment to the Purchase Price.
     SECTION 3.3. Allocation of Purchase Price . The aggregate fair market values of the Purchased Assets and the allocation of the Purchase Price and Assumed Liabilities that are

8


 

liabilities for income tax purposes among the Purchased Assets as of the Closing Date for purposes of Section 1060 of the Internal Revenue Code and for all Canadian and other tax purposes will be agreed to no less than three (3) business days before the Closing and such allocation shall be attached to this Agreement as Schedule 3.3 . Such allocation shall be amended to update any adjustment to the Purchase Price. Buyers and Sellers agree to be bound by such fair market value determination and allocation, as it may be amended from time to time, and to complete and attach Internal Revenue Service Form 8594 to their respective U.S. tax returns accordingly and to file all comparable Canadian and other tax returns accordingly.
     SECTION 3.4. Pre-Closing Lost Customers-Lost Oracle Sales Adjustment . Sellers shall notify Buyers promptly in the event that (i) any of the contracts of customers of the Sold Business (either with Sellers or with suppliers of the Sold Business) for the purchase of products from the Sold Business have been terminated prior to the Closing Date (the “Pre-Closing Lost Customers”) or (ii) as of the Closing Date, Oracle has not consented to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement (the “Oracle Refusal”). In the event that Buyers receive notice or become aware of any Pre-Closing Lost Customers or of an Oracle Refusal then, in addition to any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2, the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount by which the sum of (a) the sales to such Pre-Closing Lost Customers during the twelve (12) month period ending September 30, 2006 (the “Pre-Closing Lost Sales”) and (b) sales of Oracle products during the twelve (12) month period ending September 30, 2006 (the “Oracle Lost Sales”), exceeds $200 million, multiplied by (y) 0.35 (the “Lost Customers Multiple”).
SECTION 4.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS
     Sellers represent and warrant (jointly and severally) to Buyers that:
     SECTION 4.1. Corporate Status .
          (a) Organization and Power . Agilysys and Agilysys Canada are corporations duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Ohio and the Province of Ontario, Canada, respectively. Sellers have full corporate power to: (a) own, lease and operate the Purchased Assets and carry on the Sold Business as and where such Purchased Assets are now owned or leased and as such Sold Business is presently being conducted by each of them; and (b) execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all other agreements and documents to be executed and delivered by such Seller in connection herewith.
          (b) Qualification . With respect to the operation of the Sold Business, each Seller is qualified to do business as a foreign or extra-provincial corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified could result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     SECTION 4.2. Sellers’ Enforceability . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and, subject to the approval of the shareholders of Agilysys, the due consummation by Sellers of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Sellers. This Agreement constitutes (and each document and

9


 

instrument contemplated by this Agreement, when executed and delivered in accordance with the provisions hereof, will constitute) a valid and legally binding agreement of Sellers enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effect of bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding at equity or at Law).
     SECTION 4.3. Governmental Approvals . Subject to the parties’ waiver of applicable bulk sales Laws, no authorization, approval, consent or order of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any federal, state, territorial, municipal, local, provincial or foreign governmental, regulatory, or other public body or any subdivision, agency, instrumentality, or court (a “Governmental Authority”) is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Sellers or any other agreement, instrument or document to be delivered by or on behalf of Sellers in connection herewith, except for (a) such consents, filings and approvals as may be required pursuant to the Hart Scott Rodino Act (“HSR”) or by the Competition Act (Canada) (the “Competition Act”), and (b) such other orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings with any Governmental Authority the failure of which to be obtained or made will not (x) materially impair the ability of Sellers to perform their obligations hereunder or (y) prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     SECTION 4.4. Absence of Conflicts . Subject to receipt of the approvals, consents, orders, declarations and other matters set forth in Section 4.3 and except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 , neither the execution, delivery nor performance of this Agreement or any of the other agreements, instruments or documents to be delivered by or on behalf of Sellers in connection herewith will result in the acceleration of any of the Assumed Liabilities or the creation of any Lien on any of the Purchased Assets (other than Permitted Liens and the Liens created by Buyers as of the Closing Date) or conflict with, violate or result in any material breach of or constitute a material default under (whether upon notice or the passage of time or both) any (i) Law applicable to Sellers, (ii) instrument to which any Seller is a party or by which any Seller is bound relating to the Sold Business, excluding any supplier contracts, customer contracts, purchase orders, sales orders, and any non-disclosure agreements, the violation, conflict, breach or default of which would not reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Code of Regulations, as amended, or any similar document, of any Seller, or (iv) such other orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not (x) reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (y) materially impair the ability of Sellers to perform their obligations hereunder, or (z) prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     SECTION 4.5. Financial . The unaudited balance sheet and the related Statement of Net Sales, Cost of Goods Sold and Direct Operating Expenses (the “Statement of Operations”) of the Sold Business for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, and at and for the six month period ended September 30, 2006, are attached hereto as Schedule 4.5, together with reconciling statements tying such Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 to the income statement provided in the Proxy Statement (together, the “Financial Statements”). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.5, such Financial Statements (i) are true and accurate in all material respects, (ii) have been prepared from the books and records of Sellers regularly

10


 

maintained by management and used to prepare the consolidated financial statements of Sellers in accordance with the principles stated therein, (iii) were prepared in accordance with GAAP, and (iv) fairly present in all material respects the Sold Business’ results of operations and financial condition with respect to the items set forth therein as if it had been conducted as a separate entity during such period and based upon the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as stipulated in this Agreement, excluding certain cost allocations and subject to the absence of footnote disclosure. In addition, the Statement of Operations presented in the Financial Statements does not contain any extraordinary or non-recurring income or any other income not earned in the ordinary and customary course of the Sold Business, except as set forth therein. Sellers have maintained the books and records of the Sold Business in a manner sufficient to permit the preparation of its financial statements in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time.
     SECTION 4.6. Compliance with Laws . With respect to the operation of the Sold Business, Sellers currently are not, nor have they been in the past three years, in violation of any Law, excluding any violation which would not reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Sellers have all material permits and licenses necessary to conduct the Sold Business as conducted by Sellers immediately prior to the Closing. Schedule 4.6 lists all such material permits and licenses.
     SECTION 4.7. No Litigation . With respect to the operation of the Sold Business, except as set forth on Schedule 4.7 , there is no claim, litigation, action, suit, hearing, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened against any Seller which could (i) reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) prevent, prohibit or make illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the Knowledge of Sellers, there are no facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to lead to a claim, litigation, action, suit, hearing, investigation or proceeding that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to the prior sentence.
     SECTION 4.8. Title; Condition of Assets . (a) Sellers have good, valid and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the Purchased Assets free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and Liens listed on Schedule 4.8 .
          (b) Except for the Tangible Personal Property leased pursuant to the Tangible Personal Property Leases, no Person, other than Sellers, owns or primarily utilizes any material Tangible Personal Property. To the Knowledge of Sellers, the Tangible Personal Property is in good and normal operating condition, normal wear and tear excepted.
     SECTION 4.9. Inventories . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9(a) , all items contained in the Inventory of the Sold Business (except as otherwise reserved for in the Audited Balance Sheet) existing at the Closing will be of a quality and quantity salable in the ordinary course of the Sold Business. Adequate reserves for bad or obsolete inventory are maintained and reflected in the Financial Statements and the Audited Balance Sheet. As of the Closing Date, the Inventory shall be sufficient to permit Buyers to supply the customers of the Sold Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.9(b), none of the Inventory was purchased from a source other than the manufacturer thereof or a distributor duly licensed or franchised to distribute such items by such manufacturer and, except

11


 

for Inventory purchased for customer specific requirements (so long as such Inventory is subject to a contract for the purchase thereof by such customer), all such items of Inventory meet the requirements for return to the manufacturer under the applicable franchise agreement other than as a result of quantity limitations with respect to such return rights. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9(c), none of the Sellers have sold any inventory of the Sold Business, which the purchaser thereof has the right to return to Sellers or cause the seller thereof to repurchase for any reason except (i) pursuant to the standard product warranties of Sellers for product quality or mistake in shipment or implied warranties at law for title against infringement and (ii) to the extent the same will be reflected in reserves on the Audited Balance Sheet.
     SECTION 4.10. No Changes . Except as contemplated herein or set forth on Schedule 4.10 , since September 30, 2006, (i) there has not occurred any Special Closing Condition—Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Sold Business has been operated only in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and (iii) there has not been any event or development which, individually or together with any other such event, would reasonably be expected to result in a Special Closing Condition—Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, except as disclosed on Schedule 4.10 , since September 30, 2006, with respect to the Sold Business, Sellers have not:
               (a) Transferred, assigned, conveyed or liquidated any of the Purchased Assets or any portion of the Sold Business, other than Inventory and Tangible Personal Property in the ordinary course of business;
               (b) Suffered any change in their business, operations, or financial condition which would result in a Material Adverse Effect and to the Knowledge of Sellers there is no event which would reasonably be likely to result in any such Material Adverse Effect;
               (c) Suffered any destruction, damage or loss, relating to the Purchased Assets or the Sold Business not covered by insurance, which, in the aggregate, exceeds two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000);
               (d) Suffered, permitted or incurred the imposition of any Lien or claim upon any of the Purchased Assets or the Sold Business, except for any Permitted Lien;
               (e) Committed, suffered, permitted or incurred any default in liability or obligation which, in the aggregate, could be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
               (f) Made or agreed to any material change in the terms of any Sold Business Real Property Lease, Tangible Personal Property Lease or any Material Contract which (i) is not in the ordinary course of business or (ii) is in the ordinary course of business but involves future payments or receipts, performance of services, or delivery of goods to or by Sellers of an amount or value in the aggregate in excess of two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000);
               (g) Waived, canceled, sold or otherwise disposed of, for less than the face amount thereof, any claim or right relating exclusively to the Purchased Assets or the

12


 

Sold Business which (i) is not in the ordinary course of business or (ii) is in the ordinary course of business but involves an amount or value in the aggregate in excess of two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000);
               (h) Paid, agreed to pay or incurred any obligation for any payment of any bonus to, or granted any increase in the compensation of any Sold Business Employee (except in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and in any event not to exceed four percent (4%) in the aggregate;
               (i) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10(i) , amended, terminated, adopted or increased benefits under any Benefit Plan;
               (j) Paid, agreed to pay or incurred any obligation for any payment of any indebtedness affecting the Purchased Assets or the Sold Business except current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business;
               (k) Delayed or postponed the payment of any liabilities associated with the Purchased Assets or Sold Business, whether current or long term, or failed to pay in the ordinary course of business any such liability on a timely basis consistent with prior practice;
               (l) Materially changed (i) any investment, accounting, financial reporting, inventory, credit, allowance or Tax practice or policy of the Sold Business or (ii) any method of calculating bad debt, inventory, contingency or other reserve of the Sold Business for accounting, financial reporting or Tax purposes;
               (m) Acquired any asset, other than Inventory and Tangible Personal Property, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in excess of two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000);
               (n) Entered into any transaction in connection with the Sold Business with any officer, director or Affiliate of Sellers (i) outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (ii) other than on an arm’s-length basis;
               (o) Discontinued sales, marketing and promotional activities relating to the Sold Business not in the ordinary course of business;
               (p) Failed to comply, in any material respect, with all Laws applicable to the Sold Business; or
               (q) Entered into a contract to do or engage in any of the foregoing.
     SECTION 4.11. Intellectual Property .
                    (a) Schedule 4.11(a) sets forth an accurate and complete list of all registered Marks used exclusively in connection with the Sold Business (collectively, the “Registered Sold Business Marks”). Sellers own no patent, patent application, registered copyright or application to register copyright that is used exclusively in

13


 

connection with the Sold Business. No Registered Sold Business Mark is involved in any opposition or cancellation proceeding and, to Sellers’ Knowledge, no such proceeding is threatened. All fees that are due and owing with respect to any of the Registered Sold Business Marks have been paid. All Registered Sold Business Marks are subsisting and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, valid and enforceable, and Sellers have received no notice or claim challenging the validity or enforceability of any Sold Business Mark;
                    (b) Sellers own exclusively all of the Sold Business Intellectual Property free and clear of all Liens (except Permitted Liens) or other material restrictions. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11(b) , the Sold Business Intellectual Property and the rights licensed from a third party licensor under any license agreement that constitutes an Assumed Contract (a “Third Party License”) constitute all of the Intellectual Property that is used or held for use exclusively in connection with the conduct of the Sold Business and all the Intellectual Property that is necessary to conduct the Sold Business in the manner in which it heretofore has been conducted. To the Knowledge of Sellers, no loss or expiration of any of the material Intellectual Property used exclusively in connection with the Sold Business is threatened or pending. No Seller has transferred ownership of, or granted any exclusive license with respect to, any Sold Business Intellectual Property;
                    (c) Sellers have taken reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of all material Trade Secrets that have been used exclusively in connection with the Sold Business; and
                    (d) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11(d) , to the Knowledge of Sellers, none of the products or services that have been distributed, sold or offered in the operation of the Sold Business, nor any technology or materials used in connection therewith has infringed upon or misappropriated any Intellectual Property of any third party in any material respect, and Sellers have not received any written notice or claim asserting that any such infringement or misappropriation has occurred. To the Knowledge of Sellers, no third party is misappropriating or infringing any material Sold Business Intellectual Property in a manner that reasonably would be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Sold Business. To the Knowledge of Sellers, no Sold Business Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding order, judgment, decree, stipulation or agreement restricting the use or licensing thereof by Sellers.
     SECTION 4.12. Environmental Matters .
                    (a) Sellers have not received since January 1, 2000 any written or oral notice of violation, information request, demand or claim of liability or potential liability related to the Sold Business or the Purchased Assets under or pursuant to any Environmental Law from any Governmental Authority, which notice, request, demand or claim has not been fully corrected and resolved (including the payment of any fines or penalties);

14


 

                    (b) Since January 1, 2000, no notice under applicable Environmental Laws reporting the release of any Hazardous Substance into the environment has been filed by Sellers with respect to the Sold Business or the Purchased Assets and no such notice has been required to be filed, by or on behalf of Sellers related to the Sold Business or the Purchased Assets;
                    (c) Sellers have not received any oral or written notice from any Governmental Authority or other Person alleging that any Seller, with respect to the Sold Business Real Property, is a responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601, et seq . (“CERCLA”), any state superfund Laws or comparable Laws relating to Remediation;
                    (d) Neither Sellers, the Sold Business nor, to the Knowledge of Sellers, any other Person has Managed, Released or disposed of any Hazardous Substances on, in, under or from the Sold Business Real Property in an amount or concentration that would create a legal duty on Sellers, the Sold Business or any purchaser of the Sold Business to perform or be liable for any Remediation and none of the Sellers with respect to the Sold Business or the Purchased Assets has assumed any obligations or liabilities of any other Person arising under any Environmental Law;
                    (e) With respect to the Purchased Assets and the operation of the Sold Business, Sellers and the Sold Business (i) are in material compliance with Environmental Laws, and (ii) have obtained, maintain in full force and effect and are in material compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates and approvals required under Environmental Law with respect to the Sold Business or the Purchased Assets (and all such permits, licenses, certificates and approvals are listed on Schedule 4.6 ), and no actions are pending, or to the Knowledge of the Sellers, threatened to revoke, cancel, terminate, restrict or modify any such permits, licenses, certificates or approvals;
                    (f) To the Knowledge of Sellers there are not and have not been, any underground storage tanks, asbestos-containing materials in any form or condition, polychlorinated biphenyls in electrical equipment, landfills, impoundments or waste disposal areas at any of the Sold Business Real Property;
                    (g) Attached as Schedule 4.12(g) is a listing of all reports, studies, analyses, tests and monitoring results related to the environmental condition of the Sold Business and the Purchased Assets (including without limitation, Phase I and Phase II investigation reports) of which Sellers have Knowledge, copies of which have been made available to Buyers; and
                    (h) Neither Seller nor the Sold Business: (i) have ever manufactured, produced, repaired, installed, sold, conveyed or otherwise put into the stream of commerce any product, merchandise, manufactured good, part, component or other item comprised of or containing asbestos; or (ii) have been the subject of any claims or litigation arising out of the alleged exposure to asbestos or asbestos-containing material.

15


 

For the purposes hereof, “Environmental Laws” shall mean all applicable Laws regulating: (i) the Management, Release or Remediation of Hazardous Substances, (ii) the exposure of persons to Hazardous Substances or (iii) protection of the Environment, including without limitation: CERCLA; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901, et seq .; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq .; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401, et seq .; and the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601, et seq . and any requirements promulgated pursuant to these applicable Laws.
     SECTION 4.13. Employee Benefit Plans .
                    (a) Schedule 4.13 lists (i) each material “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) currently maintained or contributed to by (or required to be maintained or contributed to by) Sellers or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Sold Business Employee, and (ii) each employment agreement or other material plan, policy, program, agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether written or oral, whether formal or informal, relating to change in control, retention, equity, retirement, compensation, deferred compensation, incentives, bonuses, severance, fringe benefits, equity compensation, salary continuation or any other employee benefits currently maintained or contributed to by (or required to be maintained or contributed to by) Sellers or any ERISA Affiliate for the benefit of any Sold Business Employee (collectively referred to herein as the “Benefit Plans”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Retained Benefit Plan” means each Benefit Plan and each other plan, program, agreement or arrangement applicable to any Sold Business Employee in connection with his or her employment with the Sold Business or by Sellers or any affiliate of Sellers. Sellers have made available to Buyers complete copies of all Benefit Plans including all amendments thereto. None of the Benefit Plans (i) is subject to Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, or is a multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA), or (ii) provides or promises post-retirement health or life benefits to any Sold Business Employee or beneficiary of any Sold Business Employee except to the extent required under COBRA; nor have Sellers ever established, sponsored, maintained or been obligated to make contributions to, any such Benefit Plan. No Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA and no event has occurred and no condition exists that would subject the Sold Business, either directly or by reason of any Seller’s affiliation with any ERISA Affiliate to any material tax, lien, penalty or other liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable law with respect to any Benefit Plan. “ERISA Affiliate” is any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Sellers and which, together with Sellers, is treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
                    (b) No Retained Benefit Plan or any obligation related thereto is required to be transferred or assigned to Buyers either by operation of law or

16


 

otherwise. Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.13(b) , no payment or benefit under any Benefit Plan, including without limitation any severance or parachute payment plan or agreement will be established or become accelerated, vested, funded or payable by reason of any transaction contemplated under this Agreement or any other agreements and documents to be executed or delivered in connection herewith.
                    (c) Since September 30, 2006, no promises or commitments have been made, or other agreement entered into by any Seller to amend any Benefit Plan, to provide increased benefits thereunder or to establish any additional Benefit Plan except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
                    (d) Each Benefit Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has either received a favorable determination letter from the IRS as to its qualified status or the remedial amendment period for each such Benefit Plan has not yet expired. Each trust established in connection with any Benefit Plan intended to be exempt from federal taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code is so exempt. To the Knowledge of Sellers, no fact or event has occurred that would adversely affect the exempt status of any such trust or affect the qualified status, or registered status of any Benefit Plan maintained by any of the Sellers. All employer payments, contributions or premiums required to be remitted or paid to or in respect of each Benefit Plan have been remitted and paid in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms thereof, all applicable actuarial reports and all Law.
     SECTION 4.14. Employees .
                    (a) Schedule 4.14(a) contains a complete and accurate list, as of the date hereof, of the following information for the employees of Sellers who, as of the date hereof, are engaged full time in the conduct of the Sold Business or who are engaged full time by Seller and devote a majority of their responsibilities and time in the conduct of the Sold Business (“Sold Business Employees”): name (subject to applicable privacy Laws); job title; current compensation; target incentive for fiscal 2006; years of service and exempt or non-exempt status.
                    (b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.14(b) , (i) no Sold Business Employee is presently a member of a collective bargaining unit with respect to his or her employment with Sellers and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, there are no threatened or contemplated attempts to organize, for collective bargaining purposes, any of the Sold Business Employees, and (ii) no unfair labor practice complaint or sex, age, race or other discrimination claim or any other claim of Law violation relating to the employment of Sold Business Employees has been brought during the last three (3) years against any Seller by any Sold Business Employee, or any person or entity acting for or on behalf of any Sold Business Employee, individually or collectively, or with respect to the conduct of the Sold Business before any Governmental Authority, and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, there is no reasonable basis for such a claim.

17


 

     SECTION 4.15. Contracts .
                    (a) Each Assumed Contract and Tangible Personal Property Lease is valid, binding and enforceable against Sellers in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be subject to (i) the effect of bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at Law or in equity). To the Knowledge of Sellers, each of the Assumed Contracts and Tangible Personal Property Leases is in full force and effect against each other party thereto.
                    (b) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.1(b) or Schedule 4.15(b) , Sellers have performed in all material respects all material obligations required to be performed by them to date under, and are not in material default under, any Assumed Contract or Tangible Personal Property Lease, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default by Sellers. To the Knowledge of Sellers, no other party to any Assumed Contract or Tangible Personal Property Lease is in material default in respect thereof, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default. Sellers will make available to Buyers or their representatives true, correct and complete copies of all written Assumed Contracts and Tangible Personal Property Leases.
                    (c) Schedule 4.15(c) contains a true, correct and complete list, as of the date hereof, of each of the following Assumed Contracts:
                              (i) All written contracts (other than Benefit Plans) providing for a commitment of employment of, or the provision of consultation services by, any Sold Business Employee;
                              (ii) All partnership or joint venture agreements with any Person exclusively in connection with the Sold Business;
                              (iii) All contracts relating to the future disposition or acquisition of any Purchased Assets, other than dispositions or acquisitions of Inventory or Tangible Personal Property in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
                              (iv) All Tangible Personal Property Leases and Sold Business Real Property Leases;
                              (v) Schedule 1.1(h) lists all material contracts and agreements with customers, suppliers, manufacturers, resellers, distributors, dealers, sales agencies or franchises with whom any Seller deals exclusively in connection with the Sold Business, other than purchase orders, sales orders and nondisclosure agreements;

18


 

                              (vi) All agreements or contracts between a Seller or an Affiliate of Seller on the one hand and the Sold Business on the other hand; and
                              (vii) All agreements or contracts that (A) involve the payment or potential payment, pursuant to the terms of any such contract, by or to any Seller of more than $100,000 annually and (B) cannot be terminated within sixty (60) days after giving notice of termination without resulting in any material cost or penalty to any Seller, other than purchase orders, sales orders and nondisclosure agreements.
                                   (d) Sellers have delivered to Buyers true and complete copies of the Assumed Contracts disclosed pursuant to Section 4.15(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi) and (vii) and all material Assumed Contracts with customers, suppliers, manufacturers, resellers, distributors, dealers, sales agencies or franchises with whom any Seller deals exclusively in connection with the Sold Business (other than purchase orders, sales orders and nondisclosure agreements) set forth in Schedule 4.15(d)(i) , all amendments and supplements thereto and all waivers of any terms thereof (the “Material Contracts”). All of the Assumed Contracts for which true and complete copies were not delivered to Buyers have been entered into in the ordinary course of business.
     SECTION 4.16. Sold Business Real Property .
                    (a) Schedule 1.1(b) is a true, correct and complete list of all of the real property presently owned by Sellers and included in the Sold Business. Schedule 1.1(a) is a true, correct and complete list of all real property presently leased by, subleased to, or otherwise occupied by, Sellers and included in the Sold Business. The properties listed on Schedules 1.1(a) and 1.1(b) constitute the Sold Business Real Property. Sellers have not entered into any leases or granted any rights of first refusal, options to purchase or rights of occupancy except the Sold Business Real Property Leases and the Sold Business Owned Real Property is not subject to any leases, rights of first refusal, options to purchase or rights of occupancy. To the Knowledge of Sellers, each of the Sold Business Real Property Leases is in full force and effect against each other party thereto, and each Seller holds a valid and existing leasehold interest under each of the Sold Business Real Property Leases to which it is a party free and clear of all Liens, except for any Permitted Lien.
                    (b) Each Sold Business Real Property Lease is valid, binding and enforceable against Sellers in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be subject to (i) the effect of bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). Sellers have performed in all material respects all material obligations required to be performed by them to date under, and are not in material default under, any Sold Business Real

19


 

Property Lease, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default by Sellers. To the Knowledge of Sellers, no other party to any Sold Business Real Property Lease is in material default in respect thereof, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default. Sellers have not given a notice of default, nor have Sellers received a notice of default under any Sold Business Real Property Lease. Sellers have made available to Buyers or their representatives true, correct and complete copies of all Sold Business Real Property Leases. Sellers have made available to Buyers or their representatives copies of Seller’s title insurance policies and surveys for the Sold Business Owned Real Property. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.16(b) , Sellers own in fee simple, with good, insurable (to the extent provided in the Title Policy) and marketable title, each parcel of Sold Business Owned Real Property free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). Sellers have not received written notice of any pending or threatened condemnations, planned public improvements, annexation, special assessments, zoning or subdivision changes, or other adverse claims affecting the Sold Business Owned Real Property and/or the Sold Business Real Property Leases. To Sellers’ Knowledge, all of the buildings, material fixtures and other improvements situated on the Sold Business Owned Real Property are in good condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and have been maintained in the normal course of business consistent with Sellers’ past practice.
     SECTION 4.17. Taxes . All Taxes owed by Sellers with respect to the Sold Business have been paid other than Taxes which are not yet due or which, if due, are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or have not been finally determined, and for which, in each case, adequate reserves have been established on the Balance Sheet or in the books and records of Sellers. All Tax returns required to be filed by Sellers with respect to the Sold Business, have been duly and timely filed and are true, correct and complete in all material respects. Sellers shall also be responsible for any retroactively assessed taxes that arise out of or relate to the Sold Business or revenues received from the Sold Business for the period of time prior to the Closing Date. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 , there are no Tax claims, audits or proceedings pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened in connection with the Sold Business. There are not currently in force any waivers or agreements binding upon Sellers for the extension of time for the assessment or payment of any Tax. With respect to the Sold Business, each Seller has properly withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any shareholder, employee, creditor, independent contractor, or other third party. Agilysys Canada has remitted to the appropriate Governmental or Regulatory Authority, when required by law to do so, all amounts collected by it on account of federal goods and services tax (“GST”) and applicable provincial sales Taxes. Agilysys Canada is duly registered under the Excise Tax Act (Canada) with respect to the GST and the Harmonized Sales Tax and its registration number is 13831 7615. Agilysys Canada is duly registered under the Quebec Sales Tax Act with respect to the Quebec Sales Tax and its registration number is 1016808951. Agilysys Canada is not a non-resident of Canada within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 , no Seller is a party to or bound by any Tax allocation or Tax sharing agreement with any other Person and neither has any contractual obligation to indemnify any other Person with respect to Taxes. “Tax” means any net income tax, alternative or add-on minimum tax, franchise, gross income,

20


 

adjusted gross income or gross receipts tax, payroll tax, real or personal property tax, sales or use tax, goods and services tax, employer health tax, or value-added tax, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax.
     SECTION 4.18. Brokers and Finders . Except as listed on Schedule 4.18 , no broker, finder or other Person acting in a similar capacity has participated on behalf of Sellers in bringing about the transactions herein contemplated, rendered any services with respect thereto or been in any way involved therewith.
     SECTION 4.19. Sufficiency of the Assets . The Purchased Assets, when taken together with the services and assets provided under the Transition Services Agreement and “corporate overhead” services such as legal, accounting, finance, tax, information technology support and treasury, are all of the assets necessary to permit Buyers to carry on the Sold Business in all respects as presently conducted by Sellers.
     SECTION 4.20. No Undisclosed Liabilities . Except as reflected or reserved against on the Balance Sheet or as disclosed in Schedule 4.20 , there are no liabilities against, relating to or affecting the Sold Business or any of the Purchased Assets, other than liabilities since September 30, 2006 (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (ii) which, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Sold Business. On the Closing Date, there will be no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Sold Business which are, in accordance with Section 3.2, required to be reserved against or disclosed on the Audited Balance Sheet which are not so reserved or disclosed.
     SECTION 4.21. No Affiliate Transactions .
          (a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.21(a) , (i) none of Sellers or officer, director or Affiliate of Sellers provides or causes to be provided any assets, services or facilities used or held for use in connection with the Sold Business, and (ii) the Sold Business does not provide or cause to be provided any assets, services or facilities to any such Seller or any officer, director or Affiliate of such Seller.
          (b) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.21(b) , each of the transactions listed on Schedule 4.21(a) is engaged on an arm’s-length basis.
     SECTION 4.22. Accounts Receivable . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.22 , the Accounts Receivable (i) arose from bona fide sales transactions in the ordinary course of business and are payable on ordinary trade terms, (ii) are legal, valid and binding obligations of the respective debtors enforceable in accordance with their terms, (iii) are not subject to any valid set-off or counterclaim, (iv) do not represent obligations for goods sold on consignment, on approval or on a sale-or-return basis or subject to any other repurchase or return arrangement, (v) are collectible in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in the aggregate recorded amounts thereof, net of any applicable reserve reflected on the Balance Sheet and the Audited Balance Sheet, and (vi) are not the subject of any actions or proceedings brought by or on behalf of any Seller.

21


 

     SECTION 4.23. Guarantees . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.23 , none of the Assumed Liabilities are guaranteed by or subject to a similar contingent obligation of any Person, nor have Sellers guaranteed or become subject to a similar contingent obligation in respect of the liabilities of any customer, supplier, or other Person to whom Sellers sell goods or provide services in the conduct of the Sold Business or with whom Sellers otherwise have significant business relationships in the conduct of the Sold Business.
     SECTION 4.24. Insurance . Schedule 4.24 sets forth a true, correct and complete summary of all casualty, general liability, product liability and all other types of occurrence-based insurance (other than those relating to Benefit Plans) maintained with respect to the Sold Business or any of the Sold Business Real Property or assets, together with the carriers and liability limits for each such policy. Such insurance is sufficient to cover the losses and liabilities of the Sold Business in accordance with industry standards.
     SECTION 4.25. Warranties . Schedule 4.25 contains an accurate description of the standard warranty policies of the Sold Business. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.25 , there are no material exceptions to the standard warranty policies applicable to any products sold by the Sold Business.
SECTION 5.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYERS
     Buyers hereby represent and warrant (jointly and severally) to Sellers that:
     SECTION 5.1. Corporate Status . Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of New York, US Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Indiana, and Canadian Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of Ontario. Buyers have full corporate power to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all other agreements and documents to be executed and delivered by them in connection herewith.
     SECTION 5.2. Buyers Enforceability . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the due consummation by Buyers of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Buyers, and this Agreement constitutes (and each document and instrument contemplated by this Agreement, when executed and delivered in accordance with the provisions hereof, will constitute) a valid and legally binding agreement of Buyers enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to (a) the effect of bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding at equity or at Law).
     SECTION 5.3. Consents . No authorization, approval, consent or order of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Buyers or any other agreement, instrument or document to be delivered by or on behalf of Buyers in connection herewith, except for (a) such filings and approvals as may be required pursuant to HSR or by the

22


 

Competition Act, and (b) such other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not materially impair the ability of Buyers to perform their obligations hereunder or (c) prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     SECTION 5.4. Absence of Conflicts . Subject to receipt of such approvals, consents, orders, declarations and other matters set forth in Section 5.3, neither the execution nor delivery nor performance of this Agreement or any of the other agreements, instruments or documents to be delivered by or on behalf of Buyers in connection herewith, conflicts with, violates or results in any material breach of or constitute a default under (whether upon notice or the passage of time or both) any (a) judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Buyers, (b) instrument to which Buyers are a party or by which Buyers are bound, or (c) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws or other constituent documents of Buyers.
     SECTION 5.5. No Litigation . There is no claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Buyers, threatened against Buyers which would challenge, prevent or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     SECTION 5.6. Available Funds . Buyers have sufficient funds available to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     SECTION 5.7. Brokers and Finders . Except as listed on Schedule 5.7 , no broker, finder or other Person acting in a similar capacity has participated on behalf of Buyers in bringing about the transaction herein contemplated, or rendered any services with respect thereto or been in any way involved therewith.
SECTION 6.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
     SECTION 6.1. Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Closing . The respective obligations of each party to effect the transaction contemplated hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment prior to the Closing of the following conditions:
          (a) No Order . No Governmental Authority or court of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law which is then in effect and has the effect of making this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby illegal;
          (b) Governmental Approvals . All required approvals pursuant to HSR and the Competition Act shall have been obtained or the waiting period shall have expired and all other authorizations, consents, orders, declarations or approvals of, or filings with, or terminations or expirations of waiting periods imposed by, any other Governmental Authority (other than pursuant to applicable bulk sales Law), the failure of which to obtain could result in a Material Adverse Effect (assuming the transaction had taken place) shall have been obtained, shall have occurred or shall have been filed, as applicable; and

23


 

          (c) Shareholder Approval . The shareholders of Agilysys shall have duly approved the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     SECTION 6.2. Sellers’ Deliveries . The obligation of Buyers to effect the transaction contemplated hereby shall be subject to the performance or delivery by Sellers (or the express waiver thereof in writing by Buyers or by Buyers’ performance or delivery hereunder) to Buyers of the following at or before the Closing, all of which deliveries shall be reasonably acceptable to Buyers and their counsel:
          (a) (i) Sellers shall have performed in all material respects their agreements, covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement required to be performed on or prior to the Closing and, except as provided in Section 6.2(a)(ii), each of the representations and warranties (without giving effect to any “material,” “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or “Special Closing Condition—Material Adverse Effect” qualification on such representations and warranties) of Sellers contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing as if made on and as of such date (or, as to any representation or warranty made as of a specified date earlier than the Closing Date, such earlier date) in each case except if such failure to be true and correct does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect in excess of $10,000,000; provided , however , that a representation or warranty will not be untrue for purposes of Section 6.2(a)(i) if an Assumed Contract is terminated because of the execution of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the attempted assignment of such Assumed Contract by Sellers to Buyers; and
          (ii) Notwithstanding Section 6.2(a)(i) above, with respect to the representations and warranties made by Sellers in Sections 4.7, 4.10(b), 4.10(c), 4.14(b), 4.15(b), and 4.20 such representations and warranties (without giving effect to any “material,” “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or “Special Closing Condition—Material Adverse Effect” qualification on such representations and warranties) shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of such date (or, as to any representation or warranty made as of a specified date earlier than the Closing Date, such earlier date), except if such failure to be true and correct does not constitute a Special Closing Condition—Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) A bill of sale in a customary form reasonably acceptable to the parties, signed by Sellers, transferring to the applicable Buyer the applicable Purchased Assets;
          (c) An instrument in a form reasonably acceptable to the parties, evidencing Sellers’ assignment, subject to Section 8.3.4, to Buyers of the Assumed Liabilities and all of Sellers’ rights under the Assumed Contracts;
          (d) A certificate, with attachments, with respect to the matters set forth in Section 6.2(a) and as to each Seller’s charter documents, corporate resolutions and incumbency of officers, signed by the duly authorized President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Seller;

24


 

          (e) A Procurement Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Procurement Agreement”) signed by Sellers;
          (f) A Transition Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Transition Agreement”) signed by Sellers;
          (g) Certificates of good standing as of the most recent practicable date from the Secretary of State or equivalent Governmental Authority where each of the Sellers is incorporated;
          (h) A limited warranty deed in a customary form reasonably acceptable to the parties transferring to Buyer title to the Sold Business Owned Real Property;
          (i) An instrument in a form reasonably acceptable to the parties, evidencing Sellers’ assignment to Buyers of the rights to the Sold Business Intellectual Property;
          (j) On the Closing Date, the Title Company (at Buyer’s sole cost and expense) shall issue to Buyers or be irrevocably committed to issue to Buyers an extended coverage ALTA owner’s form title policy (the “Title Policy”), in the amount of the Purchase Price allocable to the Sold Business Owned Real Property, insuring that fee simple title to the Sold Business Owned Real Property is vested in Buyers subject only to the Permitted Liens. Buyers shall be entitled to request that the Title Company provide such endorsements (or amendments) to the Title Policy as Buyers may reasonably require, provided that (a) such endorsements (or amendments) shall be at no cost to, and shall impose no additional liability on, Sellers, (b) Buyers’ obligations under this Agreement shall not be conditioned upon Buyers’ ability to obtain such endorsements and, if Buyers are unable to obtain such endorsements, Buyers shall nevertheless be obligated to proceed to close the transaction contemplated by this Agreement without reduction of or set off against the Purchase Price, and (c) the Closing shall not be delayed as a result of Buyers’ request. Buyer and Seller shall each pay half of all escrow fees of the Title Company; and
          (k) An assignment and assumption of lease with respect to each of the Sold Business Real Property Leases in a customary form reasonably acceptable to the parties.
          (l) IBM shall not have withdrawn its consent to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement (including to the assignment of its agreement to Buyers), as received by Buyers prior to the execution of this Agreement.
          (m) Sellers shall have obtained the Sellers’ Consents.
          (n) Agilysys shall have provided a certificate dated the Closing Date substantially in the form of Exhibit C stating that such Person is not a “foreign” person within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Code, which certificates shall set forth all information required by, and shall otherwise be executed in accordance with,

25


 

Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2). In addition, Sellers shall have (i) provided a certificate dated the Closing Date pursuant to any applicable provincial retail sales tax or similar Laws confirming that all taxes collectible or payable by Agilysys Canada under such Laws have been paid or (ii) established adequate reserves for the payment of such taxes.
     SECTION 6.3. Buyers’ Deliveries . The obligation of Sellers to effect the transaction contemplated hereby shall be subject to the delivery by Buyers (or the express waiver thereof in writing by Sellers or by Sellers’ performance or delivery hereunder) to Sellers of the following at or before the Closing, all of which deliveries shall be reasonably acceptable to Sellers and their counsel:
          (a) Buyers shall have performed in all material respects each of their agreements, covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement required to be performed on or prior to the Closing, and each of the representations and warranties of Buyers contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing as if made on and as of such date, and each of the representations and warranties made as of a specified date prior to Closing shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, in each case except as contemplated or permitted by this Agreement;
          (b) Immediately available funds by wire transfer in the amount of the Purchase Price;
          (c) An instrument of assumption evidencing Buyers’ assumption of the Assumed Liabilities in accordance with Section 2.1 in a form reasonably acceptable to the parties;
          (d) A certificate, with attachments, with respect to the matters set forth in Section 6.3(a) and as to Buyers’ charter documents, corporate resolutions, and incumbency of officers signed by the duly authorized Presidents and Secretaries of Buyers;
          (e) The Procurement Agreement signed by Buyers;
          (f) The Transition Agreement signed by Buyers; and
          (g) Certificates of good standing as of the most recent practicable date from the Secretaries of State where Buyers are incorporated.
SECTION 7.
CLOSING
     SECTION 7.1. Closing . The consummation of the purchase and sale of the Purchased Assets and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) will take place at 10:00 a.m. on the last business day of the month in which the Shareholder Approval is received, provided, that all of the conditions set forth in Article 6.1 hereof shall have been fulfilled or waived (the “Closing Date”) at the offices of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, New York, NY 10005, unless another time or location is agreed upon by Buyers and Sellers.

26


 

SECTION 8.
COVENANTS
     SECTION 8.1. Pre-Closing Covenants .
          8.1.1 Conduct of Sold Business . During the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing, Sellers shall, in all material respects, carry on the Sold Business in, and not enter into any material transaction other than as contemplated by this Agreement or other than in accordance with, the ordinary course of business. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, Sellers shall not, with respect to the Sold Business, without the prior written consent of Buyers, take any of the actions described in Section 4.10 other than as provided in Section 8.1.10.
          8.1.2 Access to Information .
          (a) Upon reasonable notice, Sellers shall afford to Buyers, and to Buyers’ accountants, counsel, financial advisers and other representatives, reasonable access, and permit them to make such inspections as they may reasonably require during normal business hours during the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing, to the Sold Business Real Property, to the management personnel, officers, Sold Business Employees and accountants and to the Sellers’ books and records as they relate to the Sold Business. In no event shall Sellers be required to supply to Buyers, or to Buyers’ accountants, counsel, financial advisors or other representatives, any (i) sensitive personnel information which, if furnished to Buyers, could subject Sellers to liability, or (ii) information relating to indications of interest from, or discussions with, any other potential acquirers of the Sold Business which were or are received or conducted prior to or after the date hereof.
          (b) Buyers will, and will cause their directors, officers, employees, associates, agents and advisors, subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, “Representatives”) to, hold any information concerning the Sold Business (whether prepared by Sellers, or their advisors or otherwise and irrespective of the form of communication) which has been or will be furnished to Buyers or their Representatives by or on behalf of Sellers in accordance with the terms of the letter agreement dated as of December 14, 2004 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), between Buyer and JP Morgan on behalf of Agilysys. Sellers will, and will cause their Representatives to hold any information concerning Buyers (whether prepared by Buyers, or their advisors or otherwise irrespective of the form of communication), which has been or will be furnished to Sellers or their Representatives by or on behalf of Sellers confidential in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.
          8.1.3 Reasonable Efforts . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the parties agrees to use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other

27


 

party in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (a) the obtaining of all necessary actions or non-actions, waivers, consents and approvals from any applicable Governmental Authority and the making of all necessary registrations and filings and the taking of all reasonable steps as may be necessary to obtain an approval or waiver from, or to avoid an action or proceeding by any Governmental Authority, (b) the obtaining of all necessary consents, approvals or waivers from third parties, (c) the obtaining of all necessary consents, approvals and waivers from shareholders, if any, required to approve the transaction contemplated hereby; (d) the defending of any lawsuits or other legal proceedings, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including seeking to have any stay or temporary restraining order entered by any Governmental Authority vacated or reversed, and (e) the execution and delivery of any additional instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, none of the parties shall have any obligation to dispose of any assets, terminate any lines of business or pay any fee to any third party for the purpose of obtaining a consent (other than customary filing fee of Governmental Authorities) or any costs and expenses of any third party resulting from the process of obtaining such consent. In this regard, each party (a) shall make an appropriate filing pursuant to the HSR Act and as required by the Competition Act with respect to the transaction contemplated hereby within ten (10) business days following the execution of this Agreement, (b) shall cooperate and coordinate such filing with the other parties. In addition, Sellers shall (x) identify to Buyers the key employees of the Sold Business, (y) cooperate and assist Buyers in entering into employment agreements covering employment with Sold Business after Closing, with such key employees on terms satisfactory to Buyers, and (z) assist and cooperate with Buyers in arranging meetings with key customers of the Sold Business regarding the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
          8.1.4 Supplemental Disclosure . Sellers will notify Buyers in writing (where applicable, through updates to the disclosure schedules hereto (the “Schedules”)) of, and contemporaneously will provide Buyers with true and complete copies of any and all information or documents relating to, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cure before the Closing, any event, transaction or circumstance, as soon as practicable after it becomes known to Sellers, occurring after the date of this Agreement that causes or will cause any covenant or agreement of Sellers under this Agreement to be breached or that renders or will render untrue any representation or warranty of Sellers contained in this Agreement as if the same were made on or as of the date of such event, transaction or circumstance. No notice given pursuant to this Section 8.1.4 or update to any schedule contemplated by Article 1 or Article 2 of this Agreement shall have any effect on the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement for purposes of determining satisfaction of any condition contained herein (other than with respect to the determinations of whether a Material Adverse Effect or a Special Closing Condition-Material Adverse Effect has occurred under Section 6.2(a)) or shall in any way limit Buyers’ right to seek indemnity under Article 9.
          8.1.5 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:
          (a) By mutual consent of Sellers and Buyers;

28


 

          (b) By either Sellers or Buyers if (i) the Closing has not been effected on or prior to the close of business on five (5) months from the date of this Agreement (the “Drop Dead Date”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation of this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to have occurred on or prior to the aforesaid date, or (ii) any Governmental Authority shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; provided further , however , that if the parties are diligently and in good faith progressing to Closing, Sellers are diligently working to obtain Shareholder Approval, or the parties are diligently working to gain HSR approval for the transactions contemplated hereby, either party may extend such date for one thirty (30) day period by giving written notice thereof to the other party;
          (c) By Sellers or Buyers if this Agreement shall fail to receive the requisite vote for approval at the Shareholders’ Meeting (as defined below);
          (d) By Sellers if there has been a material breach by Buyers of any material representation or warranty or any covenant herein in each case which breach has not been cured within thirty (30) days following receipt by Buyers of notice of such breach, and will result in the failure to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.3; or
          (e) By Buyers if there has been a material breach by Sellers of any material representation or warranty herein or any covenant in each case which breach has not been cured within thirty (30) days following receipt by Sellers of notice of such breach, and will result in the failure to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2.
          8.1.6 Effect of Termination .
     (a) In the event of termination of this Agreement by either Sellers or Buyers, as provided in Section 8.1.5, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation hereunder on the part of Buyers or Sellers or their respective shareholders, officers, employees, directors or agents (except as set forth in Section 8.1.2(b), Section 8.3.1 and Section 8.3.2 which shall survive the termination); provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 8.1.6 shall relieve any party hereto from any liability for any breach of this Agreement in the event of termination pursuant to Sections 8.1.5(b), (c), (d), or (e); and provided further , however , that in the event of termination pursuant to (i) Section 8.1.5(b), if the Closing has not been effected due to the failure of the Proxy Statement to be cleared by the SEC or the Shareholders’ Meeting to have occurred prior to the Drop Dead Date, or (ii) Section 8.1.5(c), no party shall be entitled to recover for any Losses

29


 

(as hereinafter defined) in excess of its actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred since November 29, 2004 in the event of such a termination.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 8.1.6(a), in the event that the Agilysys Board has received a Proposal and thereafter this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 8.1.5 (other than pursuant to Section 8.1.5(a), (b) (provided Sellers have not failed to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement that has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to have occurred on or prior to the Drop Dead Date) or (d)), and within one (1) year of such termination, Sellers enter into a definitive agreement with a third party for a Superior Offer, then, within ten (10) days after the closing of the transaction contemplated by such definitive agreement, Sellers shall pay to Buyers, as their sole and exclusive remedy for such termination, a termination fee equal to two percent (2%) of the Purchase Price less the aggregate amount of out-of-pocket expenses previously paid by Sellers to Buyers pursuant to this Section 8.1.6 (the “Acquisition Termination Fee”).
     (c) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 8.1.6(a), the Agilysys Board may withdraw, modify or change its Recommendation in a manner adverse to the interest of the Buyers, if facts or occurrences arising after the date hereof cause the Agilysys Board, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and a financial advisor of national recognized reputation, to determine in good faith that failure to take such action would be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable Law. In such event, if this Agreement is thereafter terminated in accordance with Section 8.1.5(c) and Sellers have not received a Proposal prior thereto, then, within ten (10) days after such termination, Sellers shall pay to Buyers, as their sole and exclusive remedy for such termination, a termination fee equal to one percent (1%) of the Purchase Price less the aggregate amount of out-of-pocket expenses previously paid by Sellers to Buyers pursuant to this Section 8.1.6 (the “Modification Termination Fee” and together with the Acquisition Termination Fee, the “Termination Fee”).
     (d) Sellers acknowledge that the agreements contained in this Section 8.1.6 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, that the damages resulting from termination of this Agreement under circumstances where a Termination Fee are payable are uncertain and incapable of accurate calculation and that the amounts payable pursuant to this Section 8.1.6 are reasonable forecasts of the actual damages which may be incurred and constitute liquidated damages and not a penalty, and that, without these agreements, Buyers would not enter into this Agreement; accordingly, if Sellers fail to promptly pay the Termination Fee, and, in order to obtain such payments Buyers commences a suit which results in a judgment against Sellers for the Termination Fee, Sellers shall pay to Buyers its costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) in connection with such suit.

30


 

          8.1.7 Insurance; Letters of Credit; Surety Bonds .
          (a) From the date of this Agreement through the Closing, Sellers shall keep and maintain insurance upon the Purchased Assets and in respect of the kinds of risk currently insured against, in accordance with their current practices.
          (b) All insurance policies covering the Purchased Assets, the Sold Business and the Sold Business Employees maintained by or on behalf of Sellers may be terminated on the Closing Date and, from and after the Closing Date, Sellers shall have no obligation of any kind to maintain any form of insurance covering all or any party of the Purchased Assets, the Sold Business or the Sold Business Employees.
          (c) On or prior to the Closing Date, Buyers will, in a manner satisfactory to Sellers, ensure that Sellers and their Affiliates are released from all obligations of Sellers and their Affiliates under all letters of credit, surety and performance bonds, guarantees and other financial support arrangements maintained by Sellers or any of their Affiliates in connection with the Sold Business or the Sold Business Employees and disclosed on Schedule 8.1.7(c) .
          8.1.8 Approval of Agilysys Shareholders .
          (a) Shareholders’ Meeting . Agilysys, acting through the board of directors of Agilysys (the “Agilysys Board”), shall, in accordance with applicable Law and the Agilysys Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations, (i) duly call, give notice of, convene and hold an annual or special meeting of its shareholders (the “Shareholders’ Meeting”) as promptly as practicable for the purpose of considering and taking action on this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (“Shareholder Approval”), and (ii) subject to the last sentence of this Section 8.1.8(a), (A) include in the preliminary proxy statement to be prepared in accordance with Section 8.1.8(b) (if necessary), and not subsequently withdraw or modify in any manner adverse to Buyer, the Recommendation, and (B) use reasonable efforts to obtain such approval and adoption. At the Shareholders’ Meeting, Buyer shall cause all Agilysys shares then owned by it and its subsidiaries, if any, to be voted in favor of the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Agilysys Board may determine to withdraw, modify or change such Recommendation if, (i) facts or occurrences arising after the date hereof cause the Agilysys Board, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and a financial advisor of national recognized reputation, to determine in good faith that failure to take such action would be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable Law, (ii) Agilysys uses reasonable best efforts to provide to Buyers at least two (2) days prior written notice that it intends (or may intend) to take any such action, (iii) Agilysys provides immediate written notice to Buyers that it has taken such action, and (iv) the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby are still submitted by the Agilysys Board to Agilysys’ shareholders for Shareholder Approval (excluding the Recommendation or including a modified or changed Recommendation, as applicable); provided , however , if Agilysys has received a Proposal, it may only withdraw, modify or change its Recommendation as provided in the preceding sentence after it has first: (x) given Buyers prompt written notice advising Buyers of

31


 

(1) the decision of the Agilysys Board to take such action and (2) the material terms and conditions of the Proposal, including the identity of the party making such Proposal; (y) given Buyers five business days (or three business days in the event of each subsequent material revision to such Proposal) after delivery of such notice to propose revisions to the terms of this Agreement (or make another proposal); and, (z) has otherwise complied with the conditions in parts (i) — (iv) of the preceding sentence.
          (b) Proxy Statement . Within five (5) days following the signing of this Agreement, Agilysys shall prepare and provide to Buyers a draft of the preliminary proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Agilysys shall file the Proxy Statement with the SEC within thirty-five (35) days following the signing of this Agreement, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Proxy Statement cleared by the SEC as promptly as practicable. Buyers and Sellers shall cooperate with each other in the preparation of the Proxy Statement, and Agilysys shall notify Buyers of the receipt of any comments of the SEC with respect to the Proxy Statement and of any requests by the SEC for any amendment or supplement thereto or for additional information and shall provide to Buyers promptly copies of all correspondence between Agilysys or any representative of Agilysys and the SEC. Agilysys shall give Buyers and their counsel the opportunity to review the Proxy Statement, including all amendments and supplements thereto, prior to its being filed with the SEC and shall give Buyers and their counsel the opportunity to review all responses to requests for additional information and replies to comments prior to same being filed with, or sent to, the SEC. Each of Buyers and Sellers agree to use commercially reasonable efforts, after consultation with the other parties hereto, to respond promptly to all such comments of and requests by the SEC and to cause the Proxy Statement and all required amendments and supplements thereto to be mailed to the shareholders of Agilysys entitled to vote at the Shareholders’ Meeting at the earliest practicable time. Subject to Section 8.1.8(a), the Proxy Statement shall include the recommendation to the shareholders of Agilysys in favor of approval and adoption of this Agreement and approval of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Recommendation”).
          8.1.9 Bulk Sales . Buyers and Sellers agree that the sale of the Purchased Assets may be considered to constitute a “sale in bulk” within the meaning of the Bulk Sales Act (Ontario) and other comparable legislation of other jurisdictions the laws of which may apply to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. The parties agree that compliance with the provisions of such legislation is not practicable and therefore Buyers agree to waive compliance with the said provisions and Sellers hereby covenant and agree to be solely responsible for compliance therewith and further covenant to fully indemnify and hold harmless Buyers from and against any and all actions, proceedings, suits, claims, liabilities, damages, expenses and demands arising, directly or indirectly, as a result of or in relation to the failure of Sellers to comply with the requirements of such legislation in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

32


 

          8.1.10 No Solicitation . Except as is necessary to ascertain the value of a Proposal, Sellers will not take, nor will they permit any Affiliates of Sellers (or authorize or permit any investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant or other Person retained by or acting for or on behalf of Sellers or any such Affiliates) to take, directly or indirectly, any action to solicit, encourage, receive, negotiate, assist or otherwise facilitate (including by furnishing confidential information with respect to the Sold Business or permitting access to the Purchased Assets and Sold Business Real Property and books and Records of Sellers) any offer or inquiry from any Person concerning the direct or indirect acquisition of the Sold Business by any Person other than any Buyers or their Affiliates. If any Seller or any such Affiliate (or any such Person acting for or on their behalf) receives from any Person any offer, inquiry or informational request referred to above, such Seller will promptly advise such Person, by written notice, of the terms of this Section 8.1.10 and will promptly, orally and in writing, advise Buyers of such offer, inquiry or request and deliver a copy of such notice to Buyers.
          8.1.11 Canadian Clearance Certificates . Agilysys Canada shall use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to the Canadian Buyer a certificate obtained by Agilysys Canada from each provincial or territorial tax authority where such certificate is required to be obtained confirming that no retail sales tax, worker’s compensation provision or health services tax (including applicable interest and penalties) is payable with respect to the Purchased Assets to be purchased by the Canadian Buyer. Furthermore, Agilysys Canada shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a certificate pursuant to any applicable provincial retail sales tax, health services tax or similar Laws confirming that all taxes collectible or payable by Agilysys Canada under such Laws have been paid.
          8.1.12 Exclusivity . Except as is necessary to ascertain the value of a Proposal, Sellers will not take, nor will they permit any Affiliates of Sellers (or authorize or permit any investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant or other Person retained by or acting for or on behalf of Sellers or any such Affiliates) to take, directly or indirectly, any action to solicit, encourage, receive, negotiate, assist or otherwise facilitate any offer or inquiry from any Person concerning the direct or indirect acquisition of the Sold Business by any Person other than (i) any Buyers or their Affiliates or (ii) any other Person which has proposed any Business Combination to which any Seller or any Affiliate of any Seller is a party and which directly or indirectly involves the Sold Business, provided that the Person making such proposal expressly recognizes the rights of Buyers hereunder in a written instrument reasonably satisfactory to Buyers.
          8.1.13 Employee Matters . Except as may be required by Law or as agreed to by Buyers, Sellers will refrain from directly or indirectly:
          (a) making any representation or promise, oral or written, to any Sold Business Employee concerning any Retained Benefit Plan, except for statements as to the rights or accrued benefits of any Sold Business Employee under the terms of any Retained Benefit Plan;
          (b) making any increase in the salary, wages or other compensation of any Sold Business Employee other than as set forth in Schedule 8.1.13 or stay bonuses in amounts mutually agreed to by Sellers and Buyers; provided that Sellers may

33


 

increase base salaries of Transferred Employees in the ordinary course consistent with past practice so long as the aggregate amount of such increase does not exceed 4% of the aggregate base salaries for Transferred Employees as determined as of the date hereof;
          (c) adopting, entering into or becoming bound by any Retained Benefit Plan, severance-related or employment-related Contract with respect to the Sold Business or any of the Sold Business Employees, or amending, modifying or terminating (partially or completely) any such Retained Benefit Plan, severance-related or employment-related Contract, except to the extent required by applicable Law; or
          (d) establishing or modifying any (i) targets, goals, pools or similar provisions in respect of any fiscal year under any Retained Benefit Plan or collective bargaining agreement for Sold Business Employees or (ii) salary ranges, increase guidelines or similar provisions in respect of any Benefit Plan or other compensation arrangement with or for Sold Business Employees or collective bargaining agreement with respect to Sold Business Employees, except as set forth in Schedule 8.1.13 .
          8.1.14 Sellers’ Consents . Sellers shall use their reasonable efforts to promptly obtain the consents of the lenders under (i) Agilysys’ Credit Agreement dated as of October 18, 2005 and (ii) Agilysys’ Amended and Restated Inventory Financing (Unsecured) with IBM Credit LLC made as of October 18, 2005 (collectively, the “Sellers’ Consents”).
     SECTION 8.2 Post Closing Covenants .
8.2.1 Transfer of Assets .
          (a) Sellers shall, at their expense, remove and transport any Retained Assets located at the Sold Business Real Property without damage to such Sold Business Real Property or the Purchased Assets located thereat or significant disruption of Buyers’ business conducted at such Sold Business Real Property provided that Buyers shall reasonably cooperate with Sellers during normal business hours in effecting such process.
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 8.2.1(a) and subject to the Transition Agreement, Buyers and Sellers agree that, commencing on the Closing Date and for such period of time after as Sellers may elect but in no event later than 90 days after the Closing Date (the “Interim Period”), any Retained Assets located at the Sold Business Real Property, may remain at such property. During the Interim Period and subject to Section 8.2.1(a), Sellers shall have the right to remove such Retained Assets from the Sold Business Real Property after providing reasonable notice. Sellers shall bear all risk of loss with respect to such assets, including with regard to the removal and transport of such assets from the Sold Business Real Property following Closing. The cost of removing and transporting such Retained Assets from the Sold Business Real Property and obtaining any permits and the payment of any de-commissioning costs shall be borne solely by Sellers.

34


 

          (c) Following the Closing, in order for Buyers and their Affiliates to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, Sellers shall afford Buyers, and Buyers’ accountants, counsel, financial advisors and other representatives, reasonable access upon reasonable notice during normal business hours to documentation regarding process narratives and process flow documentation of Sellers insofar as they relate to the Sold Business and limited access to Sellers’ Sarbanes Oxley Act Compliance Team (for a period of six (6) months). Buyers shall be entitled to make copies of such documentation regarding process narratives and process flow documentation in order to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. The use and disclosure of any information contained in such documentation shall be limited solely to such use and disclosure as is necessary in order for Buyers to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by Law.
8.2.2 Employee and Related Matters .
          (a) Termination of Employment from Sellers . Sellers shall terminate the employment of the Transferred Employees, other than those Transferred Employees set forth on Schedule 8.2.2(a) , effective as of the Closing or such later time as such individual becomes a Transferred Employee under Section 8.2.2(b) (as applicable, the “Effective Time”).
          (b) Employment by Buyers . Buyers shall offer employment to all Sold Business Employees, commencing as of the Effective Time, at the same work location or at a work location that is within reasonable proximity to such location and at compensation levels which, when taken as a whole, are the same or no less favorable than those levels in effect with Sellers as of the Closing Date and at benefit levels which, when taken as a whole, are substantially similar to those generally provided to the similarly situated employees of Buyers’ North American Computer Products Business. Each Sold Business Employee (i) who accepts Buyers’ offer of employment and becomes an employee of Buyers as of the Effective Time or (ii) whose employment agreement is assumed by Buyers as of the Closing Date shall thereafter be a “Transferred Employee”; provided , however that no Sold Business Employee who is on a leave of absence or another leave shall become a Transferred Employee unless and until he or she returns from that leave. In addition, Buyers agree that in connection with its employment of any Transferred Employees, Buyers shall: (i) give full credit for years of service with Sellers or their predecessors for purposes of (A) eligibility and vesting under Buyers’ employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements and (B)determining compensation levels, seniority and other terms and conditions of employment, termination and severance, (ii) waive any waiting periods for participation, coverage or benefits, (iii) waive any exclusions for benefits for pre-existing conditions, and (iv) with respect to Buyers’ group health plans, provide credit for co-payments and deductibles made by Transferred Employees under Sellers’ group health plans.

35


 

          (c) Certain Employment Liabilities . Sellers shall indemnify and hold Buyers and its affiliates harmless against all liabilities, claims, expenses, costs and losses (i) related to any Transferred Employee that arise from or are based on events occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, (ii) related to any current or former employee of Sellers who are not Transferred Employees or (iii) related to or arising under any Retained Benefit Plan, (iv) related to unpaid bonuses and incentive payments earned by Transferred Employees prior to the Effective Time in accordance with the terms and conditions of any applicable Retained Benefit Plan as in effect on the date hereof. For the sake of clarity, all liabilities, obligations, commitments, costs or expenses relating in any way to the Sold Business Employees arising prior to the Effective Time or arising under any Retained Benefit Plan, including, without limitation, any change of control or other payments arising as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall be the sole responsibility of Sellers and their Affiliates, and Sellers and their Affiliates shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer against all claims, payments, expenses, costs and losses incurred or accrued by Buyer with respect thereto. Except as provided herein, all liabilities, obligations, commitments, costs or expenses relating in any way to the Transferred Employees that arise after the Effective Time (other than arising under any Retained Benefit Plan) shall be the sole responsibility of Buyer, and Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Sellers against all claims, payments, expenses, costs and losses incurred or accrued by Sellers with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyers shall assume those liabilities described in Section 8.2.2(c)(i) or (iv) to the extent such liabilities are included on the Audited Balance Sheet.
          (d) Health Care Flexible Spending Account . Prior to the Closing, Seller shall amend any health flexible spending accounts in which any Transferred Employee participates immediately prior to the Closing (“Seller’s Health FSA”) to provide that each Transferred Employee may continue to submit eligible medical care expenses incurred prior to the end of 2006 for reimbursement from Seller after the Closing Date; provided that the aggregate amount of such reimbursements shall be limited to the amount of salary deferral contributions made by such Transferred Employee to Seller’s Health FSA.
          (e) COBRA . Sellers shall provide any COBRA notices and continuation health care coverage with respect to all individuals who are not Transferred Employees or their qualified dependents, and to the Transferred Employees (other than those Transferred Employees employed by Agilysys Canada) and their qualified dependents.
          (f) 401(k) Plan . Prior to the Closing Date, Buyers shall establish or designate a defined contribution plan with a cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code which shall cover the Transferred Employees (other than those Transferred Employees employed by Agilysys Canada) (“Buyers’ 401(k) Plan”). As of the Effective Time, the Transferred Employees who were covered under the Retirement Plan of Agilysys, Inc. (“Sellers’ 401(k) Plan”) shall be eligible to participate in Buyers’ 401(k) Plan without regard to any service requirements thereunder. Buyers’ 401(k) Plan will recognize the service of the Transferred Employees (other than those Transferred

36


 

Employees employed by Agilysys Canada) with Sellers and its predecessors for purposes of eligibility to participate, vesting and early retirement eligibility under Buyers’ 401(k) Plan to the extent such service would be recognized under Sellers’ 401(k) Plan. Buyers shall amend Buyers’ 401(k) Plan to ensure that Buyers’ 401(k) Plan will accept direct rollovers of eligible rollover distributions (and notes or similar instruments reflecting participant loans) from Sellers’ 401(k) Plan.
          (g) Benefit Equalization Plan . Within a reasonable period of time after the Effective Time, Buyers shall provide to the Transferred Employees (other than those Transferred Employees employed by Agilysys Canada) then in its employ who were participants in the Agilysys, Inc. Benefit Equalization Plan (the “BEP”) at the Effective Time, the opportunity to participate in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan of Buyers to the extent such a plan is available to similarly situated employees of Buyers.
          (h) Canadian Employees . Canadian Buyer shall provide or establish benefit plans and group RRSP plans for the Transferred Employees employed by Agilysys Canada that provide, when taken as a whole, the same or no less favorable benefits as those generally provided by Buyers to its similarly situated employees as of the Closing Date.
          (i) Change of Control . Sellers hereby represent and warrant to Buyers that (i) except as set forth on Schedule 8.2.2(i) , no Sold Business Employee is covered by a change in control agreement and (ii) the transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall not trigger any “change of control,” as such term is defined in any employment agreement with or relating to any Sold Business Employees.
          (j) No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon any Transferred Employee any right to continued employment by Buyers, nor shall anything herein interfere with the right of Buyers to terminate the employment of any Transferred Employee, with or without cause, subject to applicable Law. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall interfere with the right of Buyers to amend, modify or terminate at any time or in any respect any of the terms and conditions of employment for, or compensation of, its employees (including Transferred Employees), including without limitation its employee benefit plans and payroll practices.
          (k) Excluded Employees . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and unless as otherwise required by applicable Law, no Sold Business Employee who is on any type of authorized leave of absence as of the Closing will become a Transferred Employee if such Sold Business Employee does not return to work on the earlier of the expiration of his or her authorized leave and a date that is six (6) months following the Closing.
          (l) Waiver of Rights Under Existing Non-Solicitation Agreements . Sellers hereby waive, only in so far as it relates exclusively to the Sold Business, with

37


 

respect to the solicitation of employment or employment by Buyers of any Sold Business Employee, any claims or rights Sellers may have against Buyers or any such Sold Business Employee under any non-hire, non-solicitation, non-competition, confidentiality or employment agreement or any cause of action based on similar rights arising by contract, at common law or by statute or regulation. Sellers hereby assign, to the extent legally permissible and only in so far as they relate exclusively to the Sold Business, to Buyers all of Sellers’ rights to enforce the provisions of any non-competition agreement between any of Sellers and any Transferred Employee and any non-hire, non-solicitation, confidentiality, assignment of inventions or similar agreement between such Sellers and any Transferred Employee.
          (m) Retention Bonuses . Schedule 8.2.2(m) sets forth the terms and conditions of a stay bonus program that Sellers shall implement effective as of the date hereof (the “Stay Bonus Plan”). Buyers shall be responsible for all payments or benefits that are earned by Transferred Employees after the Closing Date under the terms of the Stay Bonus Plan. Sellers and Buyers shall each be responsible for the cost of 50% of all payments or benefits earned by Transferred Employees under the Stay Bonus Plan (regardless of when paid) during the period beginning immediately following the date hereof and ending on the Closing Date; provided, however, that the maximum amount of such payments for which Sellers shall be responsible shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Promptly after the Closing Date, Buyers shall reimburse Seller for any amounts owed by Buyers under the preceding sentence that are paid by Seller, it being understood that Buyers shall have no obligations hereunder if the Closing does not occur. Seller shall promptly reimburse Buyers for the cost of any payment or benefit required to be made or provided by Seller hereunder promptly after any such payment is made or benefit provided by any Buyer. A payment or benefit shall be considered to be “earned” hereunder on the date Transferred Employee has a vested right to such payment or benefit.
          (n) (i) Prior to Closing, Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a new employment agreement (collectively, the “New Employment Agreements”) with each of the Sold Business Employees listed on Schedule 8.2.2(n)(i), and each such New Employment Agreement shall (A) be in substantially the same form, and contain substantially the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, a one (1) year term) as each such Sold Business Employee’s current employment agreement, other than with respect to an increase in compensation in accordance with Section 8.1.13(b) and (B) contain a provision that provides that (I) such New Employment Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Sellers to Buyers without constituting a termination of employment by Sellers or giving rise to any termination rights of such Sold Business Employee, and (II) if one exists, an assignment or transfer of such Sold Business Employee’s change of control agreement (each, a “Change of Control Agreement”) to Buyers shall not constitute a termination of employment by Sellers or give rise to any termination rights of such Sold Business Employee.

38


 

            (ii) At Closing, Sellers shall transfer and assign, and Buyers shall assume, each New Employment Agreement (or other employment agreement for the Sold Business Employees listed on Schedule 8.2.2(n)(i) which remains in effect at such time) and Change of Control Agreement for each Sold Business Employee a party thereto, provided, that, any change of control payment made by Buyers within twelve (12) months from Closing pursuant to a Change of Control Agreement on account of the termination of a Sold Business Employee’s employment shall be the sole responsibility of Sellers and their Affiliates, and Sellers and their Affiliates shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyers against all Losses incurred or accrued by Buyers with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the indemnity obligations of Sellers for the change of control payments referenced in this Section 8.2.2(n)(ii) shall be reduced by any severance amounts which would otherwise be owed to such Sold Business Employees pursuant to any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, including, without limitation, any termination or severance policies, of Buyers as a result of such Sold Business Employee’s status as a Transferred Employee following the Closing if the Change of Control Agreements did not exist.
          8.2.3 Use of Retained Intellectual Property . Buyers will, as promptly as practicable following the Closing Date, but in no event later than six (6) months after the Closing Date, remove or obliterate all trade names, trademarks and service marks included in the Retained Intellectual Property from its signs, purchase orders, invoices, sales orders, labels, letterheads, shipping documents and other materials and Buyers shall not put into use after the Closing Date any such materials not in existence on the Closing Date that bear any such trade name, trademark or service mark included in the Retained Intellectual Property or any names, marks or logos similar thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyers shall be entitled for a period of six (6) months following the Closing Date to use (i) any signs, purchase orders, invoices, sales orders, labels, letterheads or shipping documents that otherwise constitute Purchased Assets existing on the Closing Date and (ii) any inventories that bear any such trade name, trademark or service mark included in the Retained Intellectual Property or any name, mark or logo similar thereto that otherwise constitute Purchased Assets, in each case where the removal of any such trade name, trademark or service mark or any such similar name, mark or logo would not be commercially reasonable.
          8.2.4 Tax Cooperation . Buyers and Sellers agree to retain and furnish or cause to be furnished to each other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such working papers and information relating to the Purchased Assets and the Sold Business and to provide such assistance as is reasonably necessary for the preparation and filing of all Tax returns, the making of any election related to Taxes, the preparation for any audit by any taxing authority, and the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or proceeding relating to any Tax return. Sellers and Buyers shall cooperate with each other in the conduct of any audit or other proceeding related to Taxes involving the Sold Business and each shall execute and deliver such powers of attorney and other documents as are necessary to carry out the intent of this Section 8.2.4.

39


 

          8.2.5 GST . Sellers and Buyers acknowledge and agree that the Canadian Purchased Assets constitute a business of Agilysys Canada and comprise all or substantially all of the property reasonably necessary for Canadian Buyer to be capable of carrying on the business as a business. Canadian Buyer and Agilysys Canada shall jointly elect under subsection 167(1) of Part IX of the Excise Tax Act (Canada), section 75 of the Quebec Sales Tax Act , and any equivalent or corresponding provision under any applicable provincial or territorial legislation imposing a similar value added or multi-staged tax, that no tax be payable with respect to the purchase and sale of the Canadian Purchased Assets under this Agreement and shall make such election(s) in prescribed form containing prescribed information. Canadian Buyer shall file such election(s) in compliance with the requirements of the applicable legislation. Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Agilysys Canada in respect of any tax, penalties, and interest that may be assessed against Agilysys Canada in the event and to the extent that the applicable Governmental Authority takes the positions that the election(s) may not be made in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          8.2.6 Section 20 and Section 22 Elections . If applicable, Canadian Buyer and Agilysys Canada shall make the joint election under subsections 20(24) and (25) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the comparable provisions of any applicable provincial legislation and Canadian Buyer and Agilysys Canada shall cooperate fully in the filing of such elections in the manner required by the Income Tax Act (Canada) and applicable provincial legislation. In accordance with the requirements of the Income Tax Act (Canada), the regulations thereunder, the administrative practice and policy of the Canada Revenue Agency and any applicable equivalent or corresponding provincial or territorial legislative, regulatory and administrative requirements, Canadian Buyer and Agilysys Canada shall make and file, in a timely manner, a joint election(s) to have the rules in Section 22 of the Income Tax Act (Canada), and any equivalent or corresponding provision under applicable provincial or territorial tax Law, apply in respect of the Accounts Receivable being sold by Agilysys Canada and shall designate that portion of the Purchase Price allocated to the Accounts Receivable being sold by Agilysys Canada in accordance with the allocation described in Section 3.3.
          8.2.7 Payment of Certain Taxes . Sellers agree to timely pay all Taxes imposed on or relating to all Purchased Assets payable in respect of all periods (or portions thereof) pending on or prior to the Closing Date and Buyers agree to timely pay all such Taxes on all Purchased Assets payable in respect of periods (or portions thereof) thereafter. Sellers shall be responsible for preparing and filing all Tax returns and related filings with respect to the Purchase Assets that are required to be filed on or before the Closing Date and Buyers shall be responsible for preparing and filing all other Tax returns and related filings with respect to the Purchase Assets. Except as provided in Section 8.2.5, Buyers and Sellers shall share equally all recording fees and transfer, documentary, sales, use or other Taxes assessed upon or with respect to the transfer of the Purchased Assets to Buyers. The party responsible for filing any returns due in respect of such Taxes shall timely file such returns notices and the other party shall cooperate in such filing.
          8.2.8 Assumed Liabilities . Buyers shall pay, discharge and perform, as and when the same shall become due, all of the Assumed Liabilities.

40


 

          8.2.9 Noncompetition .
          (a) Agilysys agrees that it will not, and will cause its subsidiaries, including Agilysys Canada, not to, for a period of five (5) years from the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of Buyers, either directly or indirectly, (i) engage or participate anywhere in the world other than Canada in (other than through the ownership of 5% or less of any class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or of an otherwise publicly traded company) any line of business which comprised the Sold Business on the Closing Date; or (ii) cause or attempt to cause any officer, employee or consultant of Buyers engaged in the Sold Business to resign or sever a relationship with Buyers. Agilysys further acknowledges the covenant by Agilysys Canada, below, and agrees to not do anything, directly or indirectly, to impair the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyers acknowledge and agree that Agilysys may continue to own an equity interest in and continue to maintain other business relationships with Magirus AG and such equity interest and relationships shall not constitute a violation of this Section 8.2.9(a).
          (b) Agilysys Canada acknowledges the above covenant by Agilysys and agrees that it will not for a period of five (5) years from the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of Buyers, either directly or indirectly, (i) engage or participate anywhere in Canada in (other than through the ownership of 5% or less of any class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or of an otherwise publicly traded company) any line of business which comprised the Sold Business on the Closing Date; or (ii) cause or attempt to cause any officer, employee or consultant of Buyers engaged in the Sold Business to resign or sever a relationship with Buyers (the “Canada Non-Competition Covenant”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyers acknowledge and agree that Agilysys Canada may continue to own an equity interest in and continue to maintain other business relationships with Magirus AG and such equity interest and relationships shall not constitute a violation of this Section 8.2.9(b).
          8.2.10 Nonsolicitation . Sellers will not, for a period of five (5) years from the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of Buyers, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit the employment of any Transferred Employee other than through general advertising not specifically directed at such employee, (ii) hire any Transferred Employee of Buyers other than is permitted by clause (i) above, or (iii) solicit, entice, induce or encourage any Transferred Employee to terminate his or her relationship with Buyers in order to become an employee of Sellers; provided , however , that Sellers shall not be restricted from soliciting the employment of or hiring any Transferred Employees that have previously been terminated by Buyers or have terminated their employment with Buyers other than as a result of Sellers’ violation of this Section 8.2.10.
          8.2.11 Investment Canada . Canadian Buyer shall within the prescribed time file a notification regarding the purchase of the Canadian Purchased Assets as required under the Investment Canada Act .
          8.2.12 Product Liability/Returned Goods . In the event that any person asserts a claim for Product Liabilities or for Returned Goods in connection with any products sold by Sellers prior to the Closing Date, Buyers shall provide reasonable assistance to Sellers to notify the supplier of such product of the claim and to request such supplier to fulfill its responsibility in respect of such claim. In the event that the supplier does not assume responsibility for any such claim, Buyers shall, at the request of Sellers, provide replacement product to Sellers at cost.

41


 

     SECTION 8.3. Miscellaneous Covenants .
          8.3.1 Publicity . Prior to the Closing Date, neither Sellers nor Buyers shall issue any press release or otherwise make any public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except as may be required by applicable Law or pursuant to any listing agreement with any national securities exchange, without the other’s prior consent thereto.
          8.3.2 Expenses . Except to the extent otherwise specifically provided herein, Buyers shall pay all the expenses incident
          to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which are incurred by Buyers or their representatives, and Sellers shall pay all the expenses incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which are incurred by Sellers or their representatives.
          8.3.3 No Assignment . No assignment by either party of this Agreement or any right or obligation hereunder, in whole or in part, may be made without the prior written consent of the other party. Any assignment attempted without that consent will be void and of no effect; provided , however , that Buyers may assign their rights under this Agreement to an Affiliate of Buyers’ so long as they remain obligated hereunder.
          8.3.4 Further Assurances . Each party hereto agrees that, as requested by the other party after the Closing, it will do all such further acts as may be required to effect the transactions contemplated hereby. To the extent Sellers are not able to obtain the requisite consents to assign to Buyers any of the Assumed Contracts which require such consents, Sellers agree to enter into mutually agreeable agreements with Buyers for each such Assumed Contract for which consent to assignment was not obtained, under which Buyers shall, to the extent practicable and possible, obtain the reasonably equivalent corresponding rights and benefits of any such Assumed Contracts and the reasonably equivalent corresponding obligations and liabilities thereunder, so that Buyers are, to the extent practicable and possible, put in substantially the same position they would have been in had such consent been obtained by Sellers. Such agreements may be in the form of a subcontract, sub-license or sub-lease to a Buyer or Sellers appointing the relevant Buyer as agent to such Seller to perform under such Assumed Contract, or any other arrangement which the relevant Buyer could enforce for the benefit of such Buyer, with the relevant Buyer assuming such Seller’s obligations, and any and all rights and benefits of such Seller against a third party thereto.
SECTION 9.
INDEMNIFICATION
     SECTION 9.1. Survival . Each of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing:
          (a) Indefinitely with respect to (i) the representations and warranties contained in Sections 4.1(a), 4.2, 4.8(a), 4.18, 5.1, 5.2 and 5.7 and (ii) the covenants and agreements contained in Sections 1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 8.1.2(b), and 8.3.2;

42


 

          (b) Until sixty (60) days after the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitation (including all periods of extension, whether automatic or permissive) with respect to matters covered by Sections 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.17 and 8.2.4 through 8.2.7;
          (c) Until such date that is eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date, in the case of all other representations and warranties and any covenant or agreement to be performed in whole or in part on or prior to the Closing; or
          (d) With respect to each other covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, until sixty (60) days following the last date on which such covenant or agreement is to be performed or, if no such date is specified, indefinitely.
     SECTION 9.2. Indemnification By Sellers . Subject to one or more provisions of this Article 9, Buyers and their Affiliates (collectively, the “Seller Indemnified Parties”) shall be entitled to indemnification from Sellers for all Losses directly or indirectly incurred by or sought to be imposed upon the Seller Indemnified Parties arising out of or relating to any (i) breach of any covenant or agreement made by Sellers in or pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) breach of any representations and warranties made by Sellers in this Agreement, (iii) of the Retained Liabilities, (iv) Assumed Litigation in excess of $5,000,000 or (v) the contract provision described in item 2(a) of Schedule 4.25 , and (vi) post-Closing liabilities of Buyers to IBM relating to the Sold Business arising from Sellers’ actions or inactions prior to Closing that are not reflected on the Audited Balance Sheet (unless Buyers have already been indemnified for such liabilities pursuant to sub-clause (1) below of this Section 9.2). “Losses” or “Loss” as used in this Agreement, means all liabilities, losses, damages, fines, fees, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. In addition to the foregoing, during the period beginning on the Closing and ending on the one year anniversary thereof, the Seller Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification from Sellers for all Losses directly or indirectly incurred by or sought to be imposed upon the Seller Indemnified Parties resulting from, arising out of or relating to (1) 100% of liabilities related to trade activities with suppliers of the Sold Business arising from Sellers’ actions or inactions prior to Closing unrecorded on the Audited Balance Sheet (unless Buyers have already been indemnified for such liabilities pursuant to sub-clause (vi) of this Section 9.2) and (2) amounts not collectable from IBM for customer and debit claims, to the extent of (A) 80% of such customer and debit claims that are aged less than six (6) months as of the Closing Date, (B) 90% of such customer and debit claims that are aged between six (6) months and twelve (12) months as of the Closing Date and (C) 100% of such customer and debit claims that are aged more than twelve (12) months as of the Closing Date; provided, however, that, in each case, Seller Indemnified Parties use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matters during such period.
     SECTION 9.3. Indemnification By Buyers . Subject to one or more provisions of this Article 9, Sellers and their Affiliates (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnified Parties”) shall be entitled to indemnification from Buyers for all Losses directly or indirectly incurred by or sought to be imposed upon the Buyer Indemnified Parties resulting from any (i) breach of any covenant or agreement made by Buyers in or pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) breach of any representations and warranties made by Buyers in this Agreement, (iii) of the Assumed Liabilities or (iv) operation of the Sold Business post-Closing.

43


 

     SECTION 9.4. Limitations on Indemnification by Sellers . The indemnification of the Seller Indemnified Parties provided for in Section 9.2 shall be limited in certain respects as follows:
          (a) Any claim by the Seller Indemnified Parties for Indemnification pursuant to Section 9.2 shall be required to be made by delivery of a written notice describing the basis for such claim in reasonable detail, to Sellers prior to the end of the applicable period for survival set forth in Section 9.1;
          (b) The Seller Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification for matters described in Section 9.2(ii) only to the extent that the aggregate amount of all such Seller Indemnified Parties’ claims for indemnification under Section 9.2(ii), as finally resolved, exceeds 1% of the Purchase Price;
          (c) The maximum aggregate liability of Sellers for indemnification under Section 9.2(ii) herein shall in no event exceed 20% of the Purchase Price;
          (d) The Seller Indemnified Parties’ right to indemnification shall be reduced to the extent the subject matter of the claim is covered by and paid pursuant to a warranty or indemnification from a third party;
          (e) The Seller Indemnified Parties’ right to indemnification shall be reduced to the extent they receive insurance proceeds with respect to such Losses;
          (f) The Seller Indemnified Parties’ right to indemnification shall be limited to the extent the Losses are reflected in the Final Balance Sheet such that the amount payable to the Seller Indemnified Parties under such an indemnification claim shall be reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the Losses reflected in the Final Balance Sheet, but only to the extent Buyer’s actually receive any purchase price adjustment they are entitled to under Section 3.2(e); and
          (g) The Seller Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to indemnification with respect to Losses resulting from the termination or non-renewal of any Assumed Contract with any supplier or customer by such supplier or customer other than for cause; provided , however , notwithstanding anything contained herein or in any Assumed Contract to the contrary, the termination or non-renewal of any Assumed Contract with any supplier or customer of the Sold Business resulting from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, as a result of the assignment, or attempted assignment, of such Assumed Contract by Sellers to Buyers without first obtaining the consent of such supplier or customer, shall not constitute “for cause” for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 9.4(g) shall not limit, or otherwise effect, the rights of the Seller Indemnified Parties under Sections 3.4, 6.2(m) and 8.2.9.
     SECTION 9.5. Limitations on Indemnification by Buyers . The indemnification of the Buyer Indemnified Parties provided for in Section 9.3 shall be limited in certain respects as follows:

44


 

          (a) Any claim by the Buyer Indemnified Parties for Indemnification pursuant to Section 9.3 shall be required to be made by delivery of a written notice describing the basis for such claim in reasonable detail, to Buyers prior to the end of the applicable period for survival set forth in Section 9.1;
          (b) The Buyer Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification for matters covered by Section 9.3(ii) only to the extent that the aggregate amount of all such Buyer Indemnified Parties’ claims for indemnification under Section 9.3(ii), as finally resolved, exceeds 1% of the Purchase Price;
          (c) The maximum aggregate liability of Buyers for indemnification under Section 9.3(ii) herein shall in no event exceed 20% of the Purchase Price;
          (d) The Buyer Indemnified Parties’ right to indemnification shall be reduced to the extent the subject matter of the claim is covered by and paid pursuant to a warranty or indemnification from a third party; and
          (e) The Buyer Indemnified Parties’ right to indemnification shall be reduced to the extent they receive insurance proceeds with respect to such Losses.
     SECTION 9.6. Notice of Non-Third Party Claim .
          (a) Promptly after acquiring knowledge of any Losses for which a Seller Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article 9, Buyers shall give written notice thereof to Sellers accompanied by an affidavit of the chief executives or chief financial officers of Buyers setting forth with reasonable particularity the underlying facts (either, as of the date of such affidavit, actually known or in good faith believed by the affiant to exist) sufficient to establish a good faith estimate, if known, of the Losses incurred or to be incurred relating thereto; and including copies of all written documentation and summarizing all oral information actually known or in good faith believed by the affiant to exist relating to the circumstances or events underlying the indemnification claim. In the event Buyers make a claim which is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be without reasonable basis in law or fact, Buyers shall bear all reasonable costs and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees) incurred by Sellers in investigating and defending against such claim.
          (b) Promptly after acquiring knowledge of any Losses for which a Buyer Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article 9, Sellers shall give written notice thereof to Buyers accompanied by an affidavit of the chief executive or chief financial officer of Agilysys setting forth with reasonable particularity the underlying facts (either, as of the date of such affidavit, actually known or in good faith believed by the affiant to exist) sufficient to establish, as of the date of such affidavit, the breach of a specified representation or warranty and setting forth a good faith estimate, if known, of the Losses incurred or to be incurred relating thereto; and including copies of all written documentation and summarizing

45


 

all oral information actually known or in good faith believed by the affiant to exist relating to the circumstances or events underlying the indemnification claim.
     SECTION 9.7. Third Party Claims .
          1 (a) Notice . In order for a party (the “Indemnitee”) to be entitled to any indemnification provided for under this Agreement in respect of, arising out of or involving a claim or demand made by any Person against the Indemnitee (a “Third Party Claim”), such Indemnitee must notify the party from who indemnification hereunder is sought (the “Indemnitor”) in writing of the Third Party Claim no later than thirty (30) days after such claim or demand is first asserted. Such notice shall state in reasonable detail the amount of or estimated amount of such claim, and shall identify the specific basis or bases for such claim, including the representation, warranties or covenants alleged to have been breached. Failure to give such notification shall not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except to the extent the Indemnitor shall have been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure. Thereafter, the Indemnitee shall deliver to the Indemnitor, without undue delay, copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnitee relating to the Third Party Claim so long as any such disclosure could not reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the attorney client or any other privilege that may be available to the Indemnitee in connection therewith.
          (b) Control .
          (i) If a Third Party Claim is made against an Indemnitee, the Indemnitor shall be entitled to participate, at its expense, in the defense thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Indemnitor irrevocably admits to the Indemnitee in writing its obligation to indemnify the
          Indemnitee for all liabilities and obligations relating to such Third Party Claim, the Indemnitor may elect to assume and control the defense thereof (by providing notice to Indemnitee of such election within thirty (30) days following delivery of notice of a Third Party Claim by Indemnitee to Indemnitor) with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnitor, such Third Party Claim by all appropriate proceedings, which proceedings will be vigorously and diligently prosecuted by the Indemnitor to a final conclusion or will be settled in accordance with 9.7(c). If the Indemnitor assumes such defense, the Indemnitee shall have the right to participate in the defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the Indemnitor, it being understood that the Indemnitor shall control such defense; provided , however , that the Indemnitee may at any time prior to the Indemnitor’s delivery of the notice to the Indemnitee of the Indemnitor’s election to assume the defense of any Third Party Claim, file any motion, answer or other pleadings or take any other action that is reasonably necessary or appropriate to protect the Indemnitee’s interests. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the Indemnitor will pay the Indemnitee’s costs and expenses with respect to its separate counsel if (x) in the Indemnitee’s good faith judgment, it is advisable, based on advice of counsel, for the Indemnitee to be represented by

46


 

separate counsel because a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee or (y) the named parties to such Third Party Claim include both the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee and the Indemnitee determines in good faith, based on advice of counsel, that defenses are available to it that are unavailable to the Indemnitor.
          (ii) If the Indemnitor fails to notify the Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following delivery of notice of a Third Party Claim by Indemnitee to Indemnitor that the Indemnitor desires to defend the Third Party Claim pursuant to this Section 9.7, or if the Indemnitor gives such notice but fails to prosecute diligently or settle the Third Party Claim, then the Indemnitee will have the right to defend, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnitor, the Third Party Claim by all appropriate proceedings, which proceedings will be vigorously and diligently prosecuted by the Indemnitee in good faith or will be settled at the discretion of the Indemnitee (with the consent of the Indemnitor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnitee will have full control of such defense and proceedings, including any compromise or settlement thereof (subject to the previous sentence); provided , however , that if requested by the Indemnitee, the Indemnitor will, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnitor, provide reasonable cooperation to the Indemnitee and its counsel in contesting any Third Party Claim which the Indemnitee is contesting.
          (c) Settlement . If the Indemnitor so assumes the defense of any Third Party Claim, all of the indemnified parties shall cooperate with the Indemnitor in the defense or prosecution thereof. Such cooperation shall include, at the expense of the Indemnitor, the retention and (upon Indemnitor’s request) the provision to the Indemnitor of records and information which are reasonably relevant to such Third Party Claim, and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. If the Indemnitor has assumed the defense of a Third Party Claim, (i) the Indemnitee shall not admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or discharge, such Third Party Claim without the Indemnitor’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), (ii) the Indemnitee shall agree to any settlement, compromise or discharge of any Third Party Claim which the Indemnitor may recommend and which by its terms releases the Indemnitee from any liability in connection with such Third Party Claim, and (iii) the Indemnitor shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnitee, enter into any settlement, compromise or discharge or consent to the entry of a judgment which imposes any obligation or restriction upon Indemnitee.
          (d) Cooperation . Each party shall make available to the other all records and other materials reasonably required to contest any Third Party Claim and shall cooperate fully with the other in the defense of all such claims. Information disclosed by one party to the other shall be kept confidential. The party not in control of the Third Party Claim shall have the right to be represented by counsel of its own choosing and at its own expense. The party in control shall keep the other informed of all material developments in connection with any Third Party Claim.

47


 

     SECTION 9.8. Disputes Involving Claims for Indemnification . If the Indemnitor notifies the Indemnitee that it does not dispute its liability to the Indemnitee with respect to any claim for indemnification hereunder, or fails to notify the Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following delivery of notice of any such claim by Indemnitee to Indemnitor whether the Indemnitor disputes its liability to the Indemnitee with respect to such claim, the Loss arising from such claim will be conclusively deemed a liability of the Indemnitor and the Indemnitor shall pay the amount of such Loss to the Indemnitee on demand following the final determination thereof. If the Indemnitor has timely disputed its liability with respect to such claim, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee will proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute, and if not resolved through negotiations within thirty (30) days following receipt of an Indemnitee of a written notice from an Indemnitor stating that it disputes all or any portion of a claim for indemnification hereunder, such dispute shall be resolved by litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction.
     SECTION 9.9. Exclusive Remedy . Except as provided in Section 8.1.6, each party shall have no liability to the other party with respect to any breach or nonfulfillment of any covenant or any other matter or claim relating to or arising out of this Agreement, except that with respect to any breach of, inaccuracy in, or violation of any representation or warranty or nonfulfillment of any covenant for which a right to claim indemnification is provided in this Article 9, a claim or an action under and pursuant to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Article 9 shall be the sole and exclusive right and remedy of a party seeking indemnification, and such party shall not have any other claim, cause of action, right, or remedy for such breach, inaccuracy, violation or nonfulfillment based upon this Agreement, any provision of any federal, state or provincial securities or other Law (including CERCLA and similar contribution rights) or based upon any other cause of action arising at law or in equity; provided , however , that if for any reason a court of competent jurisdiction shall refuse to enforce this provision, and shall permit a party seeking indemnification to assert any action based other than upon the right to claim indemnification as provided in this Article 9, such party agrees that the amount of such other claim shall be subject to and limited by the provisions of this Article 9. The provisions of this Section 9.9 shall not preclude the prosecution of any action or proceeding based on fraud.
SECTION 10.
CONSTRUCTION
     SECTION 10.1. Notices. All notices shall be in writing delivered as follows:
             
 
  (a)   If to Sellers, to:   Agilysys, Inc.
 
          2255 Glades Road, Suite 301
 
          Boca Raton, Florida 33431
 
          Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
          Facsimile: (561) 999-8765
 
           
 
      With copies to:   Agilysys, Inc.
 
          2255 Glades Road, Suite 301
 
          Boca Raton, Florida 33431
 
          Attention: Vice President and Corporate Counsel
 
          Facsimile: (561) 999-8765

48


 

             
 
      And:   Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP
 
          1400 McDonald Investment Center
 
          800 Superior Avenue
 
          Cleveland, Ohio 44114-2688
 
          Attention: Lawrence N. Schultz, Esq.
 
          Facsimile: (216) 241-0816
 
           
 
  (b)   If to Buyers, to:   Arrow Electronics, Inc.
 
          50 Marcus Drive
 
          Melville, NY 11747
 
          Attention: Peter Brown, Senior Vice President
 
          and General Counsel
 
          Facsimile No.: (631) 391-4379
 
           
 
      With copies to:   Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & Mccloy LLP
 
          1 Chase Manhattan Plaza
 
          New York, NY 10005
 
          Attn: Howard Kelberg, Esq.
 
          Facsimile No.: (212) 530-5219
or to such other address as may have been designated in a prior notice. Notices may be sent by (a) overnight courier, (b) confirmed facsimile transmission, or (c) registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; and shall be deemed to have been given (a) in the case of overnight courier, the next business day after the date sent, (b) in the case of facsimile transmission, on the date of confirmation of such transmission, and (c) in the case of mailing, three business days after being mailed, and otherwise notices shall be deemed to have been given when received by the Person to whom the notice is addressed or any other Person with apparent authority to accept notices on behalf of the Person to whom the notice is addressed.
     SECTION 10.2. Binding Effect . Except as may be otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     SECTION 10.3. Headings . The headings in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
     SECTION 10.4. Exhibits and Schedule . The Exhibits and Schedules referred to in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement. All Schedules referred to in this Agreement shall be initialed by the party delivering the same and dated the date of delivery.
     SECTION 10.5. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. This Agreement shall be effective upon execution and delivery of either manually signed or facsimile signed signature pages.

49


 

     SECTION 10.6. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware applicable to a contract executed and performed in such State, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
     SECTION 10.7. Waivers . Compliance with the provisions of this Agreement may be waived only by a written instrument specifically referring to this Agreement and signed by the party waiving compliance. No course of dealing, nor any failure or delay in exercising any right, shall be construed as a waiver, and no single or partial exercise of a right shall preclude any other or further exercise of that or any other right.
     SECTION 10.8. Pronouns . The use of a particular pronoun herein shall not be restrictive as to gender or number but shall be interpreted in all cases as the context may require.
     SECTION 10.9. Time Periods . Any action required hereunder to be taken within a certain number of days shall be taken within that number of calendar days unless otherwise expressly provided; provided , however , that if the last day for taking such action falls on a weekend or a holiday, the period during which such action may be taken shall be automatically extended to the next business day.
     SECTION 10.10. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against either party.
     SECTION 10.11. Modification . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless made in a written instrument which is signed by all of the parties and which specifically refers to this Agreement.
     SECTION 10.12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the agreements and documents referred to in this Agreement or delivered hereunder are the exclusive statement of the agreement among the parties concerning the subject matter hereof. All negotiations among the parties are merged into this Agreement, and there are no representations, warranties, covenants, understandings, or agreements, oral or otherwise, in relation thereto among the parties other than those incorporated herein and to be delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the confidentiality provisions set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement shall survive this Agreement, except that effective upon Closing, Buyers will no longer be subject to any confidentiality provisions contained in the Confidentiality Agreement to the extent they relate solely to the Sold Business. In the event this Agreement is terminated without the Closing occurring, then the obligations set forth in the aforesaid Confidentiality Agreement shall survive the termination hereof in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.
     SECTION 10.13. No Third Party Beneficiary Rights . This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall confer upon any other Person any rights, benefits or remedies of any nature whatsoever.
     SECTION 10.14. Definitions .
          “Accounts Receivable” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(j).

50


 

          “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the regulations promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
          “Agilysys” shall mean Agilysys, Inc.
          “Agilysys Board” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.8(a).
          “Agilysys Canada” shall mean Agilysys Canada, Inc.
          “Arbitrator’s Award Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c).
          “Assumed Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(h).
          “Assumed Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
          “Assumed Product Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f).
          “Assumed Litigation” means the litigation disclosed in Schedules 4.14(b) and 4.11(d), except for item 1 of 4.11(d)– “the Vigilos Inc. litigation.”
          “Audited Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).
          “Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.
          “Benefit Plans” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).
          “BEP” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(g).
          “Business Combination” shall mean with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation or combination to which such Person is a party, any sale, dividend, split or other disposition of capital stock or other equity interests of such Person or any sale, dividend or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of such Person.
          “Buyer” means Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation.
          “Buyers” means Buyer together with Canadian Buyer.
          “Buyers’ 401(k) Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(f).
          “Buyer Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.
          “Canadian Buyer” means Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd., a Canadian corporation.
          “Canadian Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1
          “Canadian Purchased Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.
          “CERCLA” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(c).

51


 

          “Change of Control Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(n)(i).
          “Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
          “Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
          “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended, and regulations and pronouncements promulgated thereunder.
          “Competition Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.
          “Confidentiality Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.2(b).
          “Disputed Payables” shall mean any accounts payable or other liabilities of the Purchased Assets or the Sold Business existing at the Closing which Sellers are disputing and any such accounts payable or other liabilities of the Purchased Assets or the Sold Business arising thereafter on account of any period prior to the Closing and not included in the Audited Balance Sheet, including without limitation the IBM Disputed Payables.
          “Drop Dead Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.5(b).
          “Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(a).
          “Environment” means any ambient, workplace or indoor air, surface water, drinking water, groundwater, land surface, subsurface strata, river sediment, plant or animal life, natural resources, workplace, and real property and the physical buildings, structures, improvements and fixtures thereon.
          “Environmental Laws” has the meaning set forth at the end of Section 4.12.
          “Environmental Liabilities” shall mean any liabilities or obligations arising under Environmental Laws (whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, contingent or otherwise, fixed or absolute or present or arising in the future), including without limitation any liabilities or obligations arising from any of the following conditions or events, regardless of when arising or occurring: (a) pollution, contamination or any other adverse environmental conditions (including, but not limited to, any adverse environmental conditions either on-site or off-site); (b) the presence, release, threatened release or exposure to Hazardous Substances; (c) the on-site or off-site transportation, storage, treatment, recycling, disposal or arrangement for disposal of Hazardous Substances; or (d) any violation of any Environmental Law.
          “ERISA” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13.
          “ERISA Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13.
          “Final Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b).
          “Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in 4.5.

52


 

          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.
          “Governmental Authority” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.
          “GST” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.
          “Hazardous Substance” means any substance or material: (i) the Release or presence of which requires investigation or Remediation under any Environmental Law; (ii) that is defined as a “pollutant,” “contaminant,” “solid waste,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous material” or “hazardous substance” under any Environmental Law; (iii) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic or mutagenic or otherwise hazardous; or (iv) without limitation, that is or contains gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenols (PCBs) or asbestos.
          “HSR” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.
          “IBM Disputed Payables” shall mean any accounts payable or other liabilities payable by Sellers to IBM with respect to the Purchased Assets or the Sold Business which Sellers are disputing and any such accounts payable or other liabilities of the Purchased Assets or the Sold Business arising thereafter (on account of any period prior to the Closing Date) and not included in the Audited Balance Sheet.
          “Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7(a).
          “Indemnitor” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7(a).
          “Independent Accountants” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c).
          “Interim Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.1(b).
          “Intellectual Property” means any of the following, whether protected, created or arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction: (a) patents and patent applications, (b) Marks, (c) copyrights (registered or unregistered), and applications for registration of copyrights, (d) internet domain names and (e) Trade Secrets.
          “Inventory” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(e).
          “Keylink Systems” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
          “Knowledge” means the actual knowledge of any officer or employee of Sellers listed on Schedule 10.14(a) .
          “Law” means any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign statute, law (including, without limitation, common law), ordinance, regulation, rule or code, decree, injunction or order.
          “Lien” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, charge or claim.

53


 

          “Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.
          “Lost Customers Multiple” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
          “Management” means with respect to any Hazardous Substance, the use, possession, distribution, processing, manufacturing, generation, treatment, storage, recycling, transportation, Release, Remediation or disposal or arrangement for disposal of such Hazardous Substance.
          “Marks” means registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks, trade names and similar rights and applications to register any of the foregoing, whether protected, created or arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction.
          “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on the business, condition, financial or otherwise, assets, liabilities, or results of operations of the Sold Business, taken as a whole, reasonably expected to result in the occurrence of a Loss to the Sold Business, individually or in the aggregate, equal to or greater than $2,500,000; except to the extent resulting from (i) any change in general United States or global economic conditions, or (ii) any change in general economic conditions in the industry in which the Sold Business operates which changes do not affect Sellers disproportionately relative to other entities, or (iii) the termination or modification of any Assumed Contract with any supplier or customer by such supplier or customer other than for cause; provided , however , that a Material Adverse Effect will not result if an Assumed Contract is terminated because of the execution of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the attempted assignment of such Assumed Contract by Sellers to Buyers.
          “Material Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(c).
          “Minimum Sales Amount” shall mean sales to Sellers pursuant to the Procurement Agreement in the amount equal to $270 million during any Reference Period.
          “New Employment Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(n)(i).
          “Operative Agreements” means, collectively, the Procurement Agreement and the Transition Agreement.
          “Oracle Lost Sales” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
          “Oracle Refusal” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
          “Permitted Lien” shall mean (i) mechanics’, carriers’, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, less than $10,000, (ii) Liens arising under conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business and under which Sellers are not in default, (iii) Liens for current Taxes, assessments (both general and special) and utilities not yet due and payable or which may hereafter be paid without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and, in connection therewith, appropriate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP, (iv) immaterial imperfections of title or encumbrances, if any, that do not, individually or in the

54


 

aggregate,impair the continued use and operation of any asset to which they relate in the conduct of the Sold Business as presently conducted, (v) Sold Business Real Property Leases, Tangible Personal Property Leases, (vi) easements, covenants, rights-of-way and other similar restrictions, conditions of record or encumbrances and shown on the surveys provided to Buyers, and (vii) (A) zoning, building and other similar restrictions or encumbrances imposed by applicable Laws, (B) Liens that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which Seller has easement rights or, on any Sold Business Real Property, under any lease or subordination or similar agreements relating thereto, and (C) unrecorded easements, covenants, rights of way or other similar restrictions on the Sold Business Real Property none of which, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the continued use and operation of such Sold Business Real Property in the conduct of the Sold Business.
          “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or other entity or organization.
          “Pre-Closing Lost Customers” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
          “Pre-Closing Lost Sales” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
          “Procurement Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(e).
          “Product Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(j).
          “Proposal” means a written unsolicited proposal from a third party to consummate a merger, stock sale, asset sale or other transaction that could reasonably be expected to result in the sale of all or substantially all of the Sold Business that the Agilysys Board believes in good faith to be bona fide and which is received by Sellers after the date hereof.
          “Proxy Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.8(b).
          “Purchased Assets” has the meaning set forth at the end of Section 1.1.
          “Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
          “Recommendation” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.8(b).
          “Reference Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the date hereof and for each year thereafter starting on the day immediately following the anniversary of the date hereof and ending on each anniversary of the date hereof thereafter throughout the term of the Procurement Agreement.
          “Registered Sold Business Marks” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a).
          “Release” when used in connection with Hazardous Substances, shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in 42 U.S.C. 9601(22), but not subject to the exceptions in Subsection (A) and (D) of 42 U.S.C. 9601(22).

55


 

          “Remediation” means (a) any remedial action, response or removal as those terms are defined in 42 U.S.C. § 9601; or (b) any “corrective action” as that term has been construed by Governmental Authorities pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 6924.
          “Representatives” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.2(b).
          “Retained Assets” has the meaning set forth at the end of Section 1.2.
          “Retained Benefit Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).
          “Retained Environmental Liabilities” shall mean any Environmental Liabilities, whenever arising or occurring, and regardless of whether known to Buyers or set forth on any schedule to this Agreement, arising from or relating to (i) the Retained Assets, or (ii) otherwise arising from or relating to Sellers or any of their respective predecessors or Affiliates, the Purchased Assets, the Sold Business or the Sold Business Real Property, except for any Environmental Liabilities where the facts or events underlying such liabilities are first created or first caused by the operation of the Sold Business by Buyers after the Closing Date.
          “Retained Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
          “Retained Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(d).
          “Retained Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(l).
          “Returned Goods” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(i).
          “Schedules” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.4.
          “Seller Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.
          “Sellers” shall mean Agilysys and Agilysys Canada.
          “Seller’s Health FSA” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(d).
          “Sellers’ Consents” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.14.
          “Sellers’ 401(K) Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(f).
          “Severance” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c).
          “Shareholder Approval” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.8(a).
          “Shareholders’ Meeting” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.8(a).
          “Sold Business” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
          “Sold Business Copyrights” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(d).
          “Sold Business Employees” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a).

56


 

          “Sold Business Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(d).
          “Sold Business Leased Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a).
          “Sold Business Marks” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(d).
          “Sold Business Owned Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(b).
          “Sold Business Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(b).
          “Sold Business Real Property Leases” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a).
          “Sold Business Trade Secrets” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(d).
“Special Closing Condition—Material Adverse Effect” means a Material Adverse Effect on the business, condition, financial or otherwise, assets, liabilities or results of operations of the Sold Business, taken as a whole, reasonably expected to result in the occurrence of a Loss to the Sold Business, individually or in the aggregate, equal to or greater than $25,000,000; except to the extent resulting from (i) any change in general United States or global economic conditions, or (ii) any change in general economic conditions in the industry in which the Sold Business operates which changes do not affect Sellers disproportionately relative to other entities, or (iii) the termination or modification of any Assumed Contract with any supplier or customer by such supplier or customer other than for cause; provided , however , that a Special Closing Condition — Material Adverse Effect will not result if an Assumed Contract is terminated because of the execution of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the attempted assignment of such Assumed Contract by Sellers to Buyers.
          “Stay Bonus Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(m).
          “Superior Offer” means a merger, stock sale, asset sale or other transaction that could reasonably be expected to result in the sale of all or substantially all of the Sold Business that the Agilysys Board believes in good faith to be bona fide and which the Agilysys Board determines in its good faith judgment (after consultation with its financial advisor) to be more favorable to the holders of common stock of Agilysys than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (taking into account the anticipated timing, financing and other closing conditions, prospects for completion of such proposal, the Termination Fee payable under this Agreement and all financial, regulatory, legal and other aspects of such proposal).
          “Tangible Personal Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(c).
          “Tangible Personal Property Leases” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(l).
          “Target Working Capital” shall mean, in the event the Closing Date is (a) March 31, 2007, the dollar amount equal to the greater of (i) 11% of the revenues of the Sold Business for the three month period ending on the Closing Date and (ii) $32 million, (b) April 30, 2007,

57


 

the dollar amount equal to the greater of (i) 14% of the revenues of the Sold Business for the three month period ending on the Closing Date and (ii) $38 million or (c) May 31, 2007, the dollar amount equal to the greater of (i) 11% of the revenues of the Sold Business for the three month period ending on the Closing Date and (ii) $32 million. For purposes of clarification, revenues shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP.
          “Tax” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.
          “Terminated Suppliers” shall mean the suppliers of any terminated franchised lines of the Sold Business listed on Schedule 10.14(b), together with any other suppliers of the Sold Business that terminate their respective franchised lines of business from the date of the Agreement until Closing.
          “Third Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7(a).
          “Third Party License” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(b).
          “Title Company” shall mean Chicago Title Insurance Company or such other company designated by Buyers.
          “Title Policy” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(j).
          “Transition Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(f).
          “Transferred Employee” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(b).
          “Trade Secrets” means know-how, processes, methods, concepts, inventions, databases, technical data, customer lists. marketing and other business plans and other proprietary or confidential information that derives economic value from not being generally known to other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure.
          “US Buyer” means Support Net, Inc., an Indiana corporation.
          “WARN” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).
[ signature page follows ]

58


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    AGILYSYS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Arthur Rheim    
 
           
 
  Its:   Chairman    
 
           
 
           
    AGILYSYS CANADA INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Arthur Rheim    
 
           
 
  Its:   Chairman    
 
           
 
      (“Sellers”)    
 
           
    ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ William E. Mitchell    
 
           
 
  Its:   Chairman, President & CEO    
 
           
 
           
    SUPPORT NET, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Peter S. Brown    
 
           
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President    
 
           
 
           
    ARROW ELECTRONICS CANADA LTD.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Peter S. Brown    
 
           
 
  Its:   President    
 
           
 
      (“Buyers”)    

59

 

Exhibit 10 (a)
ARROW ELECTRONICS
SAVINGS PLAN
As Amended and Restated Through January 2007

 


 

Table of Contents
             
        Page  
ARTICLE I
  DEFINITIONS     2  
1.1
  Accounts     2  
1.2
  Affiliate     2  
1.3
  Applicable Plan Year     2  
1.4
  Appropriate Form     3  
1.5
  Beneficiary     3  
1.6
  Board of Directors     3  
1.7
  Code     3  
1.8
  Catch-up Contributions     3  
1.9
  Committee     3  
1.10
  Common Stock     3  
1.11
  Company     3  
1.12
  Company Representative     3  
1.13
  Compensation     3  
1.14
  Contribution Agreement     4  
1.15
  Disability     4  
1.16
  Effective Date     4  
1.17
  Elective Account     4  
1.18
  Elective Contributions     4  
1.19
  Elective Deferral Limit     4  
1.20
  Eligible Employee     5  
1.21
  Employer     5  
1.22
  Entry Date     5  
1.23
  ERISA     5  
1.24
  ESOP Contributions     5  
1.25
  Fund or Trust Fund     5  
1.26
  Highly Compensated Employee     5  
1.27
  Hour of Service     6  
1.28
  Investment Adjustments     8  
1.29
  Investment Fund     8  
1.30
  Loan Account     8  
1.31
  Loan Fund     8  
1.32
  Matching Account     8  
1.33
  Matching Contributions     8  
1.34
  Member     8  
1.35
  Normal Retirement Date     8  
1.36
  One-Year Break in Service     8  
1.37
  Plan     8  
1.38
  Plan Year     9  
1.39
  Prior Plan Account     9  
1.40
  Rollover Account     9  
1.41
  Rollover Contribution     9  
1.42
  Section 401(k) Member     9  

i


 

Table of Contents
(continued)
             
        Page  
1.43
  Termination of Employment     9  
1.44
  Total Earnings     9  
1.45
  Trust Agreement     9  
1.46
  Trustee     10  
1.47
  Valuation Date     10  
1.48
  Vested Percentage     10  
1.49
  Year of Service     10  
1.50
  Meaning of “Spouse”     10  
 
           
ARTICLE II
  MEMBERSHIP     11  
2.1
  In General     11  
2.2
  Service with Affiliates     11  
2.3
  Contribution Agreement Required for Elective Contributions     12  
2.4
  Transfers     12  
2.5
  Transfers Between Employers     12  
2.6
  Reemployment     13  
2.7
  Service with Predecessors or Affiliates, or as an Ineligible Employee     13  
 
           
ARTICLE III
  CONTRIBUTIONS     14  
3.1
  Elective Contributions     14  
3.2
  Matching Contributions     16  
3.3
  Section 401(k) Limit on Elective Contributions     16  
3.4
  Section 401(m) Limit on Matching Contributions     18  
3.5
  Special Rules     20  
3.6
  Rollovers     21  
3.7
  Maximum Limit on Allocation     22  
3.8
  Form and Time of Payment     22  
3.9
  Contributions May Not Exceed Amount Deductible     22  
3.10
  Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility and Plan Qualification     22  
3.11
  Expenses     22  
3.12
  No Employee Contributions     22  
3.13
  Profits Not Required     23  
3.14
  Contributions for Military Service     23  
 
           
ARTICLE IV
  VESTING     24  
4.1
  Elective Account and Prior Plan Account     24  
4.2
  Matching Account     24  
4.3
  Forfeitures     25  
4.4
  Irrevocable Forfeitures     25  
4.5
  Application of Forfeitures     25  
 
           
ARTICLE V
  ACCOUNTS AND DESIGNATION OF INVESTMENT FUNDS     26  
5.1
  Investment of Account Balances     26  
5.2
  Designation of Investment Funds for Future Contributions     26  
5.3
  Designation of Investment Funds for Existing Account Balances     26  

ii


 

Table of Contents
(continued)
             
        Page  
5.4
  Valuation of Investment Funds     26  
5.5
  Correction of Error     27  
5.6
  Allocation Shall Not Vest Title     27  
5.7
  Statement of Accounts     27  
5.8
  Daily Valuation     27  
 
           
ARTICLE VI
  LIMITATION ON MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTIONS AND BENEFITS UNDER ALL PLANS     28  
6.1
  Definitions     28  
6.2
  Limitation on Annual Additions     28  
6.3
  Application     28  
6.4
  Limitation Year     29  
6.5
  Correlation with Higher ESOP Limit     29  
 
           
ARTICLE VII
  DISTRIBUTIONS, WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS     30  
7.1
  Distribution on Termination of Employment     30  
7.2
  Withdrawals during Employment     30  
7.3
  Loans during Employment     32  
7.4
  Loan Requirements     32  
7.5
  Loan Expenses     34  
7.6
  Funding     34  
7.7
  Repayment     35  
7.8
  Valuation     35  
7.9
  Allocation among Investment Funds     35  
7.10
  Disposition of Loan Upon Certain Events     35  
7.11
  Withdrawals from Plan While Loan is Outstanding     35  
7.12
  Compliance with Applicable Law     36  
7.13
  Default     36  
7.14
  Conversion of Loan to Hardship Distribution     36  
 
           
ARTICLE VIII
  PAYMENT OF BENEFITS     37  
8.1
  Payment of Benefits     37  
8.2
  Death Benefits     38  
8.3
  Non-Alienation of Benefits     38  
8.4
  Doubt as to Right to Payment     38  
8.5
  Incapacity     38  
8.6
  Time of Commencement of Benefits     39  
8.7
  Payments to Minors     39  
8.8
  Identity of Proper Payee     39  
8.9
  Inability to Locate Distributee     40  
8.10
  Estoppel of Members and Their Beneficiaries     40  
8.11
  Qualified Domestic Relations Orders     40  
8.12
  Benefits Payable Only from Fund     41  
8.13
  Prior Plan Distribution Forms     41  
8.14
  Restrictions on Distribution     41  

iii


 

Table of Contents
(continued)
             
        Page  
8.15
  Direct Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions     42  
8.16
  Receipt of ESOP Beneficiary’s Account     43  
 
           
ARTICLE IX
  BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION     44  
9.1
  Designation of Beneficiary     44  
9.2
  Spouse as Presumptive Beneficiary     44  
9.3
  Change of Beneficiary     44  
9.4
  Failure to Designate     44  
9.5
  Effect of Marriage, Divorce or Annulment, or Legal Separation     44  
9.6
  Proof of Death, etc.     45  
9.7
  Discharge of Liability     45  
 
           
ARTICLE X
  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN     46  
10.1
  Committee     46  
10.2
  Named Fiduciary     46  
10.3
  Powers and Discretion of the Named Fiduciary     46  
10.4
  Advisers     47  
10.5
  Service in Multiple Capacities     48  
10.6
  Limitation of Liability; Indemnity     48  
10.7
  Reliance on Information     48  
10.8
  Subcommittees, Counsel and Agents     48  
10.9
  Funding Policy     49  
10.10
  Proper Proof     49  
10.11
  Genuineness of Documents     49  
10.12
  Members May Direct Investments     49  
10.13
  Records and Reports     50  
10.14
  Recovery of Overpayments     50  
 
           
ARTICLE XI
  THE TRUST AGREEMENT     51  
11.1
  The Trust Agreement     51  
11.2
  No Diversion of Fund     51  
11.3
  Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee     51  
 
           
ARTICLE XII
  AMENDMENT     52  
12.1
  Right of the Company to Amend the Plan     52  
12.2
  Plan Merger     52  
12.3
  Amendments Required by Law     52  
12.4
  Right to Terminate     52  
12.5
  Termination of Trust     52  
12.6
  Continuation of Trust     53  
12.7
  Discontinuance of Contributions     53  
 
           
ARTICLE XIII
  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS     54  
13.1
  Plan Not a Contract of Employment     54  
13.2
  Merger     54  
13.3
  Claims Procedure     54  

iv


 

Table of Contents
(continued)
             
        Page  
13.4
  Controlling Law     54  
13.5
  Separability     54  
13.6
  Captions     54  
13.7
  Usage     54  
 
           
ARTICLE XIV
  LEASED EMPLOYEES     55  
14.1
  Definitions     55  
14.2
  Treatment of Leased Employees     55  
14.3
  Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization     55  
14.4
  Construction     55  
 
           
ARTICLE XV
  “TOP-HEAVY” PROVISIONS     56  
15.1
  Determination of “Top-Heavy” Status.     56  
15.2
  Provisions Applicable in “Top-Heavy” Plan Years     58  
 
           
ARTICLE XVI
  CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS     60  
16.1
  General     60  
16.2
  Method of Contribution     60  
16.3
  Ineligibility for Matching Contributions     60  
16.4
  Limit on Catch-Up Contribution     60  
16.5
  Treatment of Catch-up Contributions     60  
16.6
  Qualification as Catch-up Contributions     60  
16.7
  Catch-up Contributions Disregarded for Certain Purposes     61  

v


 

ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
INTRODUCTION
     The Arrow Electronics Savings Plan set forth herein (the “Plan”) was initially adopted effective June 1, 1982 as Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan, a stock bonus plan. A profit sharing plan called the “Arrow Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan” (the “New Plan”) was adopted effective January 1, 1984 and amended effective January 1, 1985 to permit additional contributions pursuant to section 401(k) of the Code. Membership in Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan was closed after the Entry Date of July 1, 1983 and no contributions were made to Part III for any Plan Year ending after December 31, 1983. Members of the Plan who were eligible became members of the New Plan as of December 31, 1983. Other eligible individuals subsequently became members of the New Plan in accordance with its terms.
     The Plan was amended and restated effective as of the close of business on December 31, 1988 for the following purposes: (i) to establish the Plan as a separate entity upon its deletion as Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan (which was renamed the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan) and to accept the transfer to the Plan of all assets and liabilities relating to such Part III; (ii) to merge the New Plan into the Plan and to make further changes deemed necessary or advisable in light of the merger, including changing the name of the Plan to the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan; and (iii) to make changes deemed necessary or advisable to comply with changes in applicable law, effective as of such dates as required by law, and to make other changes deemed desirable in order to effect the purposes of the Plan. Provisions of this document having effective dates prior to December 31, 1988 govern Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan as constituted prior thereto and the New Plan.
     The Plan was subsequently restated to incorporate further amendments adopted through December 28, 1994 in order to make changes deemed necessary or advisable to comply with changes in applicable law, effective as of such dates as are required by law, and to make other changes deemed desirable in order to effect the purposes of the Plan.
     The Plan was amended and restated on February 15, 2002 to include amendments adopted since the preceding restatement and additional changes, including those deemed necessary or advisable to comply with the provisions of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, as well as other amendments determined by the Company to be appropriate to further the purposes of the Plan, effective as the respective dates set forth or as required by law, provided that clarifications of existing provisions were effective as of the same dates as the provisions which they clarify. The restated Plan also eliminated as “deadwood” provisions no longer necessary, such as those relating to Class Year Accounts (which have all become fully vested and no longer require separate accounting), and Basic Contributions (profit-sharing contributions made under a predecessor plan) all of which are now included in Members’ Matching Accounts. References herein to sections that have been renumbered as a result of any of the foregoing changes shall, where the context requires, include references to corresponding sections of the Plan as previously in effect.

 


 

     On March 17, 2003, the Plan was further restated to include amendments adopted since the last restatement and additional changes, including those deemed necessary or advisable to reflect the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, or otherwise appropriate to further the purposes of the Plan, and to eliminate provisions no longer applicable, effective as of January 1, 2002 or as otherwise expressly provided or required by law, provided that clarifications of existing provisions are effective as of the same dates as the provisions which they clarify. The Plan was further amended by action of the Committee on November 25, 2003 and September 21, 2004, and as set forth in Amendment No. 1 executed on March 7, 2005. The Plan was thereafter separately amended by action of the Committee to make the changes set forth in Article VII hereof effective August 1, 2006, and in Sections 1.50 and 9.5 (and other provisions of Article IX referring thereto), effective September 1, 2006.
     The Plan is now further amended and restated to make additional changes deemed advisable, including changes to reflect the final regulations under section 401(k) of the Code effective January 1, 2006 and expanded definitive language to reflect final regulations under EGTRRA’s catch-up provisions, as well as additional design changes. The Plan as so restated shall be effective January 1, 2006 except as otherwise expressly provided, and reads as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
     When used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the designated meaning, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context.
     1.1 Accounts . A Member’s Elective Account, Loan Account, Matching Account, Prior Plan Account and Rollover Account, as applicable.
     1.2 Affiliate . Any of the following:
          1.2.1 Controlled Group Affiliate . Any trade or business (other than an Employer), whether or not incorporated, which at the time of reference controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an Employer within the meaning of section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code (including any division of an Employer not participating in the Plan) and, for purposes of Article VI, section 415(h) of the Code (a “Controlled Group Affiliate”).
          1.2.2 Affiliated Service Groups, etc . Any (a) member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of section 414(m) of the Code, that includes an Employer, or (b) organization aggregated with an Employer pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code, to the extent required by such sections or section 401(k) or (m) of the Code.
     1.3 Applicable Plan Year . The current Plan Year.

- 2 -


 

     1.4 Appropriate Form . The form or other method of communication prescribed by the Committee for a particular purpose specified in the Plan, when filed or otherwise effected at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee.
     1.5 Beneficiary . A person or persons entitled under Article IX to receive any benefits payable upon or after the death of a Member.
     1.6 Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee thereof (such as the Compensation Committee).
     1.7 Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision, any valid regulation or ruling promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of future law that amends, supplements or supersedes such provision.
     1.8 Catch-up Contributions . Elective Contributions designated and qualifying as Catch-up Contributions pursuant to Article XVI, or “Excess Contributions” recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions under Section 3.3.4 in order to satisfy ADP nondiscrimination testing.
     1.9 Committee . Effective September 21, 2004, the Management Pension Investment and Oversight Committee appointed to serve as named fiduciary of the Plan pursuant to Article X, and prior thereto, the Administrator as defined in the Plan as then in effect.
     1.10 Common Stock . The common stock of the Company having a par value of one dollar ($1) per share, or any other common stock into which it may be reclassified.
     1.11 Company . Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, and any company acquiring the business of Arrow Electronics, Inc. and which, within a reasonable time thereafter, adopts this Plan as of the effective date of such acquisition.
     1.12 Company Representative . The individuals serving from time to time as members of the Committee, but acting as the representative of the Company in exercising the rights of the Company as settlor and plan sponsor. Such individuals shall not be deemed to be fiduciaries with respect to the Plan when carrying out responsibilities assigned to the Company Representative under the Plan, even though, where applicable, the same individuals may be fiduciaries when carrying out their responsibilities as members of the Committee.
     1.13 Compensation . Gross cash compensation paid by an Employer to an Eligible Employee while he is a Member, determined before giving effect to any Contribution Agreement under this Plan (or any other cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code) or to any similar reduction agreement pursuant to any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of section 125 of the Code) or, effective January 1, 2001, for purposes of receiving qualified transportation fringe benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code). Compensation shall not include any payments made pursuant to stock appreciation rights or otherwise pursuant to any plan for the grant of stock options, stock, or other stock rights, expense reimbursements (such as but not limited to relocation and tuition expense reimbursements and nontaxable car allowances), or salary continuation or other amounts paid under arrangements entered into on or after December 1, 2006 or under prior arrangements if paid after March 31,

- 3 -


 

2007 that are effectively in the nature of severance pay, but shall include taxable car allowances. Compensation taken into account for any Member for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002, shall not exceed two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted from time to time for increases in the cost of living in accordance with section 401(a)(17) of the Code) (the “Compensation Limit”). If the period for determining Compensation is a short plan year (i.e., shorter than 12 months), the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual Compensation limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short plan year and the denominator of which is 12.
     1.14 Contribution Agreement . An agreement by a Section 401(k) Member (set forth on the Appropriate Form) to reduce his Compensation otherwise payable in cash in order to share in Elective Contributions under the Plan, as provided in Section 3.1.
     1.15 Disability . A physical or mental condition which would, upon proper application, entitle the Member to disability benefits under the Social Security Act.
     1.16 Effective Date . January 1, 1974.
     1.17 Elective Account . A separate Account maintained for each Member which reflects his share of the Fund attributable to Elective Contributions plus such other amounts as may be transferred to such Account after December 31, 1988 under the terms of the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan, together with applicable Investment Adjustments.
     1.18 Elective Contributions . Contributions by an Employer for a Section 401(k) Member as provided in Section 3.1, based on the amount by which such Section 401(k) Member elects to reduce his Compensation otherwise payable in cash (which contributions may not exceed the Elective Deferral Limit).
     1.19 Elective Deferral Limit . The amount set forth below, reduced by the amount of “elective deferrals” (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code, but excluding catch-up contributions as defined in section 414(v) of the Code) made by a Member during his taxable year (which is presumed to be the calendar year) under any other plans or agreements maintained by an Employer or by a Controlled Group Affiliate (and, in the sole discretion of the Committee, any plans or agreements maintained by any other employer, if reported to the Committee at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe).
         
Calendar Year   Amount
2002
  $ 11,000  
2003
  $ 12,000  
2004
  $ 13,000  
2005
  $ 14,000  
Years subsequent to 2006
  $15,000, as adjusted in accordance with section 402(g)(4) of the Code
The reduction in the Elective Deferral Limit previously imposed for a Member who received a hardship withdrawal in the prior year shall not apply for the calendar year 2002 or thereafter.

- 4 -


 

     1.20 Eligible Employee . Any person employed by the Company or any other Employer, subject to such terms and conditions as may apply to such Employer pursuant to Section 1.21 and subject also to the following:
          1.20.1 An employee who is employed primarily to render services within the jurisdiction of a union and whose compensation, hours of work, or conditions of employment are determined by collective bargaining with such union shall not be an Eligible Employee unless the applicable collective bargaining agreement expressly provides that such employee shall be eligible to participate in this Plan, in which event, however, he shall be entitled to participate in this Plan only to the extent and on the terms and conditions specified in such collective bargaining agreement.
          1.20.2 The board of directors of an Employer may, in its discretion, determine that individuals employed in a specified division, subdivision, plant, location or job classification of such Employer shall not be Eligible Employees, provided that any such determination shall not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees so as to prevent the Plan from qualifying under section 401(a) of the Code.
          1.20.3 An individual who performs services for an Employer under an agreement or arrangement (which may be written, oral, and/or evidenced by the Employer’s payroll practice) with such individual or with another organization that provides the services of such individual to the Employer, pursuant to which such individual is treated as an independent contractor or is otherwise treated as an employee of an entity other than the Employer, shall not be an Eligible Employee, irrespective of whether such individual is treated as an employee of the Employer under common-law employment principles or pursuant to the provisions of section 4.4(m), 414(n) or 414(o) of the Code.
     1.21 Employer . The Company and any subsidiary of the Company which has adopted the Plan with the approval of the Company, subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Company upon the participation in the Plan of such adopting Employer.
     1.22 Entry Date . Effective September 1, 1995, the first day of each January, April, July, and October, and effective March 1, 2004, the first day of each calendar month.
     1.23 ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific provision of ERISA shall include such provision, any valid regulation or ruling promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of future law that amends, supplements or supersedes such provision.
     1.24 ESOP Contributions . Contributions made by an Employer to the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan (or, prior to January 1, 1989, to Part I or Part II of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan or to the Arrow Electronics ESOP).
     1.25 Fund or Trust Fund . The trust fund held under the Trust Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1.
     1.26 Highly Compensated Employee . A “highly compensated employee” as defined in section 414(q) of the Code and applicable regulations. Effective January 1, 1997,

- 5 -


 

“Highly Compensated Employee” means an employee who received Total Earnings during the prior Plan Year in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section 414(q) of the Code) or who was a five percent (5%) owner (as described in Section 15.1.2(c)) at any time during the current or prior Plan Year.
     1.27 Hour of Service . For all purposes of this Plan, “Hour of Service” shall mean each hour includible under any of Sections 1.27.1 through 1.27.4, applied without duplication, but subject to the provisions of Sections 1.27.5 through 1.27.8.
          1.27.1 Paid Working Time . Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Employer;
          1.27.2 Paid Or Other Approved Absence . Each regularly scheduled working hour during a period for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability or pregnancy), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence, or during any other period of authorized leave if employee returns to employment with the Employer on the expiration of such leave.
          1.27.3 Military Service . Each regularly scheduled working hour which would constitute an Hour of Service under Section 1.27.1 or 1.27.2 but for the employee’s absence for “qualified military service” (as defined in section 414(u) of the Code) (“Military Service”) during a period in which his reemployment rights are protected by law, provided that such employee re-enters the employ of an Employer within the period during which his reemployment rights are protected by law; and
          1.27.4 Back Pay Awards . Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer.
          1.27.5 Crediting Hour of Service . Hours of Service shall be credited as follows:
               (a)  Paid Working Time . Hours of Service described in Section 1.27.1 shall be credited to the Plan Year in which the duties were performed;
               (b)  Paid Absence and Military Service . Hours of Service described in Sections 1.27.2 and 1.27.3 shall be credited to the Plan Year in which occur the regularly scheduled working hours with respect to which such Hours of Service are determined, beginning with the first such hours;
               (c)  Back Pay Awards . Hours of Service described in Section 1.27.4 shall be credited to the Plan Year or Plan Years to which the back pay award or agreement pertains (rather than to the Plan Year in which the award, agreement or payment is made).
          1.27.6 Limitations on Hours of Service for Paid Absences . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan, Hours of Service otherwise required to be credited pursuant to Section 1.27.2 (relating to paid absences) or Section 1.27.4 (relating to an award or

- 6 -


 

agreement for back pay), to the extent the award or agreement described therein is made with respect to a period described in Section 1.27.2, shall be subject to the following limitations and rules:
                         (a) 501 Hour Limitation . No more than five hundred one (501) of such Hours of Service are required to be credited on account of any single continuous period during which an employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single Year);
                         (b) Payments Required by Law . An hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws;
                         (c) Medical and Severance Payments Excluded . Hours of Service are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by an employee, or constitutes a retirement, termination, or other severance pay or benefit; and
                         (d) Indirect Payments . A payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from an Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust, fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums.
     1.27.7 Determinations by Committee . The Committee shall have the power and final authority:
                         (a) To determine the Hours of Service of any individual for all purposes of the Plan, and to that end may, in his discretion, adopt such rules, presumptions and procedures permitted by applicable law as it shall deem appropriate or desirable;
                         (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to provide that the regularly scheduled working hours to be credited under Sections 1.27.2, 1.27.3 and 1.27.4 to an employee without a regular work schedule shall be determined on the basis of a forty (40)-hour work week, or an eight (8)-hour work day, or on any other reasonable basis which reflects the average hours worked by the employee or by other employees in the same job classification over a representative period of time, provided that the basis so used is consistently applied with respect to all employees within the same job classifications, reasonably defined.
     1.27.8 Monthly Equivalency . An employee who customarily works for an Employer for twenty (20) or more hours per week throughout each Plan Year (except for holidays and vacations) shall be credited with exactly one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for each month with respect to which he completes at least one (1) Hour of Service in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.27 (regardless of whether the number of Hours of Service actually completed in such month exceeds one hundred ninety (190)), subject to Section 1.27.6.

- 7 -


 

     1.28 Investment Adjustments . The net realized and unrealized gains, losses, income and expenses attributable to a Member’s, Elective, Matching, Prior Plan or Rollover Account as a result of its investment in one or more Investment Funds.
     1.29 Investment Fund . A portion of the Fund which is separately invested as provided in Section 5.1, or the Loan Fund.
     1.30 Loan Account . An Account maintained pursuant to Section 7.6.2.
     1.31 Loan Fund . The Investment Fund maintained pursuant to Section 7.6.1.
     1.32 Matching Account . A separate Account maintained for each Member which reflects his share of the Fund attributable to Matching Contributions and, effective January 1, 2001, balances formerly credited to his Basic or Class Year Accounts (within the meaning of those terms under the Plan previously in effect), together with applicable Investment Adjustments.
     1.33 Matching Contributions . Contributions by an Employer for a Section 401(k) Member as provided in Section 3.2.
     1.34 Member . Every individual who on December 31, 1988 was a member of Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan or of the Arrow Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan, and every individual who shall have become a Member of this Plan pursuant to Article II, and whose Membership shall not have terminated.
     1.35 Normal Retirement Date . The sixty-fifth (65th) anniversary of a Member’s date of birth.
     1.36 One-Year Break in Service . A Plan Year in which the individual has no more than 500 Hours of Service. For purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break in Service has occurred, an individual who is absent from work by reason of a “maternity or paternity absence” shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or, in any case in which such Hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence, but in no event more than 501 Hours of Service. Such Hours of Service shall be credited (a) only in the Plan Year in which the absence begins if necessary to prevent a One-Year Break in Service in that Plan Year, or (b) in all other cases, in the following Plan Year. For purposes of this Section 1.36, “maternity or paternity absence” means an absence from active employment beginning on or after January 1, 1985 by reason of (a) the individual’s pregnancy, (b) the birth of a child of the individual, (c) the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for any such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to give an employee a right to a leave of absence for any reason.
     1.37 Plan . The Arrow Electronics Savings Plan, which as currently in effect is set forth herein.

- 8 -


 

     1.38 Plan Year . The period of time commencing with the first day of January and ending with the last day of December.
     1.39 Prior Plan Account . A separate Account maintained for each Member who had a balance as of December 31, 1988 in any account under Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan as then in effect, to which shall be credited such balance together with applicable Investment Adjustments. Effective November 29, 1994, Prior Plan Accounts are terminated and the balances therein are transferred to the Members’ Rollover Accounts.
     1.40 Rollover Account . A separate Account maintained for an individual attributable to his Rollover Contributions and balances formerly credited to his Prior Plan Account, together with applicable Investment Adjustments.
     1.41 Rollover Contribution . An Eligible Employee’s rollover contribution made pursuant to Section 3.6, including the amount of any transfer to this Plan pursuant to the diversification and in-service withdrawal provision of the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan.
     1.42 Section 401(k) Member . A Member who is an Eligible Employee.
     1.43 Termination of Employment . A Member’s employment shall be treated as terminated on the date that he ceases to be employed by an Employer or Affiliate, subject to Section 2.4.2.
     1.44 Total Earnings . Total compensation paid by an Employer or Affiliate to an individual reportable on Form W-2, determined before giving effect to any Contribution Agreement under this Plan (or any other cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code) or to any similar reduction agreement pursuant to any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of section 125 of the Code) or, effective January 1, 2001, for purposes of receiving qualified transportation fringe benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code). Total Earnings shall exclude salary continuation or other amounts paid under arrangements entered into on or after December 1, 2006, or under prior arrangements if paid after March 31, 2007, that are effectively in the nature of severance pay. For purposes of Sections 3.3.2 and 3.4.2, Total Earnings for any Plan Year may, in the discretion of the Committee, and effective January 1, 2006, shall be limited to such compensation paid by an Employer or Affiliate to an individual during the period that he is a Member for service as an Eligible Employee. Total Earnings taken into account for any Member for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002, shall not exceed two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted from time to time for increases in the cost of living in accordance with section 401(a)(17) of the Code). If the period for determining Total Earnings is a short plan year (i.e., shorter than 12 months), the annual Total Earnings limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual Total Earnings limit multiplied by the fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short plan year, and the denominator of which is 12.
     1.45 Trust Agreement . The agreement by and between the Committee and the Trustee under which this Plan is funded, as from time to time amended.

- 9 -


 

     1.46 Trustee . The trustee or trustees from time to time designated under the Trust Agreement.
     1.47 Valuation Date . A date as of which the Committee revalues and adjusts Accounts in accordance with the daily valuation system described in Section 5.8; provided, however, if any portion of an Account is invested in mutual funds for which the mutual fund sponsor provides a separate accounting for each Member, the Valuation Date for a transaction affecting such portion shall be the date as of which the mutual fund sponsor processes such transaction.
     1.48 Vested Percentage . The percentage of a Member’s Account or Subaccount which is nonforfeitable pursuant to Article IV.
     1.49 Year of Service . A Plan Year during which an employee has not less than one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service, excluding any Plan Year prior to the Plan Year in which the employee attained age 18. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Year of Service” shall not include any Plan Year not taken into account for vesting purposes as of December 31, 1984 under the predecessor plans then in effect as a result of the application of the break rules of those plans as then in effect nor any other Plan Year which was succeeded by five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service (“Five-Year Break”), if the number of such One-Year Breaks in Service was equal to or in excess of the individual’s Years of Service prior to such Five-Year Break and the individual had no nonforfeitable rights under any such plan at the time of the Five-Year Break.
     1.50 Meaning of “Spouse” . In order to ensure compliance with those provisions of the Code that limit the term “spouse” to parties to a marriage of individuals of opposite sex, as required by the Federal Defense of Marriage Act, 1 U.S.C.§ 7, the term “spouse” as used in this Plan shall be limited to an individual of opposite sex from the Member, effective September 1, 2006. However, nothing in this Section 1.50 shall limit the ability of any Member to designate a spouse of the same sex as a Beneficiary in accordance with the same rules that permit designation of a non-spouse Beneficiary.

- 10 -


 

ARTICLE II
Membership
     2.1 In General . Effective September 1, 1995, an Eligible Employee who has not previously become a Member shall become a Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of his twenty-first (21st) birthday or the ninetieth (90th) day following his Date of Hire, if he is a “Regular Employee”, defined as an employee who is scheduled to customarily work for an Employer for twenty (20) or more hours per week throughout each year (except for holidays and vacations). An Eligible Employee who is not a “Regular Employee” shall become a Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of (a) his completion of a 12-consecutive month period starting on his Date of Hire, or on any January 1 thereafter, in which he has 1,000 Hours of Service, or (b) his twenty-first (21st) birthday. For purposes of this Section 2.1, the term “Date of Hire” means the date on which an employee first performs an Hour of Service described in Section 1.27.1. An employee who starts work on the first business day of a calendar quarter shall become a Member no later than if he started work on the first day of the quarter.
          2.1.1 Regular Employees . Effective September 1, 1995, an Eligible Employee who has not previously become a Member shall become a Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of his twenty-first (21st) birthday or the ninetieth (90th) day following his Date of Hire, if he is a “Regular Employee”, defined as an employee who is scheduled to customarily work for an Employer for twenty (20) or more hours per week throughout each year (except for holidays and vacations). Effective March 1, 2004, an Eligible Employee who is a “Regular Employee” and who has not previously become a Member shall become a Member on the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the completion of one full calendar month beginning on or after his Date of Hire, or if later, the first day of the calendar month in which he has first attained age twenty-one (21).
          2.1.2 Part-Time Employees . An Eligible Employee who is not a “Regular Employee” shall become a Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of (a) his completion of a 12-consecutive month period starting on his Date of Hire, or on any January 1 thereafter, in which he has 1,000 Hours of Service, or (b) his twenty-first (21st) birthday.
          2.1.3 Date of Hire . For purposes of this Section 2.1, the term “Date of Hire” means the date on which an employee first performs an Hour of Service described in Section 1.27.1. An employee who starts work on the first business day of a calendar month shall become a Member no later than if he started work on the first day of the month.
     2.2 Service with Affiliates . Solely for the purposes of determining (a) whether an employee has met the length of service requirement imposed as a prerequisite for membership in the Plan, or (b) the Hours of Service credited to an employee under the Plan, service with any Affiliate shall be treated as service with an Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, a Member shall be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures under the Plan only with respect to Compensation paid by an Employer for service as an Eligible Employee (as distinguished from service for any Affiliate).

- 11 -


 

     2.3 Contribution Agreement Required for Elective Contributions . A Section 401(k) Member shall be eligible to share in Elective Contributions under Section 3.1, effective for payroll periods ending after the first Entry Date on which he is a Section 401(k) Member, provided that he completes and returns the Contribution Agreement described in Section 3.1.1 to the Committee within such period as the Committee shall prescribe. If a rehired Eligible Employee, or Eligible Employee transferred from ineligible employment, commences or resumes participation as a Section 401(k) Member on his date of transfer or date of rehire pursuant to Section 2.4 or Section 2.6, he shall become eligible to share in Elective Contributions upon execution and filing of an appropriate Contribution Agreement within such period as the Committee shall prescribe, effective as of such date as the Committee shall determine to be administratively practicable. If a Member fails to complete and return a Contribution Agreement within the period prescribed by the Committee, he may begin to share in Elective Contributions under Section 3.1 as of any subsequent Entry Date as of which he is an Eligible Employee, by completing and returning a Contribution Agreement to the Committee within such period as the Committee shall prescribe.
     2.4 Transfers .
          2.4.1 Transfer to Eligible Employment . If an individual is transferred to employment under which he is eligible for membership in this Plan from employment with an Affiliate or with an Employer in a position not so eligible, he shall become a Member on the later of (a) the date of such transfer, or (b) the Entry Date on which he would have become a Member if his prior employment by the Employer or Affiliate had been in a position eligible for membership in the Plan.
          2.4.2 Transfer to Affiliate or Ineligible Employment . If a Member is transferred to employment with (a) an Affiliate or (b) an Employer in a position ineligible for membership in the Plan, he shall not be deemed to have retired or terminated his employment for the purposes of the Plan until such time as he is employed neither by an Employer nor by any Affiliate. Such a Member shall be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures under the Plan for the Plan Year of such transfer but he shall not be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures for subsequent Plan Years unless and until he returns to employment as an Eligible Employee. Upon retirement (at or after Normal Retirement Date) or Termination of Employment of such a Member while so employed other than as an Eligible Employee, distribution shall be made in accordance with the Plan as if such Member had so retired, or terminated his employment, while an Eligible Employee.
          2.4.3 Contribution Agreement . The Contribution Agreement (if any) of a Member described in Section 2.4.2 shall be suspended until he resumes his status as an Eligible Employee (and Section 401(k) Member).
          2.5 Transfers Between Employers . If a Member transfers from employment as an Eligible Employee with one Employer to employment as an Eligible Employee with another Employer: (a) his participation in the Plan shall not be interrupted; and (b) his Contribution Agreement (if any) with his prior Employer shall be deemed to apply to his second Employer in the same manner as it applied to his prior Employer.

- 12 -


 

          2.6 Reemployment . If a Member whose Accounts are not vested in whole or in part, or an employee who has not become a Member, terminates employment and is subsequently rehired as an Eligible Employee after five or more consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, he shall upon rehire be treated as a new employee for all purposes of this Plan. In all other cases, (a) a Member who terminates employment and is subsequently rehired as an Eligible Employee shall become a Member immediately upon rehire, and (b) an employee who meets the age and service requirements for Membership in this Plan as of an Entry Date during a period of absence from employment shall become a Member upon termination of such absence if he is then an Eligible Employee.
          2.7 Service with Predecessors or Affiliates, or as an Ineligible Employee .
                2.7.1 In determining when an Eligible Employee shall become a Member and such Eligible Employee’s Hours of Service and Years of Service, employment with (i) one or more predecessors of an Employer or Affiliate or (ii) a corporation or other entity which was not an Employer or Affiliate at the time of reference but which later became such, shall not be taken into account except as otherwise provided in Section 2.7.2 or any Supplement.
                2.7.2 In determining when an Eligible Employee shall become a Member and such Eligible Employee’s Hours of Service and Years of Service, employment with or severance from (i) one or more predecessors of an Employer or Affiliate or (ii) a corporation or other entity which was not an Employer or Affiliate at the time of reference but which later became such, shall be treated as employment with or severance from an Employer or Affiliate to the extent required by law or to the extent determined by the Company Representative in its discretion exercised in a manner that does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

- 13 -


 

ARTICLE III
Contributions
     3.1 Elective Contributions .
          3.1.1 Election of Amount . In order to share in Elective Contributions, a Member must be a Section 401(k) Member and agree in his Contribution Agreement to reduce his Compensation otherwise payable in cash for each payroll period by such whole percentage as he shall elect, which prior to March 1, 2004 shall not exceed ten percent (10%), and thereafter shall not exceed such applicable percentage as the Committee may from time to specify, which may either be a uniform percentage for all Section 401(k) Members, or be determined separately for Highly Compensated Employees or non-Highly Compensated Employees, respectively, as the Committee determines in its discretion; provided, that a whole percentage shall not be required if necessary or appropriate to comply with any applicable limitations on the amount of Elective Contributions permitted. The Section 401(k) Member’s Employer shall contribute to the Plan as Elective Contributions, as soon as reasonably practicable after the close of each payroll period for which such Contribution Agreement is in effect, an amount equal to the elected and applicable reduction in the Section 401(k) Member’s Compensation otherwise payable in cash for such payroll period. Any Elective Contribution in excess of 6% shall not be eligible for Matching Contributions under Section 3.2. In no event shall the limits under Section 3.3 be exceeded. The Committee shall decrease the amount of reduction of Compensation under a Section 401(k) Member’s Contribution Agreement for any payroll period to the extent the sum of such reduction, the amount of the Section 401(k) Member’s deductions for such payroll period for welfare benefits sponsored by the Employer, any withholding from pay required by law and any other deductions requested by the Section 401(k) Member which under the Employer’s payroll procedure are treated as a priority claim relative to the contributions to this Plan, exceeds the Section 401(k) Member’s Compensation for such payroll period.
          3.1.2 Change in Contribution Rate . A Section 401(k) Member who has a Contribution Agreement in effect may increase or decrease the amount of reduction thereunder of his Compensation otherwise payable in cash within the limits specified in Section 3.1.1 by giving notice on the Appropriate Form to the Committee within such period as the Committee shall prescribe. Such change shall be effective commencing with the first payroll period for which it can be given effect under the procedures established by the Committee.
          3.1.3 Deemed Election . The Committee may establish a procedure pursuant to which an Eligible Employee is deemed to have elected to reduce his Compensation by a specified percentage to provide for Elective Contributions unless the Eligible Employee elects on the Appropriate Form not to make such contributions. Any such deemed election shall be treated, for purposes of the Plan, as an election by the Eligible Employee properly made pursuant to Section 3.1.1.
          3.1.4 Voluntary Suspension . A Member may voluntarily suspend his Contribution Agreement effective as soon as practicable by giving notice to the Committee on the Appropriate Form.

- 14 -


 

          3.1.5 Mandatory Suspension .
               3.1.5.1 Hardship Withdrawal from Elective Account . The Contribution Agreement of a Member who makes a withdrawal pursuant to Section 7.2.3 shall be suspended as of the payroll period in which the withdrawal is made until the next Entry Date that is at least six months after the date of such withdrawal (or January 1, 2002, if later).
               3.1.5.2 Reinstatement . A Member may reinstate his Contribution Agreement under this Plan as of the next Entry Date following a period of mandatory suspension under this Section 3.1.5, or any subsequent Entry Date, by giving written notice to the Committee on the Appropriate Form within such period as the Committee shall prescribe.
          3.1.6 Dollar Limitation . A Section 401(k) Member’s Elective Contributions shall be discontinued for the remainder of a Plan Year when in the aggregate they equal the Elective Deferral Limit for such Plan Year, except that Catch-up Contributions may continue to the extent permitted under Article XVI. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, except to the extent permitted under Article XVI. No Section 401(k) Member may elect to reduce his Compensation pursuant to Section 3.1.1 for a Plan Year by an amount in excess of the Elective Deferral Limit, nor shall any such excess be contributed to the Plan as Elective Contributions or allocated to a Section 401(k) Member’s Elective Account.
          3.1.7 Determination of Total Excess Deferrals . The term “Excess Deferrals” shall mean (i) “elective deferrals” (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code, but excluding deferrals qualifying as catch-up contributions under section 414(v) of the Code) made by a Member during the calendar year under this Plan in excess of the Elective Deferral Limit, plus (ii) in the event the Member is eligible to make such catch-up contributions under Article XVI or under any other plan of an Employer or Affiliate (“Controlled Group Plan”), the amount of such catch-up contributions in excess of the limit set forth in Section 16.4 for such year made under this Plan or under such other plan.
          3.1.8 Distribution of Excess Deferrals (Regular or Catch-up) . If a Member has made Excess Deferrals for any Plan Year, the Committee shall, after consultation with the named fiduciary of any applicable other Controlled Group Plan, determine the portion of such Excess Deferrals to be assigned to this Plan (which shall be the total Excess Deferrals less the portion thereof assigned to another Controlled Group Plan) and distribute the portion thereof so assigned, adjusted for any income or loss attributable thereto for such Plan Year. The amount to be distributed for a Plan Year shall be adjusted to reflect the amount of Elective Contributions previously distributed by the Plan on or after the beginning of such Plan Year in order to comply with the limitations of Section 3.3. If the Member’s Elective Account is invested in more than one Investment Fund, such distribution shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such Investment Funds. In order to receive such excess Elective Contributions, the Member must deliver a written claim to the Committee by March 1 of the Plan Year of distribution. Such claim must include (i) a statement that the Member’s Elective Deferral Limit will be exceeded unless the excess Elective Contributions are distributed and (ii) an agreement to forfeit Matching Contributions made with respect to such excess Elective Contributions and allocated to his Matching Account (if any). Matching Contributions forfeited pursuant to this Section 3.1.8 shall be applied to reduce contributions by the Employer

- 15 -


 

hereunder. If a Member’s has made Excess Deferrals as a result of contributions to this Plan and any other plans or agreements maintained by an Employer or Controlled Group Affiliate, the Committee shall deem such a claim to have been delivered by the Member and distribute the excess no later than April 15 of the following year.
     3.2 Matching Contributions .
          3.2.1 Amount . The Employer shall make Matching Contributions to the Plan with respect to each calendar month for which a Section 401(k) Member has a Contribution Agreement in effect, in an amount equal to 50% of such Section 401(k) Member’s Elective Contributions for each payroll period ending in such month (but excluding any such Elective Contributions in excess of 6% of the Section 401(k) Member’s Compensation for that payroll period). The amount of Matching Contributions otherwise required to be made by an Employer for any month shall be reduced by the amount of any available forfeitures under Section 4.3 (or Section 3.4.3).
          3.2.2 Payment . Matching Contributions for a month shall be paid in cash to the Trustee during or as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of such month.
          3.2.3 Matching Contributions Only for Permissible Elective Contributions . No Matching Contributions shall be made with respect (i) to amounts distributable (or recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions) pursuant to Section 3.3.4, (ii) Elective Contributions in excess of the Elective Deferral Limit as described in Section 3.1.6, or (iii) ) with respect to Catch-up Contributions or Elective Contributions designated as Catch-up Contributions but which fail to qualify as such as provided in Section 16.6. Any amounts paid into the Fund with the intention that they constitute Matching Contributions with respect to such amounts shall be retained in the Fund and applied to meet the obligation of the Employer to make contributions under this Article III.
     3.3 Section 401(k) Limit on Elective Contributions .
          3.3.1 In General . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 2002, Elective Contributions for any Plan Year for a Section 401(k) Member who is a Highly Compensated Employee for that Plan Year shall be reduced if and to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Committee in order that the “average deferral percentage” (as defined in Section 3.3.2) for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for that Plan Year shall not exceed the percentage determined in the following schedule, based on the average deferral percentage for the Applicable Plan Year for all Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees for such Applicable Plan Year:

- 16 -


 

     
Column 1   Column 2
Average Deferral Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Not Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year Less than 2%
  Average Deferral Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year Two (2) times the percentage in Column 1
 
   
2% - 8%
  The percentage in Column 1, plus 2%
 
 
More than 8%
  One and one-quarter
 
  (1-1/4) times the
 
  percentage in Column 1
The status of an individual as a non-Highly Compensated Employee for an Applicable Plan Year shall be determined based on the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for such Applicable Plan Year.
          3.3.2 Determination of Average Deferral Percentages . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 3.3, the average deferral percentage for any group of individuals for a Plan Year (including an Applicable Plan Year) means the average of the individual ratios, for each person in such group, of (i) his share of Elective Contributions (exclusive of Catch-up Contributions) for the Plan Year to (ii) his Total Earnings for such Plan Year (or, if applicable, the portion thereof in which the individual is both a Member and an Eligible Employee). The individual ratios, and the average deferral percentage for any group of individuals, shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (0.01%). For purposes of calculating the average deferral percentage, Qualified Nonelective Contributions under Section 3.5.4 may be taken into account as Elective Contributions if the conditions of the applicable regulations under section 401(k) of the Code (set forth as Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) effective January 1, 2006, and previously as Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-1(b)(5)) and other applicable guidance are met. The Committee shall determine, during and as of the end of each Plan Year, the average deferral percentages relevant for purposes of this Section 3.3, based on Members’ Contribution Agreements and projected Total Earnings then in effect for Section 401(k) Members. If, based on such determination, the Committee concludes that a reduction in the Elective Contributions made for any Section 401(k) Member is necessary or advisable in order to comply with the limitations of this Section 3.3, he shall so notify each affected Section 401(k) Member and his Employer of the reduction he deems necessary or desirable for this purpose. In such event, the allowable Elective Contributions under Section 3.1.1 shall be reduced in accordance with the direction of the Committee, and the Contribution Agreement of each Section 401(k) Member affected by such determination shall be modified accordingly. Any such reduction may apply either to all Section 401(k) Members, only to Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees, or to any other group as the Committee shall determine, in such manner as the Committee shall determine.
          3.3.3 Calculation of Excess Contributions . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 3.3, the amount of “Excess Contributions”

- 17 -


 

for Highly Compensated Employees means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of (a) the aggregate amount of Elective Contributions (exclusive of Catch-up Contributions) actually paid into the Plan on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over (b) the maximum amount of Elective Contributions permitted for such Plan Year under the limitations set forth in Section 3.3.1, determined by reducing the amount of Elective Contributions to be permitted on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in the order of their individual ratios (as determined under Section 3.3.2) beginning with the highest of such ratios.
          3.3.4 Correction by Distribution (or Recharacterization as Catch-up Contributions) .The aggregate amount of any Excess Contributions determined for any Plan Year under Section 3.3.3 shall be distributed in cash to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the respective amounts of Elective Contributions (and amounts taken into account as Elective Contributions) made on their behalf, reducing the largest amounts of Elective Contributions first, and successively to the extent necessary until the entire amount of such Excess Contributions is distributed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Highly Compensated Employee (i) is eligible to make Catch-up Contributions under Article XVI and has failed to make the maximum dollar amount of such Catch-up Contributions permitted for such Plan Year under Section 16.4, the amount otherwise distributable hereunder shall instead be recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions and retained in the Plan up to the excess of such dollar limit in Section 16.4 over the amount of Catch-up Contributions otherwise made for such year under Article XVI.
          3.3.5 Time and Manner of Corrective Distribution . The amount of Excess Contributions for any Highly Compensated Employee for any Plan Year not recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions under Section 3.3.4 shall be distributed in cash to such Highly Compensated Employee no later than March 15 of the following Plan Year if possible, and in any event no later than the close of such following Plan Year. If such Member’s Account is invested in more than one Investment Fund, such distribution shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such Investment Funds. The amount thus distributed shall be adjusted for income or loss attributable thereto for the Plan Year for which such amount was paid into the Plan and, effective for the Plan Years 2006 and 2007, for the period from the last day of the Plan Year to the date of distribution or such date within seven business days prior thereto as the Plan recordkeeper shall determine to be practicable.
          3.3.6 Adjustment of Contributions Based on Limit on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions to the contrary, a Member may, at such time and in such manner as the Committee may prescribe, suspend or change the amount of reduction in Compensation provided for under any applicable Contribution Agreement in order to avoid an allocation of contributions to his Account which would violate the limitations of this Section 3.3, Section 3.4 or Article VI.
     3.4 Section 401(m) Limit on Matching Contributions .
          3.4.1 In General . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, Matching Contributions for any Plan Year for a Section 401(k) Member who is a Highly Compensated Employee for that Plan Year shall be reduced if and to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Committee in order that the “contribution percentage” for Section

- 18 -


 

401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for that Plan Year shall not exceed the percentage determined in the following schedule, based on the “contribution percentage” for the Applicable Plan Year for all Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year:
         
Column 1   Column 2  
Contribution Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Not Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year Less than 2%   Contribution Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year Two (2) times the percentage in Column 1
 
 
Less than 2%   Two (2) times the percentage in Column 1
 
 
2% - 8%
  The percentage in Column 1, plus 2%
 
   
More than 8%
  One and one-quarter (1-1/4) times the percentage in Column 1
In determining the permitted Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees, the Applicable Plan Year for non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be the same as determined under Section 3.3.1. The status of an individual as a non-Highly Compensated Employee for an Applicable Plan Year shall be determined based on the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for such Applicable Plan Year.
          3.4.2 Determination of Contribution Percentages . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 3.4, the “contribution percentage” for any group of individuals means the average of the individual ratios, for each person in such group, of (a) his share of Matching Contributions for the Plan Year (including an Applicable Plan Year) to (b) his Total Earnings for such Plan Year (or, if applicable, the portion thereof in which the individual is both a Member and an Eligible Employee). The individual ratios, and the “contribution percentage” for any group of individuals, shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (0.01%). For purposes of calculating the contribution percentage, Qualified Nonelective Contributions under Section 3.5.4 and Elective Contributions under Section 3.1.1 may be taken into account as Matching Contributions if the conditions of the applicable regulations under section 401(m)(3) of the Code (which are set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(m)-1(b)(5) prior to January 1, 2006 and thereafter Treas. Reg. § 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)) and other applicable guidance, are met to the extent such contributions are not taken into account for purposes of the average deferral percentage test pursuant to Section 3.3.2. If, based on a review of Contribution Agreements and projected Total Earnings similar to those described in Section 3.3.2, the Committee shall conclude that a reduction in the Matching Contributions made for any Member is necessary or advisable in order to comply with the limitations of this Section 3.4 for any Plan Year, the amount of such contributions shall be reduced in accordance with the direction of the Committee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any such reduction may be made applicable to all Section 401(k) Members, only to Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees, or to any other group as the Committee shall determine, and in such manner as the Committee shall determine.

- 19 -


 

          3.4.3 Treatment of Excess Matching Contributions . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 3.4, the amount of “excess Matching Contributions” for any Highly Compensated Employees means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of (a) the total aggregate amount of Matching Contributions actually paid into the Plan on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over (b) the maximum amount of Matching Contributions permitted for such Plan Year under the limitations set forth in Section 3.4.2, determined by reducing the amount of Matching Contributions permitted on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee in the order of their individual ratios (as determined under Section 3.4.2) beginning with the highest such ratio. The aggregate amount of excess Matching Contributions so determined for any Plan Year shall be attributed to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the respective amounts of Matching Contributions made on their behalf, reducing the largest amounts of Matching Contributions first, and successively to the extent necessary until the entire amount of such excess Matching Contributions is allocated. The amount so attributed to a Highly Compensated Employee shall be forfeited if not vested and the amounts so forfeited shall be applied to reduce contributions by the Employer hereunder. Any excess Matching Contributions not so forfeited shall be paid to the Member. Such payment shall be made in cash no later than March 15 of the following Plan Year if possible, and in any event no later than the close of the following Plan Year.
          3.4.4 Income on Excess Matching Contributions . The amount of excess Matching Contributions distributed or forfeited pursuant to Section 3.4.3 shall be adjusted for income or loss attributable thereto for the Plan Year for which such excess was paid into the Plan and, effective for the Plan Years 2006 and 2007, for the period from the last day of the Plan Year to the date of distribution or such date within seven business days prior thereto as the Plan recordkeeper shall determine to be practicable. If any Account from which a distribution or forfeiture is to be made pursuant to this Section 3.4 is invested in more than one Investment Fund, such distribution or forfeiture shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such Investment Funds.
     3.5 Special Rules .
          3.5.1 Multiple Arrangements for Highly Compensated Employees Combined . If more than one plan providing a cash or deferred arrangement, or for matching contributions, or employee contributions (within the meaning of sections 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code) is maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate, the individual ratios of any Highly Compensated Employee who participates in more than one such plan or arrangement shall, for purposes of determining the “average deferral percentage” (as defined in Section 3.3.2) and “contribution percentage” (as defined in Section 3.4.2) for all such arrangements, be determined as if all such arrangements were a single plan or arrangement.
          3.5.2 Aggregation of Plans . In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of section 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, then this Article III shall be applied by determining the “average deferral percentage” and

- 20 -


 

“contribution percentage” of Members as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated under this Section 3.5.2 only if they have the same plan year.
          3.5.3 Status as Section 401(k) Member . For purposes of Sections 3.3 and 3.4, an individual shall be treated as a Section 401(k) Member for a Plan Year if he so qualifies for any part of the Plan Year, and whether or not his right to share in Elective Contributions has been suspended under Section 3.1.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in applying such Sections an individual shall not be treated as a Section 401(k) Member for an Applicable Plan Year during which he is not a Highly Compensated Employee except for periods after he has met the minimum age and service requirements of section 410(a)(1)(A) of the Code, if (a) the Committee elects to exclude all employees who have not met such minimum age and service requirements in accordance with section 410(b)(4)(B) of the Code, and (b) the Plan complies with section 410(b) of the Code on that basis.
          3.5.4 Qualified Nonelective Contributions . For each Plan Year that the Plan is in effect, each Employer may contribute to the Fund, in cash, such additional amounts (if any) as the Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or desirable in order to meet the requirements of Sections 3.3 and 3.4 for such Plan Year. The Board of Directors shall designate any such amounts as “qualified nonelective contributions” within the meaning of section 401(m)(4)(C) of the Code (“QNECs”) and shall determine the group of Members eligible to share in such qualified nonelective contributions, the method of apportionment under which such eligible Members shall share in such contributions and the Accounts under the Plan in which such contributions, together with the Investment Adjustments attributable thereto, shall be maintained. Such additional contributions shall be credited, as of the last day of the Plan Year for which made, to the Accounts of such eligible Members and shall be paid to the Trust Fund no later than October 15 of the following Plan Year. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, each Member shall at all times have a fully vested and nonforfeitable right to 100% of the amounts in his Accounts attributable to QNECs at all times, and such contributions shall be treated as Elective Contributions for purposes of determining whether they may be distributed under the Plan except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.3. At the direction of the Committee, QNECs may be used to satisfy the Average Deferral Percentage test under Section 3.3.2 if applicable regulations under section 401(k) of the Code (which are set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-2(b)(6) effective January 1, 2006) and other applicable guidance are met, or the Contribution Percentage test under Section 3.4.2 if applicable regulations under section 401(m)(3) of the Code (which are set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(m)-2(a)(6) effective January 1, 2006) and other applicable guidance are met. QNECs shall be nonforfeitable when made without regard to the age and service of the Members to whom they are allocated, and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, shall not exceed five percent of Total Earnings in the case of Members who are non-Highly Compensated Employees (or, if greater, twice the Plan’s representative contribution rate as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv) or any successor regulation).
     3.6 Rollovers . Effective March 17, 2003, an Eligible Employee shall be entitled to make a contribution in the form of a direct rollover to the Plan (“Rollover Contribution”) upon furnishing evidence satisfactory to the Committee that such contribution qualifies as an “eligible rollover distribution” from a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code, an eligible plan

- 21 -


 

under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state; provided, that no such rollover shall include any after-tax contributions. All Rollover Contributions shall be received and held in the Fund, and shall be credited to the Eligible Employee’s Rollover Account as of such date as the Committee shall specify. At the time a Rollover Contribution is made, the Eligible Employee shall designate (in a manner consistent with Section 5.3) how that Rollover Contribution is to be allocated among the Investment Funds, without regard to the manner in which his other Accounts (if any) are invested; thereafter, reallocation of Account balances (including the Rollover Account) may be made only in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3. An Eligible Employee who makes a Rollover Contribution shall be deemed a Member solely with respect to his Rollover Account until he otherwise becomes a Member in accordance with Section 2.1.
     3.7 Maximum Limit on Allocation . If the allocations to a Member’s Accounts otherwise required under this Plan for any Plan Year would cause the limitations of Article VI to be exceeded for that Plan Year, contributions (and forfeitures in lieu thereof) under this Article III shall be reduced to the extent necessary in order to comply with the limitations of Article VI, with such reductions to be made first to Elective Contributions which do not relate to Matching Contributions (i.e., Elective Contributions for any payroll period in excess of 6% of the Member’s Compensation for such payroll period), and then to the Member’s remaining Elective Contributions and Matching Contributions relating thereto.
     3.8 Form and Time of Payment . Elective Contributions shall be transferred to the Trust Fund in cash as soon as administratively practicable after they are deducted from the Compensation of the Member and, except as may be occasionally required by bona fide administrative considerations, shall in no event be transferred before the applicable election is made, or before the performance of services with respect to which such Compensation is paid (or when such Compensation would be currently available, if earlier). QNECs shall be made in cash no later than the time prescribed by Section 3.5.4.
     3.9 Contributions May Not Exceed Amount Deductible . In no event shall contributions under this Article III for any taxable year exceed the maximum amount (including amounts carried forward) deductible for that taxable year under section 404(a)(3) of the Code.
     3.10 Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility and Plan Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, each contribution by an Employer under this Article III is conditioned on the deductibility of such contribution under section 404 of the Code for the taxable year for which contributed, and on the initial qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code.
     3.11 Expenses . Except to the extent paid by an Employer, the expenses of the administration of the Plan shall be deemed to be expenses of the Fund and shall be paid therefrom.
     3.12 No Employee Contributions . Other than as provided in Section 3.6, Members shall not be eligible to make contributions under the Plan. (Elective and Matching Contributions, and qualified nonelective contributions made pursuant to Section 3.5.6, are to be

- 22 -


 

treated solely as contributions made by the contributing Employer, and are not to be treated for any purpose as contributions made by a Member.)
     3.13 Profits Not Required . Each Employer shall, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, make all contributions to the Plan without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall be designated to qualify as a profit-sharing plan for purposes of sections 401(a), 402, 404, 412 and 417 of the Code.
     3.14 Contributions for Military Service . Effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, contributions and service credit shall be made with respect to a period in which an individual would have been an Eligible Member but for his Military Service (as defined in Section 1.27.3 hereof) to the extent required by Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the United States Code (USERRA). The amount of any such Elective Contributions and of Matching Contributions in respect thereof shall be based upon such individual’s election made following his return to employment with the Employer following such Military Service (and within the time during which he had reemployment rights) in accordance with procedures established by the Committee; provided that no such Elective Contributions may exceed the amount the individual would have been permitted to elect to contribute had the individual remained continuously employed by the Employer throughout the period of such Military Service (and Matching Contributions shall be limited accordingly). Such contributions shall be taken into account as Annual Additions for purposes of Section 3.3.4 and Article VI in the Limitation Year to which they relate, and for purposes of applying the Elective Deferral Limit or limit on Catch-up Contributions in Section 16.4 in the calendar year to which they relate, rather than in the Limitation Year or calendar year in which made, and shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the limits described in Sections 3.3 and 3.4. Any such contribution shall be made no later than five years from the date of such return to employment or, if less, a period equal to three times the period of such Military Service.

- 23 -


 

ARTICLE IV
Vesting
     4.1 Elective Account and Prior Plan Account . A Member’s interest in his Elective Account, Prior Plan Account and Rollover Account shall have a Vested Percentage of 100% and be nonforfeitable at all times.
     4.2 Matching Account .
          4.2.1 Vesting Schedule . Upon a Member’s Termination of Employment for a reason other than death, retirement at or after his Normal Retirement Date, or Disability, he shall be entitled to receive the Vested Percentage of the balance in his Matching Account, determined on the basis of the Member’s Years of Service as follows:
               4.2.1.1 Matching Contributions Prior to January 1, 2002 . The Vested Percentage with respect to Matching Contributions made for periods ending prior to January 1, 2002 shall be:
         
Years of Service   Vested Percentage  
less than 5
    0 %
 
       
5 or more
    100 %
               4.2.1.2 Matching Contributions After January 1, 2002 . The Vested Percentage with respect to Matching Contributions made for periods on or after January 1, 2002 (his “post-2001 Matching Account”) is:

- 24 -


 

         
Years of Service   Vested Percentage  
1
    0 %
2
    20 %
3
    40 %
4
    60 %
5 or more
    100 %
A Member who had a vested or partially vested account under Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan on January 1, 1984 shall have a Vested Percentage of 100%, without regard to his actual Years of Service.
          4.2.2 Earlier Vesting . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, a Member’s interest in his Matching Account shall have a Vested Percentage of 100% and be nonforfeitable: (a) on the date of his Termination of Employment by reason of death or Disability; (b) upon his attainment of his Normal Retirement Date (or any higher age) while employed by an Employer or an Affiliate; (c) when and if this Plan shall at any time be terminated for any reason; (d) upon the complete discontinuance of contributions by all Employers hereunder; or (e) upon partial termination of this Plan (within the meaning of section 411(d)(3) of the Code) if such Member is a Member affected by such partial termination.
     4.3 Forfeitures . Effective March 17, 2003, the non-vested portion of a terminated Member’s Matching Account shall be forfeited upon the distribution of the vested portion of the Member’s Accounts. If such a Member is reemployed by an Employer or Affiliate before incurring five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, the amount so forfeited shall be restored to his Matching Account, and the Member shall resume his place on the vesting schedule set forth in Section 4.2. However, if the reemployed Member previously received a distribution from the vested portion of his “post-2001 Matching Account” (as defined in Section 4.2.1.2), his vested interest in his post-2001 Matching Account after such restoration of the non-vested balance shall be expressed by the formula:
X=P(A + D) - D
where X is the Member’s vested interest in the post-2001 Matching Account; P is the Member’s Vested Percentage in his post-2001 Matching Account determined under Section 4.2.1.2 without regard to this sentence; A is the amount of the balance of such Account after restoration; and D is the amount of the distribution previously made to him in respect of his post-2001 Matching Account. The restoration of a portion of a Member’s Matching Account shall be made first from available forfeitures and, if necessary, by a special Employer contribution made for that purpose.
     4.4 Irrevocable Forfeitures . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article IV, the unvested portion of a Member’s Matching Account shall be irrevocably forfeited if he incurs five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service and shall therefore not be restored for any reason, notwithstanding any subsequent reemployment.
     4.5 Application of Forfeitures . Forfeitures shall be applied to reduce Employer contributions.

- 25 -


 

ARTICLE V
Accounts and Designation of Investment Funds
     5.1 Investment of Account Balances . The Committee shall direct the Trustee to divide the Fund into three or more Investment Funds, which shall have such investment objectives and characteristics as the Committee shall determine and in which a Member’s Account shall be invested according to the Member’s instructions pursuant to Sections 5.2 through 5.4. Notwithstanding its stated primary investment objectives, any Investment Fund may make or retain investments of such nature, or such cash balances, as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effect distributions or to meet other administrative requirements of the Plan.
     5.2 Designation of Investment Funds for Future Contributions . A Member may designate the percentage of his share of future contributions which is to be allocated to each Investment Fund. The Committee shall from time to time determine the minimum percentage, and the multiples thereof, that may be invested in any Investment Fund. Such designation shall be given on the Appropriate Form, and the Member shall have the opportunity to obtain written confirmation of each such designation. In the event that a Member fails to make such a designation, all contributions for such Member shall be invested in the Investment Fund that the Committee in its sole discretion determines to have the greatest expected stability of principal. Any designation under this Section 5.2 shall be effective as of the first date for which it can be given effect under the procedures established by the Committee, and continue in effect until changed by the filing of a new designation under this Section 5.2.
     5.3 Designation of Investment Funds for Existing Account Balances . A Member may, by giving notice to the Committee on the Appropriate Form designate the percentage of the then existing balance of his Accounts which shall be invested in each Investment Fund. The Committee may from time to time determine the minimum percentage, and the multiples thereof, that may be invested in any Investment Fund, and may limit transfers among Investment Funds if and to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of any “stable value” or similar Fund that may require such a limitation. Any designation under this Section 5.3 shall be effective as of the first date for which it can be given effect under the procedures established by the Committee. A Member shall have the opportunity to obtain written confirmation of each such designation. Following a Member’s death and pending distribution in respect of his Accounts, his Beneficiary shall have the rights provided under this Section 5.3 with respect to the portion of the Accounts from which such Beneficiary will receive a distribution.
     5.4 Valuation of Investment Funds . As of each Valuation Date, the Committee shall determine the net fair market value of the assets of each Investment Fund, and based on such valuation shall proportionately adjust each of a Member’s Accounts to reflect its allocable Investment Adjustment; provided, however, that no Account shall share in such allocation after the Valuation Date established for distribution thereof. A Member’s interest in each Investment Fund shall be reduced by the amount of distributions or withdrawals therefrom (including transfers to any other Investment Fund) and by any charges thereto as of such preceding Valuation Date pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3 (relating to withdrawals and loans)

- 26 -


 

and shall be increased by the amount of any transfers thereto from any other Investment Fund, in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate.
     5.5 Correction of Error . The Committee may adjust the Accounts of any or all Members or Beneficiaries in order to correct errors or rectify omissions, including, without limitation, any allocation to a Member’s Elective Account made in excess of the Elective Deferral Limit, in such manner as he believes will best result in the equitable and nondiscriminatory administration of the Plan.
     5.6 Allocation Shall Not Vest Title . The fact that allocation is made and amounts credited to a Member’s Account shall not vest in such Member any right, title or interest in and to any assets except at the time or times and upon the terms and conditions expressly set forth in this Plan, nor shall the Trustee be required to segregate physically the assets of the Fund by reason thereof.
     5.7 Statement of Accounts . The Committee shall distribute to each Member a statement showing his interest in the Fund at least once during each twelve-month period.
     5.8 Daily Valuation . The Plan shall use a daily valuation system, which generally shall mean that Accounts will be updated each Valuation Date to reflect activity for that day, such as new contributions received by the Trustee, withdrawals or other distributions, changes in the Member’s investment elections, and changes in the value of the Investment Funds under the Plan. Such daily valuation shall be dependent upon the Plan’s recordkeeper, which may be a mutual fund sponsor, receiving complete and accurate information from a variety of different sources on a timely basis. It is understood that events may occur that cause a delay or interruption in that process, affecting a single Member or a group of Members, and there shall be no guarantee by the Plan that any given transaction will be processed on a particular anticipated day. In the event of any such delay or interruption, any affected transaction will be processed as soon as administratively feasible and no attempt will be made to reconstruct events as they would have occurred absent the delay or interruption, regardless of the cause, unless the Committee in its sole discretion directs the Plan’s recordkeeper to do so.

- 27 -


 

ARTICLE VI
Limitation on Maximum Contributions and Benefits Under all Plans
     6.1 Definitions .
          6.1.1 Annual Addition . For purposes of this Article VI, “Annual Addition” means the sum for any Plan Year of (a) employer contributions to a plan (or portion thereof) subject to section 415(c) of the Code maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate, (b) forfeitures under all such plans (or portions thereof), if any, credited to employee accounts, (c) employee contributions under all such plans (or portions thereof), and (d) amounts described in section 419A(d)(2) of the Code (relating to post-retirement medical benefits of key employees) or allocated to a pension plan individual medical account described in section 415(l) of the Code to the extent includible for purposes of section 415(c)(2) of the Code. The employee contributions described in clause (c) shall be determined without regard to (i) any rollover contributions, (ii) any repayments of loans, or (iii) any prior distributions repaid upon the exercise of buy-back rights. Employer and employee contributions taken into account as Annual Additions shall include “excess contributions” as defined in section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code, “excess aggregate contributions” as defined in section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code, and “excess deferrals” as described in section 402(g) of the Code (to the extent such excess deferrals are not distributed to the employee before the April 15 following the taxable year of the employee in which such deferrals were made), regardless of whether such amounts are distributed or forfeited.
          6.1.2 Earnings . For purposes of this Article VI, “Earnings” for any Plan Year means gross compensation reportable on Form W-2 actually paid or made available by all Employers and Affiliates, determined before giving effect to any Elective Contributions under this Plan (or similar contributions under any other cash or deferred arrangement within the meaning of section 401(k) of the Code) or to any salary reduction arrangement under any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of section 125 of the Code) or, for purposes of receiving qualified transportation fringe benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code).
     6.2 Limitation on Annual Additions . Subject to Section 6.5, the aggregate Annual Additions to this Plan and all other defined contribution plans (including all plans or portions thereof subject to section 415(c) of the Code) maintained by all Employers and Affiliates for any Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002 shall not exceed the lesser of (a) $40,000 as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code, or (b) 100 percent of the Member’s Earnings for such year.
     6.3 Application . If the allocations to a Member’s Accounts otherwise required under this Plan for any Plan Year would cause the limitations of this Article VI to be exceeded for that Plan Year, contributions otherwise required with respect to such Member under Article III shall be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with those limitations, as provided in Section 3.7. If such reduction is not effected in time to prevent such allocations for any Limitation Year (as defined in Section 6.4) from exceeding such limitations, any such reduction shall be effected first by a distribution to the Member of Elective Contributions that did not receive Matching Contributions, then by (i) a distribution to the Member of additional Elective

- 28 -


 

Contributions and (ii) a transfer to a suspense account of the Matching Contributions made with respect to such additional Elective Contribution. Any such distribution of Elective Contributions shall be limited to the extent such excess contributions were the result of a reasonable error in determining the amount of Elective Contributions permitted with respect to an individual under the limits of section 415 of the Code after taking into consideration other Annual Additions for the year. Matching Contributions transferred to such a suspense account shall be used to reduce contributions for such Member in the next Limitation Year and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary; provided, that if the Member is not covered by the Plan at the end of the current Limitation Year, the portion exceeding the limitation of this Article VI shall be allocated and reallocated to the Accounts of all Members in the next Limitation Year before any other Annual Additions are allocated to the accounts of such Members. The suspense account will reduce future contributions for all remaining Members in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during the Limitation Year pursuant to this Section 6.3, it will participate in the allocation of the Fund’s investment gains and losses. In the event of a termination of the Plan, unallocated amounts held in such suspense account shall be allocated to the extent possible under this Article VI for the Limitation Year of termination. Any amount remaining in such suspense account upon termination of the Plan shall then be returned to the Employer, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or Trust Agreement. Reductions in benefits under this Article VI arising by reason of a Member’s participation in multiple plans shall be effected as follows: (a) Annual Additions attributable to Elective Contributions shall be reduced first, (b) any remaining Annual Additions under continuing plans shall be reduced before benefits under any terminated plan, and (c) Annual Additions under continuing plans shall be reduced in the reverse order in which Annual Additions would otherwise accrue, except as any such plan may otherwise expressly provide. The amount of Elective Contributions distributed under this Section 6.3 shall include any investment earnings allocable thereto, and the amounts so distributed shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the Elective Deferral Limit under Section 3.1.6 and for purposes of determining average deferral percentages under Section 3.3 or contribution percentages under Section 3.4.
     6.4 Limitation Year . All determinations under this Article VI shall be made by reference to the Plan Year.
     6.5 Correlation with Higher ESOP Limit . For any Plan Year in which some part of the Annual Addition for an employee is attributable to ESOP Contributions, the limitations of Section 6.2 shall be applied taking into account the special rule in section 415(c)(6) of the Code.

- 29 -


 

ARTICLE VII
Distributions, Withdrawals and Loans
     7.1 Distribution on Termination of Employment . When a Member’s employment terminates for any reason, the Vested Percentage of the balance of his respective Accounts shall be distributed to him (or, if distribution is being made by reason of death, or after his death following Termination of Employment, to his Beneficiary). Such distribution shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII. Any portion of a Member’s Accounts not so distributable shall be treated as provided in Sections 4.3 and 4.4.
     7.2 Withdrawals during Employment . Subject to Section 7.11, a Member may make a withdrawal from his Accounts during employment by an Employer or Affiliate in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 7.2:
          7.2.1 Rollover Account . A Member may elect, no more frequently than once in any twelve-month period nor more than twice in any sixty-month period, to withdraw from the Plan an amount in cash equal to one-half (1/2) of his Rollover Account.
          7.2.2 Matching Account . A Member may elect, no more frequently than once in any twelve-month period nor more than twice in a sixty-month period, to withdraw from his Matching Account an amount in cash equal to one-half ( 1 / 2 ) of the Vested Percentage of the balance of such Account.
          7.2.3 Elective Account . Before attaining age 59-1/2, a Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may withdraw so much of his Elective Account as the Committee shall in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner determine to be necessary (based on such representations or other information as the Committee may request in his discretion) to meet any condition of hardship affecting such Member, provided that the Member has already received all other amounts available to him as a loan, or a distribution other than on account of “hardship” as herein defined, under this Plan and all other plans maintained by any Employer or Affiliate (such as but not limited to the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan). For this purpose, the term “hardship” shall mean any one or more of the following needs:
               (a) Effective January 1, 2005, expenses for medical care described in section 213(d) of the Code previously incurred by the Member or the Member’s spouse or dependents (including a child of divorced parents who together provide over half the child’s support) and for which a deduction would be available under section 213 of the Code after disregarding the limitation of deductions to amounts in excess of 7.5% of adjusted gross income, or expenses necessary in order for such persons to obtain such care, provided that such expenses have not been and will not in the future be covered by insurance;
               (b) Effective January 1, 2005, payment of tuition and related educational fees, including room and board (but not books), for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Member, the Member’s spouse, children or dependents (as defined under applicable regulations);

- 30 -


 

               (c) Costs (other than mortgage payments) directly related to the purchase of the principal residence of a Member; or
               (d) Effective August 1, 2006, payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Member from his or her principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence;
               (e) Effective August 1, 2006, payments for funeral or burial expenses for the Member’s deceased parent, spouse, child or dependent (as defined under applicable regulations);
               (f) Effective August 1, 2006, expenses to repair damage to a Member’s principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under section 165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10 percent of adjusted gross income).
               (g) Prior to August 1, 2006, an immediate and heavy financial need resulting in an emergency condition in the financial affairs of a Member.
Any withdrawals under this Section 7.2.3 shall be limited to the total amount of Elective Contributions made, and investment earnings allocable thereto as of December 31, 1988, which have not previously been withdrawn, and shall exclude any amounts attributable to “qualified nonelective contributions” as defined in Section 3.5.4. The amount withdrawn under this Section 7.2.3 shall not exceed the amount necessary to meet the hardship plus the amount necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties that the Member reasonably anticipates will result from the withdrawal.
          7.2.4 Elective Account After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, a Member may elect, no more frequently than once in any twelve-month period nor more than twice in any sixty-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of his Elective Account.
          7.2.5 Age 70-1/2 Withdrawal . A Member may elect to withdraw the entire balance of his Accounts as of April 1 following the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2, and thereafter, but no more than once in any calendar year after the year of the first such withdrawal, to withdraw the entire balance of his Accounts attributable to contributions made since the prior such withdrawal.
          7.2.6 Withdrawal Request . A withdrawal request shall be made by filing the Appropriate Form with the Committee, which prior to August 1, 2006 may, in the discretion of the Committee require that the spouse of the Member, if any, execute a notarized written consent thereto. Effective January 1, 2002, the Appropriate Form in the case of a withdrawal under Section 7.2.3 shall include an agreement by the Member to the suspension of contributions described in Section 3.1.5.1, and to a similar suspension of “elective deferrals” (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code) and of employee contributions under this Plan and all other qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation (excluding mandatory employee contributions under any defined benefit plan), or stock option, stock purchase, or similar plans, of any Employer or Affiliate for six months from the date of such withdrawal (or until January 1,

- 31 -


 

2002, if later). Each such other plan shall be deemed amended by reason of this provision and the Member’s execution of the Appropriate Form to the extent necessary to give full effect to such agreement.
          7.2.7 Home Purchases with Mortgage . A Member shall be entitled to a hardship withdrawal under Section 7.2.3 if (a) he meets all requirements therefor other than the receipt of all amounts available to him as a loan, (b) the need is for funds to purchase a principal residence of the Member, (c) the obtaining of loans other than the mortgage loan in connection with such purchase would disqualify the Member from obtaining the necessary amount of mortgage loan, and (d) the Member demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Committee that the amount to be withdrawn for the purpose of such purchase cannot be obtained from other resources that are reasonably available to the Member (including assets of the Member’s spouse that are reasonably available to the Member).
     7.3 Loans during Employment . Upon the application of a Member who has been a Member for at least twelve months (prior to March 20, 2003, who had reached the first anniversary of his start of work), who is a “party in interest” with respect to the Plan (within the meaning of section 3(14) of ERISA), and who has not applied for a loan during the preceding six months, the Committee or its delegate (in either case, the “Loan Administrator”) shall instruct the Trustee to make a loan to such Member from his Accounts provided that such loan meets the requirements of Section 7.4. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an Eligible Employee may apply for a loan from his Rollover Account without regard to whether he has become a Member in accordance with Section 2.1 or to the period, if any, for which he has been a Member. The loan request, which shall specify the use to be made of the loan proceeds, shall be made on the Appropriate Form and submitted to the Loan Administrator, together with such application fee as may be required under procedures adopted by the Loan Administrator. The Loan Administrator shall notify such Member in writing within a reasonable time of the approval or denial of such loan request, and such notification shall be final. If a Member obtains a loan under this Section 7.3, his status as a Member in the Plan and his rights with respect to his Plan benefits shall not be affected, except to the extent that the Member has assigned his interest in his Accounts pursuant to the various applicable provisions of Section 7.4, and except as provided in Section 7.11. All loans shall be granted according to rules applicable to all Members on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. No more than two loans may be outstanding at any time. The Committee may suspend authorization for future loans to Members, but no such suspension shall affect any loan then outstanding under this Section 7.3.
          7.3.1 In applying the limitations on the amount of loans permitted under this Article VII, any prior loan that is in default shall be treated as outstanding, and effective March 17, 2003, the number of loans available to a Member shall be reduced by the number of prior loans currently in default.
     7.4 Loan Requirements . A loan pursuant to Section 7.3 shall not be made to a Member unless such loan meets all of the following requirements:
          7.4.1 Amount . Such loan must be in an amount of not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000), and shall not exceed the lowest of (a) fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), (b) one-half of the Vested Percentage of the Member’s Account balances, or (c) such lesser

- 32 -


 

amount as may be determined by the Loan Administrator in the event that the Member’s Accounts are invested (in whole or in part) in an Investment Fund that prohibits the liquidation of investments to fund Member loans. The limitation under clause (a) or (b) above shall be reduced by the outstanding balance (if any) of all other loans to the Member from (i) this Plan and (ii) all other “qualified employer plans” (as described in section 72(p)(4) of the Code) which are maintained by the Company or any related employer referred to in section 72(p)(2)(D) of the Code, and (iii) any contract purchased under this Plan or a plan described in the preceding clause (ii) (including any assignment or pledge with respect to such a contract). The fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) in clause (a) above shall be further reduced by the excess, if any, of the highest outstanding loan balance of all loans described in the preceding sentence during the twelve (12) month period preceding the loan, over the outstanding loan balance of all loans described in the preceding sentence. If there is a loan from another “qualified employer plan”(as described in clause (ii), above) currently outstanding, one-half the value of the Member’s vested interest under the plan from which such loan was made shall be added to the amount determined under clause (b), above, but the limitation under clause (b) shall in no event be less than the limit determined by disregarding both loans from other plans and the value of the Member’s vested interest therein.
          7.4.2 Adequate Security . Such loan must be adequately secured. No more than one-half of the value of the Member’s fully vested Accounts, including his Loan Account, may be assigned as collateral security. If the Loan Administrator subsequently determines that the loan is no longer adequately secured, additional security may be required.
          7.4.3 Interest . Such loan must bear interest, payable at quarterly intervals (or more frequent intervals, if the Loan Administrator shall so require), at a rate commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances. The Loan Administrator shall at regular intervals (but not less frequently than quarterly) determine such rate on the basis of a review of pertinent information.
          7.4.4 Repayment Term . Such loan must provide for substantially level amortization (within the meaning of section 72(p)(2)(C) of the Code) with payments made at least quarterly for a period to end no later than the earlier of:
               (a) The expiration of a fixed term not to exceed four and one-half (4-1/2) years, or ten (10) years in the case of a loan used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) is to be used as the principal residence of the Member (a “principal residence loan”); or
               (b) The date on which distribution of the Member’s Accounts is made or otherwise commences following the Member’s Termination of Employment.
          7.4.5 Suspension During Leave of Absence . Effective March 17, 2003, loan repayments may be suspended under the Plan during an authorized leave of absence that is either unpaid or at a rate of pay (after applicable employment tax withholding) that is less than the payments required by the loan, for up to one year, provided that the loan, including interest accrued during the period of absence, must be paid in full within five years from the date of the

- 33 -


 

loan (ten years in the case of a principal residence loan). Notwithstanding the foregoing, loan repayments may be suspended for a period which is greater than a year if the Member is performing service in the uniformed services, as described in section 414(u)(4) of the Code. The interest rate applied to a suspended loan during such period of military service may not exceed 6%. After a suspension for military service the loan, including interest accrued during the period of absence must be paid in full within a period that does not exceed five years (ten years in the case of a principal residence loan) plus the period of military leave from the date of the loan. Once repayments begin after any suspension under this Section 7.4.5, the loan may be repaid either (i) in installments in the same amount as the original installments with a balloon payment at the end of the required period, or (ii) by increased level installments which repay the entire amount by the end of the required period.
          7.4.6 Binding Agreement . Such loan must be evidenced by a legally binding agreement, either written or the legal equivalent thereof (which effective August 1, 2006 may consist of the Member’s endorsement of the loan check after notice of the applicable loan terms), containing such terms and provisions as the Loan Administrator shall in its sole discretion determine. Prior to August 1, 2006, but not thereafter (unless required under the terms of the Plan’s QDRO procedures), the Loan Administrator may require a certification or representation from the Member that he is not then legally married, or (b) consent by the Member’s spouse at the time of the making of the loan in a notarized writing executed within the 90-day period before the making of the loan. The Loan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on any such certification or representation with respect to marital status made by a Member in his request for a loan, and the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, Employers, and their employees and agents shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in reliance thereon.
     7.5 Loan Expenses . The Loan Administrator may determine to charge any fees, taxes, charges or other expenses (including, without limitation, any asset liquidation charge or similar extraordinary expense) incurred in connection with a loan to the Accounts of the Member obtaining such loan. Such charges shall be imposed on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.
     7.6 Funding .
          7.6.1 Funding of Loans . A Member’s loan shall be funded solely by reduction of the Member’s Account balances as of the effective date of the loan. Unless the Member specifies a different order, such reduction shall apply to the Member’s Accounts in the following order: (1) Rollover Account; (2) Matching Account and (3) Elective Account. The loan obligation created pursuant to Section 7.4.6 shall be held by the Trustee in a Loan Fund and allocated solely to the Accounts of the Member who receives the loan. For all purposes hereunder, the value of such loan obligation at any date shall be considered to be the unpaid principal amount of the note plus accrued interest. Interest attributable to such notes shall be held in the Loan Fund until reallocation pursuant to Section 7.7.
          7.6.2 Loan Account . A Loan Account shall be maintained for each Member who has been granted a loan pursuant to Section 7.3, in which shall be entered the amount of such Member’s loan. Such Loan Account shall remain in effect until such Member’s loan has been repaid and the amount in the Loan Fund attributable to his Loan Account transferred to another Investment Fund.

- 34 -


 

     7.7 Repayment . The total amount of principal and interest payments on a Member’s loan shall be allocated to the Member’s Accounts in proportion to the share of the loan funded from each Account. Unless the Member specifies a different order, such payments shall be applied to restore the Accounts in the following order: (1) Elective Account; (2) Matching Account; and (3) Rollover Account. Payments of principal and interest on a Member’s loan shall be initially deposited in the Loan Fund for allocation to such Member’s Loan Account and shall be reallocated as of the first Valuation Date coincident with or next following such deposit to such other Investment Funds as the Member shall have designated for future contributions pursuant to Section 5.2.
     7.8 Valuation . The value of that portion of a Member’s Accounts to be withdrawn pursuant to Section 7.2 or that portion of a Member’s Accounts to be borrowed pursuant to Section 7.3 shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately following the date on which the withdrawal or loan request is received by the Committee or the Loan Administrator, as the case may be (or, if the Committee or Loan Administrator shall so direct, any later Valuation Date prior to the distribution of funds).
     7.9 Allocation among Investment Funds . A Member may direct on the Appropriate Form, at such time coincident with or following his loan or withdrawal request as the Committee or Loan Administrator, as the case may be, may allow, and subject to the Committee’s or Loan Administrator’s consent, the proportions in which any withdrawal pursuant to Section 7.2 or loan pursuant to Section 7.3 shall be allocated among the Investment Funds; provided, however, that failing such direction or consent, and in all cases on or after August 1, 2006, the allocation shall be made pro rata among the Investment Funds in which each Account that is reduced to fund the loan is invested.
     7.10 Disposition of Loan Upon Certain Events . Subject to the provision of Section 7.4.4 authorizing prepayment of a loan, in the event of the retirement, Termination of Employment, Disability, or death of a Member before the Member repays all outstanding loans, the unpaid balance of the loan shall be due and payable. If the loan is not repaid within 60 days following such event, the Trustee shall reduce the value of the Member’s Loan Account by the amount of the Member’s outstanding loan (including accrued interest), and before making a cash distribution to the Member or his Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective October 19, 2005, if a Member ceases to be an employee of the Company or any other Employer as a result of a sale of assets or stock or similar corporate transaction, and the asset or stock purchase agreement or similar agreement so provides, any loan note held in the Account of a Member affected thereby may be transferred or rolled over from the Plan to another qualified plan maintained by the purchaser of such stock or assets (or any affiliate thereof) in accordance with such procedures as the Committee may establish therefor.
     7.11 Withdrawals from Plan While Loan is Outstanding . The amount otherwise available for withdrawal from the Plan under Section 7.2 shall be reduced by the amount of any loan outstanding at the time a withdrawal request is made.

- 35 -


 

     7.12 Compliance with Applicable Law . The Loan Administrator shall take such actions as he may deem appropriate in order to assure full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to Member loans and the granting and repayment thereof.
     7.13 Default . A loan made pursuant to Section 7.3 shall be in default if a scheduled payment of principal or interest is not received by the Loan Administrator within thirty (30) days following the scheduled payment date. Upon such default, the outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of the loan shall become immediately due and payable, and the Loan Administrator may execute upon the Plan’s security interest in the Member’s Accounts to satisfy the debt; provided, however, that the execution shall not occur until such time as the Member’s Account(s) against which execution is proposed could be distributed to the Member consistent with the requirements for qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code. Furthermore, the Loan Administrator may take any other action he deems appropriate to obtain payment of the outstanding amount of principal and accrued interest, which may include accepting payments of principal and interest that were not made on schedule and permitting the loan to remain outstanding under its original payment schedule. Any costs incurred by the Loan Administrator in collecting, or attempting to collect, amounts in default shall be charged against the Member’s Accounts. If the Loan Administrator is unable to obtain payment of the outstanding principal and accrued interest (or, in his discretion, payment of only the overdue amount of such principal), the Loan Administrator shall take such further action as he deems appropriate to prevent loss to the Plan as a result of the default. Any discretion by the Loan Administrator in this regard shall be exercised in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
     7.14 Conversion of Loan to Hardship Distribution . If a Member fails to make timely repayment of a loan, the Loan Administrator, upon application of the Member, shall recharacterize the loan as a hardship distribution, but only if the loan proceeds were used to meet a need set forth in Section 7.2.3 and provided that the suspension requirements referred to in Section 7.2.6 are satisfied.

- 36 -


 

ARTICLE VIII
Payment of Benefits
     8.1 Payment of Benefits .
          8.1.1 In General . The amounts distributable to a Member pursuant to Section 7.1 on Termination of Employment shall be paid in cash in a single sum, except as otherwise provided below. Effective January 1, 2002, if the amount so distributable exceeds $5,000, the Member may, in lieu of a single sum payment, elect to receive distribution either (a) in two or more payments, at such times and in such amounts as he may elect, provided that each such payment other than the last shall be not less than $1,000, or (b) in substantially equal installments over 5, 10, 15 or 20 years, to be made monthly, quarterly, or annually as the Member may elect. A Member may prospectively revoke any election described in clause (a) or (b) above and substitute therefor a different election of any of such forms, or an election of a single sum payment, which shall apply to the then remaining balance in his Vested Accounts. Any undistributed balance of a Member’s Accounts shall continue to be adjusted in accordance with Article V until distribution thereof is completed. Distribution shall not be made without the Member’s consent, in writing or its equivalent, prior to the time that distribution is required under Section 8.6 unless the total vested balance of the Member’s Accounts (including his Rollover Account) does not exceed $5,000. In the event that a Member is ineligible to, and/or does not elect to receive, distribution in two or more payments or in installments as above provided, and the Committee determines that the vested balance of the Member’s Accounts does not exceed $5,000, distribution of such vested balance shall be made in a lump sum after (x) the Member has been notified that such a small benefit cashout is to be made and of his right to receive such distribution as a direct rollover, (y) the Member’s election to receive cash or a direct rollover is received or the time for making such election has expired, and (z) the amount so distributable does not rise to more than $5,000 as of the date used to review Account values for purposes of distribution under the procedures adopted by the Plan recordkeeper. Except as the Member otherwise elects, expressly or by failure to request distribution after receipt of notice advising of the right to so elect, distribution shall in all events commence no later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the later of his most recent Termination of Employment or his Normal Retirement Date, except to the extent a contribution pursuant to Article III of the Plan which the Member is entitled to share in has not yet been acquired by the Fund.
          8.1.2 Default Rollover of Small Benefits Cashouts . Notwithstanding the foregoing, for distributions to a Member on or after March 28, 2005 and prior to the Member’s Normal Retirement Date, in the event that the amount of the distribution exceeds $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000, and the Member does not make an election whether or not to directly rollover his distribution within the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, such distribution shall be made to an individual retirement account selected by the Committee and meeting the requirements for the “safe harbor” regulations issued by the Department of Labor, 29 C.F.R. section 2520.404a-2 (or any corresponding successor regulations)
          8.1.3 Notice Period . If a distribution is one to which sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the

- 37 -


 

notice required under Treas. Reg. section 1.411(a)-11(c) provided that: (a) the Committee clearly informs the Member that the Member has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (b) the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
     8.2 Death Benefits .
          8.2.1 In General . In the event of the death of a Member prior to his Termination of Employment, the balances in his Accounts shall be distributed to his Beneficiary. If the Beneficiary is the Member’s spouse, the spouse shall be entitled to receive distribution beginning within 90 days of the Member’s death if reasonably practicable and otherwise as soon as practicable, or, if the Member had attained his Normal Retirement Date prior to his death, beginning not later than 60 days following the close of the Plan Year in which his death occurs.
          8.2.2 Installment Payments on Death . If so elected by the Member prior to his death, or thereafter by his Beneficiary, payments following a Member’s death may be paid in substantially equal installments over 5, 10, 15, or 20 years from the Member’s death, to be made monthly, quarterly or annually as specified in such election. Any amount so distributable shall be held in the Member’s Accounts, invested pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.4, and adjusted as provided in Section 5.5 until distribution is completed.
     8.3 Non-Alienation of Benefits . Except as otherwise required by a “qualified domestic relations order” (as defined in section 414(p) of the Code), or by other applicable law recognized as a permitted exception to this provision by section 401(a)(13) of the Code and regulations thereunder, no benefit, interest, or payment under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, whether voluntary or involuntary, and no attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be valid nor shall any such benefit, interest, or payment be in any way liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the person entitled to such benefit, interest, or payment or be subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.
     8.4 Doubt as to Right to Payment . In the event that at any time any doubt exists as to the right of any person to any payment hereunder or the amount or time of such payment (including, without limitation, any case of doubt as to identity, or any case in which any notice has been received from any other person claiming any interest in amounts payable hereunder, or any case in which a claim from other persons may exist by reason of community property or similar laws), the Committee shall be entitled, in its discretion, to direct the Trustee to hold such sum as a segregated amount in trust until such right or amount or time is determined or until order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or to pay such sum into court in accordance with appropriate rules of law in such case then provided, or to make payment only upon receipt of a bond or similar indemnification (in such amount and in such form as is satisfactory to the Committee).
     8.5 Incapacity . If any benefits hereunder are due to a legally incompetent person, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct that any distribution due such person be

- 38 -


 

made (a) directly to such person, or (b) to his duly appointed legal representative, and any distribution so made shall completely discharge the liabilities of the Plan therefor.
     8.6 Time of Commencement of Benefits .
          8.6.1 Subject to Sections 8.6.2 through 8.6.5, payment to a Member under this Article VIII shall be made or commenced not later than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the later of his most recent Termination of Employment or his Normal Retirement Date.
          8.6.2 Distribution of the benefits of a Member shall be required hereunder (a) for a Member who is a five percent (5%) owner with respect to the Plan Year in which he attained age 70-1/2, by April 1 following such year, and (b) in any other case, by April 1 following the calendar year in which the Member attains age 70-1/2 or terminates employment, whichever is later. Distributions shall be made pursuant to this Section 8.6.2 as though the Member had retired.
          8.6.3 If a Member receives a single sum distribution pursuant to Section 8.6.2, any contributions made to the Plan subsequently (and any forfeitures in lieu thereof) allocable to the Member’s Accounts shall be paid to the Member as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year for which such contributions are made.
          8.6.4 Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, in the event that the amount of a payment required to commence on the date otherwise determined under this Plan cannot be ascertained by such date, or if it is not possible to make such payment on such date because the Committee has been unable to locate the Member (or, in the case of a deceased Member, his Beneficiary) after making reasonable efforts to do so, a payment retroactive to such date may be made no later than 60 days after the earliest date on which the amount of such payment can be ascertained under this Plan or the date on which the Member (or Beneficiary) is located, whichever is applicable.
          8.6.5 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years, 2001 and 2002, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code, including the incidental death benefit requirement, in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, and for the calendar year 2003 in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9) published on April 17, 2002, and thereafter in accordance with the final regulations under section 401(a)(9) published on June 15, 2004.
     8.7 Payments to Minors . If at any time a person entitled to receive any payment hereunder is a minor, such payment may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be made for the benefit of such minor to his parent, guardian or the person with whom he resides, or to the minor himself, and the release of any such parent, guardian, person or minor shall be a valid and complete discharge for such payment.
     8.8 Identity of Proper Payee . The determination of the Committee as to the identity of the proper payee of any payment and the amount properly payable shall be conclusive, and payment in accordance with such determination shall constitute a complete discharge of all obligations on account thereof.

- 39 -


 

     8.9 Inability to Locate Distributee . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event that the Committee cannot locate any person to whom a payment is due under this Plan, the benefit in respect of which such payment is to be made shall be forfeited at such time as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion (but in all events prior to the time such benefit would otherwise escheat under any applicable law); provided, that such benefit shall be reinstated if such person subsequently makes a valid claim for such benefit prior to termination of the Plan.
     8.10 Estoppel of Members and Their Beneficiaries . The Employer, Committee and Trustee may rely upon any certificate, statement or other representation made to them by any employee, Member, spouse or other beneficiary with respect to age, length of service, leave of absence, date of Termination of Employment, marital status or other fact required to be determined under any of the provisions of this Plan, and shall not be liable on account of the payment of any moneys or the doing of any act in reliance upon any such certificate, statement or other representation. Any such certificate, statement or other representation made by an employee or Member shall be conclusively binding upon such employee or Member and his spouse or other beneficiary, and such employee, Member, spouse or beneficiary shall thereafter and forever be estopped from disputing the truth and correctness of such certificate, statement or other representation. Any such certificate, statement or other representation made by a Member’s spouse or other beneficiary shall be conclusively binding upon such spouse or beneficiary, and such spouse or beneficiary shall thereafter and forever be estopped from disputing the truth and correctness of such certificate, statement or other representation.
     8.11 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders .
          8.11.1 Definition . For purposes of this Section 8.11, “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” means any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement) made pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property law) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Member and which creates or recognizes the existence of a right of (or assigns such a right to) such spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent (the “Alternate Payee”) to receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Member under the Plan. A Qualified Domestic Relations Order must clearly specify the amount or percentage of the Member’s benefits to be paid to the Alternate Payee by the Plan (or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined). A Qualified Domestic Relations Order (a) may not require the Plan (i) to provide any form or type of benefits or any option not otherwise provided under the Plan, (ii) to pay benefits to an Alternate Payee under such order which are required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under another such order previously filed with the Plan, or (iii) to provide increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial equivalents), but (b) may require payment of benefits to the Alternate Payee under the order (i) at any time after the date of the order, (ii) as if the Member had retired on the date on which such payment is to begin under such order (taking into account only the benefits in which the Member is then vested) and (iii) in any form in which such benefits may be paid to the Member.

- 40 -


 

          8.11.2 Distributions . The Committee shall recognize and honor any judgment, decree or order entered on or after January 1, 1985 under a state domestic relations law which the Committee determines to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order in accordance with such reasonable procedures to determine such status as the Committee shall establish. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Committee shall notify a Member and the person entitled to benefits under a judgment, decree or order which purports to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order of (a) the receipt thereof, (b) the Plan’s procedures for determining whether such judgment, decree or order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and (c) any determination made with respect to such status. During any period during which the Committee is determining whether any judgment, decree or order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, any amount which would have been payable to any person pursuant to such order shall be separately accounted for (and adjusted to reflect its appropriate share of the Investment Adjustment as of each Valuation Date pursuant to Article V) pending payment to the proper recipient thereof. Any such amount, as so adjusted, shall be paid to the person entitled to such payment under any such judgment, decree or order if the Committee determines such judgment, decree or order to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order within 18 full calendar months commencing with the date on which the first payment would be required to be made under such judgment, decree or order. If the Committee is unable to make such a determination within such time period, payment under the Plan shall be as if such judgment, decree or order did not exist and any such determination made after such time period shall be applied prospectively only. Distribution to an Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall be made on a pro rata basis from the Member’s Accounts in such manner as the Committee shall direct.
          8.11.3 Alternate Payee’s Beneficiary . In the event that an Alternate Payee is entitled under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order to designate a Beneficiary for the Alternate Payee’s interest in the Plan and fails to do so or such designation fails to be effective (such as by reason of the prior death of the designated individual and the absence of any effective alternative designation), the Alternate Payee’s Beneficiary with respect to such interest shall be the Alternate Payee’s estate.
     8.12 Benefits Payable Only from Fund . All benefits payable under this Plan shall be paid or provided solely from the Fund, and neither any Employer nor its shareholders, directors, employees or the Committee shall have any liability or responsibility therefor. Except as otherwise provided by law, no Employer assumes any obligations under this Plan except those specifically stated in the Plan.
     8.13 Prior Plan Distribution Forms . The portions of the Accounts of Members attributable to balances transferred from prior plans will be eligible for installment or annuity forms of distributions that were available under such plans if distribution in respect thereof is to commence as of a date on or before February 1, 2002, and the Member’s vested Accounts at termination of employment exceed $5,000. Otherwise, all amounts distributable to a Member whose employment terminates for any reason shall be paid in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII.
     8.14 Restrictions on Distribution . Effective January 1, 2002, a Member’s Elective Account shall not be distributable prior to his severance from employment, disability, death, or attainment of age 59-1/2 except in cases of (a) hardship to the extent provided in

- 41 -


 

Section 7.2.3 or (b) a lump sum distribution made upon termination of the Plan without establishment or maintenance of another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of the Code) within the meaning of applicable regulations.
     8.15 Direct Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions . Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this Section 8.15, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid in a Direct Rollover directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.
          8.15.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 8.15, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below, effective January 1, 2002:
               8.15.1.1 Eligible Rollover Distribution . Any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of a Distributee under the Plan, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequent than annual) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income, unless the conditions of Section 8.15.4 are satisfied; any deemed distribution occurring upon the Member’s Termination of Employment under which the Member’s account balance is offset by the amount of an outstanding Plan loan; and any hardship withdrawal.
               8.15.1.2 Eligible Retirement Plan . An individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, another employer’s qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the Code, an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code, or an eligible deferred compensation plan described in section 457(b) of the Code maintained by a State, a political subdivision of a State, or any agency or instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, that accepts a Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution.
               8.15.1.3 Distributee . A Member, a Member’s surviving Spouse or a Member’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (as defined in section 414(p) of the Code and Section 8.11.1).
               8.15.1.4 Direct Rollover . A payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by a Distributee, in the manner prescribed by the Committee.
          8.15.2 Limitation . No more than one Direct Rollover may be elected by a Distributee for each Eligible Rollover Distribution.
          8.15.3 Default Procedure . If a Member (or other Distributee, if applicable) does not make a timely election whether or not to directly roll over his Eligible

- 42 -


 

Rollover Distribution within a reasonable period permitted by the Committee for making such election, such distribution shall be made directly to the Member (or other Distributee, if applicable). Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective March 28, 2005, such Eligible Rollover Distributions made to a Member prior to Normal Retirement Date that exceed $1,000 but do not exceed $5,000 will be automatically rolled over to an individual retirement account, as described in Section 8.1.2.
          8.15.4 After-Tax Employee Contributions . An Eligible Rollover Distribution may include after-tax employee contributions if the Eligible Retirement Plan is either:
               (a) an individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code or an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code; or
               (b) an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code or another employer’s qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the Code, which agrees to separately account for such after-tax employee contributions (and the earnings thereon).
     8.16 Receipt of ESOP Beneficiary’s Account . Effective March 17, 2003, the Plan shall accept a direct trust-to-trust transfer from the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) of the cash proceeds allocable to all or a portion of an account in the ESOP of a deceased member of the ESOP upon election by a beneficiary of such ESOP to make such a transfer in accordance with applicable provisions of the ESOP. Upon such transfer, the ESOP beneficiary directing such transfer shall be treated as a Beneficiary under this Plan, the amount transferred shall be credited to an Account under this Plan in the name of the deceased Member that is allocable to such Beneficiary, and such Beneficiary shall have same right to direct the initial investment of the amount transferred as applies in the case of amounts received as a direct rollover to a Rollover Account. Thereafter, the Beneficiary shall have the same rights with respect to such Account that generally apply to Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the right to receive distribution at the times and in the forms available under Section 8.2 and the right to change the investment with respect to such Account as described in Section 5.3.

- 43 -


 

ARTICLE IX
Beneficiary Designation
     9.1 Designation of Beneficiary . Subject to the further provisions of this Article IX, each Member may designate, at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe, a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (who may be any one or more members of his family or any other persons, executor, administrator, any trust, foundation or other entity) to receive any benefits distributable hereunder to his Beneficiary after the death of the Member as provided herein. Such designation of a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall not be effective for any purpose unless and until it has been filed by the Member with the Committee, provided, however, that a designation mailed by the Member to the Committee prior to death and received after his death shall take effect upon such receipt, but prospectively only and without prejudice to any payor or payee on account of any payments made before receipt by the Committee.
     9.2 Spouse as Presumptive Beneficiary . Notwithstanding Section 9.1 (but subject to the provisions of Section 9.5), a Member’s sole Beneficiary shall be his surviving spouse, if the Member has a surviving spouse, unless the Member has designated another Beneficiary with the written consent of such spouse (in which consent such Beneficiary is specified by name or class, and the effect of such designation is acknowledged) witnessed by a notary public or Plan representative. Any such consent shall be irrevocable. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the requirement of spousal consent if the Committee is satisfied that the spouse cannot be located, or if the Member can show by court order that he has been abandoned by the spouse within the meaning of local law, or if otherwise permitted under applicable regulations.
     9.3 Change of Beneficiary . A Member may, from time to time in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe, change his designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, but any such designation which has the effect of naming a person other than the surviving spouse as sole Beneficiary is subject to the spousal consent requirement of Section 9.2.
     9.4 Failure to Designate . If a Member has failed effectively to designate a Beneficiary to receive the Member’s death benefits, or a Beneficiary previously designated has predeceased the Member and no alternative designation has become effective, such benefits shall be distributed to the Member’s surviving spouse, if any, or if no spouse survives the Member, to the Member’s estate.
     9.5 Effect of Marriage, Divorce or Annulment, or Legal Separation . This Section 9.5 shall be effective in determining the identity of a Participant’s Beneficiary at any time on or after September 1, 2006. In accordance with Section 1.50 but subject to the following provisions of this Section 9.5, the term “spouse” for purposes of this Article IX means the individual to whom the Member is married on the date of reference, determined under applicable state law, except than no individual of the same gender as the Member shall be deemed such a spouse. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
          9.5.1 If a court of competent jurisdiction has issued a legal separation order, the parties to whom that order pertains shall not be deemed to be married to each other,

- 44 -


 

even if their marriage has not been annulled or terminated by divorce; provided, however, that to the extent that a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as defined in Section 8.11 (“QDRO”) specifies that a former spouse (or legally separated spouse) of the Member is to be treated as the Member’s spouse, such specified former spouse (or legally separated individual) shall be treated as the Member’s spouse under the Plan to the extent required in such QDRO, to the exclusion of any subsequent spouse.
          9.5.2 Except to the extent otherwise provided in an applicable QDRO, a designation of the Member’s spouse as Beneficiary will automatically be cancelled if the marriage terminates by divorce or is annulled or such a legal separation order is issued unless the designation clearly states that the individual named as Beneficiary is to continue as such following termination of the marriage or such separation.
          9.5.3 Nothing herein shall prohibit a spouse from disclaiming the benefit to which he or she would otherwise be entitled as the Member’s sole Beneficiary, in whole or in part, in which event the Beneficiary with respect to the interest so disclaimed shall be determined as if the spouse had predeceased the Member.
          9.5.4 Upon the marriage of a Member, any designation of Beneficiaries made by the Member prior to the date of the marriage shall become null and void as of the date of the marriage. Subsequent divorce, legal separation or dissolution of the marriage shall not reinstate any designation that became null and void as of the date of such marriage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Employer, the Trustee or Committee, nor any other fiduciary, shall be liable for, and each of them shall be fully protected, as to amounts paid to one or more Beneficiary(ies) of the Member subsequent to the marriage of the Member and after the death of the Member, but prior to their receipt of effective written notification of the marriage.
     9.6 Proof of Death, etc . Before making distribution to a Beneficiary, the Committee may require such proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive all or part of the death benefit of a deceased Member as the Committee may deem desirable. The Committee’s determination of the fact of death of a Member and of the right of any person to receive distributions as a result thereof shall be conclusive upon such person or persons having or claiming any right in the Fund on account of such Member.
     9.7 Discharge of Liability . If distribution in respect of a Member’s Accounts is made to a person reasonably believed by the Committee or his delegate (taking into account any document purporting to be a valid consent of the Member’s spouse, or any representation by the Member that he is not married) to properly qualify as the Member’s Beneficiary under the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, the Plan shall have no further liability with respect to such Accounts (or the portion thereof so distributed).

- 45 -


 

ARTICLE X
Administration of the Plan
     10.1 Committee . The provisions of this Article X are effective July 17, 2002. The Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors shall appoint a Management Pension Investment and Oversight Committee (the “Committee”), which shall consist of not less than three persons to serve at the pleasure of the Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy on the Committee, arising for any reason whatsoever, shall be filled by the Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. The Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such place or places, at such time or times and in such manner (including meetings in which members may participate through teleconferencing or similar means) as it may from time to time determine. A majority of the members of the Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and action by a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee. The Committee may also act without a meeting by instrument in writing signed by a majority of the members of the Committee, or by one or more members to whom the Committee has previously delegated the authority to take such action. Effective September 21, 2004, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors shall succeed to the duties of the Corporate Governance Committee under this Section 10.1.
     10.2 Named Fiduciary . The named fiduciary under the Plan shall be the Committee, which shall have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan except that the Committee shall have no authority or responsibility with respect to those matters which under any applicable trust agreement, insurance policy or similar contract are the responsibility, or subject to the authority, of the Trustee, any insurance company or similar organization. The members of the Committee shall have the right, by written instrument executed by them or otherwise, to allocate fiduciary responsibilities among themselves, and any one or more of such members may designate other persons to carry out fiduciary or other responsibilities under the Plan.
     10.3 Powers and Discretion of the Named Fiduciary . The Committee shall have all powers and discretion necessary or helpful for carrying out its responsibilities, including, without limitation, the power and complete discretion:
                    (a) to establish such rules or procedures as it may deem necessary or desirable;
                    (b) to employ such persons as it shall deem necessary or desirable to assist in the administration of the Plan;
                    (c) to determine any question arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, including without limitation questions of fact and of construction;

- 46 -


 

                         (d) to correct defects, rectify errors, supply omissions, clarify ambiguities, and reconcile inconsistencies to the extent it deems necessary or desirable to effectuate the Plan or preserve qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code;
                         (e) to decide all questions relating to eligibility and payment of benefits hereunder, including, without limitation, the power and discretion to determine the eligibility of persons to receive benefits hereunder;
                         (f) to establish procedures for determining whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order (“QDRO”) as described in Section 8.11 and for complying with any such QDRO;
                         (g) to direct the Trustee with respect to benefits payable under the Plan (including, without limitation, the persons to be paid or methods of payment) and all distributions of the assets of the Fund;
                         (h) to make a determination as to the rights of any person to a benefit and to afford any person dissatisfied with such determination the right to an appeal;
                         (i) to determine the character and amount of expenses that are properly payable by the Plan as reasonable administration expenses, and to direct the Trustee with respect to the payment thereof (including, without limitation, the persons to be paid and the method of payment);
                         (j) to compromise or settle claims against the Plan and to direct the Trustee to pay amounts required in any such settlements or compromise;
                         (k) to determine the method of making corrections necessary or advisable as a result of operating defects in order to preserve qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code pursuant to procedures of the Internal Revenue Service applicable in such cases (such as those set forth in Revenue Procedure 2002-47 and similar guidance); and
                         (l) to make appropriate provision for the investment and reinvestment of the Fund, including, as named fiduciary with respect to the control and management of the assets of the Plan, to appoint in its discretion an investment manager or managers (as defined in section 3(38) of ERISA) to manage (including the power to acquire and dispose of) any assets of the Plan.
The determinations of the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons to the maximum extent permitted by law. The expenses of the Committee and all other expenses of the Plan shall be paid by the Fund to the extent not paid by the Company, and such expenses shall include any expenses authorized by the Board of Directors as necessary or desirable in the administration of the Plan.
     10.4 Advisers . Any named fiduciary under the Plan, and any fiduciary designated by a named fiduciary to whom such power is granted by a named fiduciary under the Plan, may employ one or more persons to carry out such responsibilities as may be specified by such fiduciary and to render advice with regard to any responsibility such fiduciary has under the Plan.

- 47 -


 

     10.5 Service in Multiple Capacities . Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.
     10.6 Limitation of Liability; Indemnity .
          10.6.1 Except as otherwise provided by law, if any duty or responsibility of any person serving as a named fiduciary has been allocated or delegated to any other person in accordance with any provision of this Plan, then such fiduciary shall not be liable for any act or omission of such other person in carrying out such duty or responsibility.
          10.6.2 Except as otherwise provided by law, no person who is a member of the Committee or is an employee, director or officer of any Employer who is a fiduciary under the Plan or the trust thereunder, or otherwise has responsibility with respect to administration of the Plan or trust, shall incur any liability whatsoever on account of any matter connected with or related to the Plan or trust or the administration thereof, unless such person shall have acted in bad faith or been guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence in respect of his duties, actions or omissions in respect of the Plan or trust.
          10.6.3 The Company shall indemnify and save harmless each Committee member and each employee, director or officer of any Employer serving as a trustee or other fiduciary from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, cost and expense which may arise by reason of, or be based upon, any matter connected with or related to the Plan or trust or the administration thereof (including, but not limited to, any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or in settlement of any such claim whatsoever), unless such person shall have acted in bad faith or been guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence in respect of his duties, actions or omissions in respect of the Plan or trust.
     10.7 Reliance on Information . The Committee and any Employer and its officers, directors and employees shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any accountant, trustee, insurance company, counsel or other expert who shall be engaged by an Employer or the Committee, and the Committee and any Employer and its officers, directors and employees shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance thereon, and all action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon all persons affected thereby.
     10.8 Subcommittees, Counsel and Agents . The Committee may appoint from its members such subcommittees (of one or more such members), with such powers as the Committee shall determine. The Committee may employ such counsel (including legal counsel, who may be counsel for the Company or an Employer), accountants, and agents and such clerical and other services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan, and may charge the fees, charges and costs resulting from such employment as an expense to the Fund to the extent not paid by the Company. Unless otherwise required by law, persons employed by the Committee as counsel, or as its agents or otherwise, may include members of the Committee, or

- 48 -


 

employees of the Company. Persons serving on the Committee, or on any such subcommittee shall be fully protected in acting or refraining to act in accordance with the advice of legal or other counsel.
     10.9 Funding Policy . The Committee shall establish and carry out, or cause to be established and carried out by those persons (including, without limitation, any trustee) to whom responsibility or authority therefor has been allocated or delegated in accordance with the Plan or the Trust Agreement, a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of the Plan and the requirements of ERISA. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is recognized that Members (and their Beneficiaries) have many differing individual financial situations, and the funding policy of the Plan is therefore to allow Members and their Beneficiaries to choose, from a broad range of diversified investment options, the Investment Fund or Investment Funds which they believe best suit their individual objectives. In the event of the elimination of a preexisting Investment Fund option or a merger or spin-off of assets from another plan into this Plan, the foregoing principle shall not preclude the adoption of mapping rules under which assets previously invested for the benefit of the Member or Beneficiary in one or more investment options that are no longer available are transferred to specific Investment Funds under this Plan, subject to the right of Members (or Beneficiaries) to then reallocate their accounts among Investment Funds. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of section 404(c) of ERISA with respect to investment elections by Members or their Beneficiaries if reasonably practicable, but (as provided in accordance with applicable law) any failure to meet any of such requirements shall create no adverse inference with respect to the compliance by the Plan and its fiduciaries with such general requirements as prudence and diversification. To the extent permitted by law, none of the Company, any Employer, the Committee, the Trustee nor any other fiduciary of the Plan shall be liable for any loss resulting from a Member’s (or Beneficiary’s) exercise of his right to direct the investment of his Accounts.
     10.10 Proper Proof . In any case in which an Employer or the Committee shall be required under the Plan to take action upon the occurrence of any event, they shall be under no obligation to take such action unless and until proper and satisfactory evidence of such occurrence shall have been received by them.
     10.11 Genuineness of Documents . The Committee, and any Employer and its respective officers, directors and employees, shall be entitled to rely upon any notice, request, consent, letter, telegram or other paper or document believed by them or any of them to be genuine, and to have been signed or sent by the proper person, and shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance thereon.
     10.12 Members May Direct Investments . The Committee shall permit, pursuant to Sections 5.2 and 5.3, a Member or Beneficiary to exercise control over assets in his Accounts by directing the Trustee with respect to the extent permitted by law and manner of investment of such assets, and if a Member or Beneficiary exercises such control, then notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or the Trust Agreement:
          10.12.1 such Member or Beneficiary shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary under the Plan or this Trust by reason of such exercise, and

- 49 -


 

          10.12.2 no person who is otherwise a fiduciary (including, without limitation, the Trustee and any Committee member) shall be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, which results from such Member’s or Beneficiary’s exercise of control.
     10.13 Records and Reports . The Committee shall maintain or cause to be maintained such records, as it deems necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of the Plan.
     10.14 Recovery of Overpayments . Without limiting the generality of the Committee’s power and discretion under Section 10.3(d) to rectify errors and supply omissions, in the event that the Committee determines that overpayments have been made to a Member or his spouse or Beneficiary, the Committee shall take such steps as it shall deem appropriate under the relevant facts and circumstances to recover such payments, with or without interest, and in case repayment is not otherwise made, to offset the amount to be recovered against subsequent payments otherwise becoming due to or in respect of such Member, spouse or Beneficiary at such time and to such extent as it shall deem appropriate.

- 50 -


 

ARTICLE XI
The Trust Agreement
     11.1 The Trust Agreement . Effective July 17, 2002, the Committee, on behalf of the Company and each other Employer, shall have power to appoint and remove a Trustee and to enter into or amend a Trust Agreement with the Trustee providing for the establishment of a Fund hereunder. The Trust Agreement shall be deemed to form a part of this Plan, and any and all rights which may accrue to any person under this Plan shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of such Trust Agreement. Copies of the Trust Agreement shall be filed with the Committee and, upon reasonable application and notice, shall be made available for inspection by any Member.
     11.2 No Diversion of Fund . The Fund shall in no event (within the taxable year or thereafter) be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Members and their Beneficiaries (including the payment of the expenses of the administration of the Plan and of the Trust Fund), except that at the Committee’s request:
          (a) A contribution that is made by an Employer by a mistake of fact may be returned to such Employer within one year after the payment of the contribution; and
          (b) A contribution that is conditioned upon its deductibility under section 404 of the Code pursuant to Section 3.10 may be returned to the contributing Employer, to the extent that the contribution is disallowed as a deduction, within one year after such disallowance.
     11.3 Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee . The Trustee will hold and invest all funds as provided herein and in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee will make, at the direction of the Committee, all payments to Members and their Beneficiaries.
          The Trustee shall not be required to make any payment of benefits or distributions out of the Fund, or to allocate or reallocate any amounts, except upon the written direction of the Committee. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any action by the Board of Directors or of the Termination of Employment of any Member, unless it shall be given written notice of such event by the Committee.

-51-


 

ARTICLE XII
Amendment
     12.1 Right of the Company to Amend the Plan . The Company shall have the right at any time and from time to time to amend any or all of the provisions of this Plan by resolution of the Board of Directors, by action of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, or effective July 17, 2002, by action of the Company Representative, and all Employers and Members (and their Beneficiaries) shall be bound thereby. Except as provided in Section 12.3, no such amendment shall authorize or permit any part of the Fund to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Members and their Beneficiaries, nor shall any amendment reduce any amount then credited to the individual accounts of any Member, reduce any Member’s vested interest in his account, or affect the rights, duties and responsibilities of the Trustee without his written consent.
     12.2 Plan Merger . The Plan may be amended in accordance with Section 12.1 to provide for the merger of the Plan, in whole or in part, or a transfer of all or part of its assets, into or to any other qualified plan within the meaning of section 401(a) of the Code, including such a merger or transfer in lieu of a distribution which might otherwise be required under the Plan. In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each Member shall be entitled to a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (if such other plan then terminated) which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had then been terminated).
     12.3 Amendments Required by Law . All provisions of this Plan, and all benefits and rights granted hereunder, are subject to any amendments, modifications or alterations which are necessary from time to time, (a) to qualify the Plan under section 40l(a) of the Code, (b) to continue the Plan as so qualified, or (c) to comply with any other provision of law. Accordingly, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Company may amend, modify or alter the Plan with retroactive effect in any respect or manner necessary to qualify the Plan under section 40l(a) of the Code, to continue the Plan as so qualified, or to comply with any other provision of applicable law.
     12.4 Right to Terminate . The Plan may be terminated at any time by resolution of the Board of Directors, provided that no such action shall permit any part of the corpus or income of the Fund to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Members and their beneficiaries under the Plan and for the payment of the administrative costs of the Plan.
     12.5 Termination of Trust . If the Plan is terminated pursuant to Section 12.4, and the Board of Directors determines that the Fund shall be terminated, all of the Members’ Accounts shall be nonforfeitable, the Fund shall be revalued as if the termination date were a Valuation Date, and the current value of all Accounts shall be distributed in accordance with Article VII, as if such Plan termination were a Termination of Employment, but only to the extent permitted under Section 8.14; provided, however, that the value of such Accounts shall be adjusted to reflect the expenses of termination to the extent such expenses are not paid by the

-52-


 

Company. Until all Accounts are fully distributed, any remaining Accounts held in the Fund shall continue to be adjusted in accordance with Article V, and to reflect the expenses of termination.
     12.6 Continuation of Trust . If the Plan is terminated by the Board of Directors but the Board of Directors determines that the Fund shall be continued pursuant to its terms and the provisions of this Section 12.6, no further contributions shall be made, the Members’ Accounts shall be nonforfeitable, and the Fund shall be administered as though the Plan were otherwise in full force and effect. If the Fund is subsequently terminated, the provisions of Section 12.5 shall then apply.
     12.7 Discontinuance of Contributions . Any Employer may at any time, by resolution of its board of directors, completely discontinue its participation in and contributions under the Plan, either completely or with respect to any specified group of its employees, and unless otherwise agreed to by the Board of Directors or the Company Representative, shall discontinue its participation and all contributions if it ceases for any reason to be a member of a controlled group of trades or businesses including the Company, within the meaning of section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code. The Committee shall make such current or deferred distributions with respect to the Members affected by such discontinuance as it shall deem appropriate and in accordance with the Plan and applicable law, or the Committee may, subject to Section 12.2, direct that the portion of the Trust Fund allocable to such Members be transferred to a successor qualified plan or funding medium covering such Members. If such Employer completely discontinues contributions under the Plan, either by resolution of its board of directors or for any other reason, and such discontinuance is deemed a partial termination of the Plan within the meaning of section 411(d)(3) of the Code, the amounts credited to the Accounts of all affected Members (other than Members who, in connection with the discontinuance of Employer contributions, transfer employment to an Employer which continues to contribute under the Plan) shall be nonforfeitable.

-53-


 

ARTICLE XIII
Miscellaneous Provisions
     13.1 Plan Not a Contract of Employment . Neither the establishment of the Plan created hereby, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any Fund or Account, nor the payment of any benefits hereunder, shall be construed as giving to any Member or other person any legal or equitable right against any Employer, any officer or employee thereof, the Board of Directors or any member thereof, the Committee or any Trustee, except as provided herein and under no circumstances shall the terms of employment of any Member be in any way affected hereby.
     13.2 Merger . The merger or consolidation of the Company with any other company or the transfer of the assets of the Company to any other company by sale, exchange, liquidation or otherwise, or the merger of this Plan with any other retirement plan, shall not in and of itself result in the termination of the Plan, or be deemed a Termination of Employment of any employee.
     13.3 Claims Procedure . The Committee shall establish a claims procedure in accordance with applicable law, under which any Member or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied shall have a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of the decision denying such claim.
     13.4 Controlling Law . The validity of this Plan or of any of its provisions shall be determined under, and shall be construed and administered according to, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to its choice of law principles), except to the extent preempted by ERISA, or any other applicable laws of the United States of America. No action (whether at law, in equity or otherwise) shall be brought by or on behalf of any person for or with respect to benefits due under this Plan unless the person bringing such action has timely exhausted the Plan’s claim review procedure. Any action (whether at law, in equity or otherwise) must be commenced within three (3) years from the earlier of (a) the date a final determination denying such benefit, in whole or in part, is issued under the Plan’s claim review procedure and (b) the date such person’s cause of action first accrued.
     13.5 Separability . If any provision of the Plan or the Trust Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of the Plan or the Trust Agreement, and the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included therein.
     13.6 Captions . The captions contained herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe the scope or intent of the Plan nor in any way shall affect the Plan or the construction of any provision thereof.
     13.7 Usage . Whenever applicable, the masculine gender, when used in the Plan, shall include the feminine or neuter gender, and the singular shall include the plural.

-54-


 

ARTICLE XIV
Leased Employees
     14.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Article XIV, the term “Leased Employee” means any person (a) who performs or performed services for an Employer or Affiliate (hereinafter referred to as the “Recipient”) pursuant to an agreement between the Recipient and any other person (hereinafter referred to as the “Leasing Organization”), (b) who has performed such services for the Recipient or for the Recipient and related persons (within the meaning of section 144(a)(3) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (c) whose services are (effective January 1, 1997) performed under primary direction or control by the Recipient.
     14.2 Treatment of Leased Employees . For purposes of this Plan, a Leased Employee shall be treated as an employee of an Affiliate whose service for the Recipient (including service during the one-year period referred to in Section 14.1) is to be taken into account in determining compliance with the service requirements of the Plan relating to participation and vesting. However, the Leased Employee shall not be entitled to share in contributions or forfeitures under the Plan with respect to any service or compensation attributable to the period during which he is a Leased Employee, and shall not be eligible to become a Member eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan unless and except to the extent that he shall at some time, either before or after his service as a Leased Employee, qualify as an Eligible Employee without regard to the provisions of this Article XIV (in which event, status as a Leased Employee shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of Section 14.1, to the extent required by applicable law).
     14.3 Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization . Section 14.2 shall not apply to any Leased Employee if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan of the Leasing Organization meeting the requirements of section 414(n)(5)(B) of the Code and Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate “nonhighly compensated work force” (as defined in section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code) of all Employers and Affiliates.
     14.4 Construction . The purpose of this Article XIV is to comply with the provisions of section 4l4(n) of the Code. All provisions of this Article shall be construed consistently therewith, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no individual shall be treated as a Leased Employee except as required under such section.

-55-


 

ARTICLE XV
“Top-Heavy” Provisions
     15.1 Determination of “Top-Heavy” Status .
          15.1.1 Applicable Plans . For purposes of this Article XV, “Applicable Plans” shall include (a) each plan of an Employer or Affiliate in which a Key Employee (as defined in Section 15.1.2 for this Plan, and as defined in section 416(i) of the Code for each other Applicable Plan) participates during the five (5)-year period ending on such plan’s “determination date” (as described in Section 15.1.4 below) and (b) each other plan of an Employer or Affiliate which, during such period, enables any plan in clause (a) of this sentence to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. Any plan not required to be included under the preceding sentence may also be included, at the option of the Company, provided that the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code continue to be satisfied for the group of Applicable Plans after such inclusion. Applicable Plans shall include terminated plans, frozen plans, and to the extent that benefits are provided with respect to service with an Employer or an Affiliate, multiemployer plans (described in section 414(f) of the Code) and multiple employer plans (described in section 413(c) of the Code) to which an Employer or an Affiliate makes contributions.
          15.1.2 Key Employee . For purposes of this Article XV, “Key Employee” for any Plan Year shall mean an employee (including a former employee, whether or not deceased) of an Employer or Affiliate who, at any time during a given Plan Year (or, for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2002, any of the four (4) preceding Plan Years), is one or more of the following:
               (a) An officer of an Employer or Affiliate having Total Earnings greater than:
                    (i) for Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002, fifty percent (50%) of the dollar amount in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year; and
                    (ii) for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i) of the Code);
provided that the number of employees treated as officers shall be no more than fifty (50) or, if fewer, the greater of three (3) employees or ten percent (10%) of the employees (exclusive of employees described in section 414(q)(5) of the Code).
               (b) For Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002, one of the ten (10) employees (i) having Total Earnings from the Employer or Affiliate of more than the dollar amount described in Section 6.2 and (ii) owning (or considered as owning, within the meaning of section 416(i) of the Code), the largest percentage interests in value of an Employer or Affiliate, provided that such percentage interest exceeds one-half percent (.5%) in value. If two employees have the same interest in the Employer or Affiliate, the employee having greater Total Earnings shall be treated as having a larger interest.

-56-


 

               (c) A person owning (or considered as owning, within the meaning of section 416(i) of the Code) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer or Affiliate, or stock possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or Affiliate (or having more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits interest in any Employer or Affiliate that is not a corporation, determined under similar principles).
               (d) A one percent (1%) owner of an Employer or an Affiliate having Total Earnings of more than one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000). “One percent (1%) owner” means any person who would be described in paragraph (c) of this Section 15.1.2 if “one percent (1%)” were substituted for “five percent (5%)” in each place where it appears in paragraph (iii).
          15.1.3 Top Heavy Condition . In any Plan Year during which the sum, for all Key Employees (as defined in Section 15.1.2 for this Plan and as defined in section 416(i) of the Code for each other Applicable Plan) of the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under all Applicable Plans which are defined benefit plans (determined based on the actuarial assumptions set forth in the “top-heavy” provisions of such plans) and the aggregate of the accounts under all Applicable Plans which are defined contribution plans, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all members in such plans (but excluding members who are former Key Employees), the Plan shall be deemed “Top-Heavy.”
          15.1.4 Determination Date . The determination as to whether this Plan is “Top-Heavy” for a given Plan Year shall be made on the last day of the preceding Plan Year (the “Determination Date”); and other plans shall be included in determining whether this Plan is “Top-Heavy” based on the determination date as defined in Code section 416(g)(4)(C) for each such plan which occurs in the same calendar year as such Determination Date for this Plan.
          15.1.5 Valuation . The value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits for each Applicable Plan will be determined subject to Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder, as of the most recent Valuation Date occurring within the l2-month period ending on the applicable determination date for such plan.
          15.1.6 Distribution within Determination Period . Subject to Section 15.1.7, distributions from the Plan or any other Applicable Plan on account of severance from employment, death, or disability, made during the one (1)-year period ending on the applicable determination date and other distributions from the Plan or any other Applicable Plan during the five (5)-year period ending on the applicable determination date (or, prior to January 1, 2002, all distributions from the Plan during the five (5)-year period ending on the applicable determination date) shall be taken into account in determining whether the Plan is “Top-Heavy.”
          15.1.7 No Services within Determination Period . Benefits and distributions shall not be taken into account with respect to any individual who has not rendered any services to any Employer or Affiliate at any time during the one (1)-year period (or prior to January 1, 2002 during the five (5)-year period) ending on the applicable Determination Date.

-57-


 

          15.1.8 Compliance with Code Section 416 . The calculation of the “Top-Heavy” ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code section 416.
          15.1.9 Deductible Employee Contributions . Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the “Top-Heavy” ratio.
          15.1.10 Beneficiaries . The terms “Key Employee” and “Member” include their beneficiaries.
          15.1.11 Accrued Benefit Under Defined Benefit Plans . Solely for purposes of determining whether this Plan or any other Applicable Plan is “Top-Heavy” for a given Plan Year, the accrued benefit under any defined benefit plan of a Member other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than at the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rule of section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.
     15.2 Provisions Applicable in “Top-Heavy” Plan Years . For any Plan Year in which the Plan is deemed to be “Top-Heavy,” the following provisions shall apply to any Member who has not terminated employment before such Plan Year:
          15.2.1 Required Allocation . The amount of Employer contributions and forfeitures which shall be allocated to the account of any active Member who (a) is employed by an Employer or Affiliate on the last day of the Plan Year and (b) is not a Key Employee shall be (i) at least three percent (3%) of such Member’s Total Earnings for such Plan Year up to the Compensation Limit of the Plan Year (as defined in Section 1.13 hereof), or, (ii) if less, an amount equal to such Total Earnings multiplied by the highest allocation rate for any Key Employee. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the allocation rate for each individual Key Employee shall be determined by dividing the employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to such Key Employee’s account (including Elective Contributions) under all Applicable Plans, considered together by his Total Earnings up to such Compensation Limit; provided, however, that clause (ii) above does not apply if this Plan enables a defined benefit plan required to be so aggregated under Section 15.1.1 above to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. The minimum allocation provisions of this Section 15.2.1 shall, to the extent necessary, be satisfied by special Employer contributions made by the Employer for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the minimum allocations otherwise required by this Section 15.2.1 shall not be required to be made for any Member (y) if such Member is covered under a defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate which provides the minimum benefit required under section 416(c)(1) of the Code, and/or (z) to the extent that the minimum allocation otherwise required by this Section 15.2.1 is made under another defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate. In addition, any minimum allocation required to be made for a Member who is not a Key Employee shall be deemed satisfied to the extent of the benefits provided by any other qualified plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate. Elective Contributions by a non-Key Employee shall be disregarded in determining the amount of contributions required to be allocated for his benefit under this

-58-


 

Section 15.2.1, but for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, Matching Contributions by a non-Key Employee shall be taken into account.
          15.2.2 Vesting . Any Member shall be vested in the aggregate of his Matching Accounts on a basis at least as favorable as is provided under the following schedule:
         
Years of Employment   Percentage Vested
Less Than 2 Years
    0 %
2 Years But Less Than 3
    20 %
3 Years But Less Than 4
    40 %
4 Years But Less Than 5
    60 %
5 Years But Less Than 6
    80 %
6 Years Or More
    100 %
     In any Plan Year in which the Plan is not deemed to be “Top-Heavy,” the minimum vested percentage of any Matching Account shall be no less than that which was determined as of the last day of the last Plan Year in which the Plan was deemed to be “Top-Heavy.” The minimum vesting schedule set out above shall apply to all benefits within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of this Article XV and benefits accrued before the Plan became “Top-Heavy.” Any vesting schedule change caused by alterations in the Plan’s “Top-Heavy” status shall be deemed to result from a Plan amendment giving rise to the right of election required by Code section 411(a)(10)(B).
          15.2.3 Bargaining Unit Employees . The provisions of Sections 15.2.1 and 15.2.3 shall not apply to any employee included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement if, within the meaning of section 416(i)(4) of the Code, retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining.

-59-


 

ARTICLE XVI
Catch-Up Contributions
     16.1 General . Effective October 1, 2002, all employees who are eligible to make Elective Contributions under this Plan and who have attained or are projected to attain age 50 before the close of the Plan Year (“Catch-up Eligible Members”) shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in excess of an otherwise applicable statutory or Plan limit in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of this Article XVI.
     16.2 Method of Contribution . Contributions intended to qualify as Catch-up Contributions shall be made in accordance with such procedures as the Committee may specify from time to time. Such procedures shall, without limitation, permit a Catch-up Eligible Member for a calendar year to elect to make Elective Contributions in excess of any percentage limit lower than 75% otherwise applicable under Section 3.1.1, in an amount for each pay period equal to the total amount of catch-up contributions permitted for the calendar year under Section 16.4 divided by the number of payroll periods (or remaining payroll periods) applicable to the Member in such year, or in any greater amount the Member may specify that the Committee determines is permitted under such procedures, and to suspend and reinstate such elections in accordance with such procedures.
     16.3 Ineligibility for Matching Contributions . Catch-up Contributions, and any amounts so designated under Section 16.2 (whether or not they qualify as Catch-up Contributions under Section 16.6) shall not be eligible for Matching Contributions.
     16.4 Limit on Catch-Up Contribution . The total amount of Catch-up Contributions allowed for any Plan Year for any Member under this Plan and any similar contributions under any other plan of an Employer or Affiliate shall not exceed the limit applicable under the following table:
         
Plan Year   Limit
2002
  $ 1,000  
2003
  $ 2,000  
2004
  $ 3,000  
2005
  $ 4,000  
2006
  $ 5,000  
The limit for 2007 and thereafter shall be the limit for 2006, as adjusted for cost of living increases in accordance with section 414(v) of the Code.
     16.5 Treatment of Catch-up Contributions . Contributions made pursuant to a Member’s election under Section 16.2 shall be credited to the Member’s Elective Account and shall be treated as Elective Contributions, except to the extent that a different treatment is specified in this Article XVI.
     16.6 Qualification as Catch-up Contributions . Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 16.2 shall be treated as Catch-up Contributions for the Plan Year to the extent that (i) the Member’s Elective Contributions for the year exceed the Elective Deferral

-60-


 

Limit for the corresponding calendar year or (ii) as of the end of the year, the total amount of Elective Contributions made pursuant to such election and under Section 3.1 exceeds the applicable percentage limit under Section 3.1.1 multiplied by the Member’s total Compensation for the entire Plan Year or portion thereof during which the Member was eligible to make Elective Contributions. To the extent a Catch-up Eligible Member has not made the maximum amount of Catch-up Contributions permitted for a Plan Year, any Excess Contributions otherwise distributable to the Member under Section 3.3 in order to comply with ADP test limits shall be recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions to the maximum extent permitted under Section 16.4.
     16.7 Catch-up Contributions Disregarded for Certain Purposes . Elective Contributions qualifying as Catch-up Contributions under Section 16.6 shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the regular dollar limitations of Code section 402(g) (Sections 1.19 and 3.1.6) and Code section 415 (Section 3.3.5 and Article VI). The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code section 401(k)(3) (such as Section 3.3), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-up Contributions.

-61-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, this 1 day of January 2007.
                 
ATTEST:       ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.    
 
               
/s/ Peter S. Brown
      By   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
 
Secretary
         
 
Senior Vice President
   

-62-


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 1
     In connection with the acquisition by the Company of the electronics distribution businesses of Ducommun Incorporated (the “Ducommun Acquisition”), the Plan is amended in the following respects:
     S1.1 In the case of any individual who became an Eligible Employee on or about January 11, 1988 in connection with the Ducommun Acquisition, and who remained an Eligible Employee continuously from that time through December 31, 1989, the term “Year of Service” shall include, effective on and after January 1, 1990, any Plan Year (i) during which such Eligible Employee was employed by Ducommun and (ii) which would have been a Plan Year of Employment had such Eligible Employee been employed instead by an Employer.

S1-1


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 2
     In connection with the acquisition by the Company of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Lex Electronics Inc., which at the time of such acquisition owned all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Almac Electronics Corporation, the Plan is amended in the following respects:
     S2.1 As used in this Supplement No. 2, the following terms have the meanings set forth in this Section S2.1.
          (a) “Lex Plan” means the Lex Service (U.S.) Performance Incentive Plan (named the Lex Electronics (U.S.) Performance Incentive Plan prior to September 18, 1991).
          (b) “Lex Transferee” means an individual who becomes an Eligible Employee on or about September 27, 1991 in connection with the Acquisition.
     S2.2 Any Lex Transferee who on September 27, 1991 was eligible to become a member of the Lex Plan pursuant to section 2.01 thereof shall become a Member of the Plan immediately upon becoming an Eligible Employee. Any other Lex Transferee shall become a Member of the Plan in accordance with Section 2.1. For purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 2.1, the following provisions shall apply:
          (a) A Lex Transferee who would have become eligible for membership in the Lex Plan pursuant to section 2.01 thereof upon completion of a 12-month computation period in which he was credited with 1,000 hours of service shall be credited with Hours of Service under the Plan equal in number to the number of hours of service credited to him under the Lex Plan during the computation period in effect on September 27, 1991.
          (b) A Lex Transferee who would have become eligible for membership in the Lex Plan pursuant to section 2.01 thereof upon completion of six months of service within the meaning of section 1.35 of the Lex Plan shall be credited under the Plan with the period of service credited to him under the Lex Plan as of September 27, 1991, converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours, and one day equals 10 Hours.
     S2.3 For purposes of determining a Lex Transferee’s Years of Service, he shall be credited with the number of full years of service credited to him as of September 27, 1991 for purposes of vesting under the Lex Plan and with any fractional year thus credited to him, which fractional year shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours, and one day equals 10 Hours.

S2-1


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 3
     In connection with the acquisition by the Company of certain assets of Zeus Components, Inc. (the “Zeus Acquisition”), the Plan is amended in the following respects:
     S3.1 In the case of an individual who becomes employed by an Employer or Affiliate on or about May 19, 1993 in connection with the Zeus Acquisition (a “Zeus Transferee”), service with Zeus Components, Inc. shall be treated for purposes of Section 2.1 as though it were service with an Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equal 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours and one day equals 10 Hours.
     S3.2 A Zeus Transferee who, taking account of Section S3.1, satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 2.1 on May 19, 1993 shall become a Member on such date.
     S3.3 In the case of a Zeus Transferee who continues to be employed by an Employer or Affiliate through December 31, 1994, service with Zeus Components, Inc. shall be treated, on and after January 1, 1995, as service with an Employer or Affiliate for purposes of determining such Zeus Transferee’s Years of Service under the Plan. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equal 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours and one day equals 10 Hours.

S3-1


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 4
     In connection with the acquisition by Arrow Electronics, Inc. of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Gates/FA Distributing, Inc. (the “Gates Acquisition”), the Plan is amended as follows:
     S4.1 In the case of an individual who becomes an employee of an Employer or Affiliate on or about September 23, 1994 in connection with the Gates Acquisition, service with Gates/FA Distributing, Inc. shall be treated, for purposes of Section 2.1 and for purposes of determining such individual’s Years of Service under the Plan, as though it were service with an Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours of Service, one week equals 45 Hours of Service and one day equals 10 Hours of Service. An individual described in this Section S4.1 shall become a Member on the first Entry Date on or after January 1, 1995 on which he has satisfied the requirements of Section 2.1.
     S4.2 On or about March 1,1996, participant accounts in the Gates/FA Distributing, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “Gates Plan”) shall, to the extent attributable to employee salary deferrals, be transferred to Elective Accounts under the Plan. Other amounts in participant accounts under the Gates Plan shall, to the extent not distributed to Members, be transferred to Rollover Accounts under the Plan.

S4-1


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 5
     In connection with the acquisition by Arrow Electronics, Inc. of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Anthem Electronics, Inc. (the “Anthem Acquisition”), the Plan is amended as follows:
     S5.1 In the case of an individual who becomes an employee of an Employer or Affiliate on or about November 20, 1994 in connection with the Anthem Acquisition, service with Anthem Electronics, Inc. shall be treated, for purposes of Section 2.1 and for purposes of determining such individual’s Years of Service under the Plan, as though it were service with an Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours of Service, one week equals 45 Hours of Service and one day equals 10 Hours of Service. An individual described in this Section S5.1 shall become a Member on September 1, 1995 if he has then satisfied the requirements of Section 2.1, and otherwise on the first Entry Date thereafter on which he has satisfied such requirements.
     S5.2 On or about October 1, 1995, participant accounts in the Anthem Electronics, Inc. Salary Savings Plan (the “Anthem Plan”) shall, to the extent attributable to employee salary deferrals, be transferred to Elective Accounts under the Plan. Other amounts in participant accounts in the Anthem Plan shall, to the extent not distributed to Members, be transferred to Rollover Accounts under the Plan. Amounts required to be distributed in order to satisfy nondiscrimination testing of the Anthem Plan for 1995 may be paid from the Plan.

S5-1


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 6
TO THE
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Former Members of the Capstone Electronics Profit-Sharing Plan
     Effective as of December 31, 1996, the Capstone Electronics Profit-Sharing Plan (the “Capstone Plan”) merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded in all respects the terms of the Capstone Plan. This Supplement No. 6 provides for such merger (the “Merger”) and sets forth special provisions of the Plan that apply to former members of the Capstone Plan.
     S6.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement 6:
          S6.1.1 “ Capstone ” means Capstone Electronics Corp., a Delaware corporation.
          S6.1.2 “ Capstone Account ” means the account maintained under the Capstone Plan for each Capstone Member immediately prior to the Merger.
          S6.1.3 “ Capstone Member ” means a member of the Capstone Plan who had an undistributed Capstone Account immediately prior to the Merger or who was eligible under section 4.2 of the Capstone Plan to share in the Capstone Plan contribution (if any) made with respect to the 1996 Plan Year.
          S6.1.4 “ Capstone Plan ” means the Capstone Electronics Profit- Sharing Plan, as in effect prior to the Merger.
          S6.1.5 “ Capstone Trust Fund ” means the trust fund maintained under the Capstone Plan immediately prior to the Merger.
     S6.2 Membership in Plan Effective December 31, 1996 . Capstone Members will become Members of the Plan effective on December 31, 1996.
     S6.3 Merger . Effective as of December 31, 1996, the Capstone Plan and Capstone Trust Fund are merged into this Plan and the trust thereunder, respectively, and the terms of this Plan supersede in all respects the terms of the Capstone Plan with respect to the Capstone Accounts. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the Capstone Plan prior to December 31, 1996 shall, on and after December 31, 1996, be entitled to benefits provided solely from this Plan (including this Supplement No. 6), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the Capstone Plan.
     S6.4 Transfer of Capstone Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the Capstone Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on December 31, 1996 or as soon as

S6-1


 

practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on December 31, 1996, such trustees shall hold such assets, as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
     S6.5 Allocation to Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s Capstone Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s existing Matching Account (if any) and otherwise to a Matching Account of such Member established to receive the transferred funds.
     S6.6 Investment of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s Capstone Account pursuant to Section S6.4 shall be invested in the same Investment Funds in the same proportions as the Member’s Capstone Account was invested immediately prior to such transfer. Thereafter, the Member may change the percentage of his Matching Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
     S6.7 Credit Under the Plan for Years of Service with Capstone . A Capstone Member’s Years of Service under the Plan shall be the service credited to such Member for vesting purposes under the Capstone Plan as of December 31, 1996 plus any additional service credited under the rules of this Plan for periods before or after January 1, 1997 but without duplication.
     S6.8 Pre-Merger Elections and Designations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, (a) elections as to timing or form of benefit made, (b) designations of beneficiaries made, and (c) provisions that became applicable based on a failure to make an available election or designation, under the Capstone Plan on or before December 31, 1996, shall be given effect with respect to Capstone Members who retired or terminated employment under the terms of the Capstone Plan, or died, on or before December 31, 1996, and distribution shall be made in respect of such Members in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Capstone Plan as in effect at the relevant time or times prior to such date.
     S6.9 Beneficiary Designation . Beneficiary designations made under the Capstone Plan on or before December 31, 1996 by Capstone Members shall be given effect as if made under the Plan, unless and until superseded by a different actual or deemed designation (such as may occur on marriage of a single Member) under this Plan.
     S6.10 Contributions . Prior to the filing deadline for its 1996 federal income tax return, Capstone may, in its sole discretion, make a contribution to the Capstone Plan with respect to each Capstone Member who was eligible to share in such a contribution under section 4.2 of the Capstone Plan, by paying such contribution into the Plan as the continuation of the Capstone Plan by reason of the Merger. Such contribution shall be allocated among such Capstone Members in accordance with the provisions of the Capstone Plan governing contributions for the 1996 Year and accounted for under the Plan in the Member’s Matching Account.

S6-2


 

     S6.11 Capstone Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement 6 shall be treated as an amendment to and part of the Capstone Plan, effective December 31, 1996, to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement

S6-3


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 7
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable to
Former Employees of Farnell Electronic Services
     In connection with the acquisition by the Company of all the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Farnell Holding, Inc. (the “Farnell Acquisition”), which wholly owns Farnell Electronics, Inc., of which Farnell Electronic Services is a division, the Plan is amended in the following respects:
     S7.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 7:
          S7.1.1 “ Elective Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the Farnell Plan are transferred.
          S7.1.2 “ Farnell ” means Farnell Electronic Services.
          S7.1.3 “ Farnell Account ” means an account maintained under the Farnell Plan immediately prior to the Farnell Plan Termination containing elective deferrals, matching contributions, profit-sharing contributions and rollover contributions, as applicable, for a Farnell Member.
          S7.1.4 “ Farnell Member ” means a participant in the Farnell Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Farnell Plan Termination.
          S7.1.5 “ Farnell Plan ” means the Farnell Electronic Services 401(k) Savings Plan as in effect prior to the Farnell Plan Termination.
          S7.1.6 “ Farnell Plan Termination ” means the termination of the Farnell Plan effective March 24, 2000.
          S7.1.7 “ Farnell Transferee ” means a Farnell Member who becomes employed by an Employer on or about May 26, 1997 in connection with the Farnell Acquisition.
          S7.1.8 “ Farnell Trust Fund ” means the trust fund maintained under the Farnell Plan immediately prior to the Farnell Plan Termination.
          S7.1.9 “ Rollover Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Rollover Account to which, with respect to Farnell Transferees, matching, profit-sharing and rollover contributions but not elective deferrals made under the Farnell Plan were transferred and, with respect to all other Farnell Members, elective deferrals, matching contributions, profit-sharing contributions and rollover contributions made under the Farnell Plan were transferred.

S7-1


 

     S7.2 Membership in Plan . Each Farnell Transferee shall become a Member of the Plan on May 26, 1997. On March 24, 2000, each other Farnell Member shall also become a Member, but solely with respect to such Member’s Rollover Subaccount, and shall be treated for all purposes of the Plan as a Member who has terminated employment.
     S7.3 Transfer of Farnell Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the Farnell Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on March 24, 2000 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent such transfer is not completed on March 24, 2000, such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under the Plan, until such transfer is completed.
     S7.4 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee shall be allocated as follows: in respect of a Farnell Transferee’s Farnell Account, to such Farnell Member’s Elective or Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable; in respect of all other Farnell Accounts, to a Rollover Subaccount.
     S7.5 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S7.3 shall be invested in Fidelity Retirement Government Money Market Fund. Thereafter, the Member may change the portion of his Accounts that are invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
     S7.6 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Farnell . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with Farnell prior to May 26, 1997 as if Farnell had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the Farnell Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the Farnell Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the Farnell Plan or this Plan. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by Farnell to compute Hours of Service in order to determine the Years of Service to be credited to such former employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Farnell.
     S7.7 Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002 . Any individual who is a Farnell Transferee at the time of his termination of employment, and any other Farnell Member who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the vested amounts held in his Elective and Rollover Subaccounts:
          (a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in the form of a “Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity” ( i.e. , an annuity for the life of the Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a unisex basis;

S7-2


 

          (b) a series of installment payments made on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis over a reasonable fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member;
          (c) a single sum payment.
     S7.8 Withdrawals During Employment .
          S7.8.1 Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age . A Farnell Transferee who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Rollover Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
          S7.8.2 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, a Farnell Transferee who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective and Rollover Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

S7-3


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 8
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Employees of Consan, Incorporated
     Effective as of July 3, 2000, the Consan, Incorporated 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “Consan Plan”) merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the Consan Plan. This Supplement No. 8 provides for such merger (“Merger”) and sets forth special provisions that apply to employees of Consan, Incorporated on and after its adoption of this Plan effective April 26, 1997.
     S8.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Supplement No. 8:
          S8.1.1 “Consan” means Consan, Incorporated.
          S8.1.2 “ Consan Account ” means an account maintained under the Consan Plan immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals for a Consan Member.
          S8.1.3 “ Consan Member ” means a participant in the Consan Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.
          S8.1.4 “ Consan Plan ” means the Consan, Incorporated 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.
          S8.1.5 “ Consan Trust Fund ” means the trust fund maintained under the Consan Plan immediately prior to the Merger.
          S8.1.6 “ Elective Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the Consan Plan are transferred.
     S8.2 Continuation of Consan Contributions Under This Plan . Consan maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions through the Consan Plan through April 25, 1997, and effective April 26, 1997, transferred such program to this Plan by becoming an Employer under this Plan, making contributions herewith in lieu of contributions under the Consan Plan and arranging for the merger of the Consan Plan with this Plan.
     S8.3 Membership in Plan Effective April 26, 1997 . Each Consan Member who is employed by an Employer on April 26, 1997 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other employee of Consan who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age and 90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S8.9) shall become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer, which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each Consan Member who is not then employed by an Employer shall become a

S8-1


 

Member on July 3, 2000, but solely with respect to his Consan Account unless he otherwise qualifies as Member under the Plan.
     S8.4 Merger . Effective July 3, 2000, the Consan Plan and the Consan Trust Fund are merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the Consan Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the Consan Plan immediately prior to July 3, 2000 shall, on and after July 3, 2000, be entitled to benefits solely from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 8), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the Consan Plan.
     S8.5 Transfer of Consan Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the Consan Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on July 3, 2000 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on July 3, 2000, such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
     S8.6 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s Consan Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s Elective Subaccount.
     S8.7 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S8.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S8.8. Thereafter, a Member may change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
     S8.8 Fund Mapping . The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the transfer pursuant to Section S8.5:
     
From the Consan Plan Funds   Into Investment Fund
Janus Fund
  Fidelity Magellan
 
   
Acorn International
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
 
   
Fidelity Asset Manager
  Fidelity Asset Manager
 
   
Fidelity Short Term Bond
  Fidelity Intermediate Bond
 
   
General American Life Ins Contract
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
     S8.9 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Consan . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with Consan prior to April 26, 1997 as if Consan had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the Consan Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the Consan Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules

S8-2


 

under the Consan Plan or this Plan. Such employee shall be credited with (i) a number of Years of Service equal to the number of 1-year periods of service that was credited as of April 25, 1997 to him under the elapsed time method employed by the Consan Plan plus (ii) for any additional fractional part of the year credited to him as of April 25, 1997, a number of Hours of Service for the 1997 Plan Year equal to 190 Hours of Service for each month or part of a month during which such employee completes one Hour of Service, for the purposes of determining Years of Service to be credited to him and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Consan.
     S8.10 Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002 . Any individual who is a Consan Member at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and any other Consan Member who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the amounts held in his Elective Subaccount:
          (a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in the form of a “Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity” ( i.e. , an annuity for the life of the Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a unisex basis;
          (b) a series of installment payments made over a fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member; or
          (c) a single sum payment.
     S8.11 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, a Consan Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
     S8.12 Right to Elect to Defer Distributions Until Age 70-1/2 . A Consan Member who hereunder may elect a distribution of his benefit amounts attributable to his Consan Account (including investment earnings allocable thereto) on account of a separation from service may elect to defer such distribution until he attains age 70-1/2.
          S8.12.1 Consan Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement No. 8 shall be treated as an amendment to and a part of the Consan Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of the Consan Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the Consan Plan for periods prior to July 3, 2000 to the extent necessary for the Consan Plan to meet applicable requirements of all provisions of law that became effective since the last

S8-3


 

determination letter with respect to the Consan Plan, including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as of their respective effective dates; such Plan provisions include, without limitation, the following:
          (a) Sections 1.13 and 1.44, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
          (b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
          (c) Section 1.26, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January 1, 1997;
          (d) Section 3.3.4, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective January 1, 1997;
          (e) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;
          (f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000 annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1), effective January 1, 1995;
          (g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;
          (h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 1999;
          (i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules, effective January 1, 1997; and
          (j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of “leased employee” as defined under section 414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997.

S8-4


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 9
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Employees of Richey Electronics, Inc .
     Effective as of May 1, 1999, the Richey Electronics, Inc. Employee Retirement Plan (the “Richey Plan”) merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the Richey Plan. This Supplement No. 9 provides for such merger (“Merger”) and sets forth special provisions that apply to employees of Richey Electronics, Inc.
     S9.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 9:
          S9.1.1 “ Elective Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the Richey Plan are transferred.
          S9.1.2 “ Matching Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Matching Account to which matching contributions made under the Richey Plan are transferred.
          S9.1.3 “ Richey ” means Richey Electronics, Inc.
          S9.1.4 “ Richey Account ” means an account maintained under the Richey Plan immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions, and rollover contributions (as applicable) for a Richey Member.
          S9.1.5 “ Richey Member ” means a participant in the Richey Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.
          S9.1.6 “ Richey Plan ” means the Richey Electronics, Inc. Employee Retirement Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.
          S9.1.7 “ Rollover Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Rollover Account to which rollover contributions made under the Richey Plan are transferred.
          S9.1.8 “ Richey Trust Fund ” means the trust fund maintained under the Richey Plan immediately prior to the Merger.
     S9.2 Richey Plan Superseded By This Plan . Richey maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the Richey Plan. Effective January 8, 1999, the Company acquired Richey and its employees transferred to the employ of the Company. As of that date, the Company adopted the Richey Plan and through March 31, 1999 continued the Richey program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions for Richey Members through the Richey Plan. Effective April 1, 1999, the Company transferred such program to this Plan, by making such contributions

S9-1


 

hereunder in lieu of contributions under the Richey Plan and by arranging for the merger of the Richey Plan with this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.
     S9.3 Merger . Effective May 1, 1999, the Richey Plan and the Richey Trust Fund are merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the Richey Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the Richey Plan prior to May 1, 1999 shall, on and after May 1, 1999, be entitled to benefits solely from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 9), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the Richey Plan.
     S9.4 Transfer of Richey Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the Richey Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on May 1, 1999 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on May 1, 1999, such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
     S9.5 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s Richey Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.
     S9.6 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S9.4 shall be invested in accordance with Section S9.7. Thereafter, a Member may change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
     S9.7 Fund Mapping . The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the transfer pursuant to Section S9.4:
     
From the Following Richey Plan Funds   Into Investment Fund
Fidelity Fund
  Fidelity Spartan U.S. Equity Index Fund
 
   
Fidelity Investment Grade Bond Fund
  Fidelity Intermediate Bond Fund
 
   
Fidelity Retirement Growth Fund
  Same fund
 
   
Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund
  Fidelity Magellan
 
   
Fidelity Retirement Gov’t Money Market
  Same fund
     S9.8 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Richey . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with Richey prior to April 1, 1999 as if Richey had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the Richey Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the Richey Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the Richey Plan or this Plan. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by Richey to compute Hours of Service in order to determine the Years of Service to be credited to such

S9-2


 

employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment by Richey.
     S9.9 Vesting of Matching Subaccounts . The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed by Richey shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective May 1, 1999.
     S9.10 Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002 . Any individual who is a Richey Member at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and any other Richey Member who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the vested amounts held in his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts:
          (a) a series of installment payments made over a fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member; or
          (b) a single sum payment.
     S9.11 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, a Richey Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
     S9.12 Richey Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement No. 9 shall be treated as an amendment to and a part of the Richey Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of the Richey Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the Richey Plan for periods prior to May 1, 1999 to the extent necessary for the Richey Plan to meet applicable requirements of all provisions of law that became effective since the last determination letter with respect to the Richey Plan, including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as of their respective effective dates; such Plan provisions include, without limitation, the following:
          (a) Sections 1.13 and 1.44, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to any salary reductions under sections 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
          (b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
          (c) Section 1.26, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January 1, 1998;

S9-3


 

          (d) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;
          (e) Section 3.3.3, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective January 1, 1997;
          (f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000 annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1) of the Code, effective January 1, 1995;
          (g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;
          (h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 1999;
          (i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules, effective January 1, 1997; and
          (j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of “leased employee” as defined under section 414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997;
provided, however, in determining the permitted actual deferral percentage and contribution percentage for highly compensated employees for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1997 for periods prior to May 1, 1999, the applicable plan year for non-highly compensated employees shall be the immediately preceding plan year.

S9-4


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 10
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Employees of Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc .
     Effective as of August 1, 2000, the Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “SBM Plan”) merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the SBM Plan. This Supplement No. 10 provides for such merger (“Merger”) and sets forth special provisions that apply to employees of Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc. on or after its adoption of this Plan effective July 1, 1999.
          S10.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 10:
               S10.1.1 “ Elective Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the SBM Plan are transferred.
               S10.1.2 “ Matching Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Matching Account to which matching contributions made under the SBM Plan are transferred.
               S10.1.3 “ Rollover Subaccount ” means a subaccount with a Member’s Rollover Account to which rollover contributions made under the SBM Plan are transferred.
               S10.1.4 “ SBM ” means Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc.
               S10.1.5 “ SBM Account ” means an account maintained under the SBM Plan immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions and rollover contributions (as applicable) for an SBM Member.
               S10.1.6 “ SBM Member ” means a participant in the SBM Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.
               S10.1.7 “ SBM Plan ” means the Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.
               S10.1.8 “ SBM Trust Fund ” means the trust fund maintained under the SBM Plan immediately prior to the Merger.

           S10.2 Continuation of SBM Contributions Under This Plan . SBM maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the SBM Plan through June 30, 1999, and effective July 1, 1999, transferred such program to this Plan by becoming an Employer under this Plan, making contributions herewith in lieu of

S10-1


 

contributions under the SBM Plan and arranging for the merger of the SBM Plan with this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.
          S10.3 Membership in Plan Effective July 1, 1999 . Each SBM Member who is employed by an Employer on July 1, 1999 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other employee of SBM who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age and 90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S10.9) shall become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer, which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each SBM Member who is not then employed by an Employer shall become a Member on August 1, 2000, but solely with respect to his SBM Account unless he otherwise qualifies as Member under the Plan.
          S10.4 Merger . Effective August 1, 2000, the SBM Plan and the SBM Trust Fund are merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the SBM Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the SBM Plan prior to August 1, 2000 shall, on and after August 1, 2000, be entitled to benefits solely from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 10), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the SBM Plan.
          S10.5 Transfer of SBM Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the SBM Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on August 1, 2000 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on August 1, 2000 such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
          S10.6 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s SBM Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.
          S10.7 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S10.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S10.8. Thereafter, the Member may change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
          S10.8 Fund Mapping . The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the transfer pursuant to Section S10.5:
     
From the Following SBM Plan Funds   Into Investment Fund
Guaranteed Certificate
  Fidelity Retirement Gov’t. Money Market
 
   
Short Term Fund I
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
 
   
Maxim Bond Index
  Fidelity Intermediate Bond
 
   
Maxim Loomis Sayles Corp. Bond
  Fidelity Intermediate Bond

S10-2


 

     
From the Following SBM Plan Funds   Into Investment Fund
Maxim US Govt. Mortgage Sec.
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
 
   
Maxim Global Bond
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
 
   
Maxim Money Market
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
 
   
Maxim Index European
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
 
   
Fidelity Advisor Overseas
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
 
   
Maxim Invesco ADR
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
 
   
Putnam Global Growth
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
 
   
AIM Charter
  Fidelity Magellan
 
   
Orchard Index 500
  Fidelity Spartan US Equity Index
 
   
Maxim Founder’s Growth & Income
  Fidelity Spartan US Equity Index
 
   
American Century Ultra
  Fidelity Magellan
 
   
AIM Weingarten
  Fidelity Retirement Growth
 
   
Maxim Growth Index
  Fidelity Magellan
 
   
Fidelity Advisor Equity Income
  Fidelity Equity Income
 
   
Fidelity Advisor Growth Opp.
  Fidelity Magellan
 
   
Putnam Fund for Growth & Income
  Fidelity Equity Income
 
   
Maxim Value Index
  Fidelity Equity Income
 
   
AIM Constellation
  Fidelity Retirement Growth
 
   
Maxim T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth
  Fidelity Retirement Growth
 
   
 
   
Profile Series I
  Fidelity Magellan
 
   
Profile Series II
  Fidelity Asset Management: Growth
 
   
Profile Series III
  Fidelity Asset Management.
 
   
Profile Series IV
  Fidelity Asset Management:
 
   
Profile Series V
  Fidelity Asset Management: Income
 
   
Orchard Index 600
  Fidelity Retirement Growth

S10-3


 

     
From the Following SBM Plan Funds   Into Investment Fund
Maxim Ariel Small-Cap Value
  Fidelity Value
 
   
Maxim Loomis Sayles Small-Cap Value
  Fidelity Value
          S10.9 Credit Under the Plan for Service with SBM Eligibility to Participate . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with SBM prior to July 1, 1999 as if SBM had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the SBM Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the SBM Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the SBM Plan or this Plan. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by SBM to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with SBM.
          S10.10 Vesting of Matching Subaccount . The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed by SBM shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective August 1, 2000.
          S10.11 Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002 . Any individual who is a SBM Member at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and any other SBM Member who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the vested amounts held in his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts:
               (a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in the form of a “Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity” ( i.e. , an annuity for the life of the Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a unisex basis;
               (b) a series of installment payments made on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis over a reasonable fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member; or
               (c) a single sum payment.
          S10.12 Withdrawals During Employment .
               S10.12.1 Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age . An SBM Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Rollover Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

S10-4


 

               S10.12.2 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, an SBM Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective and Matching Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
               S10.12.3 SBM Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement No. 10 shall be treated as an amendment to and a part of the SBM Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of the SBM Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the SBM Plan for periods prior to August 1, 2000 to the extent necessary for the SBM Plan to meet applicable requirements of all provisions of law that became effective since the last determination letter with respect to the SBM Plan, including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as of their respective effective dates; such Plan provisions include, without limitation, the following:
               (a) Sections 1.13 and 1.44, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
               (b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
               (c) Section 1.26, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January 1, 1997;
               (d) Section 3.3.3, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective January 1, 1997;
               (e) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;
               (f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000 annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1), effective January 1, 1995;
               (g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;

S10-5


 

               (h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 1999;
               (i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules, effective January 1, 1997; and
               (j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of “leased employee” as defined under section 414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997.

S10-6


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 11
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Employees of Support Net, Inc.
          Effective as of April 1, 2000, the Support Net, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “Support Net Plan”) merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the Support Net Plan. This Supplement No. 11 provides for such merger (“Merger”) and sets forth special provisions that apply to employees of Support Net, Inc. on and after its adoption of this Plan effective January 1, 2000.
          S11.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 11:
               S11.1.1 “ Elective Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the Support Net Plan are transferred.
               S11.1.2 “ Matching Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Matching Account to which matching contributions made under the Support Net Plan are transferred.
               S11.1.3 “ Rollover Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Rollover Account to which rollover contributions made under the Support Net Plan are transferred.
               S11.1.4 “ Support Net ” means Support Net, Inc.
               S11.1.5 “ Support Net Account ” means an account maintained under the Support Net Plan immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions and rollover contributions (as applicable) for a Support Net Member.
               S11.1.6 “ Support Net Member ” means a participant in the Support Net Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.
               S11.1.7 “ Support Net Plan ” means the Support Net, Inc. 401(k) Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.
               S11.1.8 “ Support Net Trust Fund ” means the trust fund maintained under the Support Net Plan immediately prior to the Merger.
          S11.2 Continuation of Support Net Contributions Under This Plan . Support Net maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the Support Net Plan through December 31, 1999, and effective January 1, 2000, transferred such program to this Plan by becoming an Employer under this Plan, making

S11-1


 

contributions herewith in lieu of contributions under the Support Net Plan and arranging for merger of the Support Net Plan with this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.
          S11.3 Membership in Plan Effective January 1, 2000 . Each Support Net Member who is employed by an Employer on January 1, 2000 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other employee of Support Net who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age and 90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S11.9) shall become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer, which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each Support Net Member who is not then employed by an Employer shall become a Member on April 1, 2000, but solely with respect to his Support Net Account unless he otherwise qualifies as a Member under the Plan.
          S11.4 Merger . Effective April 1, 2000, the Support Net Plan and the Support Net Trust Fund are merged into this Plan and the trust thereunder, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the Support Net Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the Support Net Plan immediately prior to April 1, 2000 shall, on and after April 1, 2000, be entitled to benefits solely from this Plan (including this Supplement No. 11), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the Support Net Plan.
          S11.5 Transfer of Support Net Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the Support Net Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on April 1, 2000 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on April 1, 2000, such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
          S11.6 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s Support Net Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.
          S11.7 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S11.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S11.8. Thereafter, a Member may change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
          S11.8 Fund Mapping . The following fund mapping shall take place upon the transfer pursuant to Section S11.5:

S11-2


 

     
From the Support Net Plan Funds   Into Investment Fund
EuroPacific Growth
  Fidelity Retirement Govt
Money Market
 
   
The Growth Fund of America
  Fidelity Retirement Growth
 
   
The Investment Co. of America
  Fidelity Magellan Fund
 
   
Capital Income Builder
  Fidelity Asset Manager Income
 
   
Cash Management Trust of America
  Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
 
   
Washington Mutual Investors
  Fidelity Equity Income Fund
 
   
The Bond Fund of America
  Fidelity Intermediate Bond Fund
          S11.9 Credit Under the Plan for Service with Support Net . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with Support Net prior to January 1, 2000 as if Support Net had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the Support Net Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the Support Net Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the Support Net Plan or this Plan. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by Support Net to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with Support Net.
          S11.10 Vesting of Matching Subaccount . The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed by Support Net shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective April 1, 2000.
          S11.11 Withdrawals During Employment .
               S11.11.1 Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age . A Support Net Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Rollover Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
               S11.11.2 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, a Support Net Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective and Matching Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).

S11-3


 

               S11.11.3 Support Net Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement No. 11 shall be treated as an amendment to and a part of the Support Net Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of the Support Net Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the Support Net Plan for periods prior to April 1, 2000 to the extent necessary for the Support Net Plan to meet applicable requirements of all provisions of law that became effective since the last determination letter with respect to the Support Net Plan, including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as of their respective effective dates; such Plan provisions include, without limitation, the following:
               (a) Sections 1.13 and 1.44, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
               (b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
               (c) Section 1.26, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January 1, 1997;
               (d) Section 3.3.3, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective January 1, 1997;
               (e) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;
               (f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000 annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1), effective January 1, 1995;
               (g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;
               (h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 1999;
               (i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules, effective January 1, 1997; and

S11-4


 

               (j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of “leased employee” as defined under section 414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997;
provided, however, in determining the permitted actual deferral percentages and contribution percentages for highly compensated employees for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1997 for periods prior to April 1, 2000, the applicable plan year for non-highly compensated employees shall be the immediately preceding plan year.

S11-5


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 12
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS
SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Former Participants in the VEBA Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan
     Effective as of April 2, 2001, the VEBA Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “VEBA Plan”) merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the VEBA Plan. This Supplement No. 12 provides for such merger (“Merger”) and sets forth special provisions that apply to former participants in the VEBA Plan.
          S12.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 12:
               S12.1.1 “ Elective Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Elective Account to which elective deferrals made under the VEBA Plan are transferred.
               S12.1.2 “ Matching Subaccount ” means a subaccount within a Member’s Matching Account to which matching contributions made under the VEBA Plan are transferred.
               S12.1.3 “ Rollover Subaccount ” means a subaccount with a Member’s Rollover Account to which rollover contributions and after-tax contributions made under the VEBA Plan are transferred.
               S12.1.4 “ VEBA ” means Atlas Business Services, VEBA Electronics, Inc., Atlas Systems, Wyle Electronics and Wyle Systems.
               S12.1.5 “ VEBA Account ” means an account maintained under the VEBA Plan immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions, rollover contributions and after-tax contributions (as applicable) for a VEBA Member.
               S12.1.6 “ VEBA Member ” means a participant in the VEBA Plan who had an undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.
               S12.1.7 “ VEBA Plan ” means the VEBA Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.
               S12.1.8 “ VEBA Trust Fund ” means the trust fund maintained under the VEBA Plan immediately prior to the Merger.
     S12.2 VEBA Plan Superseded By This Plan . VEBA maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the VEBA Plan. The Company acquired VEBA effective January 16, 2000. During the period

S12-1


 

commencing on that date and through December 31, 2000, a number of VEBA employees transferred to the employ of the Company. The remainder of VEBA employees transferred to the employ of the Company effective January 1, 2001. As of January 16, 2000 and through December 31, 2000, the Company adopted the VEBA Plan with respect to those VEBA Members who transferred to its employ and continued the VEBA program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions for them through the VEBA Plan. Effective January 1, 2001, the Company adopted the VEBA Plan with respect to all VEBA Members and effective the same date transferred the above-described program of contributions to this Plan, by making such contributions hereunder in lieu of contributions under the VEBA Plan and by arranging for the merger of the VEBA Plan with this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.
          S12.3 Membership in Plan Effective January 1, 2001 . Each VEBA Member who is employed by an Employer on January 1, 2001 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other employee of VEBA who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age and 90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S12.9) shall become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer, which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each VEBA Member who is not then employed by an Employer shall become a member on April 2, 2001, but solely with respect to his VEBA Account unless he otherwise qualifies as a Member under the Plan.
          S12.4 Merger . Effective April 2, 2001, the VEBA Plan and the VEBA Trust Fund are merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the VEBA Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the VEBA Plan prior to April 2, 2001 shall, on and after April 2, 2001, be entitled to benefits solely from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 12), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the VEBA Plan.
          S12.5 Transfer of VEBA Trust Fund . The assets held by the trustees of the VEBA Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on April 2, 2001 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on April 2, 2001 such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
          S12.6 Allocation of Transferred Accounts . Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a Member’s VEBA Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Member’s Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.
          S12.7 Investment of Transferred Assets . Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section S12.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S12.8. Thereafter, the Member may change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
          S12.8 Fund Mapping . The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the transfer pursuant to Section S12.5:

S12-2


 

     
From the Following VEBA Plan Funds   Into Plan Investment Funds
BT Investment Equity 500 Index
  Spartan U.S. Equity Index
 
   
Dreyfus Premier Tech. Growth Fund
  OTC Portfolio
 
   
GIC Account 1 — VEBA
  Retirement Gov’t M.M.
 
   
Mass Investors Growth Stock Fund
  Magellan
 
   
Massachusetts Investors Trust
  Magellan
 
   
MFS Bond Fund
  Inter. Bond
 
   
MFS Capital Opportunities Fund
  Magellan
 
   
MFS Emerging Growth Fund
  OTC Portfolio
 
   
MFS Equity Income Fund
  Equity Income
 
   
MFS Global Governments Fund
  Retirement Gov’t M.M.
 
   
MFS Global Growth Fund
  Retirement Gov’t M.M.
 
   
MFS Government Securities Fund
  Inter. Bond
 
   
MFS High Income Fund
  Retirement Gov’t M.M.
 
   
MFS Institutional Fixed Fund
  Retirement Gov’t M.M.
 
   
MFS Midcap Growth Fund
  OTC Portfolio
 
   
MFS Money Market Fund
  Retirement Gov’t M.M.
 
   
MFS New Discovery Fund
  OTC Portfolio
 
   
MFS Research Fund
  Magellan
 
   
MFS Total Return Fund
  Asset Manager
          S12.9 Credit Under the Plan for Service with VEBA . Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account employment with VEBA prior to January 1, 2001 as if VEBA had been an Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the VEBA Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes under the VEBA Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the VEBA Plan or this Plan. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by VEBA to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such employee

S12-3


 

and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with VEBA.
          S12.10 Vesting of Matching Subaccount . The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed by VEBA shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective April 2, 2001.
          S12.11 Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002 . Any individual who is a VEBA Member at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and any other VEBA Member who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who was a participant in the Wyle Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan on or before June 30, 1996, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the vested amounts held in his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts:
               (a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in the form of a “Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity” ( i.e. , an annuity for the life of the Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a unisex basis;
               (b) a series of installment payments over a reasonable fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member; or
               (c) a single sum payment.
          S12.12 Withdrawals During Employment .
               S12.12.1 Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age . A VEBA Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any one-year period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Rollover Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
               S12.12.2 Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2 . After attaining age 59-1/2, an VEBA Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any one-year period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to his Elective and Matching Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
               S12.12.3 VEBA Plan Amended . The provisions of this Supplement No. 12 shall be treated as an amendment to and a part of the VEBA Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this Supplement.

S12-4


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 13
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special provisions applicable to
Residents of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
          S13.1 Purpose and Effect . This Supplement 13, effective as of May 13, 1991, is intended to comply with the requirements of the applicable provisions of the tax code of Puerto Rico, currently Section 1165(a) and (e) of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the “PRIRC”). The provisions of this Supplement 13 shall only apply to any resident of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico (“Supplement 13 Participant”) who is employed by an Employer.
          S13.2 Type of Plan . It is the intent of the Company that the Plan be a profit sharing plan as defined in Article 1165-1 of the Puerto Rico Income Tax Regulations and that it include a qualified cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Section 1165(e) of PRIRC.
          S13.3 Compensation . Compensation received from sources in Puerto Rico and which is excludable from the gross income of a Supplement 13 Member under Section 933 of the Code shall be considered Compensation under Section 1.13 of the Plan.
          S13.4 Elective Contributions . A Supplement 13 Participant’s Elective Contributions under the Plan may not in any event exceed the lesser of ten percent (10%) of the Supplement 13 Participant’s Compensation or $7,500, as adjusted under PRIRC ($8,000 as of January 1, 1998).
          S13.5 Average Deferral Percentage Limits . In addition to the limitations described in Section 3.3 of the Plan, the “average deferral percentage” (as defined in Section 3.3.2 of the Plan) for Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Participants (as defined below) for each Plan Year shall not exceed the limitations of Section 3.3 of the Plan applied by substituting the terms “Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Participants” and “Not Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Participants” for the terms “Highly Compensated Employees” and “not Highly Compensated Employees,” respectively.
               S13.5.1 The average deferral percentage under this Section S13.5 shall be calculated without regard to the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.
               S13.5.2 For purposes of this Section S13.5, the term “Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Participant” means any Supplement 13 Member who is eligible to participate in the Plan and is more highly compensated than two-thirds of all other Supplement 13 Participants eligible to participate in the Plan and employed by the same Employer. Any other Supplement 13 Member is a “Not Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Participant.

S13-1


 

               S13.5.3 For purposes of this Section S13.5, if more than one plan providing a cash or deferred arrangement (within the meaning of Section 1165(e) of PRIRC) is maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate, the “average deferral percentage” (as defined in Section 3.3.2 of the Plan) of any Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Member who participates in more than one such plan or arrangement shall be determined as if all such arrangements were a single plan or arrangement.
               S13.5.4 If two or more plans are aggregated for purposes of Sections 1165(a)(3) or 1165(a)(4) of PRIRC, such plans shall be aggregated for purposes of determining the “average deferral percentage” of Supplement 13 Participants as if all such plans were a single plan.
          S13.6 Distribution of Puerto Rico Excess Contributions . Puerto Rico Excess Contributions shall be determined by reducing the amount of Elective Contributions (and the amounts taken into account as Elective Contributions) to be permitted on behalf of Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Participants in the order of the average deferral percentages, beginning with the highest of such percentages. To the extent permitted under applicable laws and regulations, Puerto Rico Excess Contributions for a Plan Year, plus any income or minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the close of the following Plan Year. For purposes of this Section S13.6, the term “Puerto Rico Excess Contributions” means the Elective Contributions by Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Participants in excess of the limitations of Section 3.3 of the Plan, as modified by Section S13.5.
          S13.7 Matching Contributions Only for Permissible Elective Contributions . To the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, no Matching Contributions shall be made with respect to Puerto Rico Excess Contributions distributable pursuant to Section S13.6 or Elective Contributions in excess of the limitations of Section S13.4.
          S13.8 Contributions May Not Exceed Amount Deductible . In no event shall Employer contributions under Article III of the Plan for any taxable year exceed the maximum amount (including amounts carried forward) deductible for that taxable year under Section 1023(n) of PRIRC.
          S13.9 Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility and Savings Plan Qualification . Each contribution by an Employer under Article III of the Plan is conditioned on the deductibility of such contribution under Section 1023(n) of PRIRC for the taxable year for which contributed, and on the initial qualification of the Plan under Section 1165(a) of PRIRC.
          S13.10 Rollover Contributions . Contributions by a Supplement 13 Member under Section 3.6 of the Plan are limited to amounts distributed from an employee retirement plan that also qualifies under Section 1165(a) of PRIRC.
          S13.11 Payment of Contributions . Contributions to the Plan by an Employer engaged in business in Puerto Rico shall be paid to the Trustee not later than the due date for filing its Puerto Rico Income Tax Return for the taxable year in which such payroll period falls, including any extension thereof.

S13-2


 

          S13.12 Use of Terms . All terms and provisions of the Plan shall apply to this Supplement 13, except that where the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Supplement 13 conflict, the terms and provisions of this Supplement 13 shall govern.

S13-3


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 14
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable to
Former Employees of Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc.
          The following special provisions have been adopted in connection with the acquisition by the Company of substantially all of the assets of Pioneer-Standard’s Industrial Electronics Division of Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. (“Pioneer”) and the resulting transfer of certain employees of Pioneer to the employ of the Company effective March 1, 2003.
          S14.1 Date of Membership . In the case of a Pioneer employee who became an Eligible Employee as of March 1, 2003, in connection with the above-described acquisition (a “Pioneer Employee”):
               (a) A Pioneer Employee who had been continuously employed at Pioneer for at least three months immediately prior to his transfer to the Company will become a Member effective March 1, 2003 if he is then age 21 or older, and otherwise on the first Entry Date on which he is at least age 21 (and remains an Eligible Employee).
               (b) Any other Pioneer Employee who qualifies as a “Regular Employee” as defined in Section 2.1 will become a Member effective July 1, 2003 if he is then an Eligible Employee who is age 21 or older, and otherwise on the first Entry Date on which he is at least age 21 (and remains an Eligible Employee).
               (c) A Pioneer Employee who is not described in paragraph (a) above and is not a Regular Employee shall be entitled to become a Member only upon satisfying the requirements of the second sentence of Section 2.1, applied without regard to his prior employment with Pioneer.
          S14.2 Vesting . Years of Service for a Pioneer Employee described in paragraph (a) or (b) of Section S14.1 shall take into account his employment with Pioneer prior to March 1, 2003, as follows:
               (a) The Pioneer Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each of January and February of 2003 if he had any paid working hour with Pioneer in such month.
               (b) A Pioneer Employee shall be credited with Years of Service for periods prior to January 1, 2003 equal to the number of full years of his most recent continuous period of employment with Pioneer prior to January 1, 2003 plus any fraction of such a year in excess of 6 months.

S14-1


 

               (c) A Pioneer Employee who was employed by the Company within 90 days prior to the commencement of employment with Pioneer shall be entitled to reinstatement of his Years of Service prior to such employment with Pioneer, whether or not such Years of Service would otherwise be disregarded under any break rule of the Plan.
          S14.3 Pioneer Records . The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by Pioneer and apply such conventions it deems necessary or desirable to determine Years of Service to be credited to such Pioneer Employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 and this Supplement 14 based on his employment with Pioneer.
          S14.4 Rollover to Plan of After-Tax Contributions . Notwithstanding Section 3.6 of the Plan, in connection with the above acquisition, Pioneer Employees may make Rollover Contributions to the Plan from the Retirement Plan of Pioneer-Standard Electronics Inc. that include after-tax employee contributions.
          S14.5 Rollovers of Loans . A Pioneer Employee’s Rollover Contribution may include a loan note if such note is transferred in a direct rollover to the Plan from the Retirement Plan of Pioneer-Standard Electronics Inc., subject to any rules adopted by the Committee to ensure that any such loan note has complied with the rules and regulations governing participant loans under Code section 4975 and ERISA section 408(b)(1). Any loan note rolled over to the Plan pursuant to this Section S14.5 shall be regarded as an outstanding loan for purposes of Section 7.3. For purposes of this section, the term “loan note” includes any legally enforceable obligation to repay a participant loan from another qualified plan.

S14-2


 

SUPPLEMENT NO. 15
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS
SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable to Eligible Employees of RAD Technologies
          Effective October 19, 2005, and without limiting the generality of Members’ rights otherwise to make rollovers of eligible rollover distributions in accordance with Section 8.15, Members who are Eligible RAD Employees shall have the opportunity to transfer the assets in their respective Accounts, including any loan note therein, in a direct rollover to the RAD Technologies 401(k) Plan and Trust.
          S15.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Supplement No. 15
               S15.1.1 “ Eligible RAD Employee ” means a former employee of the Company who became an employee of RAD Technologies in connection with the sale of certain Company assets to RAD Technologies effective [Lea, insert effective date of asset sale].
               S15.1.2 “ RAD Plan ” shall mean the RAD Technologies 401(k) Plan and Trust, as amended from time to time.
               S15.1.3 “ RAD Technologies ” means RAD Technologies [LLC] [Lea, please confirm].
          S15.2 A transfer of assets in connection with this Supplement 15 to the RAD Plan shall be made in accordance with such procedures as the Committee shall establish for the purpose in accordance with Sections 8.15 and 12.2.

S16-1

 

Exhibit 10 (n)
EXECUTION COPY
$1,000,000,000
AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
among
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.,
THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS
The Several Banks
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
BNP PARIBAS and
WACHOVIA BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Syndication Agents
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
__________
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
as Arranger
Dated as of January 11, 2007

 


 

Table of Contents
         
    Page
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
    1  
1.1 Defined Terms
    1  
1.2 Other Definitional Provisions
    24  
1.3 Accounting Determinations
    24  
 
       
SECTION 2. THE COMMITTED RATE LOANS
    24  
2.1 Committed Rate Loans
    24  
2.2 Procedure for Committed Rate Loan Borrowing
    25  
2.3 Repayment of Committed Rate Loans; Evidence of Debt
    26  
2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments
    26  
2.5 [reserved]
    26  
2.6 [reserved]
    26  
2.7 [reserved]
    26  
2.8 [reserved]
    27  
2.9 [reserved]
    27  
2.10 Commitment Increases
    27  
2.11 Refunding of Committed Rate Loans Denominated in Available Foreign Currencies
    28  
2.12 Certain Borrowings of Committed Rate Loans and Refunding of Loans
    30  
2.13 Extension of Revolving Termination Date
    31  
 
       
SECTION 3. THE COMPETITIVE ADVANCE LOANS
    32  
3.1 Competitive Advance Loans
    32  
3.2 Procedure for Competitive Advance Loan Borrowing
    32  
3.3 Repayment of Competitive Advance Loans; Evidence of Debt
    34  
3.4 Prepayments
    34  
 
       
SECTION 4. THE SWING LINE LOANS
    34  
4.1 Swing Line Loans
    34  
4.2 Procedure for Swing Line Borrowing
    35  
4.3 Repayment of Swing Line Loans; Evidence of Debt
    35  
4.4 Allocating Swing Line Loans; Swing Line Loan Participations
    36  
 
       
SECTION 5. THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
    37  
5.1 L/C Commitment
    37  
5.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit under this Agreement
    38  
5.3 Fees, Commissions and Other Charges
    39  
5.4 L/C Participations
    39  
5.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Specified Borrowers
    40  
5.6 Obligations Absolute
    41  
5.7 Letter of Credit Payments
    41  
5.8 Application
    41  

-i-


 

         
    Page
SECTION 6. LOCAL CURRENCY FACILITIES
    42  
6.1 Terms of Local Currency Facilities
    42  
6.2 Reporting of Local Currency Outstandings
    43  
6.3 Refunding of Local Currency Loans
    43  
 
       
SECTION 7. THE TERM LOANS
    45  
7.1 Term Commitments
    45  
7.2 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing
    45  
7.3 Repayment of Term Loans
    46  
 
       
SECTION 8. CERTAIN PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
    46  
8.1 Facility Fee; Utilization Fee; Other Fees; Other Payments
    46  
8.2 Computation of Interest and Fees
    46  
8.3 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments
    47  
8.4 Illegality
    48  
8.5 Requirements of Law
    48  
8.6 Taxes
    50  
8.7 Company’s Options upon Claims for Increased Costs and Taxes
    52  
8.8 Break Funding Payments
    53  
8.9 Determinations
    54  
8.10 Change of Lending Office
    54  
8.11 Company Controls on Exposure; Calculation of Exposure; Prepayment if Exposure exceeds Revolving Commitments
    54  
8.12 Conversion and Continuation Options
    56  
8.13 Minimum Amounts of Tranches
    56  
8.14 Interest Rates and Payment Dates for Term Loans and Committed Rate Loans
    56  
8.15 Inability to Determine Interest Rate
    57  
8.16 Optional Prepayments
    57  
 
       
SECTION 9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    58  
9.1 Financial Condition
    58  
9.2 No Change
    58  
9.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law
    58  
9.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
    59  
9.5 No Legal Bar
    59  
9.6 No Material Litigation
    59  
9.7 No Default
    59  
9.8 Ownership of Property; Liens
    60  
9.9 Intellectual Property
    60  
9.10 Local Currency Facilities
    60  
9.11 Taxes
    60  
9.12 Federal Regulations
    60  
9.13 ERISA
    61  
9.14 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations
    61  
9.15 Subsidiaries
    61  

-ii-


 

         
    Page
9.16 Accuracy and Completeness of Information
    62  
9.17 Purpose of Loans; Commitments
    62  
9.18 Environmental Matters
    62  
 
       
SECTION 10. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
    63  
10.1 Conditions to Closing Date
    63  
10.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit
    64  
 
       
SECTION 11. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    65  
11.1 Financial Statements
    66  
11.2 Certificates; Other Information
    67  
11.3 Payment of Obligations
    68  
11.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence
    68  
11.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance
    68  
11.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions
    68  
11.7 Notices
    69  
11.8 Environmental Laws
    69  
11.9 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees
    70  
11.10 Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers
    70  
 
       
SECTION 12. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    70  
12.1 Financial Condition Covenants
    70  
12.2 Limitation on Indebtedness of Subsidiaries
    71  
12.3 Limitation on Liens
    71  
12.4 Limitation on Fundamental Changes
    73  
12.5 Limitations on Payments
    73  
12.6 Limitations on Acquisitions
    73  
12.7 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses
    74  
12.8 Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions
    74  
 
       
SECTION 13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
    75  
 
       
SECTION 14. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT; THE SYNDICATION AGENTS; THE ARRANGER
    78  
14.1 Appointment
    78  
14.2 Delegation of Duties
    78  
14.3 Exculpatory Provisions
    78  
14.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent
    79  
14.5 Notice of Default
    79  
14.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Banks
    79  
14.7 Indemnification
    80  
14.8 Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity
    80  
14.9 Successor Administrative Agent
    80  
14.10 The Arranger and Syndication Agents
    81  
 
       
SECTION 15. MISCELLANEOUS
    81  
15.1 Amendments and Waivers
    81  

-iii-


 

         
    Page
15.2 Notices
    84  
15.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
    85  
15.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties
    85  
15.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes
    86  
15.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments
    87  
15.7 Adjustments; Set-off
    89  
15.8 Power of Attorney
    90  
15.9 Judgment
    90  
15.10 Counterparts
    91  
15.11 Severability
    91  
15.12 Integration
    91  
15.13 GOVERNING LAW
    91  
15.14 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers
    92  
15.15 Acknowledgements
    92  
15.16 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL
    93  
15.17 USA Patriot Act
    93  
SCHEDULES
         
I
  -   Banks and Commitments
II
  -   Subsidiary Borrowers
III
  -   Certain Information Concerning Swing Line
           Loans and Letters of Credit
IV
  -   Administrative Schedule
1.1
  -   Existing Joint Ventures
5.1
  -   Existing Letters of Credit
9.10
  -   Outstanding Local Currency Loans
9.13
  -   Excluded ERISA Arrangements
9.18
  -   Environmental Matters
12.2
  -   Existing Indebtedness
13(i)
  -   Material Litigation
 
EXHIBITS
       
 
Exhibit A
  -   Form of Joinder Agreement
Exhibit B
  -   Form of Schedule Amendment
Exhibit C
  -   Form of Local Currency Facility Addendum
Exhibit D
  -   [Reserved]
Exhibit E
  -   Form of Borrowing Certificate
Exhibit F-1
  -   Form of Company Guarantee
Exhibit F-2
  -   Form of Subsidiary Guarantee
Exhibit G-1
  -   Form of Opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP

-iv-


 

         
Exhibit G-2
  -   Form of Opinion of Peter S. Brown
Exhibit G-3
  -   Opinions Relating to Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers
Exhibit H
  -   Form of Certificate Pursuant to Subsection 11.2
Exhibit I
  -   Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit J-1
      Form of Extension Request
Exhibit J-2
  -   Form of Continuation Notice
Exhibit K
  -   Form of New Bank Supplement
Exhibit L
  -   Form of Revolving Commitment Increase Supplement

-v-


 

          AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of January 11, 2007, among:
     (i) ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., a New York corporation (the “ Company ”);
     (ii) the SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS (as hereinafter defined);
     (iii) the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Agreement (the “ Banks ”);
     (iv) BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, BNP PARIBAS AND WACHOVIA BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as syndication agents for the Banks hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agents ”); and
     (v) JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent for the Banks hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
          WHEREAS, the Company has requested the Banks to make available five-year revolving and term credit facilities by amending and restating the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2005, among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries, certain financial institutions, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and others (as in effect on the date hereof, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”); and
          WHEREAS, the Banks are willing to make such credit facility available upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereafter set forth;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree that, effective as of the Closing Date (as defined below), the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
          1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     “ ABR ”: for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Base CD Rate in effect on such day plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1 / 2 of 1%. For purposes hereof: “ Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank,
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

2

N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); “ Base CD Rate ” shall mean the sum of (a) the product of (i) the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the CD Reserve Percentage and (b) the CD Assessment Rate; and “ Three-Month Secondary CD Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the secondary market rate for three-month certificates of deposit reported as being in effect on such day (or, if such day shall not be a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day) by the Board through the public information telephone line of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current practices of the Board, be published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) during the week following such day), or, if such rate shall not be so reported on such day or such next preceding Business Day, the average of the secondary market quotations for three-month certificates of deposit of major money center banks in New York City received at approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on such day (or, if such day shall not be a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day) by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from three New York City negotiable certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by it. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
     “ ABR Loans ”: Loans denominated in Dollars the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.
     “ Acceleration Date ”: any date on which the Commitments shall have been terminated and/or the Loans shall have been declared immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 13.
     “ Additional Local Currencies ”: Australian Dollars, Singapore Dollars, New Taiwan Dollars and any other available and freely convertible non-Dollar currency selected by the Company and approved by the Administrative Agent in the manner described in subsection 15.1(b).
     “ Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA ”: for any fiscal period, without duplication (a) the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus (b) to the extent deducted from earnings in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum, in each case for such period, of income taxes, interest expense, depreciation expense, amortization expense, including amortization of any goodwill or other intangibles, minus (c) to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, non-cash equity earnings of unconsolidated Affiliates, plus (d) to the extent excluded in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, cash distributions received by the Company from unconsolidated Affiliates plus (e) to the extent deducted from earnings in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, non-cash charges due to impairments recorded in such period in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus (f)
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

3

gains or losses related to the early extinguishment of notes, bonds or other fixed income obligations plus (g) gains or losses due to integration or restructuring charges to the extent disclosed in public filings; provided that in determining Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters during which any business is acquired by the Company, such Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA shall be measured on a pro forma basis to include the consolidated EBITDA of the acquired business (determined for such business in the manner Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA is determined for the Company, as described above in this definition), plus identifiable, board-approved and publicly announced acquisition-related synergies which are expected to be realized over a twelve-month period following such acquisition.
     “ Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
     “ Administrative Schedule ”: Schedule IV to this Agreement, which contains interest rate definitions and administrative information in respect of the Term Loans, each Currency and each Type of Loan.
     “ Affected Bank ”: any Bank affected by the events described in subsection 8.4, 8.5 or 8.6, as the case may be, but only for the period during which such Bank shall be affected by such events.
     “ Affiliate ”: as to any Person, (a) any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person or (b) any Person who is a director or officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (i) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (ii) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.
     “ Aggregate Revolving Committed Outstandings ”: the aggregate outstanding principal or face amount of the Committed Rate Loans, Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit and Local Currency Loans hereunder.
     “ Agreement ”: this Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Allocable Share ”: as to any Assenting Bank at any time, a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Commitment of such Assenting Bank then in effect and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate of the Commitments of all Assenting Banks then in effect.
     “ Applicable Margin ”: for each Type of Loan for any day, the rate per annum determined based upon the Rating in effect on such date by both S&P and Moody’s set forth under the relevant column heading below opposite such Rating:
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

4

                             
        Applicable Margin   Applicable Margin    
        (in basis points)   (in basis points)   Applicable Margin
    Rating   for Committed Rate   for Eurocurrency   (in basis points)
Level   (S&P/Moody’s)   Eurocurrency Loans   Term Loans   for ABR Loans
I
  Greater than or equal to BBB+/Baa1     27.0       40.0       0  
 
                           
II
  Greater than or equal to BBB/Baa2     35.0       50.0       0  
 
                           
III
  Greater than or equal to BBB-/Baa3     42.5       60.0       0  
 
                           
IV
  Greater than or equal to BB+/Ba1     50.0       70.0       0  
 
                           
V
  Less than
BB+/Ba1
    65.0       90.0       0  
; provided that, in the event that the Ratings of S&P and Moody’s do not coincide, (i) the Applicable Margin set forth above opposite (A) the higher of such Ratings if at least one Rating is within Level I – III or (B) the lower of such Ratings if no Rating is within Level I – III, will apply if the Ratings differ by only one level, (ii) the Applicable Margin consistent with the Rating one level above the lower Rating will apply if the Ratings differ by two or more levels, and (iii), if there is no Rating in effect, the Applicable Margin will be based on the Rating of less than BB+/Ba1.
     “ Application ”: an application, in such form as the Issuing Bank may specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit.
     “ Arranger ”: JPMorgan Securities Inc., as sole advisor, sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner.
     “ Arrow Note Documents ”: the collective reference to the Indenture dated as of January 15, 1997 between the Company and The Bank of New York (as successor to Bank of Montreal Trust Company), as Trustee, all supplemental indentures in respect thereof, and all notes issued thereunder and under any such supplemental indenture, as any such document may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.
     “ Assenting Bank ”: as defined in subsection 8.7(a).
     “ Assignee ”: as defined in subsection 15.6(c).
     “ Assignment and Acceptance ”: each Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit I, executed and delivered pursuant to subsection 15.6(c).
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

5

     “ Available Foreign Currencies ”: (i) with respect to Committed Rate Loans and Swing Line Loans, Pounds Sterling, euro, Hong Kong Dollars and Swedish Kroner, and any other currency agreed upon by the Company, the Administrative Agent and all of the Banks, (ii) with respect to Competitive Advance Loans, any currency agreed upon by the Borrower of such Competitive Advance Loan and the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan and (iii) with respect to Letters of Credit, Pounds Sterling and euro.
     “ Banks ”: as defined in the preamble hereto; provided , that unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Banks shall be deemed to include any Conduit Bank.
     “ Board ”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor.
     “ Borrowers ”: the collective reference to the Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Local Currency Borrowers.
     “ Borrowing Date ”: any Business Day on which the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower requests the Banks to make Loans hereunder.
     “ Business ”: as defined in subsection 9.18(b).
     “ Business Day ”: (a) when such term is used in respect of any amount denominated or to be denominated in (i) any Available Foreign Currency, a London Banking Day which is also a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banks are open for general banking business in (x) the city which is the principal financial center of the country of issuance of such Available Foreign Currency, (y) in the case of euros only, Frankfurt, Germany (or such other principal financial center as the Administrative Agent may from time to time nominate for this purpose) and (z) New York City and (ii) Dollars, a London Banking Day which is also a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banks are open for general banking business in New York City and (b) when such term is used for the purpose of determining the date on which the Eurocurrency Rate is determined under this Agreement for any Loan denominated in euro for any Interest Period therefor and for purposes of determining the first and last day of any Interest Period, references in this Agreement to Business Days shall be deemed to be references to Target Operating Days.
     “ CD Assessment Rate ”: for any day as applied to any ABR Loan, the annual assessment rate in effect on such day that is payable by a member of the Bank Insurance Fund maintained by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “ FDIC ”) classified as well-capitalized and within supervisory subgroup “B” (or a comparable successor assessment risk classification) within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. § 327.4 (or any successor provision) to the FDIC (or any successor) for the FDIC’s (or such successor’s) insuring time deposits at offices of such institution in the United States.
     “ CD Reserve Percentage ”: for any day as applied to any ABR Loan, that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as prescribed by the Board, for determining the maximum reserve requirement for a Depositary Institution (as
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

6

defined in Regulation D of the Board as in effect from time to time) in respect of new non-personal time deposits in Dollars having a maturity of 30 days or more.
     “ Capital Lease Obligations ”: with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP; and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Capital Stock ”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, options or rights to purchase any of the foregoing.
     “ Change in Control ”: one or more of the following events:
     (a) less than a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors shall be persons who either (i) were serving as directors on the Closing Date or (ii) were nominated as directors and approved by the vote of the majority of the directors who are directors referred to in clause (i) above or this clause (ii); or
     (b) the stockholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or
     (c) a Person or group of Persons acting in concert (other than the direct or indirect beneficial owners of the Capital Stock of the Company as of the Closing Date) shall, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, have become the direct or indirect beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time) of securities of the Company representing 40% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities for the election of directors or shall have the right to elect a majority of the board of directors of the Company.
     “ Closing Date ”: the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in subsection 10.1 shall be satisfied.
     “ Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     “ Commitment ” as to any Bank, the sum of the Term Commitment and the Revolving Commitment of such Bank.
     “ Committed Exposure ”: as to any Bank, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of the principal amount of all outstanding Committed Rate Loans and Local Currency Loans made by such Bank or its Local Currency Bank affiliates, agencies
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

7

or branches plus (b) such Bank’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of the principal or face amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations.
     “ Committed Rate Loan ”: as defined in subsection 2.1; a Committed Rate Loan bearing interest based upon the ABR shall be a “ Committed Rate ABR Loan ”, and a Committed Rate Loan bearing interest based upon a Eurocurrency Rate shall be a “ Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loan ”.
     “ Commonly Controlled Entity ”: an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group which includes the Company and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
     “ Company ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
     “ Company Guarantee ”: the Guarantee of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Competitive Advance Loan ”: as defined in subsection 3.1.
     “ Competitive Advance Loan Offer ”: with respect to any Competitive Advance Loan Request in any Currency, an offer from a Bank in respect of such Competitive Advance Loan Request, containing the information in respect of such Competitive Advance Loan Offer and delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time specified for a Competitive Advance Loan Offer in respect of such Currency in the Administrative Schedule.
     “ Competitive Advance Loan Request ”: with respect to any Competitive Advance Loan in any Currency, a request from the Specified Borrower in respect of such Loan, containing the information in respect of such Competitive Advance Loan and delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time specified for a Competitive Advance Loan Request in respect of such Currency in the Administrative Schedule.
     “ Conduit Bank ”: any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any Bank for the purpose of making Loans and funding L/C Participant Obligations otherwise required to be made or funded by such Bank and designated to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by such Bank in a written instrument; provided , that the designation by any Bank of a Conduit Bank shall not relieve the designating Bank of any of its obligations to fund a Loan or an L/C Participant Obligation under this Agreement if, for any reason, its Conduit Bank fails to fund any such Loan or L/C Participant Obligation, and the designating Bank (and not the Conduit Bank) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Bank, and provided , further , that no Conduit Bank shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to Section 8.5, 8.6, 8.8, or 15.5 than the designating Bank would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Bank or (b) be deemed to have any Commitment.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

8

     “ Continuation Notice ”: as defined in Section 2.13(a).
     “ Continuing Bank ”: as defined in Section 2.13(a).
     “ Consolidated Cash Interest Expense ”: for any period, (a) the amount which would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “interest expense” or any like caption on a consolidated income statement of the Company and its Subsidiaries minus (b) the amount of non-cash interest (including interest paid by the issuance of additional securities) included in such amount; provided that in the case of any Permitted Receivables Securitization, “Consolidated Cash Interest Expense” shall be adjusted to include (without duplication) an amount equal to the interest (or other fees in the nature of interest or discount) accrued and paid or payable in cash for such period by the special purpose entity to the Receivable Financiers under such Permitted Receivables Securitization.
     “ Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio ”: for any period, the ratio of (a) Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period.
     “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio ”: on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on such date to (b) Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date.
     “ Consolidated Net Income ”: for any fiscal period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries after excluding all unusual, extraordinary and non-recurring gains and after adding all unusual, extraordinary and non-recurring losses, in all cases of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis during the relevant period in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Total Debt ”: at the date of determination thereof, (i) all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding Indebtedness of the Company owing to any of its Subsidiaries or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company owing to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company), as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus (ii) without duplication of amounts included in clause (i) above, an amount equal to the aggregate unpaid amount of cash proceeds advanced by the Receivables Financiers to the special purpose entity under any Permitted Receivables Securitization at the date of determination.
     “ Contractual Obligation ”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
     “ Credit Documents ”: this Agreement, the Applications, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company Guarantee and the Local Currency Facilities.
     “ Currencies ”: the collective reference to Dollars and Foreign Currencies.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

9

     “ Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 13, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.
     “ Disposition ”: with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof; and the terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.
     “ Dollar Equivalent Amount ”: with respect to (i) the amount of any Foreign Currency on any date, the equivalent amount in Dollars of such amount of Foreign Currency, as determined by the Administrative Agent using the Exchange Rate and (ii) any amount in Dollars, such amount.
     “ Dollars ” and “ $ ”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
     “ Domestic Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person organized under the laws of a State of the United States or the District of Columbia.
     “ Domestic Subsidiary Borrower ”: each Subsidiary of the Company listed as a Domestic Subsidiary Borrower in Schedule II as amended from time to time in accordance with subsection 15.1(b)(i).
     “ Environmental Laws ”: any and all applicable foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including, without limitation, common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.
     “ ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
     “ euro ”: the single currency of participating member states of the European Union.
     “ Eurocurrency Loan ”: any Loan bearing interest based upon a Eurocurrency Rate.
     “ Eurocurrency Rate ”: in respect of Dollars and each Available Foreign Currency, the rate determined as the Eurocurrency Rate for Dollars or such Available Foreign Currency in the manner set forth in the Administrative Schedule.
     “ European Subsidiaries ”: as of any date, any Subsidiary of the Company that is domiciled in Europe.
     “ Event of Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 13, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

10

     “ Exchange Rate ”: with respect to any Foreign Currency on any date, the rate at which such Foreign Currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth on such date on page 3750 of the Telerate screen at or about 11:00 a.m. London time on such date. In the event that such rate does not appear on page 3750 of the Telerate screen, the “Exchange Rate” with respect to such Foreign Currency shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Company or, in the absence of such agreement, such “Exchange Rate” shall instead be the Administrative Agent’s spot rate of exchange in the interbank market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such Foreign Currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m., local time, at such date for the purchase of Dollars with such Foreign Currency, for delivery two Business Days later; provided , that if at the time of any such determination, no such spot rate can reasonably be quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method as it deems applicable to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error (without prejudice to the determination of the reasonableness of such method).
     “ Existing Credit Agreement ”: as defined in the recitals hereof.
     “ Existing Joint Ventures ”: the Persons specified on Schedule 1.1.
     “ Existing Subsidiary Guarantee ”: the Subsidiary Guarantee executed on February 22, 2001 by Support Net, Inc., an Indiana corporation, Gates/Arrow Distributing, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Mid Range Open Computing Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Exposure ”: at any date, (a) as to all the Banks, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of (i) the outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding and (ii) all L/C Obligations then outstanding, (b) as to any Bank, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of (i) the outstanding principal amount of all Committed Rate Loans, Local Currency Loans and Competitive Advance Loans made by such Bank or its Local Bank affiliates, branches or agencies and (ii) such Bank’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations and (c) as to any Borrower, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of the outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans to such Borrower then outstanding.
     “ Extensions of Credit ”: the collective reference to the making of any Loans (including, without limitation, participating in any Swing Line Loans) and the issuance of, or participation in, any Letters of Credit but excluding the continuation or conversion of any Loan pursuant to a Notice of Conversion or a Notice of Continuation.
     “ Extension Request ”: as defined in subsection 2.13(a).
     “ Facility Fee Rate ”: a rate per annum determined based upon the Rating in effect on such date by both S&P and Moody’s set forth under the relevant column heading below opposite such Rating:
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

11

             
    Rating   Facility Fee Rate (in
Level   (S&P/Moody’s)   basis points)
I
  Greater than or equal to BBB+/Baa1     8.0  
 
           
II
  Greater than or equal to BBB/Baa2     10.0  
 
           
III
  Greater than or equal to BBB-/Baa3     12.5  
 
           
IV
  Greater than or equal to BB+/Ba1     15.0  
 
           
V
  Less than
BB+/Ba1
    20.0  
; provided that, in the event that the Ratings of S&P and Moody’s do not coincide, (i) the Facility Fee Rate set forth above opposite (A) the higher of such Ratings if at least one Rating is within Level I – III or (B) the lower of such Ratings if no Rating is within Level I – III, will apply if the Ratings differ by only one level, (ii) the Facility Fee Rate consistent with the Rating one level above the lower Rating will apply if the Ratings differ by two or more levels, and (iii), if there is no Rating in effect, the Facility Fee Rate will be based on the Rating of less than BB+/Ba1.
     “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
     “ Financing Lease ”: any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations of the lessee in respect of which are required in accordance with GAAP to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee.
     “ Foreign Currencies ”: the collective reference to the Available Foreign Currencies and the Additional Local Currencies.
     “ Foreign Currency Commitment ”: as to any Bank and any Available Foreign Currency, the obligation of such Bank to make Committed Rate Loans hereunder denominated in such Available Foreign Currency in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Bank’s name on Schedule I under the caption “[Name of applicable Available Foreign Currency] Commitment Amount”, as such amount may be changed from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
     “ Foreign Currency Commitment Percentage ”: as to any Bank and any Available Foreign Currency at any time, the percentage which such Bank’s Foreign Currency Commitment in such Available Foreign Currency then constitutes of the aggregate Foreign Currency Commitments of all Banks in such Available Foreign Currency.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

12

     “ Foreign Currency Exposure ”: at any date, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all Loans then outstanding which are denominated in a currency other than Dollars and (b) all L/C Obligations then outstanding which are denominated in a currency other than Dollars.
     “ Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit ”: at any date, (a) with respect to euros, a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $300,000,000, (b) with respect to Pounds Sterling, a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $200,000,000, (c) with respect to Hong Kong Dollars, a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $100,000,000, and (d) with respect to Swedish Kroner, a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $100,000,000.
     “ Foreign Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
     “ Foreign Subsidiary Borrower ”: each Subsidiary of the Company listed as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower in Schedule II as amended from time to time in accordance with subsection 15.1(b)(i); provided that with respect to any Subsidiary for which a Foreign Subsidiary Opinion has not previously been delivered, if the aggregate Exposure of such Subsidiary owing to all Banks exceeds $20,000,000 for a period of 30 consecutive days, then, unless a Foreign Subsidiary Opinion is delivered within 30 days after the end of such period, such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower 30 days after the end of such period with respect to all Exposure of such Subsidiary owing to the Banks in excess of $20,000,000.
     “ Foreign Subsidiary Opinion ”: with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, a legal opinion of counsel to such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Banks concluding that such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and the Credit Documents to which it is a party substantially comply with the matters listed on Exhibit G-3 hereto, with such deviations therefrom as the Administrative Agent shall consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).
     “ Funding Office ”: (i) for each Term Loan, Type of Committed Rate Loan and each Currency, the Funding Office set forth in respect thereof in the Administrative Schedule and (ii) for each Competitive Advance Loan, as agreed by the Borrower that borrows such Competitive Advance Loan, the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan and the Administrative Agent.
     “ Funding Time ”: (i) for each Type of Committed Rate Loan and Term Loan, and each Currency, the Funding Time set forth in respect thereof in the Administrative Schedule and (ii) for each Competitive Advance Loan, as agreed by the Borrower that borrows such Competitive Advance Loan, the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan and the Administrative Agent.
     “ GAAP ”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time.
     “ Governing Documents ”: as to any Person, the certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

13

     “ Governmental Authority ”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
     “ Guarantee Obligation ”: as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Company in good faith.
     “ Guarantor ”: the Company or any Subsidiary in its capacity as a party to the Company Guarantee or a Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be.
     “ Hedging Agreements ”: (a) Interest Rate Agreements and (b) any swap, futures, forward or option agreements or other agreements or arrangements designed to limit or eliminate the risk and/or exposure of a Person to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
     “ Hedging Banks ”: any Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates which from time to time enter into Hedging Agreements with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
     “ Increasing Bank ”: as defined in subsection 2.10(c).
     “ Indebtedness ”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) the principal amount of all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade liabilities incurred in the
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

14

ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices), (b) the principal amount of any other indebtedness of such Person which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (c) the portion of all obligations of such Person under Financing Leases which must be capitalized in accordance with GAAP, (d) the principal or stated amount of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or similar obligations issued or created for the account of such Person, (e) all liabilities arising under Hedging Agreements of such Person, (f) the principal or stated amount of all Guarantee Obligations of such Person (other than guarantees by the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of current trade liabilities of the Company or any Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary terms), and (g) the principal amount of all liabilities secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person even though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof.
     “ Insolvency ”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.
     “ Insolvent ”: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.
     “ Interest Payment Date ”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Term Loan Termination Date or Revolving Termination Date, as applicable, (b) as to any Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan that is a Eurocurrency Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan that is a Eurocurrency Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, each day which is three months after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, (d) as to any Swing Line Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar month during which such Swing Line Loan is outstanding, and (e) as to any Competitive Advance Loan, the date or dates set forth in the applicable Competitive Advance Loan Request or otherwise agreed upon by the relevant Borrower and Bank at the time the terms of such Competitive Advance Loan are determined as provided in subsection 3.2.
     “ Interest Period ”: with respect to any Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan that is a Eurocurrency Loan:
     (i) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the relevant Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and
     (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the relevant Borrower by a Notice of Continuation with respect thereto;
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

15

provided that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:
     (1) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
     (2) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the relevant Termination Date shall end on such Termination Date; and
     (3) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month.
     “ Interest Rate Agreement ”: any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future, interest rate option, interest rate swap, interest rate cap or other interest rate hedge or arrangement under which the Company is a party or a beneficiary.
     “ Issuing Bank ”: in respect of any Currency, each Bank listed as an Issuing Bank in Schedule III in respect of such Currency.
     “ Issuing Office ”: in respect of each Issuing Bank, the Issuing Office set forth for such Issuing Bank in Schedule III.
     “ Joinder Agreement ”: each Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, from time to time executed and delivered hereunder pursuant to subsection 15.1 (b).
     “ L/C Commitment ”: the Dollar Equivalent Amount of $100,000,000.
     “ L/C Obligations ”: at any time, an amount equal to the sum of the Dollar Equivalent Amount of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit which have not then been reimbursed pursuant to subsection 5.5(a).
     “ L/C Participant ”: in respect of each Letter of Credit, each Bank (other than the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of Credit) in its capacity as the holder of a participating interest in such Letter of Credit.
     “ Letters of Credit ”: as defined in subsection 5.1(b).
     “ Lien ”: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

16

agreement and any Financing Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
     “ Liquidity ”: the sum of (a) cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments convertible into cash within sixty (60) days held by the Company and its Subsidiaries, plus (b) so long as the Company is able to satisfy the conditions to borrowing set forth in subsection 10.2 (including, but not limited to, compliance with the financial covenants pursuant to Section 12.1), the aggregate amount of Undrawn Commitments, plus (c) any amount then available to the Company or its Subsidiaries under any Permitted Receivables Securitization or other legally committed credit facilities ( provided that, in the case of this clause (c), the Company or the applicable Subsidiary is able to satisfy all conditions to the availability of such financing).
     “ Loan ”: any Term Loan or Revolving Loan.
     “ Loan Parties ”: the Company and each Subsidiary of the Company which is a party to a Credit Document.
     “ Local Currency Bank ”: any Bank (or, if applicable, any affiliate, branch or agency thereof) party to a Local Currency Facility.
     “ Local Currency Bank Maximum Borrowing Amount ”: as defined in subsection 6.1(b).
     “ Local Currency Borrower ”: each Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States that the Company designates as a “Local Currency Borrower” in a Local Currency Facility Addendum.
     “ Local Currency Facility ”: any Qualified Credit Facility that the Company designates as a “Local Currency Facility” pursuant to a Local Currency Facility Addendum or that is set forth on Schedule 9.10.
     “ Local Currency Facility Addendum ”: a Local Currency Facility Addendum received by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit C and conforming to the requirements of Section 6.
     “ Local Currency Facility Agent ”: with respect to each Local Currency Facility, the Local Currency Bank acting as agent for the Local Currency Banks party thereto.
     “ Local Currency Facility Maximum Borrowing Amount ”: as defined in subsection 6.1(b).
     “ Local Currency Loan ”: any loan made pursuant to a Local Currency Facility.
     “ London Banking Day ”: any day on which banks in London are open for general banking business, including dealings in foreign currency and exchange.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

17

     “ Material Adverse Effect ”: a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or other Credit Documents or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Banks hereunder or thereunder.
     “ Materials of Environmental Concern ”: any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.
     “ Moody’s ”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
     “ Multiemployer Plan ”: a Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
     “ New Bank ”: as defined in subsection 2.10(b).
     “ New Bank Supplement ”: as defined in subsection 2.10(b).
     “ Non-Excluded Taxes ”: as defined in subsection 8.6.
     “ Non-Extending Bank ”: as defined in Section 2.13(a).
     “ Notice of Borrowing ”: with respect to a Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan of any Type in any Currency, a notice from the Specified Borrower in respect of such Loan, containing the information in respect of such Loan and delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time specified for a Notice of Borrowing in respect of such Currency and such Type of Loan in the Administrative Schedule.
     “ Notice of Continuation ”: with respect to a Term Loan Eurocurrency Loan or Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loan in any Currency, a notice from the Specified Borrower in respect of such Loan, containing the information in respect of such Loan and delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time specified for a Notice of Continuation in respect of such Currency in the Administrative Schedule.
     “ Notice of Conversion ”: with respect to a Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan in Dollars which a Specified Borrower wishes to convert from a Eurocurrency Loan to an ABR Loan, or from an ABR Loan to a Eurocurrency Loan, as the case may be, a notice from such Borrower setting forth the amount of such Loan to be converted, the date of such conversion and, in the case of conversions of ABR Loans to Eurocurrency Loans, the length of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto. Each Notice of Conversion shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent at its address set forth in subsection 15.2 and shall be delivered before 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Business Day of the requested conversion in the case of conversions to ABR Loans, and before 12:00
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

18

Noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the requested conversion in the case of conversions to Eurocurrency Loans.
     “ Notice of Local Currency Outstandings ”: with respect to each Local Currency Facility Agent, a notice from such Local Currency Facility Agent containing the information, delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time, specified for a Notice of Local Currency Outstandings in the Administrative Schedule.
     “ Notice of Prepayment ”: with respect to prepayment of any Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan of any Type in any Currency, a notice from the Specified Borrower in respect of such Loan, containing the information in respect of such prepayment and delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time specified for a Notice of Prepayment in respect of such Term Loan, Currency and such Type of Loan in the Administrative Schedule.
     “ Notice of Swing Line Borrowing ”: with respect to a Swing Line Loan of any Type in any Currency, a notice from the Specified Borrower in respect of such Loan, containing the information in respect of such Swing Line Loan and delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time agreed by the Company and the applicable Swing Line Bank in respect of such Currency and such Type of Loan.
     “ Notice of Swing Line Outstandings ”: with respect to each Swing Line Bank, a notice from such Swing Line Bank containing the information, delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time, specified for a Notice of Swing Line Outstandings in the Administrative Schedule.
     “ Notice of Swing Line Refunding ”: with respect to each Swing Line Bank, a notice from such Swing Line Bank containing the information, delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time, specified for a Notice of Swing Line Refunding in the Administrative Schedule.
     “ Objecting Bank ”: as defined in subsection 15.1(e).
     “ Offered Increase Amount ”: as defined in subsection 2.10(a).
     “ Participant ”: as defined in subsection 15.6(b).
     “ Payment Office ”: (i) for each Term Loan, Type of Committed Rate Loan and each Currency, the Payment Office set forth in respect thereof in the Administrative Schedule and (ii) for each Competitive Advance Loan, as agreed by the Borrower that borrows such Competitive Advance Loan, the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan and the Administrative Agent.
     “ Payment Time ”: for each Term Loan, Type of Committed Rate Loan and each Currency, the Payment Time set forth in respect thereof in the Administrative Schedule and (ii) for each Competitive Advance Loan, as agreed by the Borrower that borrows such Competitive Advance Loan, the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan and the Administrative Agent.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

19

     “ PBGC ”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.
     “ Permitted Acquisition ”: on any date of determination, the acquisition of all or part of any Person or business unit in any transaction or series of transactions by the Company or any Subsidiary.
     “ Permitted Joint Venture ”: on any date of determination, a limited-purpose corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other similar legal arrangement (whether created by contract or conducted through a separate legal entity, but excluding any Subsidiary) now or hereafter formed or invested in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with another Person or Persons in order to conduct a common venture or enterprise with such Person or Persons.
     “ Permitted Receivables Securitization ”: any transaction involving one or more sales, contributions or other conveyances by the Company or any Subsidiary of any Receivables to a special purpose entity (which may be a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company), which special purpose entity finances such sales, contributions or other conveyances by in turn conveying an interest in such Receivables to one or more Receivable Financiers, provided that such transaction shall not involve any recourse to the Company or any Subsidiary (other than such special purpose entity) for any reason other than (i) repurchases of non-eligible Receivables, (ii) indemnification for losses (including any adjustments for dilutions), other than credit losses related to the Receivables conveyed in such transaction and (iii) payment of costs, fees, expenses and indemnities relating to such transaction.
     “ Permitted Receivables Agreement ”: the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2001, by and among the Company, Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, Bank of America, National Association, as the administrative agent for the conduit investors and the alternate investors, and the other parties party thereto, as the same may have been amended prior to and as in effect on the Closing Date.
     “ Person ”: an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.
     “ Plan ”: at a particular time, any employee benefit plan which is covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Company or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
     “ Pounds ”, “ Pounds Sterling ” and “ Sterling ”: the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
     “ Properties ”: as defined in subsection 9.18(a).
     “ Qualified Credit Facility ”: a credit facility (a) providing for one or more Local Currency Banks to make loans denominated in an Additional Local Currency to a Local
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

20

Currency Borrower, (b) providing for such loans to bear interest at a rate or rates determined by the Company and such Local Currency Bank or Local Currency Banks and (c) otherwise conforming to the requirements of Section 6.
     “ Ratings ”: the actual or implied senior unsecured non-credit enhanced debt ratings of the Company in effect from time to time by Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be, the bank debt rating of the Company in effect from time to time by Moody’s or the corporate credit rating of the Company in effect from time to time by S&P.
     “ Re-Allocation Date ”: as defined in subsection 2.10(e).
     “ Receivables ”: all accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and all proceeds thereof and rights (contractual and other) and collateral related thereto.
     “ Receivable Financier ”: any Person (other than a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company) that finances the acquisition by a special purpose entity of Receivables from the Company or any Subsidiary.
     “ Register ”: as defined in subsection 15.6(d).
     “ Regulation U ”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.
     “ Reimbursement Obligation ”: in respect of each Letter of Credit, the obligation of the account party thereunder to reimburse the Issuing Bank for all drawings made thereunder in accordance with Section 5 and the Application related to such Letter of Credit.
     “ Reorganization ”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.
     “ Replacement Bank ”: a bank or financial institution that assumes certain Commitments and obligations and purchases certain Loans and rights pursuant to subsection 8.7(b) or 15.1(e).
     “ Reportable Event ”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under subsections .13, .14, .16, .18, .19 or .20 of PBGC Reg. § 2615.
     “ Required Banks ”: at any time, Banks holding more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Term Loans and Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, Banks holding more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Term Loans and the Exposure of all Banks at such time).
     “ Requirement of Law ”: as to any Person, the Governing Documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

21

     “ Responsible Officer ”: as to any Person, the chief executive officer, the chairman of the board, the president, the chief financial officer, the chief accounting officer, any executive or senior vice president or the treasurer of such Person.
     “ Restricted Payments ”: as defined in subsection 12.5.
     “ Revolving Borrowing Percentage ”: (a) with respect to Committed Rate Loans denominated in Dollars to be made by any Bank at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the amount of such Bank’s Undrawn Commitment at such time to the aggregate amount of the Undrawn Commitments of all the Banks at such time; provided , that in determining any Bank’s Undrawn Commitment for purpose of determining such Bank’s Revolving Borrowing Percentage of any such Committed Rate Loans whose proceeds will be simultaneously applied to repay Swing Line Loans or Local Currency Loans or to pay Reimbursement Obligations, such Bank’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the amount of such Swing Line Loans and Reimbursement Obligations, and the amount of such Local Currency Loans owing to such Bank, will not be considered Committed Exposure of such Bank (such Revolving Borrowing Percentage of each Bank at any time to be calculated by the Administrative Agent on the basis of its most recent calculations of the Undrawn Commitments of the Banks) and (b) with respect to Committed Rate Loans denominated in any Available Foreign Currency to be made by any Bank at any time, a percentage equal to such Bank’s Foreign Currency Commitment Percentage in the Currency of such Committed Rate Loans.
     “ Revolving Commitment ”: as to any Bank, the obligation of such Bank to make and/or acquire participating interests in Committed Rate Loans or Swing Line Loans hereunder and/or under Local Currency Facilities and issue and/or acquire participating interests in Letters of Credit hereunder in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Bank’s name on Schedule I under the caption “Dollar Revolving Commitment Amount”, as such amount may be changed from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
     “ Revolving Commitment Increase Notice ”: as defined in subsection 2.10(a).
     “ Revolving Commitment Increase Supplement ”: as defined in subsection 2.10(c).
     “ Revolving Commitment Percentage ”: as to any Bank at any time, the percentage which such Bank’s Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the amount of such Exposure with at such time constitutes of the aggregate amount of the Exposure with of all the Banks at such time).
     “ Revolving Commitment Period ”: the period from and including the Closing Date to and including the earlier of (i) the Revolving Termination Date and, (ii) such other date on which the Revolving Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.
     “ Revolving Loans ”: any Committed Rate Loan, Competitive Advance Loan, Swing Line Loan or Local Currency Loan.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

22

     “ Revolving Termination Date ”: January 11, 2012, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof.
     “ S&P ”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group.
     “ Schedule Amendment ”: each Schedule Amendment, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, executed and delivered pursuant to subsection 15.1.
     “ Single Employer Plan ”: any Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.
     “ Specified Borrower ”: the collective reference to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers.
     “ Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.
     “ Subsidiary Borrower ”: the collective reference to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers and the Domestic Subsidiary Borrowers.
     “ Subsidiary Guarantee ”: each of (a) the Existing Subsidiary Guarantee and (b) each other Subsidiary Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2, to be executed and delivered from time to time by any other Domestic Subsidiary pursuant to subsection 11.9, in each case, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Swing Line Bank ”: in respect of any Specified Borrower and any Currency, each Bank listed as a Swing Line Bank in respect of such Specified Borrower and Currency in Schedule III.
     “ Swing Line Currency ”: in respect of any Specified Borrower, the Currency set forth for such Specified Borrower in Schedule III.
     “ Swing Line Limit ”: in respect of any Specified Borrower, the amount listed as the Swing Line Limit in respect of such Specified Borrower in Schedule III, but not in any case for all Specified Borrowers to exceed a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $200,000,000.
     “ Swing Line Loan ”: as defined in subsection 4.1.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

23

     “ Swing Line Rate ”: in respect of each Swing Line Currency for each Swing Line Bank, the interest rate agreed from time to time between the Company and such Swing Line Bank.
     “ Target Operating Day ”: any day that is not (a) a Saturday or Sunday, (b) Christmas Day or New Year’s Day or (c) any other day on which the Trans-European Real-time Gross Settlement Operating System (or any successor settlement system) is not operating (as determined by the Administrative Agent).
     “ Term Bank ”: as defined in subsection 7.1.
     “ Term Commitment ”: as to any Bank, the obligation of such Bank, if any, to make a Term Loan to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Commitment” opposite such Bank’s name on Schedule I. The original aggregate amount of the Term Commitments is $200,000,000.
     “ Term Loans ”: as defined in subsection 7.1.
     “ Term Loan Termination Date ”: January 11, 2012.
     “ Term Percentage ”: as to any Term Bank at any time, the percentage which such Term Bank’s Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Bank’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).
     “ Termination Date ”. the Revolving Termination Date or Term Loan Termination Date, as applicable.
     “ Total Assets ”: at a particular date, the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Total Revolving Commitments ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.
     “ Tranche ”: the collective reference to Eurocurrency Loans of the same Type in any Currency the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).
     “ Transferee ”: as defined in subsection 15.6(f).
     “ Type ”: in respect of any Loan, its character as a Term Loan, Committed Rate Loan, Competitive Advance Loan or Swing Line Loan, as the case may be.
     “ UCC ”: the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the relevant jurisdiction.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

24

     “ Undrawn Commitment ”: as to any Bank at any time, the amount of such Bank’s Revolving Commitment minus the amount of such Bank’s Committed Exposure at such time but not less than zero.
     “ Uniform Customs ”: the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 as the same may be amended from time to time.
          1.2 Other Definitional Provisions .
          (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.
          (b) As used herein and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, accounting terms relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries not defined in subsection 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in subsection 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.
          (c) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
          (d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.
          (e) The phrases “to the knowledge of the Company” and “of which any Subsidiary is aware” and phrases of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer of the Company or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be.
          1.3 Accounting Determinations. Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting determinations for purposes of calculating or determining compliance with the terms found in subsection 1.1 or the standards and covenants found in subsection 12.1 and otherwise to be made under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent in all material respects with that used in preparing the financial statements referred to in subsection 9.1. If GAAP shall change from the basis used in preparing such financial statements, the certificates required to be delivered pursuant to subsection 11.2 demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained herein shall set forth calculations setting forth the adjustments necessary to demonstrate how the Company is in compliance with the financial covenants based upon GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date.
SECTION 2. THE COMMITTED RATE LOANS
          2.1 Committed Rate Loans .
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

25

          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Bank severally agrees to make loans on a revolving credit basis (“ Committed Rate Loans ”) to any Specified Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period; provided , that no Committed Rate Loan shall be made by any Bank if, after giving effect to the making of such Loan and the simultaneous application of the proceeds thereof, (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of all the Banks would exceed the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments, (ii) the aggregate amount of the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency (iii) in the case of Committed Rate Loans denominated in an Available Foreign Currency, the aggregate principal amount of Committed Rate Loans outstanding to a Bank in such Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency Commitment of such Bank in such Currency or (iv) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of a Bank would exceed the Revolving Commitment of such Bank. During the Revolving Commitment Period, the Specified Borrowers may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Committed Rate Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.
          (b) The Committed Rate Loans may be made in Dollars or any Available Foreign Currency and may from time to time be (i) Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans, (ii) in the case of Committed Rate Loans in Dollars only, Committed Rate ABR Loans or (iii) a combination thereof, as determined by the relevant Specified Borrower and set forth in the Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion with respect thereto; provided , that no Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loan shall be made after the day that is one month prior to the Revolving Termination Date.
          2.2 Procedure for Committed Rate Loan Borrowing . Any Specified Borrower may request the Banks to make Committed Rate Loans on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period by delivering a Notice of Borrowing. Each borrowing of Committed Rate Loans (other than pursuant to a Swing Line refunding pursuant to subsection 4.4, pursuant to subsection 5.5(c) or pursuant to subsection 6.3) shall be in an amount equal to (a) in the case of Committed Rate ABR Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate undrawn amount of the Revolving Commitments is less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount) and (b) in the case of Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans, (i) if in Dollars, $5,000,000 or increments of $500,000 thereafter, and (ii) if in any Available Foreign Currency, an amount in such Available Foreign Currency of which the Dollar Equivalent Amount is at least $5,000,000; provided , that any borrowing of Committed Rate Loans may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the Total Revolving Commitment. Upon receipt of any such Notice of Borrowing from a Specified Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Bank that has a Revolving Commitment in the relevant Currency of receipt of such Notice of Borrowing and of such Bank’s Revolving Borrowing Percentage of the Committed Rate Loans to be made pursuant thereto. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Bank that has a Revolving Commitment in the relevant Currency will make its Revolving Borrowing Percentage of each such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Specified Borrower at the Funding Office, and at or prior to the Funding Time, for the Currency of such Loan in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent in the applicable Currency. The amounts made available by each Bank will then be made available to such Specified Borrower at the Funding Office, in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

26

          2.3 Repayment of Committed Rate Loans; Evidence of Debt .
          (a) Each Specified Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank on the Revolving Termination Date (or such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 13), the then unpaid principal amount of each Committed Rate Loan made by such Bank to such Specified Borrower. Each Specified Borrower hereby further agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank, interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Committed Rate Loans made to such Specified Borrower from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in subsection 8.13.
          (b) Each Bank shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of each Specified Borrower to such Bank resulting from each Committed Rate Loan of such Bank from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Bank from time to time under this Agreement.
          (c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to subsection 15.6(d), and a subaccount therein for each Bank, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Committed Rate Loan made hereunder and each Interest Period (if any) applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Specified Borrower to each Bank under Committed Rate Loans and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent from each Specified Borrower in respect of Committed Rate Loans, and the amount of each Bank’s share thereof.
          (d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Bank maintained pursuant to subsection 2.3(b) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of each Specified Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Bank or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of each Specified Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Committed Rate Loans made to such Specified Borrower by such Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
          2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments . The Company shall have the right, upon not less than five Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments then in effect; provided that the Revolving Commitments may not be optionally reduced at any time to an amount which is less than the amount of the Exposure of all the Banks at such time; and provided further that the Revolving Commitments may not be reduced to an amount which is less than $50,000,000 unless they are terminated in full.
          2.5 [ reserved ].
          2.6 [ reserved ].
          2.7 [ reserved ].
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

27

          2.8 [ reserved ].
          2.9 [ reserved ].
          2.10 Commitment Increases . (a) At any time after the Closing Date, provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrowers may request an increase of the aggregate Revolving Commitments in an aggregate amount up to $200,000,000 by notice to the Administrative Agent in writing of the amount (the “ Offered Increase Amount ”) of such proposed increase (such notice, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Notice ”). Any such Revolving Commitment Increase Notice must offer each Bank the opportunity to subscribe for its pro rata share of the increased Revolving Commitments; provided, however, the Borrowers may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), without offering to each Bank the opportunity to subscribe for its pro rata share of the increased Revolving Commitments, offer to any bank or other financial institution that is not an existing Bank the opportunity to provide a new Revolving Commitment pursuant to paragraph (b) below. If any portion of the increased Revolving Commitments offered to the Banks as contemplated in the immediately preceding sentence is not subscribed for by the Banks, the Borrowers may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent as to any bank or financial institution that is not at such time a Bank (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), offer to any existing Bank or to one or more additional banks or financial institutions the opportunity to provide all or a portion of such unsubscribed portion of the increased Revolving Commitments pursuant to paragraph (b) below.
          (b) Any additional bank or financial institution that the Borrowers select to offer the opportunity to provide any portion of the increased Revolving Commitments, and that elects to become a party to this Agreement and provide a Revolving Commitment, shall execute a New Bank Supplement with the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit K (a “ New Bank Supplement ”), whereupon such bank or financial institution (a “ New Bank ”) shall become a Bank for all purposes and to the same extent as if originally a party hereto and shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement, and Schedule I shall be deemed to be amended to add the name and Revolving Commitment of such New Bank, provided that the Revolving Commitment of any such New Bank shall be in a principal amount not less than $10,000,000.
          (c) Any Bank that accepts an offer to it by the Borrowers to increase its Revolving Commitment pursuant to this subsection 2.10 shall, in each case, execute a Revolving Commitment Increase Supplement with the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit L (a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Supplement ”), whereupon such Bank (an “ Increasing Bank ”) shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement with respect to the full amount of its Revolving Commitment as so increased, and Schedule I shall be deemed to be amended to so increase the Revolving Commitment of such Bank.
          (d) The effectiveness of any New Bank Supplement or Revolving Commitment Increase Supplement shall be contingent upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such corporate resolutions of the Borrowers and legal opinions of counsel to the Borrowers as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request with respect thereto.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

28

          (e) (i) Except as otherwise provided in subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (e), if any bank or financial institution becomes a New Bank pursuant to subsection 2.10(b) or any Bank’s Revolving Commitment is increased pursuant to subsection 2.10(c), additional Committed Rate Loans made on or after the date of the effectiveness thereof (the “ Re-Allocation Date ”) shall be made in accordance with the pro rata provisions of subsection 5.3 based on the Revolving Commitment Percentages (or relevant Foreign Currency Commitment Percentages, as the case may be) in effect on and after such Re-Allocation Date (except to the extent that any such pro rata borrowings would result in any Bank making an aggregate principal amount of Committed Rate Loans in excess of its Revolving Commitment (or relevant Foreign Currency Commitment, as the case may be), in which case such excess amount will be allocated to, and made by, the relevant New Banks and Increasing Banks to the extent of, and in accordance with the pro rata provisions of subsection 5.3 based on, their respective Revolving Commitments (or relevant Foreign Currency Commitments, as the case may be)). On each Re-Allocation Date, the Administrative Agent shall deliver a notice to each Bank of the adjusted Revolving Commitment Percentages after giving effect to any increase in the aggregate Revolving Commitments made pursuant to this subsection 2.10 on such Re-Allocation Date.
     (ii) In the event that on any such Re-Allocation Date there is an unpaid principal amount of Committed Rate ABR Loans, the applicable Borrower shall make prepayments thereof and one or more Borrowers shall make borrowings of Committed Rate ABR Loans and/or Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans, as the applicable Borrower shall determine, so that, after giving effect thereto, the Committed Rate ABR Loans and Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans outstanding are held as nearly as may be in accordance with the pro rata provisions of subsection 5.3 based on such new Revolving Commitment Percentage.
     (iii) In the event that on any such Re-Allocation Date there is an unpaid principal amount of Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans, such Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans shall remain outstanding with the respective holders thereof until the expiration of their respective Interest Periods (unless the applicable Borrower elects to prepay any thereof in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement), and on the last day of the respective Interest Periods the applicable Borrower shall make prepayments thereof and the applicable Borrowers shall make borrowings of Committed Rate ABR Loans and/or Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans so that, after giving effect thereto, the Committed Rate ABR Loans and Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans outstanding are held by all of the Banks as nearly as may be in accordance with the pro rata provisions of subsection 5.3 based on such new Revolving Commitment Percentage.
          (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection 2.10, no Bank shall have any obligation to increase its Revolving Commitment unless it agrees to do so in its sole discretion.
          2.11 Refunding of Committed Rate Loans Denominated in Available Foreign Currencies .
          (a) Notwithstanding noncompliance with the conditions precedent set forth in subsection 10.2, if any Committed Rate Loans denominated in any Available Foreign Currency
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

29

(any such Loans, “ Specified Loans ”) are outstanding on (i) any date on which an Event of Default pursuant to Section 13(g) shall have occurred with respect to the Company or (ii) any Acceleration Date, then, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the second Business Day immediately succeeding (x) the date on which such Event of Default occurs (in the case of clause (i) above) or (y) such Acceleration Date (in the case of clause (ii) above), the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have received a notice from the Company pursuant to subsection 2.2 requesting that Committed Rate ABR Loans be made pursuant to subsection 2.1 on such second Business Day in an aggregate amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the aggregate amount of all Specified Loans, and the procedures set forth in subsection 2.2 shall be followed in making such Committed Rate ABR Loans. The proceeds of such Committed Rate ABR Loans shall be applied to repay such Specified Loans.
          (b) If, for any reason, Committed Rate ABR Loans may not be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 2.11 to repay Specified Loans as required by such paragraph, effective on the date such Committed Rate ABR Loans would otherwise have been made, (i) the principal amount of each relevant Specified Loan shall be converted into Dollars (calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate as of the immediately preceding Business Day) (“ Converted Specified Loans ”) and (ii) each Bank severally, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall purchase in Dollars a participating interest in such Converted Specified Loans in an amount equal to the amount of Committed Rate ABR Loans which would otherwise have been made by such Bank pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 2.11. Each Bank will immediately transfer to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation, and the proceeds of such participation shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to each Bank having such Specified Loans in such amount as will reduce the amount of the participating interest retained by such Bank in the Converted Specified Loans to the amount of the Committed Rate ABR Loans which were to have been made by it pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 2.11. All Converted Specified Loans shall bear interest at the rate which would otherwise be applicable to Committed Rate ABR Loans. Each Bank shall share on a pro rata basis (calculated by reference to its participating interest in such Converted Specified Loans) in any interest which accrues thereon and in all repayments thereof.
          (c) If, for any reason, Committed Rate ABR Loans may not be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 2.11 to repay Specified Loans as required by such paragraph and the principal amount of any Specified Loans may not be converted into Dollars in the manner contemplated by paragraph (b) of this subsection 2.11, (i) the Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar Equivalent Amount of such Specified Loans (calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate determined as of the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which Committed Rate ABR Loans would otherwise have been made pursuant to said paragraph (a)) and (ii) effective on the date on which Committed Rate ABR Loans would otherwise have been made pursuant to said paragraph (a), each Bank severally, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall purchase in Dollars a participating interest in such Specified Loans in an amount equal to the amount of Committed Rate ABR Loans which would otherwise have been made by such Bank pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 2.11. Each Bank will immediately transfer to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation, and the proceeds of such participation shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to each relevant Bank having Specified Loans in such amount as will reduce the Dollar Equivalent Amount as of such date of the amount of the participating interest retained by such
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

30

Bank in such Specified Loans to the amount of the Committed Rate ABR Loans which were to have been made by it pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 2.11. Each Bank shall share on a pro rata basis (calculated by reference to its participating interest in such Specified Loans) in any interest which accrues thereon, in all repayments of principal thereof and in the benefits of any collateral furnished in respect thereof and the proceeds of such collateral.
          (d) If any amount required to be paid by any Bank to any other Bank pursuant to this subsection 2.11 in respect of any Specified Loan is not paid to such Bank on the date such payment is due from such Bank, such obligor Bank shall pay to such obligee Bank on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal funds rate, as quoted by such obligee Bank during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such obligee Bank, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of an obligee Bank submitted to any obligor Bank through the Administrative Agent with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection (d) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
          2.12 Certain Borrowings of Committed Rate Loans and Refunding of Loans .
          (a) If on any Borrowing Date on which a Specified Borrower has requested the Banks (the “ Specified Foreign Currency Banks ”) to make Committed Rate Loans denominated in an Available Foreign Currency (the “ Requested Specified Loans ”) (i) the principal amount of the Requested Specified Loans to be made by any Specified Foreign Currency Bank exceeds the unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Specified Foreign Currency Bank in the requested Available Foreign Currency (before giving effect to the making and payment of any Loans required to be made pursuant to this subsection 2.12 on such Borrowing Date) , (ii) the principal amount of such Requested Specified Loan, when added to the outstanding principal amount of all other Committed Rate Loans of such Specified Foreign Currency Banks denominated in the Available Foreign Currency in which the Requested Specified Loans are to be made, does not exceed the aggregate amount of such Specified Foreign Currency Banks’ Foreign Currency Commitments in such requested Available Foreign Currency and (iii) the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the excess described in the foregoing clause (i) is less than or equal to the aggregate unused amount of the Revolving Commitments of all Banks other than such Specified Foreign Currency Banks (before giving effect to the making and payment of any Loans pursuant to this subsection 2.12 on such Borrowing Date), each Bank other than such Specified Foreign Currency Banks shall make a Committed Rate Loan denominated in Dollars to the Company (or any Specified Borrower identified by the Company) on such Borrowing Date, and the proceeds of such Committed Rate Loans shall be simultaneously applied to repay outstanding Committed Rate Loans denominated in Dollars of such Specified Foreign Currency Banks in each case in amounts such that, after giving effect to (1) such borrowings and repayments and (2) the borrowing from such Specified Foreign Currency Banks of the Requested Specified Loans, the excess described in the foregoing clause (i) will be eliminated. To effect such borrowings and repayments, (x) not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on such Borrowing Date, the proceeds of such Committed Rate Loans denominated in Dollars shall be made available by each Bank other than such Specified Foreign Currency Banks to the Administrative Agent at its office specified in subsection 15.2 in Dollars and in immediately available funds and the Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of such Committed Rate
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

31

Loans denominated in Dollars toward repayment of outstanding Committed Rate Loans denominated in Dollars of such Specified Foreign Currency Banks (as directed by the Company) and (y) concurrently with the repayment of such Loans on such Borrowing Date, (I) such Specified Foreign Currency Banks shall, in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, make the Requested Specified Loans in an aggregate amount equal to the amount so requested by the relevant Specified Borrower and (II) the relevant Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Specified Foreign Currency Banks whose Loans to such Borrower are repaid on such Borrowing Date pursuant to this subsection 2.12 all interest accrued on the amounts repaid to the date of repayment, together with any amounts payable pursuant to subsection 8.8 in connection with such repayment, provided that the Administrative Agent shall have provided notice to the Company prior to the making of such Requested Specified Loans that the making thereof would obligate the Company to pay amounts pursuant to subsection 8.8.
          (b) If any borrowing of Committed Rate Loans is required pursuant to this subsection 2.12, the Company shall notify the Administrative Agent in the manner provided for Committed Rate Loans in subsection 2.3, except that the minimum borrowing amounts and threshold multiples in excess thereof applicable to Committed Rate ABR Loans set forth in subsection 2.3 shall not be applicable to the extent that such minimum borrowing amounts exceed the amounts of Committed Rate Loans required to be made pursuant to this subsection 2.12.
          2.13 Extension of Revolving Termination Date .
          (a) The Company may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent in the form of Exhibit J-1 (the “ Extension Request ”) given no earlier than 60 days prior to each anniversary of the Closing Date but no later than 45 days prior to each anniversary of the Closing Date, request that the then applicable Revolving Termination Date be extended to the date that is one calendar year after the then applicable Revolving Termination Date. Such extension shall be effective with respect to each Bank that, by a written notice in the form of Exhibit J-2 (a “ Continuation Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent given no later than 20 days prior to the then applicable anniversary of the Closing Date, consents, in its sole discretion, to such extension (each Bank giving a Continuation Notice being referred to herein as a “ Continuing Bank ” and each Bank other than a Continuing Bank being referred to herein as a “ Non-Extending Bank ”), provided that (i) such extension shall be effective only if the aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Continuing Banks constitute at least a majority of the Total Revolving Commitments on the date of the Extension Request, (ii) any Bank that fails to submit a Continuation Notice at least 20 days prior to the then applicable anniversary of the Closing Date shall be deemed not to have consented to such extension and shall constitute a Non-Extending Bank and (iii) the Company may give no more than two Extension Requests during the term of this Agreement. No Bank shall have any obligation to consent to any extension of the Revolving Termination Date. The Administrative Agent shall notify each Bank of the receipt of an Extension Request promptly after receipt thereof. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Banks no later than 15 days prior to the then applicable anniversary of the Closing Date which Banks are Continuing Banks and which Banks are Non-Extending Banks, and whether the Administrative Agent has received Continuation Notices from Banks holding Revolving Commitments aggregating at least a majority of the Total Revolving Commitments on the date of the Extension Request.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

32

          (b) The Revolving Commitment of each Non-Extending Bank shall terminate at the close of business on the Revolving Termination Date in effect prior to the delivery of such Extension Request without giving any effect to such proposed extension. On such Revolving Termination Date, the Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Non-Extending Bank, an amount equal to such Non-Extending Bank’s Revolving Loans, together with accrued but unpaid interest and fees thereon and all other amounts then payable hereunder to such Non-Extending Bank. If, however, on or before the applicable Revolving Termination Date in effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Extension Request pursuant to this Section 2.13, the Company obtains a Replacement Bank pursuant to subsection 15.1(e) for any such Non-Extending Bank and such Replacement Bank agrees to the extension of the Revolving Termination Date pursuant to this Section 2.13, then such Replacement Bank shall for all purposes of this Section 2.13 and this Agreement be deemed to be a Continuing Bank, and the Revolving Loans of such Bank shall not be due and payable pursuant to this Section 2.13(b).
SECTION 3. THE COMPETITIVE ADVANCE LOANS
          3.1 Competitive Advance Loans .
          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, any Specified Borrower may, from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period, request the Banks to offer bids, and any Bank may, in its sole discretion, offer such bids, to make competitive advance loans (“ Competitive Advance Loans ”) to such Specified Borrower on the terms and conditions set forth in such bids. Each Competitive Advance Loan shall bear interest at the rates, be payable on the dates, and shall mature on the date, agreed between such Specified Borrower and Bank at the time such Competitive Advance Loan is made; provided , that (i) each Competitive Advance Loan shall mature not earlier than 1 day and not later than 180 days, after the date such Competitive Advance Loan is made and (ii) no Competitive Advance Loan shall mature after the Revolving Termination Date. During the Revolving Commitment Period, the Specified Borrowers may accept bids from Banks from time to time for Competitive Advance Loans, and borrow and repay Competitive Advance Loans, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof; provided , that no Competitive Advance Loan shall be made if, after giving effect to the making of such Loan and the simultaneous application of the proceeds thereof, (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of all the Banks would exceed the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments, or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency. Subject to the foregoing, any Bank may, in its sole discretion, make Competitive Advance Loans in an aggregate outstanding amount exceeding the amount of such Bank’s Revolving Commitment.
          (b) The Competitive Advance Loans may be made in Dollars or any Available Foreign Currency, as agreed between the Specified Borrower and Bank in respect thereof at the time such Competitive Advance Loan is made.
          3.2 Procedure for Competitive Advance Loan Borrowing . (i) Any Specified Borrower may request Competitive Advance Loans by delivering a Competitive Advance Loan Request. The Administrative Agent shall notify each Bank promptly by facsimile transmission of the contents of each Competitive Advance Loan Request received by the Administrative Agent. Each Bank may elect, in its sole discretion, to offer irrevocably to make one or more
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

33

Competitive Advance Loans to the Specified Borrower by delivering a Competitive Advance Loan Offer to the Administrative Agent.
          (a) Before the acceptance time set forth in the applicable Competitive Advance Loan Request, the Specified Borrower, in its absolute discretion, shall:
          (i) cancel such Competitive Advance Loan Request by giving the Administrative Agent telephone notice to that effect, or
          (ii) by giving telephone notice to the Administrative Agent immediately confirmed in writing or by facsimile transmission, subject to the provisions of subsection 3.2(c), accept one or more of the offers made by any Bank or Banks pursuant to subsection 3.2(a) of the amount of Competitive Advance Loans for each relevant maturity date and reject any remaining offers made by Banks pursuant to subsection 3.2(a).
          (b) The Specified Borrower’s acceptance of Competitive Advance Loans in response to any Competitive Advance Loan Request shall be subject to the following limitations:
          (i) The amount of Competitive Advance Loans accepted for each maturity date specified by any Bank in its Competitive Advance Loan Offer shall not exceed the maximum amount for such maturity date specified in such Competitive Advance Loan Offer;
          (ii) the aggregate amount of Competitive Advance Loans accepted for all maturity dates specified by any Bank in its Competitive Advance Loan Offer shall not exceed the aggregate maximum amount specified in such Competitive Advance Loan Offer for all such maturity dates;
          (iii) the Specified Borrower may not accept offers for Competitive Advance Loans for any maturity date in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the maximum principal amount requested in the related Competitive Advance Loan Request; and
          (iv) if the Specified Borrower accepts any of such offers, it must accept offers based solely upon pricing for such relevant maturity date and upon no other criteria whatsoever and if two or more Banks submit offers for any maturity date at identical pricing and the Specified Borrower accepts any of such offers but does not wish to (or by reason of the limitations set forth in subsection 3.2(c)(iii) cannot) borrow the total amount offered by such Banks with such identical pricing, the Administrative Agent shall allocate offers from all of such Banks in amounts among them pro rata according to the amounts offered by such Banks (or as nearly pro rata as shall be practicable).
          (c) If the Specified Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that a Competitive Advance Loan Request is cancelled, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt telephone notice thereof to the Banks.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

34

          (d) If the Specified Borrower accepts one or more of the offers made by any Bank or Banks, the Administrative Agent promptly shall notify each Bank which has made such a Competitive Advance Loan Offer of (i) the aggregate amount of such Competitive Advance Loans to be made for each maturity date and (ii) the acceptance or rejection of any offers to make such Competitive Advance Loans made by such Bank. Before the Funding Time for the applicable Currency, each Bank whose Competitive Advance Loan Offer has been accepted shall make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Specified Borrower at the Funding Office for the applicable Currency the amount of Competitive Advance Loans in the applicable Currency to be made by such Bank, in immediately available funds.
          3.3 Repayment of Competitive Advance Loans; Evidence of Debt .
          (a) Each Specified Borrower that borrows any Competitive Advance Loan hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Bank that made such Competitive Advance Loan on the maturity date, as agreed by such Specified Borrower and Bank (or such earlier date on which all the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 13), the then unpaid principal amount of such Competitive Advance Loan. Each Specified Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Competitive Advance Loans made by any Bank to such Specified Borrower from time to time outstanding from the date thereof until payment in full thereof at the rate per annum, and on the dates, agreed by such Specified Borrower and Bank at the time such Competitive Advance Loan is made. All payments in respect of Competitive Advance Loans shall be made by such Specified Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan to the Payment Office and by the Payment Time for the applicable Currency.
          (b) Each Bank shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of each Specified Borrower to such Bank resulting from each Competitive Advance Loan of such Bank from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Bank from time to time in respect of Competitive Advance Loans. The entries made in the accounts of each Bank maintained pursuant to this subsection 3.3(b) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of each Specified Borrower therein recorded, absent manifest error; provided , however , that the failure of any Bank to maintain any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of each Specified Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Competitive Advance Loans made to such Specified Borrower by such Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
          3.4 Prepayments . Unless otherwise agreed by the Bank making a Competitive Advance Loan, upon giving a Notice of Prepayment at the address and time specified in Schedule IV may be optionally prepaid prior to the scheduled maturity date thereof.
SECTION 4. THE SWING LINE LOANS
          4.1 Swing Line Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Specified Borrower may borrow from such Specified Borrower’s Swing Line Bank swing line loans (“ Swing Line Loans ”) from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period in a Swing Line Currency of such Specified Borrower; provided , that no Swing Line Loan shall be
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

35

made if, after giving effect to the making of such Loan and the simultaneous application of the proceeds thereof, (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of all the Banks would exceed the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments, (ii) the aggregate amount of the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency, or (iii) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans of such Specified Borrower would exceed the Swing Line Limit for such Specified Borrower or the Dollar Equivalent Amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans would exceed $200,000,000. During the Revolving Commitment Period, the Specified Borrowers may borrow and prepay the Swing Line Loans, in whole or in part, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.
          4.2 Procedure for Swing Line Borrowing .
          (a) Any Specified Borrower may borrow Swing Line Loans during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business Day by giving a Notice of Swing Line Borrowing in respect of such Swing Line Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, on the Borrowing Date of each Swing Line Loan, the relevant Swing Line Bank shall make the proceeds thereof available to the relevant Specified Borrower in immediately available funds in the applicable Currency in the manner from time to time agreed by such Specified Borrower and such Swing Line Bank.
          (b) Upon request of the Administrative Agent and on the last Business Day of each month on which a Swing Line Bank has any outstanding Swing Line Loans, such Bank shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Notice of Swing Line Outstandings. The Administrative Agent will, at the request of any Swing Line Bank, advise such Swing Line Bank of the Exchange Rate used by the Administrative Agent in calculating the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Swing Line Loans of such Swing Line Bank on any date.
          4.3 Repayment of Swing Line Loans; Evidence of Debt .
          (a) Each Specified Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to its Swing Line Bank on the Revolving Termination Date (or such earlier date on which such Swing Line Loans become due and payable pursuant to subsection 4.4 or on which all the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 13), the then unpaid principal amount of all Swing Line Loans made to such Specified Borrower. Each Specified Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of all Swing Line Loans made to such Specified Borrower from time to time outstanding from the date thereof until payment in full thereof at the Swing Line Rate for the Currency of such Swing Line Loan, payable on the last Business Day of each calendar month on which such Swing Line Loans are outstanding. All payments in respect of Swing Line Loans shall be made by such Specified Borrower to its Swing Line Bank at the address set forth in Schedule III for such Swing Line Bank and Swing Line Loans in such Currency.
          (b) Each Swing Line Bank shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of each Specified Borrower to such Swing Line Bank resulting from each Swing Line Loan of such Bank from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Swing Line Bank from time to time
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

36

under this Agreement. The entries made in the accounts of each Swing Line Bank maintained pursuant to this subsection 4.3(b) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of each Specified Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Swing Line Bank to maintain any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of each Specified Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Swing Line Loans made to such Specified Borrower by such Swing Line Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
          4.4 Allocating Swing Line Loans; Swing Line Loan Participations .
          (a) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, any Swing Line Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, direct that the Swing Line Loans owing to it be refunded, by delivering a Notice of Swing Line Refunding. Upon receipt of a Notice of Swing Line Refunding the Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice of the contents thereof to the Banks and, unless an Event of Default described in Section 13(g) in respect of the Company or the relevant Specified Borrower has occurred, to the Company and the relevant Specified Borrower. Each such Notice of Swing Line Refunding shall be deemed to constitute delivery by such Specified Borrower of a Notice of Borrowing of Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans in the amount and Currency of the Swing Line Loans to which it relates, for an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Bank (including each Swing Line Bank in its capacity as a Bank having a Commitment) hereby agrees to make a Committed Rate Loan to such Specified Borrower pursuant to Section 2 in an amount equal to such Bank’s Revolving Borrowing Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Swing Line Loans to which such Notice of Swing Line Refunding relates. Unless any of the events described in Section 13(g) in respect of the Company or such Specified Borrower shall have occurred (in which case the procedures of subsection 4.4(b) shall apply), each Bank shall make the amount of such Committed Rate Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office, and at or prior to the Funding Time, for the Currency of such Loan in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. The proceeds of such Committed Rate Loans shall be immediately made available to such Swing Line Bank by the Administrative Agent and applied by such Swing Line Bank to repay the Swing Line Loans to which such Notice of Swing Line Refunding related.
          (b) If prior to the time a Committed Rate Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to subsection 4.4(a), one of the events described in Section 13(g) shall have occurred in respect of the Company or the relevant Specified Borrower, each Bank (other than the relevant Swing Line Bank) shall, on the date such Committed Rate Loan would have been made pursuant to the Notice of Swing Line Refunding referred to in subsection 4.4(a) (the “ Refunding Date ”), purchase an undivided participating interest in the outstanding Swing Line Loans to which such Notice of Swing Line Refunding related, in an amount equal to (i) such Bank’s Revolving Commitment Percentage times (ii) the aggregate principal amount of such Swing Line Loans then outstanding which were to have been repaid with Committed Rate Loans (the “ Swing Line Participation Amount ”). On the Refunding Date, (x) each Bank shall transfer to such Swing Line Bank, in immediately available funds, such Bank’s Swing Line Participation Amount, and upon receipt thereof such Swing Line Bank shall, if requested by any Bank, deliver to such Bank a participation certificate dated the date of such Swing Line Bank’s receipt of such funds and evidencing such Bank’s ownership of its Swing Line Participation Amount and (y) the interest
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

37

rate on the applicable Swing Line Loan will automatically be converted to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate with an Interest Period of one month plus the Applicable Margin for Committed Rate Loans. If any amount required to be paid by any Bank to any Swing Line Bank pursuant to this subsection 4.4 in respect of any Swing Line Participation Amount is not paid to such Swing Line Bank on the date such payment is due from such Bank, such Bank shall pay to such Swing Line Bank on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) (A) in the case of any such payment obligation denominated in Dollars, the daily average Federal funds rate, as quoted by such Swing Line Bank, or (B) in the case of any such payment obligation denominated in an Available Foreign Currency, the rate customary in such Currency for settlement of similar inter-bank obligations, as quoted by such Swing Line Bank, in each case during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Bank, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of a Swing Line Bank submitted to any Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
          (c) Whenever, at any time after any Swing Line Bank has received from any Bank such Bank’s Swing Line Participation Amount, such Swing Line Bank receives any payment on account of the related Swing Line Loans, such Swing Line Bank will distribute to such Bank its Revolving Commitment Percentage of such payment on account of its Swing Line Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Bank’s participating interest was outstanding and funded); provided , however , that in the event that such payment received by such Swing Line Bank is required to be returned, such Bank will return to such Swing Line Bank any portion thereof previously distributed to it by such Swing Line Bank.
          (d) Each Bank’s obligation to make Committed Rate Loans pursuant to subsection 4.4(a) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to subsection 4.4(b) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Bank may have against any other Bank or any Specified Borrower, or any Specified Borrower may have against any Bank or any other Person, as the case may be, for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (iv) any breach of this Agreement by any party hereto; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
SECTION 5. THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
          5.1 L/C Commitment . (a) As of the Closing Date, the existing letters of credit set forth on Schedule 5.1 shall be deemed Letters of Credit hereunder. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Issuing Bank agrees to issue letters of credit for the account of any Specified Borrower on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period in such form as shall be reasonably acceptable to such Issuing Bank; provided , that no Letter of Credit shall be issued if, after giving effect thereto (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of all the Banks would exceed the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments, (ii) the aggregate amount of the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

38

Exposure Sublimit for such Currency or (iii) the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed $100,000,000.
          (a) Each Letter of Credit shall:
          (i) be denominated in Dollars or an Available Foreign Currency and shall be either (A) a standby letter of credit issued to support obligations of a Specified Borrower, contingent or otherwise, to provide credit support for workers’ compensation, other insurance programs and other lawful corporate purposes (a “ Standby Letter of Credit ”) or (B) a commercial letter of credit issued in respect of the purchase of goods and services in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries (a “ Commercial Letter of Credit ”; together with the Standby Letters of Credit, the “ Letters of Credit ”) and,
          (ii) expire no later than the earlier of 365 days after its date of issuance and 5 Business Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date although any such Letter of Credit may be automatically extended for periods of one year from the current or any future expiration date of the Letter of Credit (unless the Issuing Bank elects not to extend such Letter of Credit) and the extended maturity date is not beyond 5 Business Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date.
          (b) Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of New York or, if acceptable to the Required Banks and the relevant account party, the jurisdiction of the Issuing Office at which such Letter of Credit is issued.
          (c) No Issuing Bank shall at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause such Issuing Bank or any Bank to exceed any limits imposed by, any change after the date hereof in any applicable Requirement of Law.
          5.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit under this Agreement . Any Specified Borrower may from time to time request that an Issuing Bank issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to such Issuing Bank at its Issuing Office an Application therefor (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Bank, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as such Issuing Bank may reasonably request. Upon receipt by an Issuing Bank of any Application, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Issuing Bank will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall any Issuing Bank be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than five Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed by such Issuing Bank and such Specified Borrower. Such Issuing Bank shall advise the Administrative Agent of the terms of such Letter of Credit on the date of issuance thereof and shall promptly thereafter
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

39

furnish copies thereof and each amendment thereto to the Company and through the Administrative Agent each Bank.
          5.3 Fees, Commissions and Other Charges .
          (a) Each Specified Borrower for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Banks (including the Issuing Bank) pro rata according to their Revolving Commitment Percentages, a letter of credit commission with respect to each Letter of Credit, computed at a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans on the daily average undrawn face amount of such Letter of Credit. Such commissions shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur after the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit and on the expiration date of such Letter of Credit and shall be nonrefundable.
          (b) In addition to the foregoing fees and commissions, each Specified Borrower for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder shall (i) pay or reimburse the Issuing Bank for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by such Issuing Bank in issuing, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering such Letter of Credit and (ii) pay the Issuing Bank such other fees as shall be agreed by the Issuing Bank and such Specified Borrower.
          (c) The Administrative Agent shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, distribute to the Issuing Bank and the Banks all fees and commissions received by the Administrative Agent for their respective accounts pursuant to this subsection.
          5.4 L/C Participations .
          (a) Each Issuing Bank irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from such Issuing Bank, on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk, an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Commitment Percentage in such Issuing Bank’s obligations and rights under each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank hereunder and the amount of each draft paid by such Issuing Bank thereunder. Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with each Issuing Bank that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank for which the Specified Borrower which is the account party under such Letter of Credit has not reimbursed such Issuing Bank to the full extent required by the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to such Issuing Bank upon demand at such Issuing Bank’s Issuing Office an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, which is not so reimbursed.
          (b) If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to any Issuing Bank pursuant to subsection 5.4(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by such Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit is not paid to such Issuing Bank on the date such payment is due from such L/C Participant, such L/C Participant shall pay to such Issuing Bank on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) (A) in the case of any
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

40

such payment obligation denominated in Dollars, the daily average Federal funds rate, as quoted by such Issuing Bank, or (B) in the case of any such payment obligation denominated in an Available Foreign Currency, the rate customary in such Currency for settlement of similar inter-bank obligations, as quoted by such Issuing Bank, in each case during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Issuing Bank, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of an Issuing Bank submitted to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
          (c) Whenever, at any time after an Issuing Bank has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with subsection 5.4(a) the Issuing Bank receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the account party or otherwise, including by way of set-off or proceeds of collateral applied thereto by such Issuing Bank), or any payment of interest on account thereof, such Issuing Bank will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received by such Issuing Bank shall be required to be returned by the Issuing Bank, such L/C Participant shall return to such Issuing Bank the portion thereof previously distributed by such Issuing Bank to it.
          5.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Specified Borrowers .
          (a) Each Specified Borrower for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder agrees to reimburse the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of Credit on each date on which such Issuing Bank notifies such Specified Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent at its address in the Administrative Schedule for Notices of Borrowing for the applicable Currency) of the date and amount of a draft presented under such Letter of Credit and paid by such Issuing Bank for the amount of (i) such draft so paid and (ii) any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses incurred by such Issuing Bank in connection with such payment; provided if any Issuing Bank shall notify the Specified Borrower of a drawing after 2:00 p.m. local time of such Issuing Bank’s Issuing Office on the date of any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Specified Borrower will not be required to reimburse such Issuing Bank until the next succeeding Business Day. Each such payment shall be made to such Issuing Bank at its Issuing Office in the Currency in which payment of such draft was made and in immediately available funds.
          (b) Interest shall be payable on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by any Specified Borrower under this subsection from the date such amounts become payable (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full at the rate which is (i) in the case of such amounts payable in Dollars, 2% above the ABR from time to time and (ii) in the case of such amounts payable in any other currency, 2% above the rate reasonably determined by the Issuing Bank as the cost of funding such overdue amount from time to time on an overnight basis.
          (c) Each notice of a drawing under any Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars shall constitute a request by the Specified Borrower for a borrowing pursuant to subsection 2.2 of Committed Rate ABR Loans in the amount of such drawing plus any amounts payable pursuant
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

41

to subsection 5.5(a)(ii) in respect of such drawing. The Borrowing Date with respect to such borrowing shall be the date of such drawing.
          5.6 Obligations Absolute .
          (a) The obligations of the Specified Borrowers under this Section 5 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment which any Specified Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Bank or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit.
          (b) Each Specified Borrower for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder also agrees with the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of Credit that such Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for, and such Specified Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under subsection 5.5(a) shall not be affected by, among other things, (i) the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, provided , that reliance upon such documents by such Issuing Bank shall not have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank or (ii) any dispute between or among such Specified Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or (iii) any claims whatsoever of any Specified Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee.
          (c) No Issuing Bank shall be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions caused by such Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
          (d) Each Specified Borrower for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder agrees that any action taken or omitted by any Issuing Bank under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct and in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform Customs, shall be binding on such Specified Borrower and shall not result in any liability of such Issuing Bank to such Specified Borrower.
          5.7 Letter of Credit Payments . If any draft shall be presented for payment to an Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the account party of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing Bank to the account party in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are in conformity with such Letter of Credit.
          5.8 Application . To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 5, the provisions of this Section 5 shall apply.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

42

SECTION 6. LOCAL CURRENCY FACILITIES
          6.1 Terms of Local Currency Facilities .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Company may in its discretion from time to time designate any Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States as a “ Local Currency Borrower ” and any Qualified Credit Facility to which such Local Currency Borrower and any one or more Banks (or its affiliates, agencies or branches) is a party as a “ Local Currency Facility ”, with the consent of each such Bank in its sole discretion, by delivering a Local Currency Facility Addendum to the Administrative Agent and the Banks (through the Administrative Agent) executed by the Company, each such Local Currency Borrower and each such Bank, provided , that on the effective date of such designation no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Concurrently with the delivery of a Local Currency Facility Addendum, the Company or the relevant Local Currency Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent copies of all documentation executed and delivered by any Local Currency Borrower in connection therewith, together with, if applicable, an English translation thereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6 or in the definition of “Qualified Credit Facility” in subsection 1.1, the terms and conditions of each Local Currency Facility shall be determined by mutual agreement of the relevant Local Currency Borrower(s) and Local Currency Bank(s). The documentation governing each Local Currency Facility shall (i) contain an express acknowledgement that such Local Currency Facility shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6 and (ii) designate a Local Currency Facility Agent for such Local Currency Facility. Each of the Company and, by agreeing to any Local Currency Facility designation as contemplated hereby, each relevant Local Currency Bank (if any) party thereto which is an affiliate, branch or agency of a Bank, acknowledges and agrees that each reference in this Agreement to any Bank shall, to the extent applicable, be deemed to be a reference to such Local Currency Bank. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Local Currency Facility, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.
          (b) The documentation governing each Local Currency Facility shall set forth (i) the maximum amount (expressed in Dollars) available to be borrowed from all Local Currency Banks under such Local Currency Facility (as the same may be reduced from time to time, a “ Local Currency Facility Maximum Borrowing Amount ”) and (ii) with respect to each Local Currency Bank party to such Local Currency Facility, the maximum Dollar Equivalent Amount available to be borrowed from such Local Currency Bank thereunder (as the same may be reduced from time to time, a “ Local Currency Bank Maximum Borrowing Amount ”).
          (c) Except as otherwise required by applicable law, in no event shall the Local Currency Banks party to a Local Currency Facility have the right to accelerate the Local Currency Loans outstanding thereunder, or to terminate their commitments (if any) to make such Local Currency Loans prior to the earlier of the stated termination date in respect thereof or the Revolving Termination Date, except, in each case, in connection with an acceleration of the Loans or a termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement, provided , that nothing in this paragraph (c) shall be deemed to require any Local Currency Bank to make a Local Currency Loan if the applicable conditions precedent to the making of such Local Currency Loan set forth in the relevant Local Currency Facility have not been satisfied.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

43

No Local Currency Loan may be made under a Local Currency Facility if (i) after giving effect thereto, the conditions precedent in subsection 10.2 would not be satisfied or (ii) after giving effect to the making of such Local Currency Loan and the simultaneous application of the proceeds thereof, (A) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of all the Banks would exceed the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments, or (B) the amount of such Local Currency Bank’s Committed Exposure would exceed the amount of such Local Currency Bank’s Commitment.
          (d) The relevant Local Currency Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent copies of any amendment, supplement or other modification (including any change in commitment amounts or in the Local Currency Banks participating in any Local Currency Facility) to the terms of any Local Currency Facility promptly after the effectiveness thereof (together with, if applicable, an English translation thereof). If any such amendment, supplement or other modification to a Local Currency Facility shall (i) add a Local Currency Bank as a Local Currency Bank thereunder or (ii) change the Local Currency Facility Maximum Borrowing Amount or any Local Currency Bank Maximum Borrowing Amount with respect thereto, the Company shall promptly furnish an appropriately revised Local Currency Facility Addendum, executed by the Company, the relevant Local Currency Borrower and the affected Local Currency Banks (or any agent acting on their behalf), to the Administrative Agent and the Banks (through the Administrative Agent).
          (e) The Company may terminate its designation of a facility as a Local Currency Facility, with the consent of each Local Currency Bank party thereto in its sole discretion, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, which notice shall be executed by the Company, the relevant Local Currency Borrower and each Local Currency Bank party to such Local Currency Facility (or any agent acting on their behalf). Once notice of such termination is received by the Administrative Agent, such Local Currency Facility and the loans and other obligations outstanding thereunder shall immediately cease to be subject to the terms of this Agreement and shall cease to benefit from the Company Guarantee.
          6.2 Reporting of Local Currency Outstandings . On the date of the making of any Local Currency Loan having a maturity of 30 or more days to a Local Currency Borrower and on the last Business Day of each month on which a Local Currency Borrower has any outstanding Local Currency Loans, the Local Currency Facility Agent for such Local Currency Borrower, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Notice of Local Currency Outstandings. The Administrative Agent will, at the request of any Local Currency Facility Agent, advise such Local Currency Facility Agent of the Exchange Rate used by the Administrative Agent in calculating the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Local Currency Loans under the related Local Currency Facility on any date.
          6.3 Refunding of Local Currency Loans .
          (a) Notwithstanding noncompliance with the conditions precedent set forth in subsection 10.2, if any Local Currency Loans are outstanding on (i) any date on which an Event of Default pursuant to Section 13(g) shall have occurred with respect to the Company, (ii) any Acceleration Date or (iii) any date on which an Event of Default pursuant to Section 13(a)(ii) shall have occurred and be continuing for three or more Business Days and, in the case of clause
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

44

(iii) above, any Local Currency Bank party to the affected Local Currency Facility shall have given notice thereof to the Administrative Agent requesting that the Local Currency Loans (“ Affected Local Currency Loans ”) outstanding thereunder be refunded pursuant to this subsection 6.3, then, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the second Business Day immediately succeeding (x) the date on which such Event of Default occurs (in the case of clause (i) above), (y) such Acceleration Date (in the case of clause (ii) above) or (z) the date on which such notice is received by the Administrative Agent (in the case of clause (iii) above), the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have received a notice from the Company pursuant to subsection 2.2 requesting that Committed Rate ABR Loans be made pursuant to subsection 2.1 on such second Business Day in an aggregate amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the aggregate amount of all Local Currency Loans (in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above) or the Affected Local Currency Loans (in the case of clause (iii) above), and the procedures set forth in subsection 2.2 shall be followed in making such Committed Rate ABR Loans. The proceeds of such Committed Rate ABR Loans shall be applied to repay such Local Currency Loans.
          (b) If, for any reason, Committed Rate ABR Loans may not be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 6.3 to repay Local Currency Loans as required by such paragraph, effective on the date such Committed Rate ABR Loans would otherwise have been made, (i) the principal amount of each relevant Local Currency Loan shall be converted into Dollars (calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate as of the immediately preceding Business Day) (“ Converted Local Currency Loans ”) and (ii) each Bank severally, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall purchase in Dollars a participating interest in such Converted Local Currency Loans in an amount equal to the amount of Committed Rate ABR Loans which would otherwise have been made by such Bank pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 6.3. Each Bank will immediately transfer to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation, and the proceeds of such participation shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to each relevant Local Currency Bank in such amount as will reduce the amount of the participating interest retained by such Local Currency Bank in the Converted Local Currency Loans to the amount of the Committed Rate ABR Loans which were to have been made by it pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 6.3. All Converted Local Currency Loans shall bear interest at the rate which would otherwise be applicable to Committed Rate ABR Loans. Each Bank shall share on a pro rata basis (calculated by reference to its participating interest in such Converted Local Currency Loans) in any interest which accrues thereon and in all repayments thereof.
          (c) If, for any reason, Committed Rate ABR Loans may not be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 6.3 to repay Local Currency Loans as required by such paragraph and the principal amount of any Local Currency Loans may not be converted into Dollars in the manner contemplated by paragraph (b) of this subsection 6.3, (i) the Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar Equivalent Amount of such Local Currency Loans (calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate determined as of the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which Committed Rate ABR Loans would otherwise have been made pursuant to said paragraph (a)) and (ii) effective on the date on which Committed Rate ABR Loans would otherwise have been made pursuant to said paragraph (a), each Bank severally, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall purchase in Dollars a participating interest in such Local Currency Loans in an amount equal to the amount of Committed Rate ABR Loans which would otherwise have been made by such Bank pursuant to paragraph (a) of
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

45

this subsection 6.3. Each Bank will immediately transfer to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation, and the proceeds of such participation shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to each relevant Local Currency Bank in such amount as will reduce the Dollar Equivalent as of such date of the amount of the participating interest retained by such Local Currency Bank in such Local Currency Loans to the amount of the Committed Rate ABR Loans which were to have been made by it pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 6.3. Each Bank shall share on a pro rata basis (calculated by reference to its participating interest in such Local Currency Loans) in any interest which accrues thereon, in all repayments of principal thereof and in the benefits of any collateral furnished in respect thereof and the proceeds of such collateral.
          (d) If any amount required to be paid by any Bank to any Local Currency Bank pursuant to this subsection 6.3 in respect of any Local Currency Loan is not paid to such Local Currency Bank on the date such payment is due from such Bank, such Bank shall pay to such Local Currency Bank on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal funds rate, as quoted by such Local Currency Bank during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Local Currency Bank, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of a Local Currency Bank submitted to any Bank through the Administrative Agent with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection (d) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
SECTION 7. THE TERM LOANS
          7.1 Term Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Bank severally agrees to make a term loan (a “ Term Loan ”; each Bank extending a Term Loan, a “ Term Bank ”) to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the amount of the Term Commitment of such Bank. The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurocurrency Loans (in one or more Tranches) or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 7.2 and 8.12.
          7.2 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing . The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, one Business Day prior to the anticipated Closing Date) requesting that the Term Banks make the Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed. The Borrower may elect that all or a portion of the Term Loans made on the Closing Date bear interest as provided in Section 8.14. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Term Bank thereof. Not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Closing Date each Term Bank shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such Term Bank. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of the Borrower on the books of such office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Term Banks in immediately available funds.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

46

          7.3 Repayment of Term Loans . The Term Loans shall mature on the Term Loan Termination Date.
SECTION 8. CERTAIN PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE LOANS AND
LETTERS OF CREDIT
          8.1 Facility Fee; Utilization Fee; Other Fees; Other Payments .
          (a) The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank holding a Revolving Commitment a facility fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to, but excluding, the Revolving Termination Date, computed at the Facility Fee Rate in effect from time to time on the average daily amount of the Revolving Commitment (used and unused) of such Bank during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Termination Date or such earlier date on which the Revolving Commitments shall terminate as provided herein, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the date hereof.
          (b) The Company shall pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank holding a Revolving Commitment a utilization fee of 0.10% per annum on such Bank’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal or face amount of Committed Rate Loans, Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit and Local Currency Loans for each day on which the Aggregate Revolving Committed Outstandings are equal to or exceed 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments and (ii) to the applicable Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum on the undrawn and unexpired amount of each Letter of Credit, in each case payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Termination Date or such earlier date on which the Revolving Commitments shall terminate as provided herein, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the date hereof or the issuance date, as relevant.
          (c) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account and for the account of the Arranger, the fees in the amounts and on the dates agreed to by such parties in writing prior to the date of this Agreement.
          8.2 Computation of Interest and Fees .
          (a) Facility and utilization fees and, whenever it is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed; and, otherwise, interest and Letter of Credit commissions shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the relevant Specified Borrower and the Banks of each determination of a Eurocurrency Rate. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the relevant Borrower and the Banks of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

47

          (b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Banks in the absence of manifest error.
          8.3 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments .
          (a) Each payment by the Company on account of any facility fee or utilization fee hereunder and any reduction of the Revolving Commitments of the Banks shall be made pro rata according to the respective Revolving Commitment Percentages of the Banks. Each disbursement of Committed Rate Loans in any Currency shall be made by the Banks holding Revolving Commitments in such Currency pro rata according to the respective Revolving Borrowing Percentages of such Banks. Each disbursement of Term Loans shall be made by the Banks holding Term Commitments pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages of such Banks. Each payment (including each prepayment) by any Borrower on account of principal of and interest on any Loans in any Currency shall be made pro rata according to the respective principal amounts of the Loans of such Currency of such Borrower then due and owing to the Banks. All payments (including prepayments) to be made by any Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees, Reimbursement Obligations or otherwise, shall be made without set off or counterclaim. All payments in respect of Term Loans, Committed Rate Loans or Letters of Credit in any Currency shall be made in such Currency and in immediately available funds at the Payment Office, and at or prior to the Payment Time, for such Type of Loans and such Currency, on the due date thereof. The Administrative Agent shall distribute to the Banks any payments received by the Administrative Agent promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.
          (b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Bank prior to a Borrowing Date in respect of Term Loan or Committed Rate Loans that such Bank will not make the amount that would constitute its Revolving Borrowing Percentage or Term Percentage, as applicable, of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Bank is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the relevant Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Bank shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to (A) in the case of any such Term Loans or Committed Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, the daily average Federal funds rate, as quoted by the Administrative Agent, or (B) in the case of any Committed Rate Loans denominated in an Available Foreign Currency, the rate customary in such Currency for settlement of similar inter-bank obligations, as quoted by the Administrative Agent, in each case for the period until such Bank makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Bank’s Revolving Borrowing Percentage or Term Percentage, as applicable, of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Bank within three Business Days of such Borrowing Date, the Administrative
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

48

Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Swing Line Loans in such Currency hereunder, on demand, from the relevant Borrower.
          8.4 Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful for any Bank to make or maintain Loans or to make or maintain Extensions of Credit to one or more Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers or Local Currency Borrowers contemplated by this Agreement, the commitment of such Bank hereunder to make Loans to such Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers or Local Currency Borrowers, continue Loans to such Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers or Local Currency Borrowers as such, and maintain Extensions of Credit to such Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers or Local Currency Borrowers shall forthwith be cancelled to the extent necessary to remedy or prevent such illegality. Nothing in this subsection 8.4 shall affect the obligation of the Banks to make and maintain Loans to the Company.
          8.5 Requirements of Law.
          (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law (other than the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of the Banks) or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Bank or Issuing Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:
          (i) shall subject any Bank or Issuing Bank or any corporation controlling such Bank or from which such Bank obtains funding or credit to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit or any Eurocurrency Loan or Local Currency Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Bank or such corporation in respect thereof (except for Non-Excluded Taxes covered by subsection 8.6 (including taxes excluded under the first sentence of subsection 8.6(a)) and changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Bank or Issuing Bank or such corporation);
          (ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, deposit insurance, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Bank or Issuing Bank or any corporation controlling such Bank or Issuing Bank or from which such Bank obtains funding or credit which is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurocurrency Rate hereunder or the interest rate on such Local Currency Loans under the relevant Local Currency Facility; or
          (iii) shall impose on such Bank or Issuing Bank or any corporation controlling such Bank any other condition;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Bank or Issuing Bank or such corporation, by an amount which such Bank or Issuing Bank or such corporation deems to be
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

49
material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurocurrency Loans or Local Currency Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Company shall promptly pay such Bank or Issuing Bank, within five Business Days after its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Bank or Issuing Bank for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable, together with interest on each such amount from the date due until payment in full at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus 2%. If any Bank or Issuing Bank becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this subsection, it shall promptly notify the Company, through the Administrative Agent, of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this subsection submitted by such Bank or Issuing Bank, through the Administrative Agent, to the Company shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
          (b) If any Bank shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Bank or any corporation controlling such Bank or Issuing Bank with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Bank’s or Issuing Bank or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Bank or Issuing Bank or such corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such Bank’s or Issuing Bank or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Bank or Issuing Bank to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Bank or Issuing Bank to the Company (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor (which written request shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), the Company shall pay to such Bank or Issuing Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank or Issuing Bank for such reduction.
          (c) In addition to, and without duplication of, amounts which may become payable from time to time pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subsection 8.5, each Borrower agrees to pay to each Bank which requests compensation under this paragraph (c) by notice to such Borrower, on the last day of each Interest Period with respect to any Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loan made by such Bank to such Borrower, at any time when such Bank shall be required to maintain reserves against “Eurocurrency liabilities” under Regulation D of the Board (or, at any time when such Bank may be required by the Board or by any other Governmental Authority, whether within the United States or in another relevant jurisdiction, to maintain reserves against any other category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the Eurocurrency Rate is determined as provided in this Agreement or against any category of extensions of credit or other assets of such Bank which includes any such Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans), an additional amount (determined by such Bank’s calculation or, if an accurate calculation is impracticable, reasonable estimate using such reasonable means of allocation as such Bank shall determine) equal to the actual costs, if any, incurred by such Bank during such Interest Period as a result of the applicability of the foregoing reserves to such Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

50

          (d) A certificate of each Bank, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Bank or Local Currency Bank setting forth such amount or amounts as shall be necessary to compensate such Bank, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Bank or Local Currency Bank as specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, as the case may be, and setting forth in reasonable detail an explanation of the basis of requesting such compensation in accordance with paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, including calculations in detail comparable to the detail set forth in certificates delivered to such Bank in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other comparable credit agreements, shall be delivered to the relevant Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The relevant Borrower shall pay each Bank, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Bank or Local Currency Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered to it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.
          (e) Failure or delay on the part of any Bank or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this subsection shall not constitute a waiver of such Bank’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Company shall not be required to compensate a Bank or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this subsection for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Company of the event giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Bank’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the event giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection, a Bank shall not be entitled to compensation pursuant to this subsection in respect of any Competitive Advance Loan if the event that would otherwise entitle it to such compensation shall have been publicly announced prior to submission of the Competitive Advance Loan Offer pursuant to which such Loan was made.
          (g) The agreements in this subsection shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
          8.6 Taxes .
          (a) All payments made by any Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding, in the case of the Administrative Agent and each Bank, (i) net income taxes, capital taxes, doing business taxes and franchise taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent or such Bank (including, without limitation, each Bank in its capacity as an Issuing Bank or as a Swing Line Bank), as the case may be, as a result of a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or taxing authority imposing such tax and the Administrative Agent or such Bank (excluding a connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such Bank having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement) or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, (ii) taxes required to be withheld because of a failure to deliver any
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

51

certificate described in this subsection 8.6 for any reason and (iii) any and all withholding taxes payable with respect to payments under this Agreement made by the Company or by any Subsidiary Borrower that was organized under the laws of the United States, other than any such withholding taxes imposed as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws of any jurisdiction affecting taxation (including any regulation or ruling proposed or promulgated by a taxing authority thereof and any treaty provisions) or any change in the official application, enforcement or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings or treaties or any other action taken by a taxing authority or a court of competent jurisdiction, which change, amendment, application, enforcement, interpretation or action becomes effective after the date hereof (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions and withholdings being hereinafter called “ Non-Excluded Taxes ”). If any Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or any Bank hereunder, the amounts so payable to the Administrative Agent or such Bank shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Administrative Agent or such Bank (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement. Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by any Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter such Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of such Bank, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by such Borrower showing payment thereof. If such Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, such Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and such Bank for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or such Bank as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this subsection 8.6(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
     (b) (i) Each Bank (including each Assignee) that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof agrees that it will deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement (or, in the case of any Assignee, concurrently with the delivery of an Assignment and Acceptance) two duly completed copies of (x) United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI or successor applicable form, as the case may be, and (y) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-9 or successor applicable form, as the case may be. Each such Bank also agrees to deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent two further copies of the said Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI and Form W-8BEN or W-9, or successor applicable forms or other manner of certification, as the case may be, on or before the date that any such form expires or becomes obsolete or after the occurrence of any event (including, without limitation, a change in such Bank’s lending office) requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Company and the Administrative Agent, and such extensions or renewals thereof as may reasonably be requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, unless in any such case an event (including, without limitation, any change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Bank from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Bank so advises the Company and the Administrative Agent. Such Bank shall certify (x) in the case of a Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, that it is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

52

without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (y) in the case of a Form W-8BEN or W-9, that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax.
     (ii) Upon the written request of any Borrower, each Bank promptly will provide to such Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, or file with the relevant taxing authority (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) such form, certification or similar documentation (each duly completed, accurate and signed) as is required by the relevant jurisdiction in order to obtain an exemption from, or reduced rate of Non-Excluded Taxes to which such Bank or the Administrative Agent is entitled pursuant to an applicable tax treaty or the law of the relevant jurisdiction; provided , however , such Bank will not be required to (x) disclose information which in its reasonable judgment it deems confidential or proprietary or (y) incur a cost if such cost would, in its reasonable judgment, be substantial in comparison to the cost of the Borrower under this subsection 8.6 of such Bank’s failure to provide such form, certification or similar documentation. Such Bank shall certify in the case of any such form, certification or similar documentation so provided (to the extent it may accurately and properly do so) that it is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding, or at a reduced rate of deduction or withholding of Non-Excluded Taxes.
     (iii) A Bank shall be required to furnish a form under this paragraph (b) only if it is entitled to claim an exemption from or a reduced rate of withholding under applicable law. A Bank that is not entitled to claim an exemption from or a reduced rate of withholding under applicable law, promptly upon written request of the applicable Borrower, shall inform the applicable Borrower in writing.
               (c) If any Bank is, in its sole opinion, able to apply for any tax credit, tax deduction or other reduction in tax (a “ Tax Benefit ”) by reason of any increased amount paid by the Company under this subsection 8.6, such Bank will use reasonable efforts to obtain such Tax Benefit and, upon receipt thereof will pay to the Company such amount, not exceeding the increased amount paid by the Company, as it considers, in its sole opinion, to be equal to the net after-tax value to such Bank of the Tax Benefit or such part thereof allocable to such withholding or deduction, having regard to all of such Bank’s dealings giving rise to similar credits and to the cost of obtaining the same, less any and all expenses incurred by such Bank in obtaining such Tax Benefit (including any and all professional fees incurred therewith); provided , however , that (i) no Bank shall be obligated by this subsection 8.6 to disclose to the Company any information regarding its tax affairs or computations, (ii) nothing in this subsection 8.6 shall interfere with the right of each Bank to arrange its tax affairs as it deems appropriate and (iii) nothing in this subsection 8.6 shall impose an obligation on a Bank to obtain any Tax Benefit if, in such Bank’s sole opinion, to do so would (x) impose undue hardships, burdens or expenditures on such Bank or (y) increase such Bank’s exposure to taxation by the jurisdiction in question.
               8.7 Company’s Options upon Claims for Increased Costs and Taxes . In the event that any Affected Bank shall decline to make Loans pursuant to subsection 8.4 or shall have notified the Company that it is entitled to claim compensation pursuant to subsection 8.5 or 8.6, the Company may exercise any one or both of the following options:
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

53

          (a) The Company may request one or more of the Banks which are not Affected Banks to take over all (but not part) of any Affected Banks’ then outstanding Loans and to assume all (but not part) of any Affected Bank’s Commitments, if any, and obligations hereunder, and if applicable, under any Local Currency Facility. If one or more Banks shall so agree in writing (collectively, the “ Assenting Banks ”; individually, an “ Assenting Bank ”) with respect to an Affected Bank, (i) the Commitments, if any, of each Assenting Bank and the obligations of such Assenting Bank under this Agreement shall be increased by its respective Allocable Share of the Commitments, if any, and of the obligations of such Affected Bank under this Agreement and if applicable, under any Local Currency Facility and (ii) each Assenting Bank shall make Loans to the Company, according to such Assenting Bank’s respective Allocable Share, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and, if applicable, Local Currency Loans, of such Affected Bank, on a date mutually acceptable to the Assenting Banks, such Affected Bank and the Company. The proceeds of such Loans, together with funds of the Company, shall be used to prepay the Loans, and if applicable, Local Currency Loans, of such Affected Bank, together with all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts owing to such Affected Bank hereunder (including any amounts payable pursuant to subsection 8.8 in connection with such prepayment), and, upon such assumption by the Assenting Bank and prepayment by the Company, such Affected Bank shall cease to be a “Bank” for purposes of this Agreement and shall no longer have any obligations or rights hereunder (other than any obligations or rights which according to this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement).
          (b) The Company may designate a Replacement Bank to assume the Commitments, if any, and the obligations of any such Affected Bank hereunder and if applicable, under any Local Currency Facility, and to purchase the outstanding Loans of such Affected Bank and such Affected Bank’s rights hereunder and with respect thereto, without recourse upon, or warranty by, or expense to, such Affected Bank (unless such Affected Bank agrees otherwise), for a purchase price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and, if applicable, Local Currency Loans, of such Affected Bank plus (i) all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts owing to such Affected Bank hereunder and (ii) any amount which would be payable to such Affected Bank pursuant to subsection 8.8, and upon such assumption and purchase by the Replacement Bank, such Replacement Bank, if it is not already a Bank, shall be deemed to be a “Bank” for purposes of this Agreement and such Affected Bank shall cease to be a “Bank” for purposes of this Agreement and shall no longer have any obligations or rights hereunder (other than any obligations or rights which according to this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement).
          8.8 Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan or Committed Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor (including as a result of an Event of Default and as a result of the provisions of subsection 2.11 or 2.12), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice is permitted to be revocable hereunder and is revoked in accordance herewith), (d) the failure to borrow any Competitive Advance Loan after accepting the Competitive Advance Loan Offer to make such Loan, or (e) the assignment as a result of a request by the Company pursuant to subsection 8.7 of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

54

or of any Competitive Advance Loan, then, in any such event, the Company shall compensate each Bank for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, the loss to any Bank attributable to any such event shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Bank to be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that such Bank would pay for a deposit equal to the principal amount of such Bank denominated in the Currency of such Loan for the period from the date of such payment, conversion, failure or assignment to the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the duration of the Interest Period that would have resulted from such borrowing, conversion or continuation) if the interest rate payable on such deposit were equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Currency for such Interest Period, over (ii) the amount of interest that such Bank would earn on such principal amount for such period if such Bank were to invest such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that would be bid by such Bank (or an affiliate of such Bank) for deposits denominated in such Currency from other banks in the eurocurrency market at the commencement of such period. The Company shall also compensate each relevant Bank for any loss, cost or expense suffered by such Bank as a result of the conversion, pursuant to subsection 2.11(b) or 7.3(b), of the Currency in which a Loan is denominated, or the purchase or sale, pursuant to subsection 2.11(c) or 7.3(c), of a participating interest in any Loan. A certificate of any Bank setting forth any amount or amounts that such Bank is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company shall pay such Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
          8.9 Determinations . In making the determinations contemplated by subsection 8.5, 8.6 and 8.8, each Bank may make such estimates, assumptions, allocations and the like that such Bank in good faith determines to be appropriate. Upon request of the Company, each Bank shall furnish to the Company, at any time after demand for payment of an amount under subsection 8.5(a) or 8.8, a certificate outlining in reasonable detail the computation of any amounts owing. Any certificate furnished by a Bank shall be binding and conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
          8.10 Change of Lending Office . If an event occurs with respect to any Bank that makes operable the provisions of subsection 8.4 or entitles such Bank to make a claim under subsection 8.5 or 8.6, such Bank shall, if requested in writing by the Company, to the extent not inconsistent with such Bank’s internal policies, use reasonable efforts to (a) designate another office or offices for the making and maintaining of its Loans or (b) obtain a different source of funds or credit, as the case may be, the designation or obtaining of which will eliminate such operability or reduce materially the amount such Bank is so entitled to claim, provided that such designation or obtaining would not, in the sole discretion of such Bank, result in such Bank incurring any costs unless the Company has agreed to reimburse such Bank therefor.
          8.11 Company Controls on Exposure; Calculation of Exposure; Prepayment if Exposure exceeds Revolving Commitments .
          (a) The Company will implement and maintain internal accounting controls to monitor the borrowings and repayments of Revolving Loans by the Borrowers and the issuance of and drawings under Letters of Credit, with the object of preventing any request for an Extension of Credit that would result in (i) the Exposure of the Banks being in excess of the
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

55

Revolving Commitments, or (ii) the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency exceeding the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency, and of promptly identifying and remedying any circumstance where, by reason of changes in exchange rates, (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure exceeds the Revolving Commitments, or (ii) the amount of the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency exceeds the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency. In the event that at any time the Company determines that (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of the Banks exceeds the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments by more than 5%, or (ii) the amount of the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency exceeds the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency, the Company will, as soon as practicable but in any event within five Business Days of making such determination, make or cause to be made such repayments or prepayments of Revolving Loans as shall be necessary to cause (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of the Banks to no longer exceed the Revolving Commitments, and (ii) the amount of the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency not to exceed the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency.
          (b) The Administrative Agent will calculate the aggregate amount of the Exposure of the Banks from time to time, and in any event not less frequently than once during each calendar month. In making such calculations, the Administrative Agent will rely on the information most recently received by it from the Swing Line Banks in respect of outstanding Swing Line Loans, from Banks in respect of outstanding Competitive Advance Loans, from Local Currency Facility Agents in respect of outstanding Local Currency Loans and Issuing Banks in respect of L/C Obligations. Upon making each such calculation, the Administrative Agent will inform the Company and the Banks of the results thereof.
          (c) In the event that on any date the Administrative Agent calculates that (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of the Banks exceeds the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments by more than 5%, or (ii) the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency exceeds the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency, the Administrative Agent will give notice to such effect to the Company. After receipt of any such notice, the Company will, as soon as practicable but in any event within five Business Days of receipt of such notice, make or cause to be made such repayments or prepayments of Loans as shall be necessary to cause (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of the Banks to no longer exceed the Revolving Commitments, or (ii) the Foreign Currency Exposure in any respect of any Currency not to exceed the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency.
          (d) If at any time the Committed Exposure of any Bank exceeds such Bank’s Revolving Commitment, upon demand of such Bank, the Company will within one Business Day prepay Revolving Loans in such amounts that after giving effect to such prepayment the Committed Exposure of such Bank does not exceed its Revolving Commitment.
          (e) Any prepayment required to be made pursuant to this subsection 8.11 shall be accompanied by payment of amounts payable, if any, pursuant to subsection 8.8 in respect of the amount so prepaid.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

56

          8.12 Conversion and Continuation Options .
          (a) By giving a Notice of Conversion, any Specified Borrower may elect from time to time (i) to convert such Specified Borrower’s Eurocurrency Loans in Dollars to ABR Loans or (ii) to convert such Specified Borrower’s ABR Loans to Eurocurrency Loans in Dollars. Upon receipt of any Notice of Conversion the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Bank thereof. All or any part of Eurocurrency Loans outstanding in Dollars or ABR Loans may be converted as provided herein, provided that (i) no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurocurrency Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Banks have determined that such a conversion is not appropriate and (ii) no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurocurrency Loan after the date that is one month prior to the relevant Termination Date.
          (b) By giving a Notice of Continuation, any Specified Borrower may continue all or any part of such Specified Borrower’s Eurocurrency Loans as Eurocurrency Loans in the same Currency for one or more different additional Interest Periods.
          (c) Any Specified Borrower may convert Committed Rate Loans outstanding in Dollars or one Available Foreign Currency to Committed Rate Loans in Dollars or a different Currency by repaying such Loans in the first Currency and borrowing Loans of such different Currency in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.
          (d) If any Specified Borrower shall fail to timely give a Notice of Continuation or a Notice of Conversion in respect of any of such Specified Borrower’s Eurocurrency Loans with respect to which an Interest Period is expiring, such Specified Borrower shall be deemed to have given a Notice of Continuation for an Interest Period of one month.
          8.13 Minimum Amounts of Tranches . All borrowings, conversions and continuations of Term Loans and Committed Rate Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of (i) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, the Term Loans or Committed Rate Loans comprising each Tranche in Dollars shall be not less than $5,000,000, (ii) in the case of ABR Loans, the Term Loans or Committed Rate Loans comprising each Tranche in Dollars shall not be less than $1,000,000 and (iii) Committed Rate Loans comprising each Tranche in any Available Foreign Currency shall be not less than the Dollar Equivalent Amount in such Currency of $5,000,000; provided that any borrowing of Committed Rate Loans may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the Total Revolving Commitments.
          8.14 Interest Rates and Payment Dates for Term Loans and Committed Rate Loans .
          (a) Each Eurocurrency Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin.
          (b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the Applicable Margin.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

57

               (c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan or (ii) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this subsection plus 2% or (y) in the case of overdue interest, the rate described in paragraph (b) of this subsection plus 2%, in each case from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).
               (d) Interest on Term Loans and Committed Rate Loans shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided , that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this subsection shall be payable from time to time on demand.
          8.15 Inability to Determine Interest Rate . If on or prior to the date on which the Eurocurrency Rate is determined for any Interest Period in respect of any Eurocurrency Loan in any Currency:
     (a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market generally, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate for such affected Currency or such affected Interest Period, or
     (b) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Banks having Commitments comprising at least 25% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments (or, in the case of Loans denominated in an Available Foreign Currency, Banks having at least 25% of the Foreign Currency Commitments in such Available Foreign Currency) that the Eurocurrency Rate determined or to be determined for such affected Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Banks (as conclusively certified by such Banks) of making or maintaining their affected Term Loans or Committed Rate Loans during such affected Interest Period,
the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Company and the Banks as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (x) any Eurocurrency Loans requested to be made in such affected Currency on the first day of such affected Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent Amount, (y) any Term Loans or Committed Rate Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such affected Interest Period from ABR Loans to Eurocurrency Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (z) any Eurocurrency Loans in such affected Currency that were to have been continued as such shall be converted, on the first day of such Interest Period, to ABR Loans in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent Amount. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurocurrency Loans in such affected Currency shall be made, converted to or continued as such.
               8.16 Optional Prepayments . By giving a Notice of Prepayment, any Specified Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, prepay the Term Loans or Committed Rate Loans made to such Specified Borrower, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except as provided in subsection 8.8). Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Bank thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

58

such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with any amounts payable pursuant to subsection 8.8. Partial prepayments shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof or an aggregate principal Dollar Equivalent Amount of at least $1,000,000 for Loans denominated in a Foreign Currency.
SECTION 9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
          To induce the Syndication Agents, the Administrative Agent and the Banks to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, the Company and each Subsidiary Borrower (insofar as the representations and warranties by such Subsidiary Borrower relate to it) hereby represents and warrants to each Agent, the Administrative Agent and each Bank that:
          9.1 Financial Condition . The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2005 and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal year ended on such date, reported on by Ernst & Young LLP, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Bank or will be furnished to each Bank that has not already received such copies, present fairly the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows for the fiscal year then ended. The unaudited consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region as at September 30, 2006 and the related unaudited consolidating statement of operations and retained earnings for the portion of the fiscal year ended on September 30, 2006, present fairly the consolidating financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region as at such date, and the consolidating results of their operations for the fiscal year then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by such accountants or Responsible Officer, as the case may be, and as disclosed therein). Neither the Company nor any of its consolidated Subsidiaries had, at the date of the most recent balance sheet referred to above, any material Guarantee Obligation, contingent liability or liability for taxes, or any long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment, including, without limitation, any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction, which is not reflected in the foregoing statements or referred to in the notes thereto. During the period from September 30, 2006 to and including the date hereof there has been no sale, transfer or other disposition by the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries of any material part of its business or property and no purchase or other acquisition of any business or property (including any Capital Stock of any other Person) material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries at September 30, 2006 except as disclosed in writing to the Banks prior to the Closing Date).
          9.2 No Change Since December 31, 2005 there has been no development or event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          9.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

59

jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the corporate or other power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be duly qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          9.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has the corporate or other power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to borrow hereunder and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of the Credit Documents. This Agreement has been, and each other Credit Document to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party will be, duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Credit Document to which it is a party when executed and delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries party thereto enforceable against the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
          9.5 No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries (except for violations of Contractual Obligations which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its or their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation, except for the Liens expressly permitted by subsection 12.3.
          9.6 No Material Litigation . No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by or against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of its or their respective properties or revenues with respect to any of the Credit Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
          9.7 No Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

60

          9.8 Ownership of Property; Liens . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other property, except where the failure to have such title or such leasehold interest, as the case may be, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by subsection 12.3.
          9.9 Intellectual Property . Each of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all domestic and foreign trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, technology, know-how and processes necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted (the “ Intellectual Property ”) except for those the failure to own or license which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been asserted and is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, has been threatened by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor does the Company know of any valid basis for any such claim. The use of such Intellectual Property by the Company and its Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person, except for such claims and infringements that, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          9.10 Local Currency Facilities . Schedule 9.10 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, all Local Currency Facilities (including the Local Currency Borrower, Local Currency Banks, Local Currency Facility Agent, Local Currency Facility Maximum Borrowing Amount and Local Currency Bank Maximum Borrowing Amount with respect thereto).
          9.11 Taxes . Each of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all tax returns which, to the knowledge of the Company, are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any unfiled tax returns for taxes, and unpaid taxes, fees and other charges, (a) the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Company or its consolidated Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or (b) which in each case, individually or in the aggregate, would not cause the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries to have a liability in excess of $20,000,000 or the Dollar Equivalent Amount thereof); no notice of tax Lien has been filed, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no claim is being asserted by any taxing authority, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge except for claims the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Company or its consolidated Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and claims for amounts which, in the aggregate, do not exceed $20,000,000.
          9.12 Federal Regulations . No part of the proceeds of any Loans will be used for “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or for any purpose which violates the provisions of
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

61

the regulations of such Board of Governors. If requested by any Bank or the Administrative Agent, the Company will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Bank a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U-1 referred to in said Regulation U.
          9.13 ERISA . Each Plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) (or 403(a) as appropriate) of the Code and each related trust agreement, annuity contract or other funding instrument which is intended to be tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code is so qualified and tax-exempt and has been so qualified and tax-exempt during the period from its adoption to date. No event has occurred in connection with which the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Plan, directly or indirectly, could reasonably be expected to be subject to any material liability under ERISA, the Code or any other law, regulation or governmental order or under any agreement, instrument, statute, rule of law or regulation pursuant to or under which the Company or a Subsidiary has agreed to indemnify or is required to indemnify any person against liability incurred under, or for a violation or failure to satisfy the requirements of, any such statute, regulation or order. No Reportable Event has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan maintained by the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity or for which the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity has or could have any liability (based on those assumptions used to fund the Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits. Neither the Company nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan, and neither the Company nor any Commonly Controlled Entity could reasonably be expected to become subject to any liability under ERISA if the Company or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made. No such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent. The present value (determined using actuarial and other assumptions which are reasonable in respect of the benefits provided and the employees participating) of the unfunded liability of the Company and each Commonly Controlled Entity for benefits under all unfunded retirement or severance plans, programs, policies or other arrangements (including, without limitation, post retirement benefits to be provided to their current and former employees under Plans which are welfare benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA)), whether or not funded does not, in the aggregate, exceed $15,000,000 (excluding those arrangements set forth on Schedule 9.13).
          9.14 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is subject to regulation under any Federal or State statute or regulation which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.
          9.15 Subsidiaries . The outstanding stock and securities (or other evidence of ownership) of the Subsidiaries, partnerships or joint ventures owned by the Company and its
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

62

Subsidiaries are owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens, warrants, options or rights of others of any kind whatsoever except for Liens permitted by subsection 12.3.
               9.16 Accuracy and Completeness of Information . No document furnished or statement made in writing to the Banks by the Company in connection with the negotiation, preparation or execution of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state any such material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading, in either case which has not been corrected, supplemented or remedied by subsequent documents furnished or statements made in writing to the Banks. All other written information, reports and other papers and data with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than financial statements), furnished to the Banks by the Company, or on behalf of the Company, were (a) in the case of those not prepared for delivery to the Banks, to the Company’s knowledge, at the time the same were so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects for the purposes for which the same were prepared and (b) in the case of those prepared for delivery to the Banks, to the Company’s knowledge, complete and correct in all material respects, or have been subsequently supplemented by other information, reports or other papers or data, to the extent necessary to give the Banks a true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter in all material respects, it being understood that financial projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results may differ from projected results.
               9.17 Purpose of Loans; Commitments . The proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit shall be used by the Company for general corporate purposes of the Company and, to the extent permitted hereunder, its Subsidiaries, including working capital in the ordinary course of business, letters of credit, repayment, prepayment or purchase of long-term indebtedness and acquisitions, and the Revolving Commitments may be used by the Company as backup for its commercial paper program, as applicable.
               9.18 Environmental Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 9.18 or insofar as there is no reasonable likelihood of a Material Adverse Effect arising from any combination of facts or circumstances inconsistent with any of the following:
     (a) The facilities and properties owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ Properties ”) do not contain, and to the knowledge of the Company or its Subsidiaries, have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute or constituted a violation of, or (ii) could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law.
     (b) The Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under or to the knowledge of the Company about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the business operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ Business ”) which could materially interfere with the continued operation of the Properties.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

63

     (c) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the Business, nor does the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened.
     (d) To the knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location which could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law.
     (e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which the Company or any Subsidiary is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other analogous administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business.
     (f) There has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could reasonably give rise to liability under any applicable Environmental Laws.
SECTION 10. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
               10.1 Conditions to Closing Date . The occurrence of the Closing Date, and the agreement of each Bank to make the initial Extension of Credit requested to be made by it on or after the Closing Date, shall be subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:
     (a) Credit Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company and each Subsidiary that will be a Subsidiary Borrower party hereto on the Closing Date, with a counterpart for each Bank, (ii) for the account of each Bank, an amended and restated Company Guarantee executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with a counterpart or conformed copy for each Bank and (iii) for the account of each Bank, an amendment and restatement of each Existing Subsidiary Guarantee and any other Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, with a counterpart or conformed copy for each Bank.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

64

     (b) Corporate Proceedings of each Loan Party . The Administrative Agent shall have received, with a counterpart for each Bank, a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors of each Loan Party (except any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) authorizing (i) the execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document to which it is a party and (ii) in the case of each Borrower (except any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower), the borrowings contemplated hereunder, certified by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, or the Vice President and General Counsel of such Loan Party as of the Closing Date, which certificate shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded.
     (c) Fees and Expenses . The Administrative Agent shall have received the fees and expenses to be received on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to subsection 8.1(c).
     (d) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received, with a counterpart for each Bank, the following executed legal opinions:
          (i) the executed legal opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, counsel to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1, with such modifications therein as shall be reasonably requested or approved by the Administrative Agent; and
          (ii) the executed legal opinion of Peter S. Brown, general counsel of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2, with such modifications therein as shall be reasonably requested or approved by the Administrative Agent.
     Each such legal opinion shall cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.
     (e) No Material Litigation . No litigation, inquiry, injunction or restraining order shall be pending, entered or threatened (including any proposed statute, rule or regulation) which in the reasonable judgment of any Bank could have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (f) Existing Credit Agreement . Any principal, interest, fees or other amounts owing or accrued and unpaid under the Existing Credit Agreement to any Person which is a Bank under (and as defined in) the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been paid in full to such Person.
     (g) Additional Matters . All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent.
          10.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit . The agreement of each Bank to make any Extension of Credit requested to be made by it on any date (including, without
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement


 

65
limitation, its initial Extension of Credit, but excluding any Committed Rate Loan made pursuant to a Notice of Swing Line Refunding, pursuant to subsections 5.5(c) or 6.3 or pursuant to subsection 8.12(c) if the Dollar Equivalent Amount thereof is not increased) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
     (a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by the Company and its Subsidiaries in or pursuant to the Credit Documents (other than subsection 9.2) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties are true and correct as of such earlier date.
     (b) No Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date after giving effect to the Loans requested to be made on such date.
     (c) [ reserved ].
     (d) Borrowing Certificate . In the case of the first requested borrowing subsequent to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received with a counterpart for each Bank, a certificate of the Company, dated as of such date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, with appropriate insertions and attachments, satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, executed by any Responsible Officer of the Company.
     (e) Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers . In the case of the first requested borrowing by each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) on or prior to such date a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors of such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower authorizing (1) the execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document to which it is a party and (2) the borrowings contemplated hereunder, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower as of the Closing Date, which certificate shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and (ii) five (5) Business Days prior to such date any additional information requested by the Banks in connection with Section 15.17.
Each borrowing by and Letter of Credit issued on behalf of any Borrower shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company and such Borrower as of the date of such Loan and/or Letter of Credit that the conditions contained in this subsection 10.2 have been satisfied.
SECTION 11. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
          The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding and unpaid or any Loan or any other amount is owing to any Bank, any Agent or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any Local Currency
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

66
Facility, the Company shall and (except in the case of delivery of financial information, reports and notices) shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
     11.1 Financial Statements . Furnish to each Bank:
     (a) as soon as available, but in any event within the earlier of (i) 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company or (ii) 30 days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related consolidated statements of operations and shareholders equity and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by Ernst & Young or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Banks; provided that the Company may in lieu of furnishing such financial statements furnish to each Bank its Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or analogous Governmental Authority for such year;
     (b) as soon as available, but in any event within the earlier of (i) 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company or (ii) 30 days after the date on which consolidated financial statements for the relevant period are required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, the unaudited consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region as at the end of such year and the related unaudited consolidating statements of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified pursuant to subsection 11.2(b) by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting the consolidating financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region;
     (c) as soon as available, but in any event within the earlier of (i) 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Company or (ii) 15 days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and shareholders’ equity and of cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for such quarter of the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting in all material respects when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments); provided that the Company may in lieu of furnishing such unaudited consolidated balance sheet furnish to each Bank its Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or analogous Governmental Authority for the relevant quarterly period; and
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

67
     (d) as soon as available, but in any event within the earlier of (i) 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Company or (ii) 15 days after the date on which consolidated financial statements for the relevant period are required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, the unaudited consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidating statements of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, in the case of the unaudited consolidating balance sheet setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous year (but not the corresponding figures for such quarter of the previous year) and in the case of the statements of operations setting forth in comparative form the figures for such quarter of the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting the consolidating financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);
the financial statements to be furnished pursuant to this subsection 11.1 shall fairly present the consolidated (or consolidating by geographic region) financial position and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (subject, in the case of subsections 11.1(c) and (d), to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of complete footnotes) applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as approved by such accountants or Responsible Officer, as the case may be, and disclosed therein).
     11.2 Certificates; Other Information . Furnish to each Bank:
     (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsection 11.1(a), a certificate of the independent certified public accountants reporting on such financial statements stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such certificate;
     (b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections 11.1(a) and 11.1(b), a certificate of a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit H;
     (c) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsection 11.1(c), a certificate of a Responsible Officer (i) stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, the Company has observed and performed all of its covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party to be observed or performed by it, (ii) that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified therein and (iii) setting forth calculations supporting compliance with subsections 12.1(a) and (b);
     (d) as soon as delivered, a copy of the letter, addressed to the Company, of the certified public accountants who prepared the financial statements referred to in
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

68
subsection 11.1(a) for such fiscal year and otherwise referred to as a “management letter”;
     (e) within five days after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports which the Company sends to its stockholders generally, and within five days after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and reports which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may make to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or analogous Governmental Authority;
     (f) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections 11.1(a) and 11.1(c), a certificate of a Responsible Officer setting forth the name of each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and each outstanding Swing Line Loan, Competitive Advance Loan, Local Currency Loan made and Letter of Credit issued to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers as of the date of such financial statements; and
     (g) promptly, such additional documents, instruments, legal opinions or financial and other information as the Administrative Agent or any Bank may from time to time reasonably request.
          11.3 Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its obligations of whatever nature, including, without limitation, all obligations in respect of taxes, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or where the failure to pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          11.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence . Continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business except as otherwise permitted pursuant to subsection 12.4; comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          11.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance . Keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business; and furnish to each Bank, upon written request, full information as to the insurance carried.
          11.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions . Keep proper books of records and account in which the entries are, in all material respects, full, true and correct in conformity with sound business practice and all Requirements of Law shall be made of
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

69
all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities; and, upon reasonable notice under the circumstances, permit representatives of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries and with its independent certified public accountants.
          11.7 Notices . Promptly, after the Company becomes aware thereof, give notice to the Administrative Agent and each Bank of:
     (a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
     (b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, which in either case of clauses (i) or (ii), if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or cause a Default or an Event of Default;
     (c) any litigation or proceeding affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) in which the amount involved is $20,000,000 or more and not covered by insurance or (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (d) the following events: (i) the occurrence or expected occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the terminating (other than a standard termination under Section 4041(b) of ERISA), Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan; and
     (e) any change, development or event involving a prospective change, which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this subsection shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.
          11.8 Environmental Laws .
          (a) Comply with, and take all reasonable efforts to ensure compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, in all material respects with, all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and undertake all reasonable efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

70
and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws.
          (b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the pendency of such proceedings could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          11.9 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees . In the event that any Domestic Subsidiary (with assets accounting for more than 5% of Total Assets) which is not a Guarantor shall own any assets or generate any revenues (excluding any Domestic Subsidiary the sole activities of which consist of entering into one or more Permitted Receivables Securitizations), take all actions necessary to cause such Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver a Subsidiary Guarantee, within 30 days of the occurrence of such event.
          11.10 Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers . Within 45 days after the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) an executed Foreign Subsidiary Opinion of counsel to each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower that is a party to this Agreement on the Closing Date if the aggregate Exposure of such Subsidiary owing to all Banks as of the Closing Date exceeds $20,000,000 and (ii) a copy of all documentation with respect to all Local Currency Facilities.
SECTION 12. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
          The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding and unpaid or any other amount is owing to any Bank, any Agent or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any Local Currency Facility:
          12.1 Financial Condition Covenants . The Company shall not:
          (a) Consolidated Leverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on the last day of any fiscal quarter set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:
     
    Consolidated
Fiscal Quarter   Leverage Ratio
December 31, 2006
  5.00 to 1.00
March 31, 2007
  5.00 to 1.00
June 30, 2007
  5.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2007
  5.00 to 1.00
December 31, 2007 and thereafter
  4.00 to 1.00
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

71
          (b) Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending with any fiscal quarter set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:
     
    Consolidated
Fiscal Quarter   Interest Coverage Ratio
December 31, 2006
  2.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2007
  2.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2007
  2.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2007
  2.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2007 and thereafter
  3.00 to 1.00
          12.2 Limitation on Indebtedness of Subsidiaries
          . The Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, and the Subsidiaries shall not, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except (a) any Indebtedness of Subsidiaries pursuant to any of the Credit Documents, (b) any Indebtedness of any Domestic Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder so long as such Domestic Subsidiary shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Guarantee and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall be in full force and effect, (c) cash pooling arrangements in connection with cash management systems entered into by the Company or any Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; provided that such arrangements do not have a negative balance, (d) Indebtedness in respect of drafts on Italian banks with regard to working capital needs in the ordinary course of business, (e) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof ( provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement), (f) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary owing to the Company or any other Subsidiary, (g) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and specified on Schedule 12.2 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (without increasing the principal amount thereof, or shortening the maturity of, the principal amount thereof), (h) Indebtedness consisting of liabilities of any Subsidiary in respect of a Permitted Receivables Securitization in an aggregate amount up to $550,000,000 and (i) any other Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000,000, in addition to Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date and specified on Schedule 12.2.
          12.3 Limitation on Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

72
     (a) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Company or its Domestic Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP;
     (b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
     (c) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements;
     (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or such Domestic Subsidiary;
     (f) Liens created in connection with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 12.2(h);
     (g) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;
     (h) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Company or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iii) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary;
     (i) any Lien on a bank account of the Company or any Subsidiary arising in connection with the cash pooling arrangements referred to in Section 12.2(c);
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

73
     (j) Liens arising out of any judgment or award (i) with respect to which an appeal or proceeding for review is being prosecuted in good faith bv appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, and with respect to which a stay of execution is in effect; and (ii) that does not constitute an Event of Default under clause (i) of Section 13; and
     (k) Liens (not otherwise permitted hereunder) which secure obligations not exceeding (as to the Company and all Domestic Subsidiaries) a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $50,000,000 at any time outstanding.
          12.4 Limitation on Fundamental Changes . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all of its property, business or assets, except:
          (i) any Subsidiary may be merged or consolidated with or into the Company ( provided that the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or into any one or more wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiaries; and
          (ii) any Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) (a) to the Company or any other wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary or (b) to any other Person if the Company would be permitted to sell such assets directly to such Person under this Section 12.4.
          12.5 Limitations on Payments . For the period from and including the Closing Date until and including the first fiscal quarter end on which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the period of four consecutive quarters ending on such date is less than 3.5 to 1.0 (before and after giving effect to such restricted payment), the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Loan Party, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Loan Party (collectively, “Restricted Payments”), except that (v) the Company or any Subsidiary may purchase all or any portion of the minority equity interests in any Subsidiary less than wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by the Company, (w) any Subsidiary or Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to any other Loan Party, (x) any Loan Party may make Restricted Payments consisting solely of Capital Stock of any Loan Party, (y) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments with the proceeds (with carryover of excess proceeds from the current fiscal year to the following fiscal year) from the exercise of stock options in each fiscal year of the Borrower and (z) any Loan Party may make payments related to restricted stock or performance shares for employee compensation and ESOP related purchases in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000 in each fiscal year of the Borrower.
          12.6 Limitations on Acquisitions . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase any assets constituting a business unit of, or the Capital Stock
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

74
of, any Person, or make any investment in or loan or advance to any joint venture except for investments in Existing Joint Ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000, Permitted Joint Ventures and Permitted Acquisitions; provided that immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition:
          (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
          (b) such Permitted Joint Ventures and Permitted Acquisitions are funded (i) with common stock of the Company; or (ii) cash or other consideration, so long as, at the time of and after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Joint Venture or Permitted Acquisitions funded with consideration other than common stock of the Company, either (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Company has Liquidity of at least $450,000,000; provided that the criteria set forth under this clause (b)(ii) shall not be a condition to consummation of Permitted Joint Ventures or Permitted Acquisitions for aggregate consideration not exceeding $50,000,000 in each fiscal year of the Company.
          12.7 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Credit Documents, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (b) conditions imposed by law, regulation, court order, rule or decree, (c) agreements relating to Property encumbered by Liens permitted by Section 12.3 as long as such agreements apply only to the Property encumbered by such Liens, any inventory or goods, the sale of which may give rise to a “Receivable” (as such term is defined in the Permitted Receivables Agreement) or the assignment of any right to receive income in respect of such inventory or goods, (d) restrictions contained in the Arrow Note Documents or any other evidence of Indebtedness so long as not materially more restrictive in the aggregate than the Arrow Note Documents, (e) any agreement relating to Property of a Subsidiary that is in effect at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary ( provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary), (f) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (g) any agreement evidencing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted by Section 12.2 so long as such agreement does not restrict any Lien securing any Property of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary, (h) agreements with suppliers to the Company or any Subsidiary relating to any inventory supplied by such suppliers and (i) any restrictions in Hedging Agreements that require the granting of liens to the counterparty thereunder on an equal and ratable basis with Liens securing the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Credit Documents.
          12.8 Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Company or any other Subsidiary, (b) make investments in the Company or any other
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

75
Subsidiary or (c) transfer any of its assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Credit Documents, (ii) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (iii) conditions imposed by law, regulation, court order, rule or decree, (iv) restrictions relating to any special purpose entity under any Permitted Receivables Securitization, (v) any restriction imposed on any Subsidiary that is in effect at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary ( provided that such restriction was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary) and (vi) any restriction in any agreement evidencing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted by Section 12.2.
SECTION 13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
          If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:
     (a) (i) Any Specified Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation owing by it when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms hereof; or (ii) any Local Currency Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of on any Local Currency Loan when due in accordance with the applicable terms of the relevant Local Currency Facility; or (iii) any Specified Borrower or Local Currency Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Local Currency Loan or any fee or any other amount payable hereunder or under any Local Currency Facility, within five days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof; or
     (b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Company or any Subsidiary herein or in any other Credit Document or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Credit Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or
     (c) The Company or any Subsidiary shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 12 and, with respect to subsections 12.2 and 12.3, such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 20 days; or
     (d) The Company or any Subsidiary shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the Company has knowledge thereof; or
     (e) Any of the Credit Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or the Company shall so assert in writing (except for the termination of any Local Currency Facility if all Local Currency Loans and other amounts owing thereunder are paid in full); or
     (f) The Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest of any Indebtedness (other than the Loans and
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

76
Reimbursement Obligations) or in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation or in connection with any Permitted Receivables Securitization, in each case with an outstanding principal amount in excess of a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $50,000,000 when due beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created; or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, Guarantee Obligation or Permitted Receivables Securitization or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to become payable; or
     (g) (i) Any Specified Borrower, or any Subsidiary that, directly or indirectly, accounts for more than 5% of Total Assets, at any date shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Company or any such Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Specified Borrower or any Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Specified Borrower or any Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or
     (h) (i) Any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Banks, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Required
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

77
Banks is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vi) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to subject the Company to any tax, penalty or other liabilities in the aggregate material in relation to the business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the Company; or
     (i) One or more judgments or decrees (other than those related to material litigation listed on Schedule 13(i); provided that the aggregate amount of such judgments shall not exceed $50,000,000) shall be entered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $50,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or
     (j) The Company Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect (other than, in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantee, in accordance with the terms thereof) or any Guarantor party thereto shall so assert; or
     (k) A Change in Control shall occur;
then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (g) above with respect to any Specified Borrower or Guarantor, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall become immediately due and payable and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Banks, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Banks, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Company declare the Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Banks, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Banks, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Company, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to the preceding sentence, the applicable Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of Letters of Credit issued for its account. Each Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the L/C Participants, a security interest in such cash collateral to secure all obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

78
Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the applicable Borrower hereunder. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the applicable Borrower hereunder shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the applicable Borrower. The Borrowers shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Banks and the L/C Participants, such further documents and instruments as the Administrative Agent may request to evidence the creation and perfection of the within security interest in such cash collateral account.
          Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.
SECTION 14. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT; THE SYNDICATION AGENTS; THE
ARRANGER
          14.1 Appointment . Each Bank hereby irrevocably designates and appoints JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent of such Bank under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and each such Bank irrevocably authorizes JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent for such Bank, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Bank, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.
          14.2 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.
          14.3 Exculpatory Provisions . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Banks for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Company or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for any failure of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

79
The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Bank to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement (other than conditions precedent set forth in Section 10.1) or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Company.
          14.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Banks or all of the Banks, as may be required hereunder, as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Banks against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected from liability to the Banks in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Banks or all of the Banks, as may be required hereunder, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Banks and their respective successors and assigns.
          14.5 Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Bank or the Company referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Banks. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Banks or all of the Banks, as may be required hereunder; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Banks.
          14.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Banks . Each Bank expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Company, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Bank. Each Bank represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is or will be a party. Each Bank also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

80
Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Banks by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Bank with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of the Company and its Subsidiaries which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent and any Issuing Bank or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.
          14.7 Indemnification . The Banks agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank in their respective capacities as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Company and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), ratably according to their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages or Term Percentages, as applicable, in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this subsection (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their Revolving Commitment Percentages or Term Percentages, as applicable, immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Bank shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the Administrative Agent’s or Issuing Bank’s, as the case may be, gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this subsection shall survive the payment of the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder.
          14.8 Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity . The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Company and any of its Subsidiaries as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Bank” and “Banks” shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.
          14.9 Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 10 days’ notice to the Banks; provided that any such resignation shall
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

81
not be effective until a successor agent has been appointed and approved in accordance with this subsection 14.9, and such successor agent has accepted its appointment. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, then the Required Banks shall appoint from among the Banks a successor administrative agent for the Banks, which successor agent shall be approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed or be required during the existence of an Event of Default), whereupon such successor administrative agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this subsection shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.
          14.10 The Arranger and Syndication Agents . Each Bank acknowledges that none of the Arranger and the Syndication Agents, in such respective capacity, shall have any duties or responsibilities, or shall incur any liabilities, under this Agreement or the other Credit Documents.
SECTION 15. MISCELLANEOUS
          15.1 Amendments and Waivers .
          (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. The Required Banks may, or, with the written consent of the Required Banks, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (i) enter into with the Loan Parties party thereto written amendments, supplements or modifications to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Banks or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Banks or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) reduce the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof or increase the aggregate amount or extend the expiration date of any Bank’s Commitment, in each case without the consent of each Bank directly affected thereby, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this subsection or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Banks, or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents or amend, modify or waive subsection 8.3(a) or 15.6(a), or amend, modify or waive any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Banks required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or any determination granting consent hereunder, or release any Subsidiary from its Subsidiary Guarantee or release the Company from the Company
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

82
Guarantee, in each case without the written consent of all the Banks, or (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 14 without the written consent of the then Administrative Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Banks and shall be binding upon the Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers, the Banks, the Syndication Agents, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Company, the Banks and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under any other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.
          (b) In addition to amendments effected pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (a), Schedules II, III and IV may be amended as follows:
          (i) (A) Schedule II will be amended to add Subsidiaries of the Company as additional Subsidiary Borrowers upon (A) execution and delivery by the Company, any such Subsidiary Borrower and the Administrative Agent, of a Joinder Agreement providing for any such Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Borrower, and (B) delivery to the Administrative Agent of (1) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, a legal opinion in respect of such additional Subsidiary Borrower and (2) such other documents with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 15.1(b)(i), if at any time after the Closing Date the Company intends to amend Schedule II to add an additional Foreign Subsidiary Borrower the Company shall, upon not less than 15 Business Days’ notice, deliver to the Administrative Agent a designation letter duly executed by the Company and such respective Foreign Subsidiary which shall designate such Foreign Subsidiary as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower for purposes of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of each such designation by the Company and the identity of the respective Foreign Subsidiary. If the Company shall designate as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower hereunder any Subsidiary not organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, any Bank may, with notice to the Administrative Agent and the Company, fulfill its Commitment by causing an Affiliate of such Bank to act as the Bank in respect of such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower.
          (B) As soon as practicable after receiving notice from the Administrative Agent of the Company’s intent to designate a Foreign Subsidiary as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, and in any event at least 10 Business Days prior to the delivery of an executed Joinder Agreement pursuant to this Section 15.1(b)(i), for a designated Foreign Subsidiary Borrower that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, any Bank that may not legally lend to, establish credit for the account of and/or do any business whatsoever with such designated Foreign Subsidiary Borrower directly or through an Affiliate of such Bank as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph (a “ Protesting Bank ”) shall so notify the Company and the Administrative Agent in writing. With respect to each
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

83
Protesting Bank, the Company shall, effective on or before the date that such designated Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall have the right to borrow hereunder, (A) notify the Administrative Agent and such Protesting Bank of the designation of a Replacement Bank to assume the Commitments, if any, and the obligations of such Protesting Bank in accordance with clause (e) below, (B) notify the Administrative Agent and such Protesting Bank that the Commitments of such Protesting Bank shall be terminated; provided that such Protesting Bank shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and/or L/C Obligations, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company or the relevant designated Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), or (C) cancel its request to designate such Foreign Subsidiary as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower hereunder.
          (ii) Schedule II will be amended to remove any Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Borrower upon (A) execution and delivery by the Company of a Schedule Amendment providing for such amendment, (b) repayment in full of all outstanding Loans of such Subsidiary Borrower and (c) cash collateralization of all outstanding Letters of Credit issued for the account of such Subsidiary Borrower.
          (iii) Schedule III will be amended to designate other Banks as additional or replacement Swing Line Banks or additional Issuing Banks, upon execution and delivery by the Company, the Administrative Agent and such additional or replacement Swing Line Bank or additional Issuing Bank, as the case may be, of a Schedule Amendment providing for such amendment. In the case of any replacement of a Swing Line Bank pursuant to a Schedule Amendment, the existing Swing Line Bank replaced pursuant thereto shall cease to be a Swing Line Bank upon the effectiveness of such Schedule Amendment and the repayment of all Swing Line Loans owing to such replaced Swing Line Bank.
          (iv) Schedule III will be amended to change administrative information (including the Swing Line Rate definition) with respect to Swing Line Banks or Issuing Banks, upon execution and delivery by the Company, the Administrative Agent and such Swing Line Bank or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, of a Schedule Amendment providing for such amendment.
          (v) Schedule IV will be amended to change administrative information contained therein (other than any interest rate definition, Funding Time, Payment Time or notice time contained therein) or to add Available Foreign Currencies (and related interest rate definitions and administrative information), upon execution and delivery by the Company and the Administrative Agent of a Schedule Amendment providing for such amendment.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

84
          (vi) Schedule IV will be amended to conform any Funding Time, Payment Time or notice time contained therein to then-prevailing market practices, upon execution and delivery by the Company, the Required Banks and the Administrative Agent of a Schedule Amendment providing for such amendment.
          (vii) Schedule IV will be amended to change any interest rate definition contained therein, upon execution and delivery by the Company, all the Banks and the Administrative Agent of a Schedule Amendment providing for such amendment.
          (c) The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to each Bank of any amendment effect pursuant to subsection 15.1(b).
          (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection 15.1, any Local Currency Facility may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms so long as after giving effect thereto either (i) such Local Currency Facility ceases to be a “Local Currency Facility” and the Company so notifies the Administrative Agent or (ii) the Local Currency Facility continues to meet the requirements of a Local Currency Facility set forth herein.
          (e) The Company may designate a Replacement Bank to assume the Commitments, if any, and the obligations of any Bank (an “ Objecting Bank ”) that is a Protesting Bank under clause (b) above or refuses to consent to (x) an amendment, supplement or waiver that both requires the consent of all the Banks in order to become effective and is acceptable to one or more other Banks constituting the Required Banks or (y) any Extension Request, and to purchase the outstanding Loans of such Objecting Bank and such Objecting Bank’s rights hereunder and with respect thereto, without recourse upon, or warranty by, or expense to, such Objecting Bank (unless such Objecting Bank agrees otherwise), for a purchase price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Loans of such Objecting Bank plus (i) all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts owing to such Objecting Bank hereunder and (ii) any amount which would be payable to such Objecting Bank pursuant to subsection 8.8 (assuming that all Loans of such Objecting Bank were prepaid on the date of such assumption), and upon such assumption and purchase by the Replacement Bank, such Replacement Bank, if it is not already a Bank, shall be deemed to be a “Bank” for purposes of this Agreement and such Objecting Bank shall cease to be a “Bank” for purposes of this Agreement and shall no longer have any obligations or rights hereunder (other than any obligations or rights which according to this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement).
          15.2 Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or five days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in Schedule I in the case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Loans:
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

85
     
The Company:
  Arrow Electronics, Inc.
 
  50 Marcus Drive
 
  Melville, New York 11747
 
  Attention: Ira M. Birns
 
  Telecopy: (631) 847-5379
 
  Telephone: (631) 847-1657
 
   
The Administrative Agent:
  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
 
  270 Park Avenue, 4 th Floor
 
  New York, New York 10017
 
  Attention: Peter Thauer
 
  Telecopy: (212) 270-4584
 
  Telephone: (212) 270-6289
 
   
with a copy to:
  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
 
  1111 Fannin, 10 th Floor
 
  Houston, Texas 77002
 
  Attention: Maria Giannavola
 
  Telecopy: (713) 750-2629
 
  Telephone: (713) 750-2358
 
   
The Subsidiary Borrowers:
  c/o Arrow Electronics, Inc
 
  50 Marcus Drive
 
  Melville, New York 11747
 
  Attention: Ira M. Birns
 
  Telecopy: (631) 847-5379
 
  Telephone: (631) 847-1657
; provided that any Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Continuation, Notice of Conversion, Notice of Swing Line Outstandings, Notice of Swing Line Refunding, Notice of Local Currency Outstandings, Notice of Prepayment, Notice of Swing Line or Borrowing, or any notice pursuant to subsections 2.4, 5.2 or 8.16 shall not be effective until received.
          15.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Bank, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
          15.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the making of the Loans hereunder and the issuance of Letters of Credit.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

86
          15.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes .
          The Company agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Arranger for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger, (b) to pay or reimburse each Bank and the Administrative Agent and any Issuing Bank for all its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and to the several Banks and any Issuing Bank (including the allocated fees and expenses of in-house counsel), and (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Bank, each Agent, the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and any Issuing Bank harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Bank, each Agent, the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and any Issuing Bank (and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents) (collectively, the “indemnified person”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Properties (it being understood that costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of rights under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be paid or reimbursed in accordance with clause (b) above rather than this clause (d)) (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “indemnified liabilities”), provided , that the Company shall have no obligation hereunder to any indemnified person with respect to indemnified liabilities to the extent such indemnified liabilities are found by final, nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such indemnified person. Without limiting the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company agrees not to assert and to cause its Subsidiaries not to assert, and hereby waives and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries to waive, all rights for contribution or any other rights of recovery with respect to all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature, under or related to Environmental Laws, that any of them might have by statute or otherwise against any indemnified person. Any payments required to be mad e by the Company under this subsection 15.5 shall be made within 30 days of the demand therefor. The agreements in this subsection shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

87
          15.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .
          (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) no Specified Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Bank (and any attempted assignment or transfer by a Specified Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Bank may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.
          (b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Bank may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:
     (A) the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), provided that no consent of the Company shall be required for an assignment to a Bank, an affiliate of a Bank, an Approved Fund (as defined below) or, if an Event of Default under Section 13(a), 13(c) or 13(g) has occurred and is continuing, any other Person; and
     (B) the Administrative Agent; and
     (C) the Issuing Bank (in the case of assignments of the Revolving Loans)
     (ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
     (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Bank, an affiliate of a Bank or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Bank’s Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Bank subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Company and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Company shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 13(a), 13(c) or 13(g) has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Bank and its affiliates or Approved Funds, if any; provided further that after giving effect to any such assignment, the transferor Bank’s aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of its Local Currency Bank Maximum Borrowing Amount under all Local Currency Facilities may not exceed its Commitment hereunder;
     (B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and
     (C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Bank, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

88
          For the purposes of this Section 15.6, “ Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Bank, (b) an affiliate of a Bank or (c) an entity or an affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Bank.
          (iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Bank under this Agreement, and the assigning Bank thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Bank shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 8.5, 8.6, 8.8 and 15.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Bank of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 15.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Bank of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.
          (iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Company, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Bank pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Company, the Issuing Bank and any Bank, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
          (v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Bank and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Bank hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
          (c) (i) Any Bank may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Bank shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Banks shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Bank in connection with such Bank’s rights and obligations under
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

89
this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which a Bank sells such a participation shall provide that such Bank shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Bank will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Bank directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 15.1 and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 8.5, 8.6 and 8.8 to the same extent as if it were a Bank and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 15.7(b) as though it were a Bank, provided such Participant shall be subject to Section 15.7(a) as though it were a Bank.
          (ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 8.5 or 8.6 than the applicable Bank would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. Any Participant that is a Non-U.S. Bank shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 8.6 unless such Participant complies with such Section.
          (d) Any Bank may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Bank, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Bank from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Bank as a party hereto.
          (e) The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Bank, agrees to issue Notes to any Bank requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (d) above.
          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Bank may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Bank without the consent of the Company or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 15.6(b). Each of the Company, each Bank and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Bank or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Bank any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Bank; provided , however, that each Bank designating any Conduit Bank hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Bank during such period of forbearance.
          15.7 Adjustments; Set-off .
          (a) If any Bank (a “ benefitted Bank ”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations then due and owing to it, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set- 
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

90
off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 13(g), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Bank, if any, in respect of such other Bank’s Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations then due and owing to it, or interest thereon, such benefitted Bank shall purchase for cash from the other Banks a participating interest in such portion of each such other Bank’s Loan or the Reimbursement Obligations owing to it, or shall provide such other Banks with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such benefitted Bank to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Banks; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such benefitted Bank, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Each of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers agrees that each Bank so purchasing a portion of another Bank’s Loan may exercise all rights of payment (including, without limitation, rights of set-off) with respect to such portion as fully as if such Bank were the direct holder of such portion.
          (b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Banks provided by law, each Bank shall have the right, without prior notice to the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Company hereunder or under this Agreement or the other Credit Documents (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Bank or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Company or such Subsidiary Borrower, as the case may be. Each Bank agrees promptly to notify the Company and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Bank, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
          15.8 Power of Attorney . Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby grants to the Company an irrevocable power of attorney to act as its attorney-in-fact with regard to matters relating to this Agreement, the Applications and each other Credit Document, including, without limitation, execution and delivery of any amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications hereto or thereto, receipt of any notices hereunder or thereunder and receipt of service of process in connection herewith or therewith. Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby explicitly acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and each Bank has executed and delivered this Agreement and each other Credit Document to which it is a party, and has performed its obligations under this Agreement and each other Credit Document to which it is a party, in reliance upon the irrevocable grant of such power of attorney pursuant to this subsection 15.8. The power of attorney granted by each Subsidiary Borrower hereunder is coupled with an interest.
          15.9 Judgment .
          (a) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in one currency into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

91
extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding the day on which final judgment is given.
          (b) The obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Bank or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) in the Agreement Currency, the Company or such Subsidiary Borrower (as the case may be) agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) against such loss, and if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to any Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be), such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) agrees to remit to the Company or such Subsidiary Borrower (as the case may be) such excess.
          15.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Company and the Administrative Agent.
          15.11 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
          15.12 Integration . This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers, the Syndication Agents, the Administrative Agent and the Banks with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Bank relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
          15.13 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN ANY LOCAL CURRENCY FACILITY) AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN ANY LOCAL CURRENCY FACILITY) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

92
          15.14 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers .
          (a) Each of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
          (i) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;
          (ii) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
          (iii) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Company at its address set forth in subsection 15.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;
          (iv) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and
          (v) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this subsection any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
          (b) Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent for service of process in any proceeding referred to in subsection 15.14(a) and agrees that service of process in any such proceeding may be made by mailing or delivering a copy thereof to it care of the Company at its address for notice set forth in subsection 15.2.
          15.15 Acknowledgements . Each of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers hereby acknowledges that:
     (a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;
     (b) none of the Syndication Agents, the Administrative Agent or any Bank has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the relationship between the Syndication Agents, the Administrative Agent and the
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

93
Banks, on one hand, and the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and
     (c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Banks or among the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Banks.
          15.16 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL . THE COMPANY, THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS, THE SYNDICATION AGENTS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE BANKS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
          15.17 USA Patriot Act . Each Bank hereby notifies each Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Bank to identify each Borrower in accordance with the Act.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
    Name:   Paul J. Reilly   
    Title:   Director   
 
  ARROW EUROPE GMBH
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
    Name:   Paul J. Reilly   
    Title:   Director   
 
  ARROW CENTRAL EUROPE GMBH
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
    Name:   Paul J. Reilly   
    Title:   Director   
 
  ARROW ELECTRONICS (UK) LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
    Name:   Paul J. Reilly   
    Title:   Director   
 
  ARROW FRANCE S.A.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Peter S. Brown    
    Name:   Peter S. Brown   
    Title:   Director   
 
  ARROW NORDIC COMPONENTS AB
 
 
  By:   /s/ Peter S. Brown    
    Name:   Peter S. Brown   
    Title:   Director   
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  MICROTRONICA UK
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
    Name:   Paul J. Reilly   
    Title:   Director   
 
  B.V. ARROW ELECTRONICS DLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
    Name:   Paul J. Reilly   
    Title:   Director   
 
  ARROW ASIA PAC LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
    Name:   Paul J. Reilly   
    Title:   Director   
 
  COMPONENTS AGENT (CAYMAN) LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
    Name:   Paul J. Reilly   
    Title:   Director   

- 95 -


 

         
  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, as an Agent and as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Peter B. Thauer    
    Name:   Peter B. Thauer   
    Title:   Vice President   

- 96 -


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Syndication
Agent and as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas R. Sullivan    
    Name:   Thomas R. Sullivan   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Syndication
Agent and as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Ajit Goswami    
    Name:   Ajit Goswami   
    Title:   Director   
 
  BNP PARIBAS, as Syndication Agent and as a
Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Dacosta    
    Name:   Richard Dacosta   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Betangere Allen    
    Name:   Betangere Allen   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  WACHOVIA BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Syndication Agent and as a
Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ C. Jeffrey Seaton    
    Name:   C. Jeffrey Seaton   
    Title:   Managing Director   

- 97 -


 

         
  Credit Industrial et Commercial, as a Bank
(name of institution)
 
 
  By:   /s/ Etienne Deslauriers    
  Name: Etienne Deslauriers   
  Title: Dpt Ingenierie et Montage Bancaire   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Michael Tailliez    
  Name:   Michael Tailliez   
  Title:   Dpt Ingenierie et Montage Bancaire   
 
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Alain Deoust    
  Name:   Alain Deoust   
  Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Denise L. Alvarez    
  Name:   Denise L. Alvarez   
  Title:   Associate   

- 99 -


 

         
  HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Lawrence Li    
  Name:   Lawrence Li   
  Title:   Vice President   

- 100 -


 

         
  MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD., as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Bertram Tang    
  Name:   Bertram Tang   
  Title:   Senior Vice President & Team Leader   

- 101 -


 

         
  MORGAN STANLEY BANK, as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel Twenge    
  Name:   Daniel Twenge   
  Title:   Authorized Signatory   

- 102 -


 

         
  Standard Chartered Bank, as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Maria Carolina Torres    
  Name:   Maria Carolina Torres A2390   
  Title:   Syndications, Capital Markets   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Robert K. Reddington    
  Name:   Robert K. Reddington   
  Title:   AVP/Credit Documentation
Credit Risk Control 
 

- 103 -


 

         
  The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
New York Branch, as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Chi-Cheng Chen    
  Name:   Chi-Cheng Chen   
  Title:   Authorized Signatory   

- 104 -


 

         
  WILLIAM STREET COMMITMENT
CORPORATION (Recourse only to assets of
William Street Commitment Corporation),
as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Walton    
  Name:   Mark Walton   
  Title:   Assistant Vice President   

- 105 -


 

         
  Bank of China, New York Branch, as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Xiaojing Li    
  Name:   Xiaojing Li   
  Title:   General Manager   

- 106 -


 

         
  Danske Bank A/S, Denmark, Sweden Branch, as a
Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Bjorn Serrander    
  Name:   Bjorn Serrander   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Henrik Huttemeier    
  Name:   Henrik Huttemeier   
       

- 107 -


 

         
  KeyBank N.A., as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel J. Fosina    
  Name:   Daniel J. Fosina   
  Title:   Vice President, Sr. Relationship Manager   

- 108 -


 

         
  North Fork Bank, as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Philip Davi    
  Name:   Philip Davi   
  Title:   Senior Vice President   

- 109 -


 

         
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as a Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jordan Fragiacomo    
  Name:   Jordan Fragiacomo   
  Title:   Vice President   
 

- 110 -

 

Exhibit 10(o)(xv)
AMENDMENT NO. 14 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
     AMENDMENT NO. 14 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT, dated as of October 31, 2006 (this “ Amendment ”), to that certain Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, Amendment No. 2 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of December 14, 2001, Amendment No. 3 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 20, 2002, Amendment No. 4 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 29, 2002, Amendment No. 5 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of May 22, 2002, Amendment No. 6 and Limited Waiver to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of September 27, 2002, Amendment No. 7 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of February 19, 2003, Amendment No. 8 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of April 14, 2003, Amendment No. 9 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of August 13, 2003, Amendment No. 10 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of February 18, 2004, Amendment No. 11 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of August 13, 2004, Amendment No. 12 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of February 14, 2005 and Amendment No. 13 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of February 13, 2006 (as so amended and in effect, the “ TAA ”), by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ SPV ”), Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, individually (“ Arrow ”) and as the initial Master Servicer, the several commercial paper conduits identified on Schedule A to the TAA and their respective permitted successors and assigns (the “ Conduit Investors ”; each individually, a “ Conduit Investor ”), the agent bank set forth opposite the name of each Conduit Investor on such Schedule A and its permitted successors and assigns (each a “ Funding Agent ”) with respect to such Conduit Investor, and Bank of America, National Association, a national banking association, as the administrative agent for the Investors (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto as Alternate Investors. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the TAA.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
     WHEREAS, the SPV, Arrow, the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent have entered into the TAA;
     WHEREAS, the SPV and Arrow have requested that the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent agree to make certain changes and amendments to the TAA; and
     WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Conduit Investors, the Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent are willing to make such changes and amendments to the TAA.

 


 

 - 2 -
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     SECTION 1. Amendments to the TAA . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 hereof, the TAA is hereby amended as follows:
          Section 1.1. Section 1.1 is amended by amending and restating the definition of “Receivable,” such definition to read in its entirety as follows:
     “ Receivable ” means any indebtedness and other obligations owed by any Obligor to HP, in the case of HP Purchased Receivables, or an Originator (without giving effect to any transfer under the First Tier Agreement or any Originator Sale Agreement or the HP Receivables Purchase Agreement) under a Contract or any right of the SPV to payment from or on behalf of an Obligor, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, (i) arising in connection with the sale or lease of goods or the rendering of services in the ordinary course of business by such Originator or HP, and includes the obligation to pay any finance charges, fees and other charges with respect thereto,(ii) denominated in Dollars and payable only in the United States or Canada, (iii) the Obligors of which are United States or Canadian residents and are not an Official Body, (iv) which are not Gates/Synnex Receivables, (v) which are not Receivables owed by SPX Corp., by Actron Manufacturing Company (a subsidiary of SPX Corp.) or any success thereto; and (vi) which are not Jabil/Branch WJ Receivables.
     Section 1.2. Section 1.1 is amended to add the following defined term:
     “ Jabil/Branch WJ Receivable ” means all indebtedness and other obligations, whether constituting accounts, chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles, which are due and payable by Jabil Circuit Inc. and are generated and maintained in the Originator’s entering branch “WJ” and with respect to which payments are not made to or deposited in the Collection Account.
          Section 1.3. Section 6.1 is amended by adding the following clause (r) at the end of such section:
     (r) Jabil/Branch WJ Receivables . Neither the SPV or the Master Servicer shall change, modify or amend, or consent to any change, modification or amendment by the Originator, of the manner in which Jabil/Branch WJ Receivables are identified in their respective accounts receivable reporting systems.

 


 

 - 3 -
     SECTION 2. Waiver . The Administrative Agent, the Funding Agents, each Conduit Investor and each Alternate Investor by execution of this Amendment agree to waive the Termination Event under Section 8.1(f) of the TAA and a Master Servicer Default under Section 7.5(a)(ii) of the TAA occurring as a result of a failure to deliver a Master Servicer Report under Section 2.8(i) of the TAA for the week ending September 1, 2006.
     SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties of the SPV and Arrow . To induce the Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment, the SPV and Arrow each makes the following representations and warranties (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment) as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein:
          Section 3.1. Authority . The SPV and Arrow each has the requisite corporate power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby). The execution, delivery and performance by the SPV and Arrow of this Amendment and their performance of the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby), have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.
          Section 3.2. Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the SPV and Arrow. This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the SPV and Arrow, enforceable against the SPV and Arrow in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The making and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not violate any provision of law or any regulation (except to the extent that the violation thereof could not, in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or properties of Arrow and the other Originators, taken as a whole), or its charter or by-laws, or result in the breach of or constitute a default under or require any consent under any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or affected.
          Section 3.3. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Amendment.
          Section 3.4. No Termination Event . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event.

 


 

 - 4 -
     SECTION 4. Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective, as of the date hereof, on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been fulfilled:
          Section 4.1. This Amendment . The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto.
          Section 4.2. Additional Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received all additional approvals, certificates, documents, instruments and items of information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and all of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent.
     SECTION 5. References to and Effect on the Transaction Documents .
          Section 5.1. Except as specifically amended and modified hereby, each Transaction Document is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.
          Section 5.2. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Investor, Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Transaction Document, nor constitute a waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of any Transaction Document, except as expressly provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof.
          Section 5.3. This Amendment contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.
          Section 5.4. Each reference in the TAA to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import, and each reference in any other Transaction Document to “the Transfer and Administration Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import, referring to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby.

 


 

 - 5 -
     SECTION 6. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.
     SECTION 7. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     SECTION 8. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG ANY OF THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATING TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
         
  Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation ,
as SPV
 
 
  By:   /s/ Ira Birns    
    Name:   Ira Birns    
    Title:   President   
 
  Arrow Electronics, Inc. ,
individually and as Master Servicer
 
 
  By:   /s/ Ira Birns    
    Name:   Ira Birns    
    Title:   Vice President & Treasurer   
 
  Kitty Hawk Funding Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Amy S. Keeth    
    Name:   Amy S. Keeth    
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  Bank of America, National Association,
as a Funding Agent, as Administrative Agent, and as an
Alternate Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jeremy Grubb    
    Name:   Jeremy Grubb    
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 14 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

         
    Park Avenue Receivables Company LLC,
    as a Conduit Investor
 
       
    By: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly known as JPMorgan Chase Bank), its attorney-in-fact
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Connor
 
       
 
      Name: Mark Connor
 
      Title:   Vice President
 
       
    JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
    (formerly known as JPMorgan Chase Bank) as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Connor
 
       
 
      Name: Mark Connor
 
      Title:   Vice President
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 14 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

             
    Alpine Securitization Corp.,
    as a Conduit Investor
 
           
    By: Credit Suisse, New York Branch,
its attorney-in-fact
 
           
 
      By:   /s/ Joseph Soave
 
           
 
          Name: Joseph Soave
 
          Title:   Director
 
           
 
      By:   /s/ Josh Borg
 
           
 
          Name: Josh Borg
 
          Title:   Director
         
    Credit Suisse, New York Branch
    as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Michael W. Koenitzer
 
       
 
      Name: Michael W. Koenitzer
 
      Title:   Director
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Alberto Zonca
 
       
 
      Name: Alberto Zonca
 
      Title:   Director
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 14 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

         
  Liberty Street Funding Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Bernard J. Angelo    
    Name:   Bernard J. Angelo   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  The Bank of Nova Scotia,
as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Norman Last    
    Name:   Norman Last   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 14 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

         
  Gotham Funding Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ R. Douglas Donaldson    
    Name:   R. Douglas Donaldson   
    Title:   Treasurer   
 
  The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch,
(formerly known as The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., New York Branch) as a Funding Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Aditya Reddy    
    Name:   Aditya Reddy   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch ,
(formerly known as The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., New York Branch) as an Alternate Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher J. DeLauro    
    Name:   Christopher J. DeLauro   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 14 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

             
    Old Line Funding, LLC,
    as a Conduit Investor
 
           
 
      By:   /s/ Robert S. Jones
 
           
 
          Name: Robert S. Jones
 
          Title:   Authorized Signatory
         
    Royal Bank of Canada
    as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Veronica L. Gallagher
 
       
 
      Name: Veronica L. Gallagher
 
      Title:   Authorized Signatory
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 14 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

         
    Variable Funding Capital Company Llc
    as a Conduit Investor
 
       
    By: Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as attorney-in-fact
 
       
 
  By: /s   / Douglas R. Wilson, Sr.
 
       
 
      Name: Douglas R. Wilson, Sr.
 
      Title:   Vice President
 
       
    Wachovia Bank, National Association,
    as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor
 
       
 
  By: /s   / William P. Rutkowski
 
       
 
      Name: William P. Rutkowski
 
      Title:   Vice President
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 14 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 

 

Exhibit 10 (o)(xvi)
AMENDMENT NO. 15 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
     AMENDMENT NO. 15 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT, dated as of February 12, 2007 (this “ Amendment ”), to that certain Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 21, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, Amendment No. 2 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of December 14, 2001, Amendment No. 3 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 20, 2002, Amendment No. 4 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of March 29, 2002, Amendment No. 5 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of May 22, 2002, Amendment No. 6 and Limited Waiver to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of September 27, 2002, Amendment No. 7 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of February 19, 2003, Amendment No. 8 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of April 14, 2003, Amendment No. 9 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of August 13, 2003, Amendment No. 10 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of February 18, 2004, Amendment No. 11 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of August 13, 2004, Amendment No. 12 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of February 14, 2005, Amendment No. 13 to Transfer and Administration Agreementd dated as of February 13, 2006 and Amendment No. 14 to Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of October 31, 2006 (as so amended and in effect, the “ TAA ”), by and among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ SPV ”), Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, individually (“ Arrow ”) and as the initial Master Servicer, the several commercial paper conduits identified on Schedule A to the TAA and their respective permitted successors and assigns (the “ Conduit Investors ”; each individually, a “ Conduit Investor ”), the agent bank set forth opposite the name of each Conduit Investor on such Schedule A and its permitted successors and assigns (each a “ Funding Agent ”) with respect to such Conduit Investor, and Bank of America, National Association, a national banking association, as the administrative agent for the Investors (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto as Alternate Investors. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the TAA.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
     WHEREAS, the SPV, Arrow, the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent have entered into the TAA;
     WHEREAS, the SPV and Arrow have requested that the Conduit Investors, the Funding Agents, the Alternate Investors and the Administrative Agent agree to make certain changes and amendments to the TAA;

 


 

 - 2 -
     WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Conduit Investors, the Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent are willing to make such changes and amendments to the TAA; and
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     SECTION 1. Amendments to the TAA . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, the TAA is hereby amended as follows:
          Section 1.1. Section 1.1 is amended by amending and restating the definition of “Commitment Termination Date,” such definition to read in its entirety as follows:
Commitment Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) February 19, 2008, (b) the date the commitment of any Program Support Provider terminates under any Program Support Agreement, and (c) the date of termination of any Program Support Agreement; provided , that in any event the Commitment Termination Date shall not occur prior to May 11, 2007 (or such later date as to which the SPV, Arrow, each Conduit Investor, Funding Agent and Alternate Investor affected thereby and the Administrative Agent may agree in writing).
     SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties of the SPV and Arrow . To induce the Conduit Investors, Alternate Investors, the Funding Agents and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment, the SPV and Arrow each makes the following representations and warranties (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment) as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein:
          Section 2.1. Authority . The SPV and Arrow each has the requisite corporate power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby). The execution, delivery and performance by the SPV and Arrow of this Amendment and their performance of the Transaction Documents, including the TAA (as modified hereby), have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.
          Section 2.2. Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the SPV and Arrow. This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the SPV and Arrow, enforceable against the SPV and Arrow in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). The making and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not

 


 

 - 3 -
violate any provision of law or any regulation (except to the extent that the violation thereof could not, in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or properties of Arrow and the other Originators, taken as a whole), or its charter or by-laws, or result in the breach of or constitute a default under or require any consent under any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or affected.
          Section 2.3. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Amendment.
          Section 2.4. No Termination Event . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event.
     SECTION 3. Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective, as of the date hereof, on the date on which the following conditions precedent shall have been fulfilled:
          Section 3.1. This Amendment . The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto.
          Section 3.2. Additional Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received all additional approvals, certificates, documents, instruments and items of information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and all of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Funding Agent.
     SECTION 4. References to and Effect on the Transaction Documents .
          Section 4.1. Except as specifically amended and modified hereby, each Transaction Document is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.
          Section 4.2. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Investor, Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Transaction Document, nor constitute a waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of any Transaction Document, except as expressly provided in Section 1 hereof.
          Section 4.3. This Amendment contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.

 


 

 - 4 -
          Section 4.4. Each reference in the TAA to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import, and each reference in any other Transaction Document to “the Transfer and Administration Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import, referring to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby.
     SECTION 5. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.
     SECTION 6. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     SECTION 7. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG ANY OF THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATING TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
         
  Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation ,
as SPV
 
 
  By:   /s/ Ira Birns    
    Name:   Ira Birns    
    Title:   President   
 
  Arrow Electronics, Inc. ,
individually and as Master Servicer
 
 
  By:   /s/ Ira Birns    
    Name:   Ira Birns    
    Title:   Vice President & Treasurer   
 
  Kitty Hawk Funding Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Amy S. Keeth    
    Name:   Amy S. Keeth    
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  Bank of America, National Association,
as a Funding Agent, as Administrative Agent, and as an Alternate Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jeremy Grubb    
    Name:   Jeremy Grubb    
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 15 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

         
    Park Avenue Receivables Company LLC,
    as a Conduit Investor
 
       
    By: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly known as JPMorgan Chase Bank), its attorney-in-fact
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Connor
 
       
 
      Name: Mark Connor
 
      Title:   Vice President
 
       
    JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
    (formerly known as JPMorgan Chase Bank) as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Connor
 
       
 
      Name: Mark Connor
 
      Title:   Vice President
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 15 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

             
    Alpine Securitization Corp.,
    as a Conduit Investor
 
           
    By: Credit Suisse, New York Branch,
its attorney-in-fact
 
           
 
      By:   /s/ Mark Lengel
 
           
 
          Name: Mark Lengel
 
          Title:   Director
 
           
 
      By:   /s/ Joseph Soave
 
           
 
          Name: Joseph Soave
 
          Title:   Director
         
    Credit Suisse, New York Branch
    as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Josh Borg
 
       
 
      Name: Josh Borg
 
      Title:   Director
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Scott Spiegel
 
       
 
      Name: Scott Spiegel
 
      Title:   Director
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 15 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

         
  Liberty Street Funding Corp.,
as a Conduit Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jill A. Gordon    
    Name:   Jill A. Gordon   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  The Bank of Nova Scotia,
as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Eden    
    Name:   Michael Eden   
    Title:   Director   
 
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 15 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

         
  Gotham Funding Corporation,
as a Conduit Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Franklin P. Collazo    
    Name:   Franklin P. Collazo   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch,
(formerly known as The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., New York Branch) as a Funding Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Aditya Reddy    
    Name:   Aditya Reddy   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch ,
(formerly known as The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., New York Branch) as an Alternate Investor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Chi-Cheng Chen    
    Name:   Chi-Cheng Chen   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 15 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

             
    Old Line Funding, LLC,
    as a Conduit Investor
 
           
 
      By:   /s/ Janine D. Marsini
 
           
 
          Name: Janine D. Marsini
 
          Title:   Authorized Signatory
         
    Royal Bank of Canada
    as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Robert S. Jones
 
       
 
      Name: Robert S. Jones
 
      Title:   Authorized Signatory
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Veronica L. Gallagher
 
       
 
      Name: Veronica L. Gallagher
 
      Title:   Authorized Signatory
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 15 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 


 

         
    Variable Funding Capital Company Llc
    as a Conduit Investor
 
       
    By: Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as attorney-in-fact
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Douglas R. Wilson, Sr.
 
       
 
      Name: Douglas R. Wilson, Sr.
 
      Title:   Vice President
 
       
    Wachovia Bank, National Association,
    as a Funding Agent and as an Alternate Investor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ William P. Rutkowski
 
       
 
      Name: William P. Rutkowski
 
      Title:   Vice President
Signature Page to
Amendment No. 15 to
Arrow Electronics
Transfer and Administration Agreement

 

 

Exhibit 21
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
Organizational (Legal Entity) Structure
As of December 31, 2006
1.   Arrow Electronics, Inc. a New York corporation
 
2.   Arrow Electronics International, Inc., a Virgin Islands corporation (old DISC)
 
3.   Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd., a Canadian corporation
 
4.   Schuylkill Metals of Plant City, Inc., a Delaware corporation
 
5.   Arrow Electronics International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (old FSC)
 
6.   Hi-Tech Ad, Inc., a New York corporation
 
7.   Gates/Arrow Distributing, Inc., a Delaware corporation
  a.   Midrange Open Computing Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation
 
  b.   SN Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation
  i.   Support Net, Inc., an Indiana corporation
  c.   SBM Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation
  i.   Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc., a Georgia corporation
  d.   Alternative Data Technologies, Inc., a Colorado corporation
8.   Consan Inc., a Minnesota corporation
 
9.   Arrow Electronics (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation
 
10.   Arrow Electronics Global Financial Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation
 
11.   Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation
 
12.   Arrow Electronics Real Estate Inc., a New York corporation
 
13.   Arrow Electronics (U.K.), Inc., a Delaware corporation
  a.   Arrow Electronics (Sweden) KB, a Swedish partnership (98% owned)
 
  b.   Arrow Electronics South Africa, LLP (1% owned), a South African limited partnership
 
  c.   Arrow Electronics EMEASA, Inc., a Delaware company
 
  d.   Arrow Holdings (Delaware) LLC, a Delaware company
  i.   Arrow International Holdings L.P., a Cayman company (1% owned)
  e.   Arrow International Holdings L.P., a Cayman company (99% owned)
  i.   Arrow Electronics International Holdings, LLC, a Delaware company
  1.   Arrow Electronics Holdings Vagyonkezelo, Kft, a Hungarian company (50% owned)
  ii.   Arrow Electronics Holdings Vagyonkezelo, Kft, a Hungarian company (50% owned)
  1.   Arrow Electronics EMEASA S.r.l., an Italian company
  a.   Arrow Electronics Europe, LLC, a Delaware company
  i.   ARW Electronics, Ltd., an Israeli company
  b.   Arrow/Rapac, Ltd., an Israeli company
 
  c.   Arrow Electronics Services S.r.l., an Italian company
  i.   B.V. Arrow Electronics, DLC, a Netherlands company (34.35% owned)
  d.   B.V. Arrow Electronics DLC, a Netherlands company (65.65% owned)
  i.   Arrow Electronics UK Holding Ltd., a UK company
  1.   Arrow Electronics (UK) Ltd., a UK company
 
  2.   Arrow Northern Europe Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
  a.   Jermyn Holdings Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
  i.   Hawke Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
 
  ii.   Impulse Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
 
  iii.   Invader Electromechanical Distribution, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)

1


 

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
Organizational (Legal Entity) Structure
As of December 31, 2006
  iv.   Jermyn Development, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
 
  v.   Jermyn Distribution, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
 
  vi.   Jermyn Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
 
  vii.   Jermyn Manufacturing, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
 
  viii.   Mogul Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
  b.   RR Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
  i.   Arrow Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
  c.   Techdis, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
  i.   Microprocessor & Memory Distribution, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
 
  ii.   Rapid Silicon, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
 
  iii.   Tekdis, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
 
  iv.   Tecdis, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
  d.   Axiom Electronics, Ltd., a UK company (dormant)
  3.   Multichip Ltd., a UK company
  a.   Microtronica Ltd., a UK company
  ii.   Arrow Europe GmbH, a German company
  1.   Arrow Holding South Europe S.r.l., an Italian company (95% owned)
  a.   EDI Electronics Distribution International France, S.A., a French company
  i.   Arrow France, S.A., a French company (22.59% owned)
  a)   Multichip Elektronik GmbH, a German company
  b.   Arrow France, S.A., a French company (77.41% owned)
 
  c.   Silverstar S.r.l., an Italian company
  i.   I.R. Electronic D.O.O., a Slovenian company
 
  ii.   Arrow Elektronik Ticaret, A.S., a Turkish company
 
  iii.   Arrow Electronics Hellas S.A., a Greek company
 
  iv.   Distar S.r.l., an Italian company
 
  v.   Adecom Service S.r.l., an Italian company
 
  vi.   Arrow Electronice S.R.L., a Romanian company
  d.   Arrow Iberia Electronica, S.L.U., a Spanish company
  i.   Arrow Iberia Electronica Lda., a Portugal company
  2.   Arrow Electronics Danish Holdings ApS, a Danish company
  a.   Arrow Electronics Norwegian Holdings AS, a Norwegian company
  i.   Arrow Electronics Estonia OU, an Estonian company
 
  ii.   Jacob Hatteland Electronic II AS, a Norwegian company
 
  iii.   Arrow Finland OY, a Finnish company

2


 

 
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
Organizational (Legal Entity) Structure
As of December 31, 2006
  iv.   Arrow Denmark, ApS, a Danish company
 
  v.   Arrow Components Sweden AB, a Swedish company
  a)   Arrow Nordic Components AB, a Swedish company
  vi.   Arrow Norway A/S, a Norwegian company
  3.   Arrow Central Europe GmbH, a German company
  a.   Arrow CE International GmbH, a German company
  i.   EDI Electronic Distribution International GmbH, a German company
 
  ii.   Industrade AG, a Swiss company
 
  iii.   Arrow Electronics Hungary Kereskedelmi Bt, a Hungarian company (99% owned)
 
  iv.   Spoerle Hungary Kereskedelmi Kft, a Hungarian company
  a)   Arrow Electronics Hungary Kereskedelmi Bt, a Hungarian company (1% owned)
  v.   Tekpar S.p.r.l., a Belgian company (dormant)
  b.   Proelectron Baulelemente — Vertriebsgesellschaft mbH, a German company
 
  c.   Microtronica Handelsgesellchaft fur Components Gerate und Systeme mbH, German company
 
  d.   Unielectronic GmbH, a German company
 
  e.   Sasco Holz GmbH, a German company
  i.   Holz Elektronik GmbH (Switzerland) a Swiss company
  f.   Integra Handelsgesellschaft, mbH, a German company
 
  g.   DLC Distribution Logistic Center GmbH, a German company (dormant)
 
  h.   Arrow Electronics Czech Republic s.r.o., a Czech company
 
  i.   Arrow Electronics Poland Sp.z.o.o., a Polish company
 
  j.   Spoerle Eastern Europe GmbH, a German company
  i.   Arrow Electronics Ukraine, LLC, a Ukrainian company
  4.   Power and Signal Group GmbH, a German company
 
  5.   DNSint.com AG, a German company
  a.   Digital Network Services Deutschland, a German company
 
  b.   Digital Network Services Ges. m.b.H., an Austrian company
 
  c.   Digital Network Services Sweden AB, a Swedish company
 
  d.   DNS Network Technologies A/S, a Danish company
 
  e.   Digital Network Services Norway AS, a Norwegian company
 
  f.   DNS Finland OY, a Finnish company
 
  g.   DNS Polska Sp.z.o.o., a Polish company

3


 

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
Organizational (Legal Entity) Structure
As of December 31, 2006
  i.   ITL-Polska Sp.z.o.o., a Polish company (99.2% owned)
  h.   DNS Hungaria Kft., a Hungarian company
 
  i.   Soft-Tronik a.s., a Czech company
 
  j.   Soft-Tronik SK s.r.o., a Slovakian company
 
  k.   Internet Security AG, an Austrian company
 
  l.   DNS d.o.o., a Croatian company
 
  m.   Digital Network Services (UK) Limited, a UK company
 
  n.   DNS d.o.o., a Slovenian company
 
  o.   Digital Network Services SRL, a Romanian company
  iii.   Arrow Electronics (Sweden) KB, a Swedish partnership (2% owned)
 
  iv.   Arrow Electronics Management Holdings GmbH, a German company (dormant)
 
  v.   Arrow Holding South Europe S.r.l., an Italian company (5% owned)
14.   Arrow Electronics South Africa LLP (99% owned), a South African limited partnership
 
15.   Arrow Altech Holdings (Pty) Ltd. (50.1% owned), a South African company
  a.   Arrow Altech Distribution (Pty) Ltd., a South African company
 
  b.   Erf 211 Hughes (Pty) Limited, a South African company
16.   Arrow Brasil S.A., a Brazilian company (66.67% owned)
 
17.   Elko C.E., S.A., an Argentinean company (82.63% owned)
  a.   TEC-Tecnologia Ltda, a Brazilian company (99.9% owned)
18.   Eurocomponentes, S.A., an Argentinean company (82.63% owned) (dormant)
 
19.   Macom, S.A., an Argentinean company (82.63% owned) (dormant)
 
20.   Compania de Semiconductores y Componentes, S.A., an Argentinean company (82.63% owned) (dormant)
 
21.   Components Agent (Cayman) Limited, a Cayman Islands company
  a.   Arrow/Components (Agent) Ltd., a Hong Kong company
  i.   Arrow Electronics (China) Trading Co. Ltd., a Chinese company
  b.   Arrow Electronics China Ltd., a Hong Kong company
  i.   Arrow Electronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company
 
  ii.   Arrow Electronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company
 
  iii.   Arrow Electronics Distribution (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company
  c.   Arrow Electronics Asia Limited, a Hong Kong company
 
  d.   Arrow Electronics (S) Pte Ltd, a Singapore company
 
  e.   Intex-semi Ltd., a Hong Kong company
 
  f.   Arrow Electronics Asia (S) Pte Ltd., a Singapore company
  i.   Arrow Electronics (Thailand) Limited, a Thailand company
  g.   Arrow Electronics India Ltd., a Hong Kong company
 
  h.   Microtronica (M) Sdn Bhd., a Malaysian company
 
  i.   Arrow Asia Pac Ltd., a Hong Kong company
 
  j.   Kingsview Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company
 
  k.   Hotung Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company
 
  l.   Components Agent Asia Holdings, Ltd., a Mauritus company
  i.   Arrow Electronics India Private Limited, an Indian company

4


 

 
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
Organizational (Legal Entity) Structure
As of December 31, 2006
  m.   Arrow Strong Electronics (M) Sdn. Bhd., a Malaysian company
 
  n.   Arrow Electronics ANZ Holdings Pty Ltd, an Australian company
  i.   Arrow Electronics Holdings Pty Ltd., an Australian company
  1.   Arrow Electronics Australia Pty Ltd., an Australian company
  ii.   Arrow Components (NZ), a New Zealand Company
  o.   Arrow Electronics Labuan Pte Ltd, a Malaysian company
  i.   Arrow Electronics Korea Limited, a South Korean company
  p.   Arrow Components (M) Sdn Bhd, a Malaysian company
 
  q.   Arrow Electronics Taiwan Ltd., a Taiwanese company
  i.   Strong Pte, Ltd., a Singapore company
 
  ii.   Lite-On Korea, Ltd., a Korean company (48.58% owned)
 
  iii.   TLW Electronics, Ltd., a Hong Kong company
  1.   Waily Technology, Ltd., a Hong Kong company
 
  2.   Lite-On Korea, Ltd., a Korean company (51.42% owned)
 
  3.   Arrow Strong Electronics (S) Pte, Ltd., a Singapore company (48% owned)
  iv.   Arrow Strong Electronics (S) Pte, Ltd., a Singapore company (52% owned)
 
  v.   Creative Model Limited, a Hong Kong company
 
  vi.   Ultra Source Technology Corp., a Taiwanese company (63% owned)
 
  vii.   Chin Chi Investment Co., Ltd., a Taiwanese company
  1.   Ultra Source Technology Corp., a Taiwanese company (7.7% owned)
22.   Arrow Asia Distribution Limited, a Hong Kong company
 
23.   Arrow Electronics Logistics Sdn Bhd, a Malaysian company
 
24.   Arrow Electronics (CI) Ltd., a Cayman Islands company
  a.   Marubun/Arrow Asia Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company (50% owned)
  i.   Marubun/Arrow (HK) Limited, a Hong Kong company
  1.   Marubun/Arrow (Shanghai) Co., Ltd, a Chinese company
  ii.   Marubun/Arrow (S) Pte Ltd., a Singapore company
  1.   Marubun/Arrow (Thailand) Co. Ltd., a Thailand company
 
  2.   Marubun/Arrow (Philippines) Inc., a Filipino company
25.   Marubun/Arrow USA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (50% owned)
 
26.   Arrow Electronics Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican company
 
27.   Dicopel, Inc., a U.S. company
 
28.   Arrow Components Mexico S.A. de C.V., a Mexican company
 
29.   Wyle Electronics, Inc., a Barbados company
 
30.   Wyle Electronics de Mexico S de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican company
 
31.   Wyle Electronics Caribbean Corp., a Puerto Rican company
 
32.   eChipsCanada, Inc., a Canadian company (dormant)
 
33.   Marubun Corporation, a Japanese company (8.42% owned)
 
34.   WPG Holding Co. Ltd., a Taiwanese company (3.2% owned)

5

 

ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.   EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements and related prospectuses of Arrow Electronics, Inc., listed below, of our reports dated February 22, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Arrow Electronics, Inc., Arrow Electronics, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Arrow Electronics, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2006:
  1.   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-118563)
 
  2.   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-101533)
 
  3.   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-52872)
 
  4.   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-101534)
 
  5.   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-70343)
 
  6.   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-45631)
 
  7.   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-50572)
 
  8.   Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-51100)
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
New York, New York
February 22, 2007

 

Exhibit 31(i)
Arrow Electronics, Inc.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, William E. Mitchell, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the “registrant”);
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
     b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
     c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and
 
     d)   disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
     b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: February 23, 2007  By:   /s/ William E. Mitchell    
        William E. Mitchell   
        Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
 

 

Exhibit 31(ii)
Arrow Electronics, Inc.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Paul J. Reilly, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the “registrant”);
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
     b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
     c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and
 
     d)   disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
     b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: February 23, 2007  By:   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
         Paul J. Reilly    
         Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
 

 

Exhibit 32(i)
Arrow Electronics, Inc.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”)
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the “company”) for the year ended December 31, 2006 (the “Report”), I, William E. Mitchell, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the company, certify, pursuant to the requirements of Section 906, that, to the best of my knowledge:
1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.
         
     
Date: February 23, 2007  By:   /s/ William E. Mitchell    
          William E. Mitchell   
          Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the company and will be retained by the company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

Exhibit 32(ii)
Arrow Electronics, Inc.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”)
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the “company”) for the year ended December 31, 2006 (the “Report”), I, Paul J. Reilly, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the company, certify, pursuant to the requirements of Section 906, that, to the best of my knowledge:
1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.
         
     
Date: February 23, 2007  By:   /s/ Paul J. Reilly    
          Paul J. Reilly   
          Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the company and will be retained by the company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.